S-1

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2016.

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Performance Food Group Company

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware	5141	43-1983182
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

12500 West Creek Parkway

Richmond, Virginia 23238

(804) 484-7700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

A. Brent King

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Performance Food Group Company

12500 West Creek Parkway

Richmond, Virginia 23238

(804) 484-7700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Igor Fert, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue New York, NY 10017
Telephone: (212) 455-2000
Facsimile: (212) 455-2502 Marc Jaffe, Esq. Cathy Birkeland, Esq. Latham & Watkins LLP 885 Third Avenue New York, NY 10022 Telephone: (212) 906-1200 Facsimile: (212) 751-4864

Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title Of Each Class Of Securities To Be Registered	Amount To Be Registered(1)	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price Per Share(1)	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)	Amount of Registration Fee
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share	13,800,000	$26.05	$359,490,000	$36,200.64

(1) Includes shares/offering price of shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See “Underwriting.”

(2) These figures are estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on the average of high and low prices of the common stock on May 3, 2016 as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated May 6, 2016.

12,000,000 Shares

Performance Food Group Company

Common Stock

The selling stockholders named in this prospectus are offering 12,000,000 shares of common stock of Performance Food Group Company. The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds from this offering and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “PFGC”. On May 5, 2016, the closing sales price of our common stock as reported on the NYSE was $27.43 per share.

Investing in our common stock involves risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

	Per Share	Total
Public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders	$	$

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 12,000,000 shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 1,800,000 shares from the selling stockholders at the public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions. The selling stockholders will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of any such additional shares to the underwriters.

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                     , 2016.

Credit Suisse Barclays

Prospectus dated                        , 2016

PFG Performance Food Group
Headquarters (Richmond, VA) Performance Foodservice (Broadline) Performance Foodservice (ROMA) Customized Vistar Quick Facts: $15,270,000,000 in FY2015 Sales Serving 150,000 customer locations Over 150,000 national and company branded products 69 distribution centers

PFG Performance Food Group
Founded on food, focused on service.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA		ii
TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADENAMES		ii
BASIS OF PRESENTATION		ii
SUMMARY		1
RISK FACTORS		16
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		34
USE OF PROCEEDS		36
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK		37
DIVIDEND POLICY		38
CAPITALIZATION		39
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA		40
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		43
INDUSTRY		74

	Page
BUSINESS		75
MANAGEMENT		93
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS		131
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS		135
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS		137
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK		143
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE		151
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK		153
UNDERWRITING		156
LEGAL MATTERS		162
EXPERTS		162
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION		162
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		F-1

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, financial data in this prospectus reflects the consolidated business and operations of Performance Food Group Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we nor the selling stockholders take responsibility for, and cannot provide assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

i

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Market data and industry statistics and forecasts used throughout this prospectus are based on the good faith estimates of management, which in turn are based upon management’s reviews of independent industry publications, reports by market research firms, and other independent and publicly available sources. Unless we indicate otherwise, market data and industry statistics used throughout this prospectus with respect to the aggregate size of the US foodservice distribution industry are for the year ended December 31, 2015 and all other such information is for the year ended December 31, 2014. All references to our industry share refer to our net sales as compared to aggregate revenues for the U.S. foodservice distribution industry.

Although we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data that we present in this prospectus, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus.

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADENAMES

This prospectus contains some of our trademarks, trade names, and service marks, including the following: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, Vistar, West Creek, Silver Source, Braveheart 100% Black Angus, Empire’s Treasure, Brilliance, Heritage Ovens, Village Garden, Guest House, Piancone, Luigi’s, Ultimo, Corazo, and Assoluti. Each one of these trademarks, trade names, or service marks is either (i) our registered trademark, (ii) a trademark for which we have a pending application, (iii) a trade name or service mark for which we claim common law rights, or (iv) a registered trademark or application for registration which we have been licensed by a third party to use.

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ^® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, and trade names. This prospectus contains additional trademarks, service marks, and trade names of others, which are the property of their respective owners. All trademarks, service marks, and trade names appearing in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires, (i) references to the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us” refer to Performance Food Group Company and its consolidated subsidiaries; (ii) references to the “Issuer” refer to Performance Food Group Company exclusive of its subsidiaries; (iii) references to “Blackstone” refer to certain investment funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P.; (iv) references to “Wellspring Capital” are to investment funds affiliated with Wellspring Capital Management LLC; (v) references to the “Sponsors” are to Blackstone and Wellspring Capital; (vi) references to the “Investor Group” are, collectively, to the Sponsors, certain other investors, and certain members of our management; and (vii) references to the “underwriters” are to the firms listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

References to “fiscal 2016” are to the 53-week period ending July 2, 2016, references to “fiscal 2015” are to the 52-week period ended June 27, 2015, references to “fiscal 2014” are to the 52-week period ended June 28, 2014, references to “fiscal 2013” are to the 52-week period ended June 29, 2013, references to “fiscal 2012” are to the 52-week period ended June 30, 2012, references to “fiscal 2011” are to the 52-week period ended July 2, 2011, and references to “fiscal 2010” are to the 53-week period ended July 3, 2010.

ii

SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain significant aspects of our business and this offering. This is a summary of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, is not complete, and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making your investment decision. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the information presented under the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, before making an investment decision. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from future results contemplated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors such as those set forth in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” When making an investment decision, you should also read the discussion under “Basis of Presentation” for the definition of certain terms used in this prospectus and other matters described in this prospectus.

Our Company

We are the third largest player by revenue in the growing $268 billion U.S. foodservice distribution industry, which supplies the diverse $640 billion U.S. “food-away-from-home” industry. We market and distribute approximately 150,000 food and food-related products from approximately 70 distribution centers to over 150,000 customer locations across the United States. We serve a diverse mix of customers, from independent and chain restaurants to schools, business and industry locations, hospitals, vending distributors, office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theaters. We source our products from over 5,000 suppliers and serve as an important partner to our suppliers by providing them access to our broad customer base. In addition to the products we offer to our customers, we provide value-added services by allowing our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy. Our more than 12,000 employees work across three segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.

We plan to continue executing the strategies that have successfully delivered net sales, industry share, and profit growth. In the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015, we generated $15.3 billion in net sales and $328.6 million in Adjusted EBITDA, representing compound annual growth rates of 9% and 11%, respectively, since fiscal 2010. In the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015, we generated $56.5 million in net income. During the first nine months of fiscal 2016, we generated $11.7 billion in net sales and $251.9 million in Adjusted EBITDA, representing growth rates of 4% and 11%, respectively, compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2015. During the first nine months of fiscal 2016, we generated $39.1 million in net income. In calendar year 2014, we had an estimated industry share of 6.0% and our sales growth rate since calendar year 2010 is approximately three times the growth rate of the foodservice distribution industry in that same time frame. We believe that our current industry share, the large size of the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, and our track record of growing industry share provide us a significant opportunity for continued sales growth. See “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” for our definition of “Adjusted EBITDA” and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which we believe is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

We attribute our sales growth primarily to our customer-centric business model. For us, that means understanding our customers’ business operations and economics so that we can help them be successful; placing our decision-making on how best to serve customers at the local level; and partnering with our suppliers to develop our high quality proprietary brands, which are a key driver for us in winning, retaining, and developing customers. We believe that our customer-centric business model differentiates us from our competitors who make customer-facing decisions outside of the local market and also from competitors who often do not have the scale to develop proprietary brands, provide value-added services, and distribute as effectively as we do.

1

Since fiscal 2010, our profit growth has outpaced our sales growth as a result of shifting towards a more profitable mix of products and customers, capturing operating efficiencies from our sales growth, and delivering productivity initiatives. Our mix shift is primarily attributable to increased sales of our proprietary brands and sales to independent restaurants, which represent our highest margin products and customers, respectively. In addition, we have established a set of productivity initiatives in the areas of procurement and operations called Winning Together, which, together with increased net sales, continues to drive meaningful profit growth.

Our Segments

We believe that we are well positioned to serve our customers from our three business segments, which are distinguished by their diverse distribution models, the inventory they carry, and the customers they serve: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.

Performance Food Group: Fiscal 2015

Net sales mix by operating segment	Key statistics
	Net sales	$15.3 billion
	Adjusted EBITDA	$328.6 million
	Distribution Centers	69
	Customer Locations	150,000+
	Products	150,000+
	Suppliers	5,000+
	Vehicles	2,500+
	Employees	12,000+

Performance Foodservice. Performance Foodservice is a leading U.S. foodservice distributor with substantial scale along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. Performance Foodservice operates a network of 25 broadline distribution centers, which supply a “broad line” of products, and 10 Roma distribution centers, which specialize in supplying independent pizzerias and other Italian-themed restaurants. Each of these distribution centers, which we refer to as operating companies or “OpCos,” is run by a business team who understands the local markets and the needs of its particular customers and who is empowered to make decisions on how best to serve them. For fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, Performance Foodservice generated $9.1 billion and $8.1 billion, respectively, in net sales. For the first nine months of fiscal 2016, Performance Foodservice generated $7.0 billion in net sales. Over 75% of Performance Foodservice’s sales during each of these periods was to restaurants. This segment serves over 85,000 customer locations with over 125,000 food and food-related products.

We offer our customers a broad product assortment that ranges from “center-of-the-plate” items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and seafood), frozen foods, refrigerated products, and dry groceries to disposables, cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer, we provide value-added services by enabling our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.

We classify our customers under two major categories: “Street” and multi-unit “Chain.” Street customers predominantly consist of independent restaurants. Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more

2

locations, which include fine dining, family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants, as well as hotels, healthcare facilities, and other multi-unit institutional customers. Street customers utilize more of our value-added services, particularly in the areas of product selection and procurement, market trends, menu development, and operational strategy. Street customer purchases typically generate greater gross profit per case compared to sales to Chain customers. Sales to Street customers in fiscal 2015 accounted for 43% of Performance Foodservice sales compared to 37% in fiscal 2010. Case sales to Street customers in the first nine months of fiscal 2016 grew within our 6-10% growth goal range and accelerated modestly between our second and third quarters of fiscal 2016.

Our products consist of our proprietary-branded products, or “Performance Brands,” as well as nationally- branded products and products bearing our customers’ brands. Our Performance Brands typically generate higher gross profit per case than other brands. In fiscal 2015, Performance Brands accounted for 40% of the case volume sold to Street customers, up from 37% in fiscal 2010. Performance Brands accounted for over $2.0 billion of our Performance Foodservice net sales in fiscal 2015.

Performance Foodservice net sales for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $9.1 billion and $8.1 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 12.1%. Performance Foodservice segment EBITDA for the same time period was $254.2 million and $207.5 million, representing year-over-year growth of 22.5%. Performance Foodservice net sales in the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 were $7.0 billion and $6.7 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 4.1%. Performance Foodservice segment EBITDA for the same time period was $206.9 million and $172.6 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 19.9%.

Performance Foodservice: Fiscal 2015 Net Sales

PFG Customized. PFG Customized is a leading national distributor to the family and casual dining channel. We serve over 5,000 customer locations across the United States from nine distribution centers that provide tailored supply chain solutions to our customers. Our network of distribution centers was developed around our customers and is strategically positioned to provide an efficient supply chain across both inbound and outbound logistics. PFG Customized’s product offerings are determined by each of our customers’ specific menu requirements. We also provide customers with value-added services, such as expertise in fresh product distribution, logistics management, procurement management, and information system interfaces, which enable our customers to run their businesses efficiently.

We serve many of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains, including Bonefish Grill, Carrabba’s Italian Grill, Chili’s, Cracker Barrel, Joe’s Crab Shack, Logan’s Roadhouse, O’Charley’s, Outback Steakhouse, Ruby Tuesday, and TGI Friday’s, and we have recently entered into an agreement to serve

3

Red Lobster. PFG Customized’s five largest family and casual dining customers have been with us for an average of more than 15 years. Cracker Barrel was PFG Customized’s first customer and grew from a substantial regional account served by Performance Foodservice to an account whose needs are best served by customized distribution. PFG Customized recently began to utilize its distribution platform to serve fast casual chains such as Fuzzy’s Taco Shop, and PDQ, as well quick serve chains including Church’s Chicken and Wendy’s.

PFG Customized net sales for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $3.8 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 13.7%. PFG Customized segment EBITDA for the same time periods was $36.5 million and $37.5 million, representing year-over-year decline of 2.7%. The majority of the increase in sales was attributable to the expansion of services provided to a single existing customer. PFG Customized net sales in the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 were $2.8 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 0.6%. PFG Customized segment EBITDA for the same time periods was $26.2 million and $25.6 million, representing year-over-year growth of 2.3%.

PFG Customized: Fiscal 2015 Net Sales

Vistar. Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, and beverages to vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theaters. The segment provides national distribution of approximately 20,000 different SKUs of candy, snacks, beverages, and other items to approximately 60,000 customer locations from our network of 25 Vistar OpCos and nine Merchant’s Marts locations. Merchant’s Marts are cash-and-carry operators where customers generally pick up orders rather than having them delivered. Vistar’s scale in these channels enhances our ability to procure a broad variety of products for our customers. Vistar OpCos deliver to vending and office coffee service distributors and directly to most theaters and some other locations. The distribution model also includes a “pick and pack” capability, which utilizes third-party carriers and Vistar’s SKU variety to sell to customers whose order sizes are too small to be served effectively by our distribution network. We believe these capabilities, in conjunction with the breadth of our inventory, are differentiating and allow us to serve many distinct customer types. Vistar has successfully built upon our national platform to broaden the channels we serve to include hospitality venues, concessionaires, airport gift shops, college book stores, corrections facilities, and impulse locations in big box retailers such as Home Depot, Dollar Tree, Staples, and others.

4

Vistar net sales for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $2.4 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 6.9%. Vistar segment EBITDA for the same time period was $105.5 million and $88.3 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 19.5%. Vistar net sales for the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 were $1.9 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 8.7%. Vistar segment EBITDA for the same time period was $83.7 million and $79.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 5.7%.

Vistar: Fiscal 2015 Net Sales

Our Industry

We distribute to the food-away-from-home industry, a large industry with attractive underlying growth trends. According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, consumer spending on food-away-from-home in the United States totaled $640 billion in 2014, making it one of the largest industries in the country. The industry grew from $331 billion in sales in 1999 to over $640 billion in sales in 2014, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 4.5%. Macroeconomic drivers of growth include increases in U.S. gross domestic product, employment levels, and personal consumption expenditures. Microeconomic drivers include increases in the number of restaurants, a continued shift toward value-added products and desire for convenience, smaller sized households, an aging population that spends more per capita at food-away-from-home establishments, and a rebound in the number of dual income households.

We operate in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, which supplies the food-away-from-home industry and which totaled $268 billion in sales in 2015 according to Technomic. The U.S. foodservice distribution industry consists of four categories of distributors:

• Broadline distributors carry a “broad line” of products to serve the needs of many different types of food-away-from-home establishments;

• System distributors carry products that are typically specified by large national and regional chains;

• Specialized distributors carry a variety of products within specific categories, such as produce, meats, or seafood, or they focus on particular customer types, such as schools, vending operations, or fine dining; and

• Cash-and-carry centers where customers come to pick-up their orders.

We are distinguished from most of our competitors by operating in each of the four categories of distributors mentioned above.

5

Broadline distribution is the largest segment in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. According to Technomic, the “Power Distributors,” which they define as the 21 companies with annual sales greater than $250 million, grew sales by 6% from 2012 to 2013, or approximately twice the growth rate for the overall foodservice distribution industry, which we believe is representative of the benefits of scale.

We benefit from being one of the leading companies in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. We believe that our current industry share, the large size of the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, and our track record of growing industry share provide us a significant opportunity for continued sales growth.

On December 8, 2013, the two largest companies in our industry, Sysco Corporation (“Sysco”) and US Foods, Inc. (“US Foods”), announced that they entered into an agreement and plan of merger. On February 2, 2015, we reached an agreement to purchase 11 US Foods facilities relating to the proposed merger. On February 19, 2015, the Federal Trade Commission filed suit seeking an injunction to prevent the proposed merger and, on June 23, 2015, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia granted the injunction. In June 2015, the proposed merger was terminated. As a result, our agreement to purchase the facilities was also terminated and we received a termination fee of $25 million.

Based on the industry size as estimated by the industry analyst Technomic, we had an estimated industry share of 6.0% for each of calendar 2013 and calendar 2014, and Sysco and US Foods had an estimated industry share of 20.0% and 10.0%, respectively, in calendar 2014.

Our Strengths

Leading Market Positions

We believe that our leading market positions within each of our business segments allow us to compete effectively in attracting new customers, to attract and retain industry talent, and to drive our growth as we execute our business strategy. We have a diverse business model that operates in three segments, allowing us to capitalize on the growth in food-away-from-home consumption. We believe our leading market positions are exhibited in the following way:

• Performance Foodservice. We are the third largest broadline distributor by revenue in the United States after Sysco and US Foods, according to Technomic. We have significant scale in markets along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. Within Performance Foodservice, we believe that our Roma products make us the leading distributor to independent pizzerias in the United States.

• PFG Customized. PFG Customized is a leading national distributor to family and casual dining restaurants, and we believe benefits from longstanding relationships with our customers, strong customer loyalty, and a network that is optimized to serve our customer base efficiently.

• Vistar. Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, and beverages to vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theater customers, whom we believe benefit from substantial product variety sold at competitive prices.

Scale Distribution Platforms

We believe we have a competitive advantage over smaller regional and local broadline distributors through economies of scale in purchasing and procurement, which allow us to offer a broad variety of products (including our proprietary Performance Brands) at competitive prices to our customers. Our customers benefit from our ability to provide them with extensive geographic coverage as they continue to grow. We believe we also benefit from supply chain efficiency, including a growing inbound logistics backhaul network that uses our collective

6

distribution network to deliver inbound products across business segments; best practices in warehousing, transportation, and risk management; the ability to benefit from the scale of our purchases of items not for resale, such as trucks, construction materials, insurance, banking relationships, healthcare, and material handling equipment; and the ability to optimize our networks so that customers are served from the most efficient OpCo, which minimizes the cost of delivery. We believe these efficiencies and economies of scale will lead to continued improvements in our operating margins when combined with incremental fixed-cost advantage.

Customer-Centric Business Model

Our customer-centric business model is based on understanding our customers’ business operations and economics so that we can help them be successful, partnering with our suppliers to develop high quality proprietary brands specifically tailored to our customers’ needs, and placing our decision making on how best to serve customers at the local level so that we remain nimble at the point of transaction. The model embodies how we organize the Company, how our business processes work, and how we design our information systems. Over 12,000 PFG employees share our mission to grow sales by providing excellent service that is locally tailored to each customer. Over 5,000 of our employees interact with customers daily, either in sales or in making deliveries. Our sales associates receive extensive and ongoing product training and earn incentives primarily based on how effectively they grow our business with customers. Our customer-facing employees are supported by hundreds of employees who develop, source, and market over 150,000 food and related products from over 5,000 suppliers and by several thousand warehouse workers focused on filling customer orders accurately, efficiently, and in a timely manner. We believe that our customer-centric business model differentiates us from our competitors who make customer-facing decisions outside the local market and also from competitors who often do not have the scale to develop proprietary brands, provide value-added services, and distribute as effectively as we do.

Proven Ability to Increase Sales to Street Customers and Market our Proprietary Brands

We maintain a strong focus on growing sales to Street customers (our highest profit margin customers), growing sales of Performance Brands (our highest profit margin products), and attracting, retaining, and developing a more effective Street sales force. We believe that offering our Performance Brands enhances customer loyalty and attracts new customers, particularly Street customers. These Performance Brands include exclusive products offered across a wide variety of approximately 10,000 SKUs, which are developed in partnership with our suppliers and customers in order to satisfy the specific needs of our customer base.

From fiscal 2010 through fiscal 2015, we have grown the number of Street customers, case sales to Street customers, and case sales of Performance Brands to Street customers at compound annual growth rates of 8%, 11%, and 13%, respectively. In fiscal 2015, Performance Brands accounted for 40% of the case volume sold to Street customers, up from 37% in fiscal 2010.

Disciplined and Proven Acquirer

We have made 15 acquisitions over the past seven years, beginning with the merger of PFG and Vistar in 2008, when management integrated the two companies with significant synergies. Acquisitions have typically been completed at attractive valuation multiples and have been accretive to our Adjusted EBITDA margins on both a pre- and post-synergy basis.

In recent years, we have made four acquisitions in our Performance Foodservice business, which expanded our footprint in North and South Carolina, Kentucky, Illinois, and northern coastal California. Synergies from these acquisitions typically include introducing Performance Brands to the customers of the acquired company, reducing network mileage, implementing operational best practices, and achieving cost savings, such as expenses associated with insurance and benefit programs.

7

In our Vistar segment, we entered the hotel pantry business through an acquisition, which we are using as a platform to expand further into the hospitality channel. Vistar also used an acquisition to better develop our small drop fulfillment technology to serve big box retailers with candy, snacks, beverages, and other items, a capability that we believe has application in other channels.

Experienced and Invested Management Team

Our senior management team has extensive experience and proven success in the foodservice industry. With 250 years of combined experience (over 20 years on average for the executive leadership team), we believe that our senior management team’s experience in all parts of the industry has enabled us to grow and diversify our business while improving operational efficiency. Members of management have previous experience at other leading foodservice distributors, including Sysco, US Foods, PYA Monarch, and Alliant Foodservice. Other management team members have experience elsewhere in the food industry, ranging from manufacturers and marketers to retailers and contract feeders. Management has invested over $21 million in the equity of the Company and the substantial majority of management’s incentive compensation is tied to our financial performance. We believe management’s investment and incentive structure align its interests with those of our stockholders.

Substantial Free Cash Flow Generation

Our cash flows benefit from a steady, recurring revenue stream supported by effective cost management and a leading market share in the United States foodservice distribution industry. A significant portion of our sales are based on contract pricing, as either a percentage or fixed fee above costs, which enables us to substantially mitigate cost inflation. In order to minimize costs, we leverage our national scale as the third-largest foodservice distributor in the United States and enter into supplier agreements that maximize promotional allowance rebates. We have made a focused effort to drive sales of our proprietary brands, which carry a higher selling margin per case than branded products.

While we experience some seasonal fluctuations in our working capital needs, we effectively manage them with our stable gross margins and our prudent liquidity management and borrowing practices. Because of the predictable nature of our business, our annual capital expenditure requirement is very moderate, averaging 0.5% of net sales from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2015. Recently our primary capital expense has been IT and productivity investment, which had effects on cash flow that were offset by gross margin expansion. Our annual free cash flow, defined as Adjusted EBITDA minus capital expenditures, grew 17.6% year-over-year from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015.

Our Strategy

We intend to continue to expand our industry share and to grow sales and profits by executing on the following key elements of our strategy.

Continue to Grow Street and Performance Brand Sales

We believe that there is a significant and ongoing opportunity to grow sales to Street customers (our highest profit margin customers) and to expand sales of our Performance Brands (our highest profit margin products). We believe that providing customers with proprietary distributor brands such as Performance Brands has been a key driver for us in winning, retaining, and developing customers, especially Street customers. In addition, we believe that our ability to build and retain an increasingly effective sales force has complemented these results. Street business momentum facilitates further development of our Performance Brand portfolio, which in turn enables us to win and develop more Street customers. Smaller regional competitors often do not have the scale to develop their own distinctive brands, and we believe this is a key reason why our Performance Foodservice segment has increased its sales to Street customers. By continuing to focus on increasing sales to our Street customers and sales of our Performance Brands, we believe that we can continue to drive profitable growth.

8

Continue to Grow our Customers and Channels

We intend to increase penetration within our existing channels, enter new channels, and continue to win new customers in all three business segments by using our scale, operational excellence, geographic presence, and customer-centric business model.

• Performance Foodservice. In addition to our success in growing our Street business, we believe significant opportunity remains to expand our customer base. For example, in the past three years we have won the fast-growing distribution business of Anthony’s Coal Fired Pizza, Blaze Pizza, Chuy’s, Habit Burger, Hwy 55 Burgers Shakes & Fries, Pollo Tropical, Shake Shack, and Taco Cabana. We believe significant opportunity remains to continue expanding our customer base through new multi-unit restaurant chains and other channels such as schools, hospitals, and commercial locations.

• PFG Customized. We intend to continue to grow our traditional customer base and to expand sales to new customer channels. We have recently expanded our customer base to include select fast casual customers including Fuzzy’s Taco Shop and PDQ and quick serve customers including Wendy’s.

• Vistar. We have utilized Vistar’s combination of inventory variety, distribution methods, and national scale to diversify our channel mix. This has enabled Vistar to serve new customers and channels including concessionaires (such as Minor League Baseball), corrections facilities, college bookstores, and hospitality, among others. Additionally, Vistar continues to grow within vending and office coffee service distribution, big box retailers, and theaters.

Expand Margins through Continuous Productivity Improvements

We are committed to expanding margins through operating efficiencies and specific productivity programs, which will complement the effect of selling a more profitable mix of customers and brands. We have established a program called Winning Together, which complements our sales growth with ongoing initiatives that take advantage of our scale and drive productivity in non-customer facing areas. Winning Together is led by teams whose primary responsibility is to improve our business processes, capture best practices, and maintain a continuous improvement culture in our procurement and operations functions.

The two key components of Winning Together are Winning Together Through Procurement and Winning Together Through Operations. Winning Together Through Procurement uses structured negotiations with our procurement partners, including selected national, regional, and local suppliers, to develop the mutual profitability of the relationship and to encourage suppliers to invest in our growth. Winning Together Through Operations seeks to accelerate efficiencies in our warehouses and our inbound and outbound logistics functions. This program leverages best practices and scale, implements new productivity software, and establishes a model OpCo as a proving ground for new technologies and business processes.

Winning Together drove meaningful cost-saving benefits in fiscal 2015, and we continue to benefit from this program in fiscal 2016.

Continue to Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions

We have a strong track record of sourcing, executing, and integrating accretive acquisitions. We intend to continue pursuing selective acquisitions in order to further our competitive position in the industry and to allow us both to enter into new geographies and channels as well as to expand in existing ones.

Over the past seven years, we have made 15 acquisitions, including acquiring five broadline locations in Kentucky, North and South Carolina, Illinois, and northern coastal California. These acquisitions have expanded our broadline geographic reach, and we believe further meaningful opportunities exist that would enable us to reach additional customers. In Vistar, our acquisition focus remains on companies in adjacent channels that can benefit from the strength of our inventory and delivery method variety or that can add capabilities or technologies to our portfolio. We believe that there are a number of attractive potential acquisition opportunities in our industry.

9

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks, and our ability to successfully operate our business and execute our growth plan is subject to numerous risks, including those that are generally associated with operating in the foodservice distribution industry. Some of the more significant challenges and risks include the following:

• competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully;

• our industry has low margins, which may increase the volatility of our results of operations;

• we may not realize anticipated benefits from our operating cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts, including Winning Together;

• our profitability is directly affected by cost inflation or deflation and other factors;

• many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us;

• group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of these organizations;

• changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations;

• extreme weather conditions and natural disasters may interrupt our business, or our customers’ businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations;

• our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or in our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt, and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness;

• affiliates of our Sponsors control us; the Sponsors’ interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future;

• upon completion of this offering, we will no longer be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and the rules of the SEC; however, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that would otherwise provide protection to stockholders of other companies during a one-year transition period; and

• other factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

Before you participate in this offering, you should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Recent Developments

Multi-Year Distribution Agreement with Red Lobster

In May 2016, we entered into a distribution agreement with Red Lobster, the world’s largest seafood restaurant company. Under the multi-year agreement, we will provide distribution solutions to all of Red Lobster’s more than 670 restaurants in the United States. PFG Customized expects to begin rolling out service to Red Lobster in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2017.

Executive Management Change

On May 3, 2016, Robert D. Evans notified the Company of his intent to retire from his position as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Mr. Evans’s retirement will be effective on the date that the Company appoints a new Chief Financial Officer. The Company is working with an executive search

10

firm to assist in the search for Mr. Evans’s successor. Following Mr. Evans’s retirement, Mr. Evans will remain available to provide transition and advisory services and consulting services to the Company for a specified period pursuant to a transition agreement with the Company.

Amendment and Restatement of ABL Facility

On February 1, 2016, we amended and restated the credit agreement governing our ABL facility (the “ABL Facility”) to increase the borrowing capacity from $1.4 billion to $1.6 billion, lower interest rates for LIBOR based loans, extend the maturity from May 2017 to February 2021, and modify triggers and provisions related to certain reporting, financial, and negative covenants. The total size of the facility immediately increased the effective borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility since borrowing base assets exceeded the facility size prior to the amendment. We estimate that approximately $6.6 million of fees and expenses have been incurred for the amendment, which were included as deferred financing costs and will be amortized over the remaining term of the ABL Facility. Of this amount, $5.6 million was paid during the nine months ended March 26, 2016. In connection with the closing of this amendment, we borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Facility.

Initial Public Offering

On October 6, 2015, we completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 16,675,000 shares of common stock for a cash offering price of $19.00 per share ($17.955 per share net of underwriting discounts), including the exercise in full by underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. We sold an aggregate of 12,777,325 shares of such common stock and certain selling stockholders sold 3,897,675 shares (including the shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares). The offering was registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on a registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-198654).

We used the net offering proceeds to us, after deducting the underwriting discount and our direct offering expenses, to repay $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under our term loan facility (the “Term Facility”). We used the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

Corporate History and Information

The issuer was formed under the laws of the state of Delaware on September 23, 2002. Our principal executive office is located at 12500 West Creek Parkway, Richmond VA 23238. Our main telephone number is 804-484-7700.

Our Sponsors

Blackstone (NYSE: BX) is one of the world’s leading investment firms. Blackstone’s asset management businesses, with approximately $343.7 billion in assets under management as of March 31, 2016, include investment vehicles focused on private equity, real estate, public debt and equity, non-investment grade debt and secondary funds, all on a global basis. Blackstone also provides various financial advisory services, including financial and strategic advisory, restructuring and reorganization advisory, and fund placement services.

Wellspring Capital Management, a leading middle-market private equity firm, was founded in 1995. By teaming with strong management, Wellspring unlocks underlying value and pursues new growth opportunities through strategic initiatives, operating improvements, and add-on acquisitions. The firm functions as a strategic rather than tactical partner, providing management teams with top-line support, M&A experience, and financial expertise. Wellspring has approximately $3 billion of private equity capital under management.

Immediately after this offering of our common stock, affiliates of Blackstone and Wellspring will beneficially own approximately 47.1% and 15.9% of our common stock, respectively, or approximately 45.4% and 15.9%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.

11

THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders
12,000,000 shares.

Option to purchase additional shares The underwriters have an option to purchase up to 1,800,000 additional shares of our common stock from certain of the selling stockholders. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Common stock outstanding 102,614,707 shares, as of April 26, 2016.

Use of proceeds The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering, including upon the sale of shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, from the selling stockholders in this offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

Dividend policy We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions in our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Risk factors See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

NYSE trading symbol “PFGC.”

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding is based on 102,614,707 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 26, 2016, which includes 2,883,628 shares of restricted stock. The total number of outstanding shares does not give effect to options relating to 3,822,090 shares of common stock, 288,186 shares issuable pursuant to restricted stock units, 395,019 shares reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Management Option Plan (the “2007 Stock Option Plan”), and an additional 3,774,894 shares reserved for future issuance under the Performance Food Group 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan”).

12

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated.

We derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data and the summary consolidated statement of cash flows data for the years ended June 27, 2015, June 28, 2014, and June 29, 2013 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 29, 2013 from our unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data and the summary consolidated statement of cash flows data for the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 26, 2016 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results from any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

The summary historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	For the nine months ended						For the fiscal year ended
	March 26, 2016			March 28, 2015			June 27, 2015			June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013
	(unaudited)
	(dollars in millions, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	11,731.9		$	11,285.6		$	15,270.0		$	13,685.7		$	12,826.5
Cost of goods sold		10,283.2			9,927.3			13,421.7			11,988.5			11,243.8
Gross profit		1,448.7			1,358.3			1,848.3			1,697.2			1,582.7
Operating expenses		1,313.3			1,251.4			1,688.2			1,581.6			1,468.0
Operating profit		135.4			106.9			160.1			115.6			114.7
Interest expense, net(1)		65.9			64.6			85.7			86.1			93.9
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—			—			—			—			2.0
Other, net		3.7			3.2			(22.2	)		(0.7	)		(0.7	)
Other expense, net		69.6			67.8			63.5			85.4			95.2
Income before taxes		65.8			39.1			96.6			30.2			19.5
Income tax expense(2)		26.7			16.8			40.1			14.7			11.1
Net income	$	39.1		$	22.3		$	56.5		$	15.5		$	8.4
Per Share Data(3):
Basic net income per share	$	0.41		$	0.26		$	0.65		$	0.18		$	0.10
Diluted net income per share	$	0.40		$	0.25		$	0.64		$	0.18		$	0.10
Weighted-average number of shares used in per share amounts
Basic		95,230,548			86,874,101			86,874,727			86,868,452			86,864,606
Diluted		96,750,311			87,664,715			87,613,698			87,533,324			87,458,530
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA(4)	$	217.9		$	195.4		$	303.6		$	249.0		$	233.4
Adjusted EBITDA(4)		251.9			226.1			328.6			286.1			271.3
Capital expenditures		68.0			63.7			98.6			90.6			66.5
Summary Statement of Cash Flows Data:
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations:
Operating activities	$	117.6		$	28.4		$	127.4		$	119.7		$	140.7
Investing activities		(107.5	)		(66.3	)		(100.7	)		(93.4	)		(150.0	)
Financing activities		(8.6	)		39.4			(22.8	)		(35.1	)		12.3

13

	As of
	March 26, 2016		June 27, 2015		June 28, 2014		June 29, 2013
	(unaudited)
	(dollars in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10.7	$	9.2	$	5.3	$	14.1
Total assets		3,440.1		3,390.9		3,239.8		3,055.4
Total debt		1,214.1		1,442.5		1,459.5		1,483.0
Total shareholders’ equity		769.8		493.0		434.1		420.0

(1) Interest expense, net includes $5.6 million, $6.0 million, $8.0 million, $6.6 million and $11.1 million of reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps for the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively. In addition, includes $5.8 million loss on extinguishment and $5.5 million accelerated amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs during the nine months ended March 26, 2016.

(2) Income tax expense includes $2.2 million, $2.4 million, $3.1 million, $2.6 million, and $4.3 million tax benefit from reclassification adjustments for the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively, related to the reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps referred to in note (1).

(3) Share and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a reverse stock split of our common stock.

(4) Management measures operating performance based on our EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP and is not a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and is subject to important limitations. Our definition of EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investor’s understanding of our performance. We believe this measure is a useful metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We use this measure to evaluate the performance of our segments and for business planning purposes. We believe that EBITDA will provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt, and to undertake capital expenditures because it eliminates depreciation and amortization expense. We present EBITDA in order to provide supplemental information that we consider relevant for the readers of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and such information is not meant to replace or supersede U.S. GAAP measures.

In addition, our management uses Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income and franchise taxes, and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain unusual, non-cash, non-recurring, cost reduction, and other adjustment items permitted in calculating covenant compliance under our credit agreements (other than certain pro forma adjustments permitted under our credit agreements relating to the Adjusted EBITDA contribution of acquired entities or businesses prior to the acquisition date). Under our credit agreements, our ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments, and making restricted payments and other covenant compliance matters are tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreements). Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours. In addition, targets based on Adjusted EBITDA are among the measures we use to evaluate our management’s performance for purposes of determining their compensation under our incentive plans as further described under “Management—Executive Compensation.”

14

We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss). The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

	For the nine months ended				For the fiscal year ended
	March 26, 2016		March 28, 2015		June 27, 2015		June 28, 2014		June 29, 2013		June 30, 2012			July 2, 2011
	(unaudited)
	(dollars in millions)
Net income		$ 39.1		$22.3	$	56.5	$	15.5	$	8.4	$	21.0		$	13.7
Interest expense, net		65.9		64.6		85.7		86.1		93.9		76.3			78.9
Income tax expense		26.7		16.8		40.1		14.7		11.1		12.9			10.9
Depreciation		58.3		57.1		76.3		73.5		58.7		46.4			43.2
Amortization of intangible assets		27.9		34.6		45.0		59.2		61.3		55.9			55.8
EBITDA		217.9		195.4		303.6		249.0		233.4		212.5			202.5
Non-cash items(i)		13.2		2.3		4.3		4.8		1.8		3.8			0.3
Acquisition, integration and reorganization(ii)		5.9		16.1		0.4		11.3		22.9		12.9			8.2
Non-recurring items(iii)		1.7		—		5.1		0.4		0.4		1.5			4.5
Productivity initiatives(iv)		7.7		6.9		8.3		16.3		3.1		1.5			—
Multiemployer plan withdrawal(v)		—		2.8		2.8		0.4		3.9		(0.1	)		0.8
Other adjustment items(vi)		5.5		2.6		4.1		3.9		5.8		8.8			3.7
Adjusted EBITDA	$	251.9	$	226.1	$	328.6	$	286.1	$	271.3	$	240.9		$	220.0

(i) Includes adjustments for non-cash charges arising from employee stock compensation, interest rate swap hedge ineffectiveness, adjustments to reflect certain assets held for sale to their net realizable value, and changes in fair value of fuel collar instruments. Stock compensation cost was $13.6 million and $0.9 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and the first nine months of fiscal 2015, respectively. In addition, this includes a (decrease) increase in the LIFO reserve of $(2.5) million, $(0.4) million, $1.7 million, $3.0 million, and $0.8 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

(ii) Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions net of a $25.0 million termination fee related to the terminated agreement to acquire 11 US Foods facilities from Sysco and US Foods, costs of integrating certain of our facilities, facility closing costs, legal fees related to our legal entity reorganization, and advisory fees paid to the Sponsors. For fiscal 2013, this also includes $11.2 million for the impact of the initial fair value of inventory that was acquired as part of acquisitions.

(iii) Consists primarily of an expense related to our withdrawal from a purchasing cooperative, pre-acquisition worker’s compensation claims related to an insurance company that went into liquidation, transition costs related to IT outsourcing, certain severance costs, and the impact of business interruption due to hurricane and other weather related or one-time related events.

(iv) Consists primarily of professional fees and related expenses associated with the Winning Together program and other productivity initiatives.

(v) Includes amounts related to the withdrawal from multiemployer pension plans. For the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, this amount includes $2.8 million, $2.8 million, $0.4 million, and $3.7 million, respectively, for the expense related to the withdrawal from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund. See Note 15 Commitments and Contingencies to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(vi) Consists primarily of costs related to settlements on our fuel collar derivatives, certain financing transactions, lease amendments, and franchise tax expense and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreements.

15

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before you decide whether to purchase our common stock.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully.

The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. Certain of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Furthermore, there are two larger broadline distributors, Sysco and US Foods, with national footprints. On December 8, 2013, these competitors entered into an agreement and plan of merger, which was later terminated as described under “Summary—Our Industry.” In addition, there are numerous regional, local, and specialty distributors. These smaller distributors often align themselves with other smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, overall purchasing power, cost efficiencies, and ability to try to meet customer requirements for national or multi-regional distribution. We often do not have exclusive service agreements with our customers and our customers may switch to other distributors if those distributors can offer lower prices, differentiated products, or customer service that is perceived to be superior. We believe that most purchasing decisions in the foodservice business are based on the quality and price of the product and a distributor’s ability to completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries. We cannot assure you that our current or potential competitors will not provide products or services that are comparable or superior to those provided by us or adapt more quickly than we do to evolving trends or changing market requirements. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively against current and future competitors, and increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins, and loss of market share, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We operate in a low margin industry, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations.

Similar to other resale-based industries, the foodservice distribution industry is characterized by relatively low profit margins. These low profit margins tend to increase the volatility of our reported net income since any decline in our net sales or increase in our costs that is small relative to our total net sales or costs may have a large impact on our net income (loss).

We may not realize anticipated benefits from our cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts, including our Winning Together program.

We have implemented a number of cost reduction and productivity improvement initiatives that we believe are necessary to position our business for future success and growth, including our Winning Together program. Our future success and earnings growth depend upon our ability to achieve a lower cost structure and operate efficiently in the highly competitive foodservice distribution industry, particularly in an environment of increased competitive activity and reduced profitability. A variety of factors could cause us not to realize some of the expected cost savings and productivity enhancements, including, among other things, difficulties in implementation, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our cost savings initiatives, lack of sustainability in cost savings over time, and unexpected costs associated with operating our business. If we are unable to realize the anticipated benefits from our cost cutting and productivity improvement efforts, including our Winning Together program, we could become cost disadvantaged in the marketplace, which could adversely affect our competitiveness and our profitability. Furthermore, even if we realize the anticipated benefits of our cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts, we may experience an adverse impact on our employees, customers, suppliers, and purchasing partners that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

16

Cost inflation or deflation could affect the value of our inventory and our financial results.

We make a significant portion of our sales at prices that are based on the cost of products we sell, plus a percentage markup. As a result, volatile food costs may have a direct impact upon our profitability. Our profit levels may be negatively affected during periods of product cost deflation, even though our gross profit percentage may remain relatively constant. Prolonged periods of product cost inflation also may have a negative impact on our profit margins and earnings to the extent such product cost increases are not passed on to customers because of their resistance to higher prices. Furthermore, our business model requires us to maintain an inventory of products, and changes in price levels between the time that we acquire inventory from our suppliers and the time we sell the inventory to our customers could lead to unexpected shifts in demand for our products or could require us to sell inventory at a loss. In addition, product cost inflation may negatively impact consumer discretionary spending decisions within our customers’ establishments, which could impact our sales. Our inability to quickly respond to inflationary and deflationary cost pressures could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us.

Many of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual purchase orders, and we often do not enter into long-term agreements with these customers. Because such customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us, we cannot assure you that the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders will remain constant or increase or that we will be able to maintain our existing customer base. Significant decreases in the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders or our inability to retain or grow our current customer base may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of these organizations.

Some of our customers, particularly our larger customers, purchase their products from us through group purchasing organizations, or “GPOs,” in an effort to lower the prices paid by these customers on their foodservice orders, and we have experienced some pricing pressure from these purchasers. These GPOs have recently increased their efforts to include smaller, independent restaurants. If these GPOs are able to add a significant number of our customers as members, we may be forced to lower the prices we charge these customers in order to retain the business, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Additionally, if we were unable or unwilling to lower the prices we charge for our products to a level that was satisfactory to the GPOs, we may lose the business of those of our customers that are members of these organizations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations

Changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Changes in consumer eating habits (such as a decline in consuming food away from home, a decline in portion sizes, or a shift in preferences toward restaurants that are not our customers) could reduce demand for our products. Consumer eating habits could be affected by a number of factors, including changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the health effects of consuming certain foods. If consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and we may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. Changing consumer eating habits may reduce the frequency with which consumers purchase meals outside of the home. Additionally, changes in consumer eating habits may result in the enactment of laws and regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, or laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our food products. Compliance with these laws and regulations, as well as others regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, may be costly and time-

17

consuming. We cannot make any assurances regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or resulting new laws or regulations or to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits.

Extreme weather conditions and natural disasters may interrupt our business, or our customers’ businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Many of our facilities and our customers’ facilities are located in areas that may be subject to extreme, and occasionally prolonged, weather conditions, including, but not limited to, hurricanes, blizzards, and extreme cold. Such extreme weather conditions may interrupt our operations and reduce the number of consumers who visit our customers’ facilities in such areas. Furthermore, such extreme weather conditions may interrupt or impede access to our customers’ facilities, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We rely on third-party suppliers and purchasing cooperatives, and our business may be affected by interruption of supplies or increases in product costs.

We obtain substantially all of our foodservice and related products from third-party suppliers. We typically do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Although our purchasing volume can sometimes provide an advantage when dealing with suppliers, suppliers may not provide the foodservice products and supplies needed by us in the quantities and at the prices requested. Our suppliers may also be affected by higher costs to source or produce and transport food products, as well as by other related expenses that they pass through to their customers, which could result in higher costs for the products they supply to us. Because we do not control the actual production of most of the products we sell, we are also subject to material supply chain interruptions, delays caused by interruption in production, and increases in product costs, including those resulting from product recalls or a need to find alternate materials or suppliers, based on conditions outside our control. These conditions include work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes, or other job actions by employees of suppliers, weather conditions or more prolonged climate change, crop conditions, water shortages, transportation interruptions, unavailability of fuel or increases in fuel costs, competitive demands, contamination with mold, bacteria or other contaminants, and natural disasters or other catastrophic events, including, but not limited to, the outbreak of e. coli or similar food borne illnesses or bioterrorism in the United States. We terminated our membership in our purchasing cooperative on February 29, 2016. As a result of such termination, the supplier and logistics contracts coordinated through such cooperative may be disrupted until we are able to secure replacements. Additionally, we will be required to negotiate pricing terms and replacement supplier and logistics contracts with individual providers. It is possible that some of such pricing terms and contracts may not be on terms as favorable as the ones we currently have through the purchasing cooperative. Our inability to obtain adequate supplies of foodservice and related products as a result of any of the foregoing factors or otherwise could mean that we could not fulfill our obligations to our customers and, as a result, our customers may turn to other distributors. Our inability to anticipate and react to changing food costs through our sourcing and purchasing practices in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We face risks relating to labor relations, labor costs, and the availability of qualified labor.

As of March 26, 2016, we had more than 12,000 employees of whom approximately 850 were members of local unions associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters or other unions. Although our labor contract negotiations have in the past generally taken place with the local union representatives, we may be subject to increased efforts to engage us in multi-unit bargaining that could subject us to the risk of multi-location labor disputes or work stoppages that would place us at greater risk of being materially adversely affected by labor disputes. In addition, labor organizing activities could result in additional employees becoming unionized, which could result in higher labor costs. Although we have not experienced any significant labor disputes or

18

work stoppages in recent history, and we believe we have satisfactory relationships with our employees, including those who are union members, increased unionization or a work stoppage because of our failure to renegotiate union contracts could have a material adverse effect on us.

Further, potential changes in labor legislation, including the Employee Free Choice Act, or “EFCA,” could result in portions of our workforce, such as our delivery personnel, being subjected to greater organized labor influence. The EFCA could impact the nature of labor relations in the United States and how union elections and contract negotiations are conducted. The EFCA aims to facilitate unionization, and employers of unionized employees may face mandatory, binding arbitration of labor scheduling, costs, and standards, which could increase the costs of doing business. EFCA or similar labor legislation could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations by imposing requirements that could potentially increase costs and reduce our operating flexibility.

We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our labor costs are, as a percentage of net sales, higher than many other industries, we may be significantly harmed by labor cost increases. In addition, labor is a significant cost of many of our customers in the U.S. food-away-from-home industry. Any increase in their labor costs, including any increases in costs as a result of increases in minimum wage requirements, could reduce the profitability of our customers and reduce demand for our products.

We rely heavily on our employees, particularly drivers, and any shortage of qualified labor could significantly affect our business. Our recruiting and retention efforts and efforts to increase productivity may not be successful and we could encounter a shortage of qualified drivers in future periods. Any such shortage would decrease our ability to serve our customers effectively. Such a shortage would also likely lead to higher wages for employees and a corresponding reduction in our profitability.

Further, we continue to assess our healthcare benefit costs. Despite our efforts to control costs while still providing competitive healthcare benefits to our staff members, significant increases in healthcare costs continue to occur, and we can provide no assurance that our cost containment efforts in this area will be effective. Due to the breadth and complexity of federal healthcare legislation and the staggered implementation of its provisions and corresponding regulations, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of the healthcare legislation on our business over the coming years. These changes may require us to change the health benefits that we offer to our employees or may increase the cost of healthcare in general. If we are unable to raise our prices or cut other costs to cover this expense, such increases in expenses could materially reduce our operating profit. Our distributors and suppliers also may be affected by higher minimum wage and benefit standards, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us.

Fluctuations in fuel costs and other transportation costs could harm our business.

The high cost of fuel can negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending and, as a result, reduce the frequency and amount spent by consumers within our customers’ establishments for food away from home. The high cost of fuel and other transportation related costs, such as tolls, fuel taxes, and license and registration fees, can also increase the price we pay for products as well as the costs incurred by us to deliver products to our customers. Furthermore, both the price and supply of fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns, and environmental concerns. These factors in turn could have a material adverse effect on our sales, margins, operating expenses, or results of operations.

From time to time, we may enter into arrangements to hedge our exposure to fuel costs. Such hedges, however, may not be effective and may result in us paying higher than market costs for a portion of our fuel. In addition, while we have been successful in the past in implementing fuel surcharges to offset fuel cost increases, we may not be able to do so in the future.

19

In addition, compliance with current and future environmental laws and regulations relating to carbon emissions and the effects of global warming can be expected to have a significant impact on our transportation costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

If one or more of our competitors implements a lower cost structure, they may be able to offer lower prices to customers and we may be unable to adjust our cost structure in order to compete profitably.

Over the last several decades, the retail food industry has undergone significant change as companies such as Wal-Mart and Costco have developed a lower cost structure to provide their customer base with an everyday low-cost product offering. As a large-scale foodservice distributor, we have similar strategies to remain competitive in the marketplace by reducing our cost structure. However, if one or more of our competitors in the foodservice distribution industry adopted an everyday low price strategy, we would potentially be pressured to lower prices to our customers and would need to achieve additional cost savings to offset these reductions. We may be unable to change our cost structure and pricing practices rapidly enough to successfully compete in such an environment.

If we fail to increase our sales in the highest margin portions of our business, our profitability may suffer.

Foodservice distribution is a relatively low margin industry. The most profitable customers within the foodservice distribution industry are Street customers. In addition, our most profitable products are our Performance Brands. We typically provide a higher level of services to our Street customers and are able to earn a higher operating margin on sales to Street customers. Street customers are also more likely to purchase our Performance Brands. Our ability to continue to penetrate this key customer type is critical to achieving increased operating profits. Changes in the buying practices of Street customers or decreases in our sales to Street customers or a decrease in the sales of our Performance Brands could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Changes in pricing practices of our suppliers could negatively affect our profitability.

Foodservice distributors have traditionally generated a significant percentage of their gross margins from promotional allowances paid by their suppliers. Promotional allowances are payments from suppliers based upon the efficiencies that the distributor provides to its suppliers through purchasing scale and through marketing and merchandising expertise. Promotional allowances are a standard practice among suppliers to foodservice distributors and represent a significant source of profitability for us and our competitors. Any change in such practices that results in the reduction or elimination of promotional allowances could be disruptive to us and the industry as a whole and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Our growth strategy may not achieve the anticipated results.

Our future success will depend on our ability to grow our business, including through increasing our Street sales, expanding our Performance Brands, making strategic acquisitions, and achieving improved operating efficiencies as we continue to expand our customer base. Our growth and innovation strategies require significant commitments of management resources and capital investments and may not grow our net sales at the rate we expect or at all. As a result, we may not be able to recover the costs incurred in developing our new projects and initiatives or to realize their intended or projected benefits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We may not be able to realize benefits of acquisitions or successfully integrate the businesses we acquire.

From time to time, we opportunistically pursue acquisitions that broaden our customer base and/or geographic reach. If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully or to realize anticipated

20

economic, operational, and other benefits and synergies in a timely manner, our profitability could be adversely affected. Integration of an acquired business may be more difficult when we acquire a business in a market in which we have limited expertise, or with a company culture different from ours. A significant expansion of our business and operations, in terms of geography or magnitude, could strain our administrative and operational resources. Additionally, we may be unable to retain qualified management and other key personnel employed by acquired companies and may fail to build a network of acquired companies in new markets. We could face significantly greater competition from broadline foodservice distributors in these markets than we face in our existing markets.

We also regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire other companies. To the extent our future growth includes acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain any necessary financing for such acquisitions, consummate such potential acquisitions effectively, effectively and efficiently integrate any acquired entities, or successfully expand into new markets.

Our business is subject to significant governmental regulation, and costs or claims related to these requirements could adversely affect our business.

Our operations are subject to regulation by state and local health departments, the U.S. Department of Agriculture, and the Food and Drug Administration, or the “FDA,” which generally impose standards for product quality and sanitation and are responsible for the administration of recent bioterrorism legislation affecting the foodservice industry. These government authorities regulate, among other things, the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, and labeling of our products. In late 2010, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, or the “FSMA,” was enacted. The FSMA represents a significant expansion of food safety requirements and FDA food safety authorities and, among other things, requires that the FDA impose comprehensive, prevention-based controls across the food supply, further regulates food products imported into the United States, and provides the FDA with mandatory recall authority. Our seafood operations are also specifically regulated by federal and state laws, including those administered by the National Marine Fisheries Service, established for the preservation of certain species of marine life, including fish and shellfish. Our processing and distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA biennially and are subject to periodic government agency inspections. State and/or federal authorities generally inspect our facilities at least annually. The Federal Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, which specifies standards for the sale, shipment, inspection, and rejection of agricultural products, governs our relationships with our fresh food suppliers with respect to the grading and commercial acceptance of product shipments. We are also subject to regulation by state authorities for the accuracy of our weighing and measuring devices. Additionally, the Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration regulate our trucking operations, and interstate motor carrier operations are subject to safety requirements prescribed by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other relevant federal and state agencies. Our suppliers are also subject to similar regulatory requirements and oversight. The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or voluntary product recalls; warning or untitled letters; cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance; closure of facilities or operations; the loss, revocation, or modification of any existing licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals; or the failure to obtain additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future and we may incur material costs in our efforts to comply with current or future laws and regulations or in any required product recalls.

In addition, our operations are subject to various federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air, soil, and water; the management and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes; employee exposure to hazards in the workplace; and the investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from releases of petroleum products and other regulated materials. In the course of our operations, we operate, maintain, and fuel fleet vehicles; store fuel in on-site above and underground storage tanks; operate refrigeration systems, and use and dispose of

21

hazardous substances and food wastes. We could incur substantial costs, including fines or penalties and third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, as a result of any violations of environmental or workplace safety laws and regulations or releases of regulated materials into the environment. In addition, we could incur investigation, remediation, or other costs related to environmental conditions at our currently or formerly owned or operated properties. Additionally, concern over climate change, including the impact of global warming, has led to significant U.S. and international legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. Increased regulation regarding greenhouse gas emissions, especially diesel engine emissions, could impose substantial costs upon us. These costs include an increase in the cost of the fuel and other energy we purchase and capital costs associated with updating or replacing our vehicles prematurely.

If the products we distribute are alleged to cause injury or illness or fail to comply with governmental regulations, we may need to recall our products and may experience product liability claims.

The products we distribute may be subject to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or withdrawals, if they are alleged to cause injury or illness or if they are alleged to have been mislabeled, misbranded, or adulterated or to otherwise be in violation of governmental regulations. We may also voluntarily recall or withdraw products that we consider do not meet our quality standards, whether for taste, appearance, or otherwise, in order to protect our brand and reputation. If there is any future product withdrawal that could result in substantial and unexpected expenditures, destruction of product inventory, damage to our reputation, and lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We also may be subject to product liability claims if the consumption or use of our products is alleged to cause injury or illness. While we carry product liability insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities we may incur in connection with product liability claims. For example, punitive damages may not covered by insurance. In addition, we may not be able to continue to maintain our existing insurance, obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all, or secure additional coverage, which may result in future product liability claims being uninsured. If there is a product liability judgment against us or a settlement agreement related to a product liability claim, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We rely heavily on technology in our business and any technology disruption or delay in implementing new technology could adversely affect our business.

The foodservice distribution industry is transaction intensive. Our ability to control costs and to maximize profits, as well as to serve customers effectively, depends on the reliability of our information technology systems and related data entry processes. We rely on software and other technology systems, some of which are managed by third-party service providers, to manage significant aspects of our business, including making purchases, processing orders, managing our warehouses, loading trucks in the most efficient manner, and optimizing the use of storage space. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and could result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, and the loss of sales and customers, causing our business and results of operations to suffer. In addition, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures, security breaches, cyber attacks, and viruses. While we have invested and continue to invest in technology security initiatives and disaster recovery plans, these measures cannot fully insulate us from technology disruption that could result in adverse effects on our operations and profits.

Information technology systems evolve rapidly and in order to compete effectively we are required to integrate new technologies in a timely and cost effective manner. If competitors implement new technologies before we do, allowing such competitors to provide lower priced or enhanced services of superior quality compared to those we provide, this could have an adverse effect on our operations and profits.

22

A cyber-security incident and other technology disruptions could negatively affect our business and our relationships with customers.

We rely upon information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information, and to manage or support virtually all of our business processes and activities. We also use mobile devices, social networking, and other online activities to connect with our employees, suppliers, business partners, and customers. These uses give rise to cybersecurity risks, including security breach, espionage, system disruption, theft, and inadvertent release of information. Our business involves the storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and intellectual property, including customers’ and suppliers’ personal information, private information about employees, and financial and strategic information about us and our business partners. Additionally, while we have implemented measures to prevent security breaches and cyber incidents, our preventative measures and incident response efforts may not be entirely effective. The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of sensitive and/or confidential information or intellectual property, or interference with our information technology systems or the technology systems of third parties on which we rely, could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability, and competitive disadvantage.

We may be subject to or affected by product liability claims relating to products we distribute.

We, like any other seller of food, may be exposed to product liability claims in the event that the use of products we sell causes injury or illness. We believe we have sufficient primary and excess umbrella liability insurance with respect to product liability claims. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain replacement insurance on comparable terms, and any replacement insurance or our current insurance may not continue to be available at a reasonable cost, or, if available, may not be adequate to cover all of our liabilities. We generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from parties supplying products to us, but this indemnification or insurance coverage is limited, as a practical matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and the insured limits of any insurance provided by suppliers. If we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification available, product liability relating to defective products could adversely affect our profitability.

Adverse judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of our business could reduce our profits or limit our ability to operate our business.

In the normal course of our business, we are involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these proceedings cannot be predicted. If any of these proceedings were to be determined adversely to us or a settlement involving a payment of a material sum of money were to occur, it could materially and adversely affect our profits or ability to operate our business. Additionally, we could become the subject of future claims by third parties, including our employees; suppliers, customers, and other counterparties; our investors; or regulators. Any significant adverse judgments or settlements would reduce our profits and could limit our ability to operate our business. Further, we may incur costs related to claims for which we have appropriate third-party indemnity, but such third parties fail to fulfill their contractual obligations.

Adverse publicity about us, lack of confidence in our products, and other risks could negatively affect our reputation and affect our business.

Maintaining a good reputation and public confidence in the safety of the products we distribute is critical to our business, particularly to selling our Performance Brands products. Anything that damages our reputation, or the public’s confidence in our products, whether or not justified, including adverse publicity about the quality, safety, or integrity of our products, could quickly affect our net sales and profits. Reports, whether true or not, of food-borne illnesses or harmful bacteria (such as e. coli, bovine spongiform encephalopathy, hepatitis A, trichinosis, listeria, or salmonella) and injuries caused by food tampering could also severely injure our reputation or negatively affect the public’s confidence in our products. We may need to recall our products if

23

they become adulterated. If patrons of our restaurant customers become ill from food-borne illnesses, our customers could be forced to temporarily close restaurant locations and our sales would be correspondingly decreased. In addition, instances of food-borne illnesses, food tampering, or other health concerns, such as flu epidemics or other pandemics, even those unrelated to the use of our products, or public concern regarding the safety of our products, can result in negative publicity about the foodservice distribution industry and cause our sales to decrease dramatically. In addition, a widespread health epidemic or food-borne illness, whether or not related to the use of our products, may cause consumers to avoid public gathering places, like restaurants, or otherwise change their eating behaviors. Health concerns and negative publicity may harm our results of operations and damage the reputation of, or result in a lack of acceptance of, our products or the brands that we carry.

Our participation in a “multiemployer” pension plan could give rise to significant expenses and liabilities in the future.

We participate in a “multiemployer” pension plan administered by a labor union representing some of our employees. We make periodic contributions to the plan to allow the plan to meet its pension benefit obligations to its participants. In the ordinary course of our renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements with the labor union that maintains the plan, we could decide to discontinue participation in the plan, and in that event we could face withdrawal liability. We could be treated as withdrawing from participation in the plan if the number of our employees participating in the plan is reduced to a certain degree over certain periods of time. Such reductions in the number of our employees participating in the plan could occur as a result of changes in our business operations, such as facility closures or consolidations. In the event that we withdraw from participation in the plan, applicable law could require us to make withdrawal liability contributions to the plan, and we would have to reflect that on our balance sheet. Our withdrawal liability for the multiemployer plan would depend on the extent of the plan’s funding of vested benefits. If the multiemployer pension plan in which we participate has significant underfunded liabilities, such underfunding will increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability.

Our earnings will be reduced by amortization charges associated with any future acquisitions.

After we complete an acquisition, we must amortize any identifiable intangible assets associated with the acquired company over future periods. We also must amortize any identifiable intangible assets that we acquire directly. Our amortization of these amounts reduce our future earnings in the affected periods.

We have experienced losses due to the inability to collect accounts receivable in the past and could experience increases in such losses in the future if our customers are unable to timely pay their debts to us.

Certain of our customers have from time to time experienced bankruptcy, insolvency and/or an inability to pay their debts to us as they come due. If our customers suffer significant financial difficulty, they may be unable to pay their debts to us timely or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. It is possible that customers may contest their contractual obligations to us under bankruptcy laws or otherwise. Significant customer bankruptcies could further adversely affect our net sales and increase our operating expenses by requiring larger provisions for bad debt expense. In addition, even when our contracts with these customers are not contested, if customers are unable to meet their obligations on a timely basis, it could adversely affect our ability to collect receivables. Further, we may have to negotiate significant discounts and/or extended financing terms with these customers in such a situation. If we are unable to collect upon our accounts receivable as they come due in an efficient and timely manner, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Periods of difficult economic conditions and heightened uncertainty in the financial markets affect consumer confidence, which can adversely affect our business.

The foodservice industry is sensitive to national and regional economic conditions. From 2008 through the beginning of 2010, deteriorating economic conditions and heightened uncertainty in the financial markets

24

negatively affected consumer confidence and discretionary spending. This led to reductions in the frequency of dining out and the amount spent by consumers for food-away-from-home purchases. These conditions, in turn, negatively affected our results during these periods. The development of similar economic conditions in the future or permanent changes in consumer dining habits as a result of such conditions would likely negatively affect our operating results. In addition, the vending portion of our Vistar business is sensitive to, and closely correlated with, the level of employment in the U.S. domestic manufacturing sector, which has experienced significant declines in employment over the past several years. Any declines in the level of employment, and any related declines in Vistar sales to the vending channel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We are highly dependent upon senior management. Our failure to attract and retain key members of senior management could have a material adverse effect on us.

We are highly dependent on the performance and continued efforts of our senior management team. Our future success depends on our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified executive officers and senior management. Any inability to manage our operations effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Although we have an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, we cannot prevent him from terminating employment with us. Most of our other executives are not bound by employment agreements with us. Losing the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and it may be difficult to replace them quickly with executives of equal experience and capabilities.

Federal, state, and local tax rules may adversely impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We are subject to federal, state, and local taxes in the United States. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, if the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or any other taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have taken on our tax returns, we could face additional tax liability, including interest and penalties. If material, payment of such additional amounts upon final adjudication of any disputes could have a material impact upon our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, complying with new tax rules, laws, or regulations could impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations, and increases to federal or state statutory tax rates and other changes in tax laws, rules, or regulations may increase our effective tax rate. Any increase in our effective tax rate could have a material impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Insurance and claims expenses could significantly reduce our profitability.

Our future insurance and claims expenses might exceed historic levels, which could reduce our profitability. We maintain high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amount in excess of the deductibles is insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. We also maintain self-funded group medical insurance.

We reserve for anticipated losses and expenses and periodically evaluate and adjust our claims reserves to reflect our experience. However, ultimate results may differ from our estimates, which could result in losses over our reserved amounts.

Although we believe our aggregate insurance limits should be sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims costs, it is possible that the amount of one or more claims could exceed our aggregate coverage limits. Insurance carriers have raised premiums for many businesses in our industry, including ours. As a result, our insurance and claims expense could increase. Our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if (1) total claims costs significantly exceed our coverage limits, (2) we experience a claim in excess of our coverage limits, (3) our insurance carriers fail to pay on our insurance claims, or (4) we experience a claim for which coverage is not provided.

25

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or in our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt, and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness.

We are highly leveraged. As of March 26, 2016, we had $1,215.1 million of indebtedness (not reflecting $1.0 million of unamortized original issue discount). In addition, we had $615.1 million of availability under our ABL Facility after giving effect to $97.7 million of outstanding letters of credit.

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for us, including:

• requiring us to utilize a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, development activity, and other general corporate purposes;

• increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry, or competitive developments;

• exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because substantially all of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest;

• making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness;

• restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

• limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and

• limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and who, therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.

Our total interest expense, net was $65.9 million, $64.6 million, $85.7 million, $86.1 million, and $93.9 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

Substantially all of our indebtedness is floating rate debt. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on such indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. We may elect to enter into swaps to reduce our exposure to floating interest rates as described under “—We may utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness and we will be exposed to risks related to counterparty creditworthiness or non-performance of these instruments.” However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are not within our control.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations, or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may

26

not be able to effect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at a higher interest rate, and the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements may restrict us from effecting any of these alternatives. Our failure to make the required interest and principal payments on our indebtedness would result in an event of default under the agreement governing such indebtedness, which may result in the acceleration of some or all of our outstanding indebtedness.

Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries will still be able to incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

Our credit agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

• incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

• incur liens;

• make investments and loans;

• pay dividends, make payments, or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

• engage in mergers, liquidations, dissolutions, asset sales, and other dispositions (including sale leaseback transactions);

• amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness;

• enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions or containing negative pledge clauses;

• engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

• alter the business that we conduct;

• change our fiscal year; or

• engage in any activities other than permitted activities.

As a result of these restrictions, we are limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of these agreements, including as a result of cross default provisions, and, in the case of our ABL Facility, permit the lenders to cease making loans to us.

27

We may utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness and we will be exposed to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of these instruments.

We may enter into pay-fixed interest rate swaps to limit our exposure to changes in variable interest rates. Such instruments may result in economic losses should interest rates decline to a point lower than our fixed rate commitments. We will be exposed to credit-related losses, which could impact the results of operations in the event of fluctuations in the fair value of the interest rate swaps due to a change in the credit worthiness or non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swaps.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may change significantly following the offering, and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to continue to be volatile. The stock market recently has experienced extreme volatility. This volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the offering price due to a number of factors such as those listed in “—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” and the following:

• results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

• results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;

• changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors;

• declines in the market prices of stocks generally, particularly those of foodservice distribution companies;

• strategic actions by us or our competitors;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships, or capital commitments;

• changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets;

• changes in business or regulatory conditions;

• future sales of our common stock or other securities;

• investor perceptions or the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;

• the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

• announcements relating to litigation;

• guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this guidance;

• the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock;

• changes in accounting principles;

• occurrences of extreme or inclement weather; and

• other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism, or responses to these events.

28

These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock is low.

In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition, and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions, implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants of our existing and outstanding indebtedness and may be limited by covenants of any future indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrades our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of the Company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

After this offering, the sale of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

As of April 26, 2016, we had a total of 102,614,707 shares of common stock outstanding, which includes 2,883,628 shares of restricted stock. All shares sold in this offering and in the IPO will be freely tradable without registration under the Securities Act, and without restriction by persons other than our “affiliates” (as defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act (“Rule 144”)), including our directors, executive officers, and other affiliates (including affiliates of Blackstone and Wellspring), whose shares may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers, the Sponsors and the Selling Stockholders of our common stock have each agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock

29

during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 75 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up agreements.

Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, shares held by Blackstone, Wellspring, and our directors, officers, employees, and other stockholders will be eligible for resale, subject to volume, manner of sale, and other limitations under Rule 144. In addition, pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Blackstone, Wellspring, and certain other stockholders will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of shares, our existing owners could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to decline. Following completion of this offering, the shares covered by registration rights would represent approximately 63.8% of our outstanding common stock (or 62.0%, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Registration of any of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

As restrictions on resale end or if these stockholders exercise their registration rights, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities.

A total of 3,822,090 shares are issuable upon the exercise of options, 288,186 shares are issuable pursuant to restricted stock units, 395,019 shares are reserved for future issuance under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, and 3,774,894 shares are reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. These shares will become eligible for sale in the public market once those shares are issued, subject to various vesting agreements, lock-up agreements, and Rule 144, as applicable. In addition, there are 2,883,628 shares of restricted stock outstanding.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.    

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.

These provisions provide for, among other things:

• a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms;

• the ability of our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock;

• advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at our annual meetings;

• certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings;

30

• the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 ²/₃% of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors if Blackstone and its affiliates hold less than 30% of our outstanding shares of common stock; and

• that certain provisions may be amended only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 ²/₃% of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors if Blackstone and its affiliates hold less than 30% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third-party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of our Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or stockholder of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or stockholder of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Affiliates of the Sponsors will continue to be able to significantly influence our decisions after the completion of this offering and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering of common stock, affiliates of Blackstone and Wellspring will beneficially own approximately 47.1% and 15.9% of our common stock, respectively, or approximately 45.4% and 15.9%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. As a result, investment funds associated with or designated by affiliates of the Sponsors have the ability to elect members of our Board of Directors and thereby continue to influence our policies and operations, including the appointment of management, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our common stock, the incurrence or modification of debt by us, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and the entering into of extraordinary transactions, and their interests may not in all cases be aligned with your interests. In addition, the Sponsors may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, and other transactions that, in their respective judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. For example, the Sponsors may have an interest in our making acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or selling revenue-generating assets. Additionally, in certain circumstances, acquisitions of debt at a discount by purchasers that are related to a debtor can give rise to cancellation of indebtedness income to such debtor for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Blackstone and Wellspring are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us.

31

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that none of Blackstone, Wellspring, any of their affiliates, or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates has any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Our Sponsors also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as either of our Sponsors continue to own a significant amount of our combined voting power, even if such amount is less than 50%, such Sponsor will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions and, so long as such Sponsor and its affiliates collectively own at least 5% of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such Sponsor will be able to appoint individuals to our Board of Directors under our stockholders agreement. In addition, our Sponsors are able to influence the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval and could cause or prevent a change of control of the Company or a change in the composition of our Board of Directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of the Company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of the Company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, we will no longer be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and the rules of the SEC. However, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that would otherwise provide protection to stockholders of other companies during a one-year transition period.

Blackstone will no longer own a majority of our outstanding common stock after the completion of this offering. As a result, we will no longer be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards contained in Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. Consequently, the NYSE rules will require that we (i) appoint a majority of independent directors to our Board of Directors within one year of the date we no longer qualify as a “controlled company” and (ii) appoint at least one independent director to each of the compensation and nominating and governance committees on the date we no longer qualify as a “controlled company,” at least a majority of independent directors within 90 days of such date and that the compensation and nominating and governance committees be composed entirely of independent directors within one year of such date. During these transition periods, we may continue to utilize the available exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements as permitted by the NYSE rules.

In addition, on June 20, 2012, the SEC passed final rules implementing provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 pertaining to compensation committee independence and the role and disclosure of compensation consultants and other advisers to the compensation committee. The SEC’s rules direct each of the national securities exchanges (including the NYSE on which we intend to list our common stock) to develop listing standards requiring, among other things, that:

• compensation committees be composed of fully independent directors, as determined pursuant to new independence requirements;

• compensation committees be explicitly charged with hiring and overseeing compensation consultants, legal counsel, and other committee advisors; and

• compensation committees be required to consider, when engaging compensation consultants, legal counsel, or other advisors, certain independence factors, including factors that examine the relationship between the consultant or advisor’s employer and us.

We will not be fully subject to these compensation committee independence requirements until the end of the one-year transition period after we cease to be a “controlled company.”

32

We may be unsuccessful in implementing required internal controls over financial reporting.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for that purpose. Our auditors have identified a significant deficiency in our internal controls over financial reporting relating to information technology controls. We have taken measures to remediate the deficiency, but it has not been fully remediated. Our management is required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If we are unable to remedy past deficiencies, or if we identify additional deficiencies in the future, we may be unable to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective.

33

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements, other than statements of historical facts included in this prospectus, including statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, beliefs, business strategies, future events, business conditions, our results of operations, financial position and our business outlook, business trends and other information referred to under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Dividend Policy,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” are forward-looking statements. When used in this prospectus, the words “estimates,” “expects,” “contemplates,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes,” “forecasts,” “may,” “should,” and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based upon our current expectations, beliefs, estimates, and projections, and various assumptions, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Our expectations, beliefs and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs, estimates, and projections will result or be achieved and actual results may vary materially from what is expressed in or indicated by the forward-looking statements.

There are a number of risks, uncertainties, and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. Such risks, uncertainties, and other important factors include, among others, the risks, uncertainties, and factors set forth above under “Risk Factors,” and the following risks, uncertainties, and factors:

• competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully;

• we operate in a low margin industry, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations;

• we may not realize anticipated benefits from our operating cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts, including Winning Together;

• our profitability is directly affected by cost inflation or deflation and other factors;

• lack of long-term contracts with certain of our customers;

• group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of these organizations;

• changes in eating habits of consumers;

• extreme weather conditions;

• our reliance on third-party suppliers and purchasing cooperatives;

• labor risks and availability of qualified labor;

• volatility of fuel costs;

• changes in pricing practices of our suppliers;

• inability to adjust cost structure where one or more of our competitors successfully implement lower costs;

• risks relating to any future acquisitions;

• environmental, health, and safety costs;

• reliance on technology and risks associated with disruption or delay in implementation of new technology;

• difficult economic conditions affecting consumer confidence;

34

• product liability claims relating to the products we distribute and other litigation;

• negative media exposure and other events that damage our reputation;

• anticipated multiemployer pension related liabilities and contributions to our multiemployer pension plan;

• impact of uncollectibility of accounts receivable; and

• departure of key members of senior management.

35

USE OF PROCEEDS

The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the IPO, we will pay all expenses (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) of the selling stockholders in connection with this offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders, including any sales pursuant to the option to purchase additional shares.

36

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE and is traded under the symbol “PFGC”. At the close of business on May 5, 2016, there were 213 holders of record of our shares of common stock. The last reported price of our common stock on the NYSE on May 5, 2016 was $27.43 per share.

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low reported sale prices per share for our common stock, as reported on the NYSE:

	High		Low
Fiscal 2016
Second Quarter (from October 1, 2015)	$	25.22	$	18.72
Third Quarter	$	25.46	$	20.00
Fourth Quarter (through May 5, 2016)	$	27.52	$	22.88

37

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

In fiscal 2013, we paid dividends of $220.0 million to our stockholders. We did not pay any dividends in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 or the first nine months of fiscal 2016.

38

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 26, 2016.

You should read this table in conjunction with the information contained in “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness,” as well as our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	As of March 26, 2016
	(In millions, except share and per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10.7
Debt:
ABL Facility(1)	$	866.9
Term Loan Facility(2)		308.3
Capital lease obligations		34.5
Other(3)		5.4
Total debt(2)		1,215.1
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized and 99,731,319 issued and outstanding(4)		1.0
Additional paid-in capital		831.2
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit		(4.0	)
Accumulated deficit		(58.4	)
Total shareholders’ equity		769.8
Total capitalization	$	1,984.9

(1) Our ABL Facility provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $1,600.0 million and the option to increase the amount available under our ABL Facility by up to $800.0 million, subject to certain conditions. As of March 26, 2016, we had $866.9 million of outstanding borrowings under our ABL Facility. As of the same date there was $97.7 million in letters of credit outstanding under the ABL Facility and excess availability was $615.1 million, net of $19.0 million of lenders’ reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Secured Asset-Based Revolving Credit Facility.”

(2) Does not reflect $1.0 million of unamortized original issue discount.

(3) Does not reflect $0.6 million of fair value discount related to an unsecured subordinated promissory note.

(4) The total number of outstanding shares does not give effect to options relating to 3,822,090 shares of common stock, 288,186 shares issuable pursuant to restricted stock units, 395,019 shares reserved for future issuance under the 2007 Stock Option Plan), and an additional 3,774,894 shares reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

39

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended June 27, 2015, June 28, 2014, and June 29, 2013 and the selected balance sheet data as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 and the selected balance sheet data as of June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012, and July 2, 2011 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data and the selected consolidated statement of cash flows data for the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 28, 2015 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results from any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

You should read the selected consolidated financial data below together with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus including the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness,” and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	For the nine months ended				For the fiscal year ended(1)
	March 26, 2016		March 28, 2015		June 27, 2015			June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013			June 30, 2012		July 2, 2011
	(unaudited)
	(dollars in millions, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	11,731.9	$	11,285.6	$	15,270.0		$	13,685.7		$	12,826.5		$	11,505.9	$	10,594.1
Cost of goods sold		10,283.2		9,927.3		13,421.7			11,988.5			11,243.8			10,101.9		9,276.3
Gross profit		1,448.7		1,358.3		1,848.3			1,697.2			1,582.7			1,404.0		1,317.8
Operating expenses		1,313.3		1,251.4		1,688.2			1,581.6			1,468.0			1,293.1		1,215.3
Operating profit		135.4		106.9		160.1			115.6			114.7			110.9		102.5
Interest expense, net(2)		65.9		64.6		85.7			86.1			93.9			76.3		78.9
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—		—		—			—			2.0			—		—
Other, net		3.7		3.2		(22.2	)		(0.7	)		(0.7	)		0.7		(1.0	)
Other expense, net		69.6		67.8		63.5			85.4			95.2			77.0		77.9
Income before taxes		65.8		39.1		96.6			30.2			19.5			33.9		24.6
Income tax expense(3)		26.7		16.8		40.1			14.7			11.1			12.9		10.9
Net income	$	39.1	$	22.3	$	56.5		$	15.5		$	8.4		$	21.0	$	13.7
Per Share Data:
Basic net income per share	$	0.41	$	0.26	$	0.65		$	0.18		$	0.10		$	0.24	$	0.16
Diluted net income per share	$	0.40	$	0.25	$	0.64		$	0.18		$	0.10		$	0.24	$	0.16
Weighted-average number of shares used in per share amounts
Basic		95,230,548		86,874,101		86,874,727			86,868,452			86,864,606			86,827,483		86,759,805
Diluted		96,750,311		87,664,715		87,613,698			87,533,324			87,458,530			87,242,331		86,972,842
Dividends declared per share		—		—		—			—		$	2.53		$	1.15		—
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA(4)	$	217.9	$	195.4	$	303.6		$	249.0		$	233.4		$	212.5	$	202.5
Adjusted EBITDA(4)		251.9		226.1		328.6			286.1			271.3			240.9		220.0
Capital expenditures		68.0		63.7		98.6			90.6			66.5			68.9		56.1

40

	As of
	March 26, 2016		June 27, 2015		June 28, 2014		June 29, 2013		June 30, 2012		July 2, 2011
	(unaudited)
	(dollars in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10.7	$	9.2	$	5.3	$	14.1	$	11.1	$	14.9
Total assets		3,440.1		3,390.9		3,239.8		3,055.4		2,946.6		2,529.9
Total debt		1,214.1		1,442.5		1,459.5		1,483.0		1,208.3		800.2
Total shareholders’ equity		769.8		493.0		434.1		420.0		625.1		697.1

(1) All fiscal years presented contained 52 weeks consisting of 364 days.

(2) Interest expense, net includes $5.6 million, $6.0 million, $8.0 million, $6.6 million, $11.1 million, $12.5 million, and $13.0 million of reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps for the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012, and fiscal 2011, respectively. Also includes $5.8 million loss on extinguishment and $5.5 million accelerated amortization of original issue discount and financing costs during the nine months ended March 26, 2016.

(3) Income tax expense includes $2.2 million, $2.4 million, $3.1 million, $2.6 million, $4.3 million, $4.9 million, and $5.1 million tax benefit from reclassification adjustments for the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012, and fiscal 2011, respectively, related to the reclassification adjustments for change in fair value of interest rate swaps referred to in note (2).

(4) See “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” for our definitions of “EBITDA” and “Adjusted EBITDA.”

We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss). The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

	For the nine months ended				For the fiscal year ended
	March 26, 2016		March 28, 2015		June 27, 2015		June 28, 2014		June 29, 2013		June 30, 2012			July 2, 2011
	(unaudited)
	(dollars in millions)
Net income	$	39.1	$	22.3	$	56.5	$	15.5	$	8.4	$	21.0		$	13.7
Interest expense, net		65.9		64.6		85.7		86.1		93.9		76.3			78.9
Income tax expense		26.7		16.8		40.1		14.7		11.1		12.9			10.9
Depreciation		58.3		57.1		76.3		73.5		58.7		46.4			43.2
Amortization of intangible assets		27.9		34.6		45.0		59.2		61.3		55.9			55.8
EBITDA		217.9		195.4		303.6		249.0		233.4		212.5			202.5
Non-cash items(i)		13.2		2.3		4.3		4.8		1.8		3.8			0.3
Acquisition, integration and reorganization(ii)		5.9		16.1		0.4		11.3		22.9		12.9			8.2
Non-recurring items(iii)		1.7		—		5.1		0.4		0.4		1.5			4.5
Productivity initiatives(iv)		7.7		6.9		8.3		16.3		3.1		1.5			—
Multiemployer plan withdrawal(v)		—		2.8		2.8		0.4		3.9		(0.1	)		0.8
Other adjustment items(vi)		5.5		2.6		4.1		3.9		5.8		8.8			3.7
Adjusted EBITDA	$	251.9	$	226.1	$	328.6	$	286.1	$	271.3	$	240.9		$	220.0

(i) Includes adjustments for non-cash charges arising from employee stock compensation, interest rate swap hedge ineffectiveness, adjustments to reflect certain assets held for sale to their net realizable value, and changes in fair value of fuel collar instruments. Stock compensation cost was $13.6 million and $0.9 million for the first nine months of fiscal 206 and the first nine months of fiscal 2015, respectively. In addition, this includes a (decrease) increase of in the LIFO reserve of $(2.5) million, $(0.4) million, $1.7 million, $3.0 million, and $0.8 million, for the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 respectively.

(ii) Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions, net of a $25.0 million termination fee in fiscal 2015 related to the terminated agreement to acquire 11 US Foods facilities from Sysco and US Foods, costs of integrating certain of our facilities, facility closing costs, legal fees related to our legal entity reorganization, and advisory fees paid to the Sponsors. For fiscal 2013, this also includes $11.2 million for the impact of the initial fair value of inventory that was acquired as part of acquisitions.

41

(iii) Consists primarily of an expense related to our withdrawal from a purchasing cooperative, pre-acquisition worker’s compensation claims related to an insurance company that went into liquidation, transition costs related to IT outsourcing, certain severance costs, and the impact of business interruption insurance due to hurricane and other weather related and other one-time events.

(iv) Consists primarily of professional fees and related expenses associated with the Winning Together program and other productivity initiatives.

(v) Includes amounts related to the withdrawal from multiemployer pension plans. For the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, this amount includes $2.8 million, $2.8 million, $0.4 million, and $3.7 million, respectively, for the expense related to the withdrawal from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund. See Note 15 Commitments and Contingencies to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(vi) Consists primarily of costs related to settlements on our fuel collar derivatives, certain financing transactions, lease amendments, and franchise tax expense and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreements.

42

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs and involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Our Company

We market and distribute approximately 150,000 food and food-related products to customers across the United States from approximately 70 distribution facilities to over 150,000 customer locations in the “food-away-from-home” industry. We offer our customers a broad assortment of products including our proprietary-branded products, nationally-branded products, and products bearing our customers’ brands. Our product assortment ranges from “center-of-the-plate” items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and seafood), frozen foods, and groceries to candy, snacks, and beverages. We also sell disposables, cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer to our customers, we provide value-added services by allowing our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.

We have three reportable segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar. Our Performance Foodservice segment distributes a broad line of national brands, customer brands, and our proprietary-branded food and food-related products, or “Performance Brands.” Performance Foodservice sells to independent, or “Street,” and multi-unit, or “Chain,” restaurants and other institutions such as schools, healthcare facilities, and business and industry locations. Our PFG Customized segment has provided longstanding service to some of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains and recently expanded service into fast casual and quick service restaurant chains. Our Vistar segment specializes in distributing candy, snacks, beverages, and other items nationally to the vending, office coffee service, theater, retail, hospitality, and other channels. We believe that there are substantial synergies across our segments. Cross-segment synergies include procurement, operational best practices such as the use of new productivity technologies, and supply chain and network optimization, as well as shared corporate functions such as accounting, treasury, tax, legal, information systems, and human resources.

Recent Trends and Initiatives

Our case volume has grown in each quarter over the comparable prior fiscal year quarter, starting in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 and continuing through the most recent quarter. We believe that we gained industry share during the first nine months of fiscal 2016 given that we have grown our sales more rapidly than the industry growth rate forecasted by Technomic, a research and consulting firm serving the food and food related industry. Our Adjusted EBITDA grew 11.4% from the first nine months of fiscal 2015 to the first nine months of fiscal 2016, driven by case growth of 4.5% and improved profit per case. Gross margin dollars rose 6.7% for the first nine months of fiscal 2016 versus the comparable prior year period, which was faster than case growth, primarily as a result of shifting our channel mix toward higher gross margin customers and shifting our product mix toward sales of Performance Brands. Our operating expenses compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2015 rose 4.9%, which was slower than gross margin growth, as a result of initiatives undertaken to reduce operating expenses and from lower fuel prices.

43

We have established a program called Winning Together, which complements our sales focus with specific initiatives to take advantage of our scale and to drive productivity in non-customer facing areas on an ongoing basis. Winning Together is led by teams whose primary responsibility is to improve our business processes, capture best practices, and maintain a continuous improvement culture in our procurement and operations functions.

Key Factors Affecting Our Business

We believe that our performance is principally affected by the following key factors:

• Changing demographic and macroeconomic trends. The share of consumer spending captured by the food-away-from-home industry increased steadily for several decades and paused during the recession that began in 2008. Following the recession, the share has again increased as a result of increasing employment, rising disposable income, increases in the number of restaurants, and favorable demographic trends, such as smaller household sizes, an increasing number of dual income households, and an aging population base that spends more per capita at foodservice establishments. The foodservice distribution industry is also sensitive to national and regional economic conditions, such as changes in consumer spending, changes in consumer confidence, and changes in the prices of certain goods.

• Food distribution market structure. We are the third largest foodservice distributer by revenue in the United States behind Sysco and US Foods, which are both national broadline distributors. The balance of the market consists of a wide spectrum of companies ranging from businesses selling a single category of product (e.g., produce) to large regional broadline distributors with many distribution centers and thousands of products across all categories. We believe our scale enables us to invest in our Performance Brands, to benefit from economies of scale in purchasing and procurement, and to drive supply chain efficiencies that enhance our customers’ satisfaction and profitability. We believe that the relative growth of larger foodservice distributors will continue to outpace that of smaller, independent players in our industry.

• Our ability to successfully execute our segment strategies and implement our initiatives. Our performance will continue to depend on our ability to successfully execute our segment strategies and to implement our current and future initiatives, including our Winning Together program. The key strategies include focusing on Street sales and Performance Brands, pursuing new customers for all three of our business segments, utilizing our infrastructure to gain further operating and purchasing efficiencies, and making strategic acquisitions.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures used by our management are discussed below. The percentages on the results presented below are calculated based on rounded numbers.

Net Sales

Net sales is equal to gross sales minus sales returns; sales incentives that we offer to our customers, such as rebates and discounts that are offsets to gross sales; and certain other adjustments. Our net sales are driven by changes in case volumes, product inflation that is reflected in the pricing of our products, and mix of products sold.

Gross Profit

Gross profit is equal to our net sales minus our cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold primarily includes inventory costs (net of supplier consideration) and inbound freight. Cost of goods sold generally changes as we incur higher or lower costs from our suppliers and as our customer and product mix changes.

44

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

Management measures operating performance based on our EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP and is not a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and is subject to important limitations. Our definition of EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investor’s understanding of our performance. We believe this measure is a useful metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We use this measure to evaluate the performance of our segments and for business planning purposes. We believe that EBITDA will provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures because it eliminates depreciation and amortization expense. We present EBITDA in order to provide supplemental information that we consider relevant for the readers of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and such information is not meant to replace or supersede U.S. GAAP measures.

In addition, our management uses Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), income and franchise taxes, and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain unusual, non-cash, non-recurring, cost reduction, and other adjustment items permitted in calculating covenant compliance under our credit agreements (other than certain pro forma adjustments permitted under our credit agreements relating to the Adjusted EBITDA contribution of acquired entities or businesses prior to the acquisition date). Under our credit agreements, our ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments, and making restricted payments is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreements). Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP and is subject to important limitations. We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours. In addition, targets based on Adjusted EBITDA are among the measures we use to evaluate our management’s performance for purposes of determining their compensation under our incentive plans as further described under “Management—Executive Compensation.”

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have important limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. For example, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

• exclude certain tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

• do not reflect any cash capital expenditure requirements for the assets being depreciated and amortized that may have to be replaced in the future;

• do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

• do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements, necessary to service our debt.

In calculating Adjusted EBITDA, we add back certain non-cash, non-recurring, and other items that are included in EBITDA and net income as permitted or required by our credit agreements. Adjusted EBITDA among other things:

• does not include non-cash stock-based employee compensation expense and certain other non-cash charges;

45

• does not include cash and non-cash restructuring, severance, and relocation costs incurred to realize future cost savings and enhance our operations; and

• does not reflect management fees paid to the Sponsors.

We have included the calculations of Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented.

Results of Operations, EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA

The following table sets forth a summary of our results of operations, EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated (dollars in millions, except per share data):

	Nine months ended								Fiscal year ended									Fiscal 2015						Fiscal 2014
	March 26, 2016		March 28, 2015		Change		%		June 27, 2015			June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013			Change			%			Change			%
	(unaudited)
Net sales	$	11,731.9	$	11,285.6	$	446.3		4.0	$	15,270.0		$	13,685.7		$	12,826.5		$	1,584.3			11.6		$	859.2			6.7
Cost of goods sold		10,283.2		9,927.3		355.9		3.6		13,421.7			11,988.5			11,243.8			1,433.2			12.0			744.7			6.6
Gross profit		1,448.7		1,358.3		90.4		6.7		1,848.3			1,697.2			1,582.7			151.1			8.9			114.5			7.2
Operating expenses		1,313.3		1,251.4		61.9		4.9		1,688.2			1,581.6			1,468.0			106.6			6.7			113.6			7.7
Operating profit		135.4		106.9		28.5		26.7		160.1			115.6			114.7			44.5			38.5			0.9			0.8
Other expense (income)
Interest expense, net		65.9		64.6		1.3		2.0		85.7			86.1			93.9			(0.4	)		(0.5	)		(7.8	)		(8.3	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—		—		—		—		—			—			2.0			—			N/A			(2.0	)		N/A
Other, net		3.7		3.2		0.5		15.6		(22.2	)		(0.7	)		(0.7	)		(21.5	)		3,071.4			—			—
Other expense, net		69.6		67.8		1.8		2.7		63.5			85.4			95.2			(21.9	)		(25.6	)		(9.8	)		(10.3	)
Income before income taxes		65.8		39.1		26.7		68.3		96.6			30.2			19.5			66.4			219.9			10.7			54.9
Income tax expense		26.7		16.8		9.9		58.9		40.1			14.7			11.1			25.4			172.8			3.6			32.4
Net income	$	39.1	$	22.3	$	16.8		75.3	$	56.5		$	15.5		$	8.4		$	41.0			264.5		$	7.1			84.5
EBITDA	$	217.9	$	195.4	$	22.5		11.5	$	303.6		$	249.0		$	233.4		$	54.6			21.9		$	15.6			6.7
Adjusted EBITDA	$	251.9	$	226.1	$	25.8		11.4	$	328.6		$	286.1		$	271.3		$	42.5			14.9		$	14.8			5.5
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic		95,230,548		86,874,101						86,874,727			86,868,452			86,864,606
Diluted		96,750,311		87,664,715						87,613,698			87,533,324			87,458,530
Earnings per common share:
Basic	$	0.41	$	0.26					$	0.65		$	0.18		$	0.10
Diluted	$	0.40	$	0.25					$	0.64		$	0.18		$	0.10

46

We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss). The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:

	For the nine months ended				For the fiscal year ended
	March 26, 2016		March 28, 2015		June 27, 2015		June 28, 2014		June 29, 2013
	(unaudited)
	(dollars in millions)
Net income	$	39.1	$	22.3	$	56.5	$	15.5	$	8.4
Interest expense, net(1)		65.9		64.6		85.7		86.1		93.9
Income tax expense		26.7		16.8		40.1		14.7		11.1
Depreciation		58.3		57.1		76.3		73.5		58.7
Amortization of intangible assets		27.9		34.6		45.0		59.2		61.3
EBITDA		217.9		195.4		303.6		249.0		233.4
Non-cash items(2)		13.2		2.3		4.3		4.8		1.8
Acquisition, integration and reorganization(3)		5.9		16.1		0.4		11.3		22.9
Non-recurring items(4)		1.7		—		5.1		0.4		0.4
Productivity initiatives(5)		7.7		6.9		8.3		16.3		3.1
Multiemployer plan withdrawal(6)		—		2.8		2.8		0.4		3.9
Other adjustment items(7)		5.5		2.6		4.1		3.9		5.8
Adjusted EBITDA	$	251.9	$	226.1	$	328.6	$	286.1	$	271.3

(1) Includes a $5.8 million loss on extinguishment and $5.5 million of accelerated amortization of original issuance discount and deferred financing costs during the nine months ended March 26, 2016.

(2) Includes adjustments for non-cash charges arising from employee stock compensation, interest rate swap hedge ineffectiveness, adjustments to reflect certain assets held for sale to their net realizable value, and changes in fair value of fuel collar instruments. Stock compensation cost was $13.6 million and $0.9 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and the first nine months of fiscal 2015, respectively. In addition, this includes a (decrease) increase in the LIFO reserve of $(2.5) million, $(0.4) million, $1.7 million, $3.0 million, and $0.8 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

(3) Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions net of a $25.0 million termination fee in fiscal 2015 related to the terminated agreement to acquire 11 US Foods facilities from Sysco and US Foods, costs of integrating certain of our facilities, facility closing costs, legal fees related to our legal entity reorganization, and advisory fees paid to the Sponsors. For fiscal 2013, this also includes $11.2 million for the impact of the initial fair value of inventory that was acquired as part of acquisitions.

(4) Consists primarily of an expense related to our withdrawal from a purchasing cooperative, pre-acquisition worker’s compensation claims related to an insurance company that went into liquidation, transition costs related to IT outsourcing, certain severance costs, and the impact of business interruption insurance due to hurricane and other weather related and other one-time events.

(5) Consists primarily of professional fees and related expenses associated with the Winning Together program and other productivity initiatives.

(6) Includes amounts related to the withdrawal from multiemployer pension plans. For the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, this amount includes $2.8 million, $2.8 million, $0.4 million, and $3.7 million, respectively, for the expense related to the withdrawal from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund. See Note 15 Commitments and Contingencies to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(7) Consists primarily of costs related to settlements on our fuel collar derivatives, certain financing transactions, lease amendments, and franchise tax expense and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreements.

47

Consolidated Results of Operations

Nine months ended March 26, 2016 compared to nine months ended March 28, 2015

Net Sales

Net sales growth is a function of case growth, pricing (which is primarily based on product inflation/deflation), and a changing mix of customers, channels, and product categories sold. Net sales increased $446.3 million, or 4.0%, for the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to the nine month period of fiscal 2015. This increase was primarily the result of case growth in Performance Foodservice, particularly in the Street channel, and sales growth in Vistar, particularly their retail, theater, vending, and hospitality channels. Net sales growth was driven by case volume growth of 4.5% in the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to same period of fiscal 2015. This increase was partially offset by a 0.5% decrease in selling price per case for the nine months ended March 26, 2016, primarily as a result of deflation and mix. During the nine month period of fiscal 2016, we witnessed deflation in our cheese, beef, and seafood categories.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $90.4 million, or 6.7%, for the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to the nine month period of fiscal 2015. The increases in gross profit was the result of growth in cases sold and a higher gross profit per case, which in turn was the result of selling an improved mix of channels and products. Within Performance Foodservice, case growth to Street customers positively affected gross profit per case. Street customers typically receive more services from us, cost more to serve, and pay a higher gross profit per case than other customers. Also, in the first nine months of fiscal 2016, Performance Foodservice grew our Performance Brand sales, which have higher gross profit per case compared to the other brands we sell. See “—Segment Results—Performance Foodservice” below for additional discussion.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased $61.9 million, or 4.9%, for the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to the nine month period of fiscal 2015. The increase in operating expenses was primarily caused by the increase in case volume, an increased investment in our sales force, and increases in stock compensation, bonus, and workers’ compensation, auto and general liability insurance expenses, as discussed in the segment results below. The increase was partially offset by leverage of our fixed costs, improved productivity in our warehouse and transportation operations, and a decrease in fuel expense and amortization.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets decreased from $91.7 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to $86.2 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2016, a decrease of 6.0%. Decreases in amortization of intangible assets, since certain intangibles are now fully amortized compared to the prior year, more than offset the increases in depreciation in fixed assets resulting from larger capital outlays to support our growth.

Net Income

Net income increased to $39.1 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to net income of $22.3 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2015. This increase in net income was attributable to a $28.5 million increase in operating profit, partially offset by a $1.8 million increase in other expense, net and a $9.9 million increase in income tax expense. The increase in operating profit was a result of the increase in gross profit discussed above, partially offset by the increase in operating expenses. The $1.8 million increase in other expense, net related primarily to a $5.8 million loss on extinguishment of debt and a $2.9 million increase in expense related to settlements on our derivatives, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense in the amount of $4.5 million and a $2.4 million decrease in non-cash expense primarily related to the change in fair value of our derivatives for the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to the nine month period of fiscal 2015. During the third quarter of fiscal 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term

48

Facility. The Company recognized a $5.8 million loss on extinguishment within interest expense related to the write-off of unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs on the Term Facility during the third quarter as a result of this repayment. The decrease in interest expense is primarily a result of lower average borrowings during the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to the nine month period of fiscal 2015, partially offset by an acceleration of amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs of $5.5 million related to the repayment of $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Term Facility using the proceeds from the IPO. The increase in income tax expense was primarily a result of the increase in income before taxes, partially offset by a decrease in the effective tax rate. Our effective tax rate in the nine month period of fiscal 2016 was 40.6% compared to 43.1% in the nine month period of fiscal 2015. The decrease in the effective tax rate was a result of the reduction of non-deductible expenses and state income tax as a percentage of income before taxes. Since non-deductible expenses tend to be relatively constant, there is a favorable rate impact as income before taxes increases.

Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015 compared to fiscal year ended June 28, 2014

Net Sales

Net sales increased $1.6 billion, or 11.6%, for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. This increase is primarily attributable to new and expanding business with Street customers, which experienced approximately 13% growth for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The balance of the total net sales increase was primarily attributable to growth in Chain customers.

We grew case volume by 6.4% in fiscal 2015, which contributed to the increase in net sales. Inflation during fiscal 2015 increased at an estimated annual rate of 2.4% compared to an estimated annual rate of 1.7% in fiscal 2014. We calculate inflation and deflation by reference to the weighted average of changes in prices experienced by our product classes over the same relevant periods. Net sales growth is a function of case growth, product inflation, and a changing mix of customers, channels, and product categories sold.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $151.1 million, or 8.9%, for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. This increase in gross profit was the result of growth in cases sold and a higher gross profit per case. Net sales from Performance Foodservice increased as a percentage of total net sales from 59.2% for fiscal 2014 to 59.4% for fiscal 2015. We earn higher gross profit per case in Performance Foodservice than Vistar and PFG Customized. Within Performance Foodservice, case growth to Street customers positively affected gross profit per case. Street customers typically receive more services from us, cost more to serve, and pay a higher gross profit per case than other customers. Also, within Performance Foodservice, we were able to grow our Performance Brand sales, which have higher gross profit per case compared to other brands, from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015. See “—Segment Results—Performance Foodservice” below for additional discussion.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased $106.6 million, or 6.7%, for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The increase in operating expenses was primarily caused by the 6.4% increase in case volume and an increase in bonus expenses, professional fees, and IT expenses, partially offset by a decrease in fuel expense and amortization as discussed in the segment results below. Moreover, we believe that, during fiscal 2015, the operating expense reduction initiative within our Winning Together program approximately offset operating expense inflation associated with employees’ salaries and benefits, rent, utilities and other operating expenses. In addition, our estimated withdrawal liability was increased by $2.8 million during fiscal 2015 to reserve the full value of the withdrawal liability related to a multiemployer pension plan from which we had withdrawn during fiscal 2013. The estimated withdrawal liability for this multiemployer pension plan had increased by $0.4 million during fiscal 2014. All of these factors resulted in a net increase in operating expenses for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014.

49

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets decreased from $132.7 million in fiscal 2014 to $121.3 million in fiscal 2015, a decrease of 8.6%. The decrease in amortization of intangible assets, since certain intangibles are now fully amortized, more than offset the increases in depreciation in fixed assets resulting from capital outlays to support our growth.

Net Income

Net income increased by $41.0 million to $56.5 million for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. This increase in net income was attributable to a $44.5 million increase in operating profit and a $21.9 million decrease in other expense, partially offset by a $25.4 million increase in income tax expense. The increase in operating profit was a result of the increase in gross profit discussed above, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses. The decrease in other expense, net related primarily to a $25.0 million termination fee in connection with the termination of the Sysco and US Foods merger and lower interest expense in the amount of $0.4 million for fiscal 2015. The decrease in interest expense was primarily a result of lower average interest rates partially offset by an increase in average borrowings during fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. These decreases in other expense, net were partially offset by $1.9 million less non-cash income related to the change in fair value of our derivatives for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 and $1.2 million of expense during fiscal 2015 related to settlements on our derivatives.

The increase in income tax expense was primarily a result of the increase in income before taxes, partially offset by a decrease in the effective tax rate. The effective tax rate was 41.5% for fiscal 2015 compared to 48.7% for fiscal 2014. The decrease in the effective tax rate was a result of the reduction of non-deductible expenses and state income taxes as a percentage of income before taxes. Since non-deductible expenses tend to be relatively constant, there is a favorable rate impact as income before taxes increases.

Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to fiscal year ended June 29, 2013

Net Sales

Net sales increased $859.2 million, or 6.7%, for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. This increase is primarily attributable to securing new Street customers and further penetrating existing customers. Net sales from acquisitions contributed approximately $158.1 million to the growth in fiscal 2014. We also secured new Chain customers. These increases were partially offset by the loss of some Chain customers and the effect on restaurant traffic from the severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014.

We grew case volume by 5.2% in fiscal 2014, which contributed to the increase in net sales. Inflation during fiscal 2014 increased at an estimated annual rate of 1.7% compared to an estimated annual rate of 1.3% in fiscal 2013. We calculate inflation and deflation by reference to the weighted average of changes in prices experienced by our product classes over the same relevant periods. Acquisitions accounted for approximately 140 basis points of case volume growth in fiscal 2014. Net sales growth is a function of case growth, product inflation, and a changing mix of customers, channels, and product categories sold.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $114.5 million, or 7.2%, for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. This increase in gross profit was the result of growth in cases sold and a higher gross profit per case. Net sales from Performance Foodservice increased as a percentage of total net sales from 58.5% for fiscal 2013 to 59.2% for fiscal 2014. Net sales from Vistar and PFG Customized decreased as a percentage of total net sales from 16.7% and 24.7%, respectively, for fiscal 2013 to 16.6% and 24.1%, respectively, for fiscal 2014. We earn higher gross profit per case in Performance Foodservice than Vistar and PFG Customized. Within Performance Foodservice, case growth to Street customers positively affected gross profit per case. Street customers typically receive more services from us, cost more to serve, and pay a higher gross profit per case than other customers. Also, within Performance Foodservice, we were able to grow our Performance Brand sales, which have higher gross profit per

50

case compared to other brands, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. See “—Segment Results—Performance Foodservice” below for additional discussion. Gross profit for fiscal 2013 was negatively affected by $11.2 million because of the initial fair value placed on the acquired inventory from the two acquisitions that closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 and the acquisition that closed during the second quarter of fiscal 2013.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased $113.6 million, or 7.7%, for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The increase in operating expenses caused by the addition of a distribution center resulting from the acquisition that closed during the second quarter of fiscal 2013 was approximately $27.2 million. Other factors contributing to the increase were the increase in case volume and the resulting impact on variable costs, the severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014 that primarily affected delivery and warehouse costs, and an increase in professional fees and headcount largely associated with our Winning Together program, bonus expense, depreciation, and IT expenses, as discussed in the segment results below.

These increases were partially offset by a decrease in benefit costs related to withdrawal from a multiemployer pension plan. In fiscal 2013, we recorded an estimated withdrawal liability of $3.7 million for one of our multiemployer pension plans after it was determined that it was probable that we would withdraw from the plan. The estimated withdrawal liability for this multiemployer pension plan was increased by $0.4 million during fiscal 2014. All of these factors resulted in a net increase in operating expenses for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets increased from $120.1 million in fiscal 2013 to $132.7 million in fiscal 2014, an increase of 10.5%. Increased depreciation in fixed assets resulting from larger capital outlays to support our growth more than offset decreases in amortization of intangible assets.

Net Income

Net income increased by $7.1 million to $15.5 million for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. This increase in net income was attributable to a $0.9 million increase in operating profit and a $9.8 million decrease in other expense, partially offset by a $3.6 million increase in income tax expense. The increase in operating profit was a result of the increase in gross profit discussed above, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses. The decrease in other expense, net related primarily to lower interest expense in the amount of $7.8 million for fiscal 2014 and a $2.0 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to our senior notes in fiscal 2013. These were partially offset by $0.4 million less non-cash income related to the change in fair value of our derivatives for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The decrease in interest expense was primarily a result of lower average interest rates mainly attributable to the refinancing in May 2013 of our senior notes with a new term loan facility, partially offset by an increase in average borrowings during fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013.

The increase in income tax expense was primarily a result of the increase in income before taxes, partially offset by a decrease in the effective tax rate. The effective tax rate was 48.7% for fiscal 2014 compared to 56.9% for fiscal 2013. The decrease in the effective tax rate was a result of the reduction of non-deductible expenses and state income taxes as a percentage of income before taxes. Since non-deductible expenses tend to be relatively constant, there is a favorable rate impact as income before taxes increases.

Segment Results

We have three segments as described above—Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar. Management evaluates the performance of these segments based on their respective sales growth and EBITDA. For PFG Customized, EBITDA includes certain allocated corporate expenses that are included in operating expenses. The allocated corporate expenses are determined based on a percentage of total sales. This percentage is reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure that the allocation reflects a reasonable rate of corporate expenses based on their use of corporate services.

51

Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of our internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.

The following tables set forth net sales and EBITDA by segment for the periods indicated (dollars in millions):

Net Sales

	Nine Months Ended
	March 26, 2016			March 28, 2015			Change			%
Performance Foodservice	$	6,983.4		$	6,708.9		$	274.5			4.1
PFG Customized		2,800.1			2,783.9			16.2			0.6
Vistar		1,944.6			1,788.3			156.3			8.7
Corporate & All Other		158.8			139.8			19.0			13.6
Intersegment Eliminations		(155.0	)		(135.3	)		(19.7	)		(14.6	)
Total net sales	$	11,731.9		$	11,285.6		$	446.3			4.0

	Fiscal Year Ended									Fiscal 2015						Fiscal 2014
	June 27, 2015			June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013			Change			%			Change			%
Performance Foodservice	$	9,085.0		$	8,103.8		$	7,504.3		$	981.2			12.1		$	599.5			8.0
PFG Customized		3,752.9			3,301.0			3,164.4			451.9			13.7			136.6			4.3
Vistar		2,426.1			2,269.0			2,141.1			157.1			6.9			127.9			6.0
Corporate & All Other		191.6			157.5			145.9			34.1			21.7			11.6			8.0
Intersegment Eliminations		(185.6	)		(145.6	)		(129.2	)		(40.0	)		(27.5	)		(16.4	)		(12.7	)
Total net sales	$	15,270.0		$	13,685.7		$	12,826.5		$	1,584.3			11.6		$	859.2			6.7

EBITDA

	Nine Months Ended
	March 26, 2016			March 28, 2015			Change			%
Performance Foodservice	$	206.9		$	172.6		$	34.3			19.9
PFG Customized		26.2			25.6			0.6			2.3
Vistar		83.7			79.2			4.5			5.7
Corporate & All Other		(98.9	)		(82.0	)		(16.9	)		(20.6	)
Total EBITDA	$	217.9		$	195.4		$	22.5			11.5

	Fiscal Year Ended									Fiscal 2015						Fiscal 2014
	June 27, 2015			June 28, 2014			June 29, 2013			Change			%			Change			%
Performance Foodservice	$	254.2		$	207.5		$	173.9		$	46.7			22.5		$	33.6			19.3
PFG Customized		36.5			37.5			37.3			(1.0	)		(2.7	)		0.2			0.5
Vistar		105.5			88.3			81.4			17.2			19.5			6.9			8.5
Corporate & All Other		(92.6	)		(84.3	)		(59.2	)		(8.3	)		(9.8	)		(25.1	)		(42.4	)
Total EBITDA	$	303.6		$	249.0		$	233.4		$	54.6			21.9		$	15.6			6.7

52

Segment Results—Performance Foodservice

Nine months ended March 26, 2016 compared to nine months ended March 28, 2015

Net Sales

Net sales for Performance Foodservice increased 4.1%, or $274.5 million, from the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to the nine month period of fiscal 2016. This increase in net sales was attributable primarily to growth in cases sold, which in turn was driven by securing new Street customers and further penetrating existing customers. Securing new and expanded business with Street customers resulted in Street sales growth of approximately 6% in the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to the nine month period of fiscal 2015.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Performance Foodservice increased $34.3 million, or 19.9%, from the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to the nine month period of fiscal 2016. This increase was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit increased by 8.5% in the nine month period of fiscal 2016, compared to the prior fiscal year, as a result of an increase in cases sold, as well as an increase in the gross profit per case. The increase in gross profit per case was driven by a favorable shift in the mix of cases sold toward Street customers and Performance Brands, as well as by an increase in procurement gains from our Winning Together program.

Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization for Performance Foodservice increased by $43.8 million, or 5.8%, from the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to the nine month period of fiscal 2016. Operating expenses increased as a result of an increase in case volume and the resulting impact on variable operational and selling expenses, as well as cost of living and other increases in compensation. These increases were partially offset by leverage on our fixed costs, improved productivity in our warehouse and transportation operations from our Winning Together program, and a decrease in fuel expense.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreased from $49.7 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to $46.2 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2016, a decrease of 7.0%. This reduction was a result of a decrease in amortization of intangible assets since certain intangibles are now fully amortized.

Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015 compared to fiscal year ended June 28, 2014

Net Sales

Net sales for Performance Foodservice increased 12.1%, or $981.2 million, to $9.1 billion from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015. This increase in net sales was attributable primarily to securing new Street and Chain customers, further penetrating existing customers, and inflation. Securing new and expanded business with Street customers resulted in Street sales growth of approximately 13% for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The balance of the total net sales increase was primarily attributable to growth in Chain customers.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Performance Foodservice increased $46.7 million, or 22.5%, from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015. This increase was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit increased by 10.8% in fiscal 2015, compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase in gross profit is a result of increased net sales from increased sales to Street customers. As a percentage of total segment sales, the business from Street customers remains consistent at 43.4% for fiscal

53

2015 and fiscal 2014. Street business has higher gross margins than Chain customers within this segment. Also, sales of Performance Brands, which have higher gross margins compared to other brands, increased by 15.2% in fiscal 2015.

Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization for Performance Foodservice increased by 8.1% from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015. Operating expenses increased as a result of an increase in case volume and the resulting impact on variable costs along with an increase in bonus expense and increased investment in our Street sales force. In addition, our estimated withdrawal liability was increased by $2.8 million during fiscal 2015 related to a multiemployer pension plan from which we had withdrawn during fiscal 2013. The estimated withdrawal liability for this multiemployer pension plan had increased by $0.4 million during fiscal 2014. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in fuel expense.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreased from $81.7 million in fiscal 2014 to $65.8 million in fiscal 2015, a decrease of 19.5%. This decrease was a result of a decrease in amortization of intangible assets, which accounted for substantially all of this decrease, since certain intangibles are now fully amortized.

Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to fiscal year ended June 29, 2013

Net Sales

Net sales for Performance Foodservice increased 8.0%, or $599.5 million, to $8.1 billion from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase in net sales was attributable primarily to the carryover impact of an acquisition of approximately $158.1 million, securing new Street and Chain customers, further penetrating existing customers, and inflation. There will be no carryover impact to sales in fiscal 2015 for previously completed acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by the loss of Chain customers and severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Performance Foodservice increased $33.6 million, or 19.3%, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit increased by 8.9% in fiscal 2014, compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase in gross profit is a result of increased net sales from increased sales to Street customers as well as the carryover impact of integrating new customers from a prior fiscal year acquisition which accounted for approximately 250 basis points of the total gross profit increase. As a percentage of total segment sales, the business from Street customers increased from 41.3% in fiscal 2013 to 43.4% for fiscal 2014. Street business has higher gross margins than Chain customers within this segment. Also, sales of Performance Brands, which have higher gross margins compared to other brands, increased by 14.0% in fiscal 2014. Gross profit for fiscal 2013 was negatively affected by $10.0 million because of the initial fair value of inventory that was acquired as part of two acquisitions. We believe that some of the key factors that contributed to the growth in EBITDA for Performance Foodservice in fiscal 2014, including growth in accounts and growth in sales of Performance Brands, continue to persist in the current fiscal year.

Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization for Performance Foodservice increased by 6.9% from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase in operating expenses was related to the addition of a distribution center resulting from a recent acquisition accounting for 290 basis points of the operating expense increase. In addition, operating expenses increased as a result of the higher percentage of business from Street customers mentioned above, which cost more to serve, the severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014 that affected delivery and warehouse costs, and an increase in bonus expense. These increases were partially offset by the estimated withdrawal liability of $3.7 million recorded during fiscal 2013 for a multiemployer pension plan after we determined that it was probable that we would withdraw from the plan. The estimated withdrawal liability for this multiemployer pension plan increased by $0.4 million during fiscal 2014.

54

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $74.7 million in fiscal 2013 to $81.7 million in fiscal 2014, an increase of 9.4%. Increases of depreciation of fixed assets from our increased capital investments, which should continue in the future, were partially offset by decreases in amortization of intangible assets as certain intangibles have now been fully amortized.

Segment Results—PFG Customized

Nine months ended March 26, 2016 compared to nine months ended March 28, 2015

Net Sales

Net sales for PFG Customized increased $16.2 million, or 0.6%, from the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to the nine month period of fiscal 2016. The increase in net sales over the nine month period was the result of the effect of an amendment to an agreement with an existing customer partially offset by a decrease in case volume.

Based on the amendment to the agreement relating to a certain product that became effective during the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we now recognize the revenue for this product on a gross basis because we now serve as the principal. Under the amended agreement, we will purchase the product and resell it to our customer. Previously, the Company was only responsible for delivering the product that the customer had ordered from its vendor. This factor accounted for approximately 96% of the total sales increase for the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and had no impact on the third quarter of fiscal 2016. The amended agreement with the customer is not expected to have an effect on net sales for the remainder of the fiscal year.

EBITDA

EBITDA for PFG Customized increased $0.6 million, or 2.3%, from $25.6 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to $26.2 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2016. The increase for the nine month period ended was primarily attributable to a decrease in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization of $3.2 million, or 2.1%, partially offset by a decrease in gross profit of $2.6 million, or 1.4%. Gross profit for PFG Customized decreased from the nine month periods of fiscal 2015 to the nine month periods of fiscal 2016, primarily as a result of a decrease in case volume.

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased by 2.0% for the nine month period of fiscal 2016, compared to the prior year primarily because of lower case sales, productivity improvement, and a decrease in fuel expense, partially offset by an increase in transportation wages, an increase in costs associated with upgrading a portion of the segment’s fleet, and an increase in insurance expense related to general and auto liability.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreased from $11.7 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to $11.5 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2016, a decrease of 1.7%. The decrease in the nine month period is primarily a result of a decrease in amortization of intangible assets, since certain intangibles are now fully amortized, partially offset by increases of depreciation in fixed assets.

Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015 compared to fiscal year ended June 28, 2014

Net Sales

Net sales for PFG Customized increased $451.9 million, or 13.7%, from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2014. The increase in net sales over this period was a result of an amended agreement with an existing customer, the addition of new customers, and inflation.

Based on an amendment to an agreement relating to a certain product, we now recognize the revenue for this product on a gross basis because we now serve as the principal. Under the amended agreement, we will purchase the product and resell it to our customer. Previously, the Company was only responsible to deliver the product

55

that the customer had ordered from its vendor. This factor accounted for approximately 10% of the total sales increase and will continue to affect sales growth into the first quarter of fiscal 2016. This change has no effect on our case growth rates cited above.

EBITDA

EBITDA for PFG Customized decreased $1.0 million, or 2.7%, from $37.5 million in fiscal 2014 to $36.5 million in fiscal 2015. This decrease was primarily attributable to an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization, partially offset by an increase in gross profit. Gross profit for PFG Customized increased 0.9% from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015, primarily as a result of increased sales from the addition of new customers during fiscal 2015.

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by 1.6% in fiscal 2015, compared to the prior year. The increase in operating expenses was primarily because of higher case sales, an increase in personnel expenses, and allocated corporate charges, partially offset by a decrease in fuel expense.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $15.1 million for fiscal 2014 to $15.7 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of 4.0%. Increases of depreciation in fixed assets were partially offset by decreases in amortization of intangible assets.

Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to fiscal year ended June 29, 2013

Net Sales

Net sales for PFG Customized increased $136.6 million, or 4.3%, from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2013. The increase in net sales over this period was driven by the addition of new customers and inflation, which was partially offset by the effect on restaurant traffic from the severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014.

EBITDA

EBITDA for PFG Customized increased $0.2 million, or 0.5%, from $37.3 million in fiscal 2013 to $37.5 million in fiscal 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit for PFG Customized increased 3.3% from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase in gross profit is primarily a result of increased sales.

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by 3.9% in fiscal 2014, compared to the prior year. The increase in operating expenses was primarily because of an increase in insurance related to workers compensation and auto liability, personnel costs, and allocated corporate charges, along with the severe weather experienced in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014 that affected delivery and warehouse costs. In addition, during the third quarter of fiscal 2014 a distribution center experienced a partial roof collapse when the facility was experiencing adverse weather, damaging the refrigeration systems and temporarily shutting that facility down. As a result, PFG Customized’s operating expenses increased as other, more remote distribution centers served the customers of the damaged facility. Insurance recoveries partially offset these added expenses. These increases in operating expenses were partially offset by the absence of transition costs associated with a distribution facility that it had taken over from Performance Foodservice in fiscal 2012.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $15.0 million for fiscal 2013 to $15.1 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of 0.7%. Increases of depreciation in fixed assets were partially offset by decreases in amortization of intangible assets.

56

Segment Results—Vistar

Nine months ended March 26, 2016 compared to nine months ended March 28, 2015

Net Sales

Net sales for Vistar increased 8.7%, or $156.3 million, from the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to the nine month period of fiscal 2016. This increase in sales was primarily driven by case sales growth in the segment’s retail, theater, vending, and hospitality channels along with recent acquisitions.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Vistar increased $4.5 million, or 5.7%, for the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to the nine month period of fiscal 2015. This increase in EBITDA was the result of gross profit dollar growth increasing faster than operating expense dollar growth, excluding depreciation and amortization.

Operating expense dollar growth, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased $9.9 million, or 6.0% for the nine month period of fiscal 2016, and was driven primarily by an increase in the number of cases sold and investments in additional sales force capacity, partially offset by the benefits of our Winning Together program and reduced fuel expenditures.

Gross profit dollar growth of $14.4 million, or 5.9% for the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to the nine month period of fiscal 2015, was driven primarily by an increase in the number of cases sold, a favorable shift in the mix of cases sold toward higher gross margin per case channels than the prior year, and the benefits of our operational improvements from our Winning Together program, partially offset by a shift toward higher cost to serve customers and by inflation-based inventory gains in the prior year.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $12.2 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to $12.8 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2016, an increase of 4.9%. Depreciation of fixed assets increased as a result of capital outlays to support our growth.

Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015 compared to fiscal year ended June 28, 2014

Net Sales

Net sales for Vistar increased 6.9%, or $157.1 million, from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015. This increase in sales related primarily to an increase in sales to the segment’s retail, theater, vending, and hospitality channels and inflation.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Vistar increased $17.2 million, or 19.5%, from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015. This increase in EBITDA was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit increased by 10.0% in fiscal 2015 compared to the prior year. The increase in gross profit relates primarily to increased sales, the benefits of Winning Together and other programs, plus a change in the mix of business generated by the various channels within the Vistar segment. Net sales from the theater, retail, and hospitality channels increased as a percentage of total Vistar net sales in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, while the percent of net sales from the vending channel declined as a percentage of total Vistar net sales during the same time period. The theater, retail, and hospitality channels have higher gross margins than the vending channel within this segment.

Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization increased 5.9% for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The increase in operating expenses was primarily the result of higher case sales and a channel mix shift toward the theater, retail, and hospitality channels, which cost more to serve, and an increase in bonus

57

expense. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in fuel expense. In addition, operating expenses for fiscal 2014 also included additional expenses related to a prior acquisition that partially offset these increases.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $13.8 million for fiscal 2014 to $16.4 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of 18.8%. Increases of depreciation in fixed assets were partially offset by decreases in amortization of intangible assets.

Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to fiscal year ended June 29, 2013

Net Sales

Net sales for Vistar increased 6.0%, or $127.9 million, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase in sales related primarily to an increase in sales to the segment’s retail, theater, vending, and hospitality channels and inflation. This was partially offset by the impact of severe weather in several parts of the country during the third quarter of fiscal 2014.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Vistar increased $6.9 million, or 8.5%, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. This increase in EBITDA was the result of an increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit increased by 6.3% in fiscal 2014 compared to the prior year. The increase in gross profit relates primarily to increased sales plus a change in the mix of business generated by the various channels within the Vistar segment. Net sales from the retail and hospitality channels increased as a percentage of total Vistar net sales in fiscal 2014 compared to the prior year, while the percent of net sales from the vending channel, which represents the largest channel within Vistar, declined as a percentage of total Vistar net sales during the same time period. The retail and hospitality channels have a higher gross margin than the vending channel within this segment. Gross profit for fiscal 2013 was negatively affected by $1.2 million because of the initial fair value of inventory from the acquisition that closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.

Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization increased 5.4% for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The increase in operating expenses was primarily the result of higher case sales and a channel mix shift toward the retail and hospitality channels, which cost more to serve. Operating expenses for fiscal 2014 were also affected by expenses related to the relocation of three facilities and additional expenses related to a prior acquisition.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreased from $13.9 million for fiscal 2013 to $13.8 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of 0.7%. Increases of depreciation in fixed assets were offset by decreases in amortization of intangible assets.

Segment Results—Corporate & All Other

Nine months ended March 26, 2016 compared to nine months ended March 28, 2015

Net Sales

Net sales for Corporate & All Other increased $19.0 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2016 compared to the nine month period of fiscal 2015. The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to an increase in logistics services provided to our other segments.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Corporate & All Other decreased from a negative $82.0 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to a negative $98.9 million for the nine month period of fiscal 2016. The decrease in EBITDA was

58

primarily driven by an increase in stock compensation expense, bonus expense and insurance expense related to workers compensation liability, along with higher corporate overhead associated with personnel costs related to benefits.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment decreased from $18.1 million in the nine month period of fiscal 2015 to $15.7 million in the nine month period of fiscal 2016. This decrease was primarily a result of a decrease in amortization of intangible assets, which accounted for substantially all of this decrease, since certain intangibles are now fully amortized.

Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015 compared to fiscal year ended June 28, 2014

Net Sales

Net sales for Corporate & All Other increased $34.1 million from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to an increase in logistics services provided to our other segments.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Corporate & All Other was a negative $84.3 million for fiscal 2014 compared to a negative $92.6 million for fiscal 2015. The decrease in EBITDA was primarily driven by increased investment in headcount primarily associated with Winning Together, higher corporate overhead associated with personnel costs related to benefits, and an increase in bonus expense, IT expenses, and professional fees.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $22.1 million in fiscal 2014 to $23.4 million in fiscal 2015. Increases in depreciation in fixed assets, primarily because of IT capital expenditures, were partially offset by a decrease in amortization of intangible assets.

Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to fiscal year ended June 29, 2013

Net Sales

Net sales for Corporate & All Other increased $11.6 million from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to an increase in logistics services provided to our other segments.

EBITDA

EBITDA for Corporate & All Other was a negative $59.2 million for fiscal 2013 compared to a negative $84.3 million for fiscal 2014. The decrease in EBITDA was primarily driven by an increase of $16.3 million in professional and consulting fees and an increase in headcount primarily associated with Winning Together, along with an increase in IT expenses and bonus expense.

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $16.5 million in fiscal 2013 to $22.1 million in fiscal 2014. Increases in depreciation in fixed assets, primarily because of IT capital expenditures, were partially offset by a decrease in amortization of intangible assets.

Quarterly Results and Seasonality

Historically, the food-away-from-home and foodservice distribution industries are seasonal, with lower profit in the first and third quarters of each calendar year. Consequently, we typically experience lower operating profit during our first and third fiscal quarters, depending on the timing of acquisitions.

59

Financial information for the first three quarters of fiscal 2016 and each quarter for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 is set forth below:

Fiscal Year Ending July 2, 2016
(dollars in millions, except per share data)	Q1		Q2		Q3
Net sales	$	3,928.9	$	3,893.9	$	3,909.1
Cost of goods sold		3,447.8		3,407.1		3,428.3
Gross profit		481.1		486.8		480.8
Operating expenses		437.1		433.0		443.2
Operating profit		44.0		53.8		37.6
Other expense:
Interest expense		21.0		23.3		21.6
Other, net		2.2		1.0		0.5
Other expense, net		23.2		24.3		22.1
Income before taxes		20.8		29.5		15.5
Income tax expense		8.6		12.0		6.1
Net income	$	12.2	$	17.5	$	9.4
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic		86,885,548		99,107,828		99,695,267
Diluted		87,653,160		100,367,528		101,360,286
Earnings per common share:
Basic	$	0.14	$	0.18	$	0.09
Diluted	$	0.14	$	0.17	$	0.09
Dividends declared per common share:		—		—		—

Fiscal Year Ended June 27, 2015
(dollars in millions, except per share data)	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4
Net sales	$	3,697.6	$	3,792.5	$	3,795.5	$	3,984.4
Cost of goods sold		3,248.2		3,335.2		3,343.9		3,494.4
Gross profit		449.4		457.3		451.6		490.0
Operating expenses		416.7		410.2		424.5		436.8
Operating profit		32.7		47.1		27.1		53.2
Other expense:
Interest expense		21.2		21.8		21.6		21.1
Other, net		0.2		2.7		0.3		(25.4	)
Other expense, net		21.4		24.5		21.9		(4.3	)
Income before taxes		11.3		22.6		5.2		57.5
Income tax expense		4.7		9.8		2.3		23.3
Net income	$	6.6	$	12.8	$	2.9	$	34.2
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic		86,874,101		86,874,101		86,874,101		86,876,606
Diluted		87,600,174		87,637,135		87,706,396		87,637,541
Earnings per common share:
Basic	$	0.08	$	0.15	$	0.03	$	0.39
Diluted	$	0.08	$	0.15	$	0.03	$	0.39
Dividends declared per common share:		—		—		—		—

60

Fiscal Year Ended June 28, 2014
(dollars in millions, except per share data)	Q1			Q2			Q3			Q4
Net sales	$	3,342.7		$	3,327.4		$	3,373.1		$	3,642.5
Cost of goods sold		2,930.4			2,907.3			2,956.2			3,194.6
Gross profit		412.3			420.1			416.9			447.9
Operating expenses		391.7			389.1			398.6			402.2
Operating profit		20.6			31.0			18.3			45.7
Other expense:
Interest expense		22.9			21.9			20.6			20.7
Other, net		(0.3	)		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		(0.2	)
Other expense, net		22.6			21.8			20.5			20.5
Income (loss) before taxes		(2.0	)		9.2			(2.2	)		25.2
Income tax (benefit) expense		(0.7	)		4.2			(1.6	)		12.8
Net income (loss)	$	(1.3	)	$	5.0		$	(0.6	)	$	12.4
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic		86,865,662			86,866,882			86,868,927			86,872,338
Diluted		87,503,836			87,522,189			87,514,854			87,688,862
Earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	(0.01	)	$	0.06		$	(0.01	)	$	0.14
Diluted	$	(0.01	)	$	0.06		$	(0.01	)	$	0.14
Dividends declared per common share:		—			—			—			—

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have historically financed our operations and growth primarily with cash flows from operations, borrowings under our credit facilities, operating and capital leases, and normal trade credit terms. We have typically funded our acquisitions with additional borrowings under our credit facilities. During fiscal 2013, we increased the amount of indebtedness outstanding under our senior notes because of acquisition activity. The senior notes were redeemed in full in May 2013 with the proceeds from a new term loan facility. Proceeds from this new term loan facility were also used to pay a dividend to our stockholders. Our working capital and borrowing levels are subject to seasonal fluctuations, typically with the lowest borrowing levels in the third and fourth fiscal quarters and the highest borrowing levels occurring in the first and second fiscal quarters. We believe that our cash flows from operations and available borrowing capacity will be sufficient both to meet our anticipated cash requirements over at least the next twelve months and to maintain sufficient liquidity for normal operating purposes.

At March 26, 2016, our cash balance totaled $10.7 million, while our cash balance totaled $9.2 million at June 27, 2015. This increase in cash during the first nine months of fiscal 2016 was attributable to net cash provided by operating activities of $117.6 million, partially offset by net cash used in investing activities of $107.5 million and financing activities of $8.6 million. We borrow under our ABL Facility or pay it down regularly based on our cash flows from operating and investing activities. Our practice is to minimize interest expense while maintaining reasonable liquidity.

As market conditions warrant, we and our major stockholders, including our Sponsors, may from time to time, depending upon market conditions, seek to repurchase our securities or loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

On October 6, 2015, we completed our IPO of 16,675,000 shares of common stock for an offering price of $19.00 per share ($17.955 per share net of underwriting discounts), including the exercise in full by the

61

underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. We sold an aggregate of 12,777,325 shares of such common stock and certain selling stockholders sold 3,897,675 shares. The aggregate offering price of the amount of newly issued common stock was $242.8 million. In connection with the offering, we paid the underwriters a discount of $1.045 per share, for a total underwriting discount of $13.4 million. In addition, we incurred direct offering expenses consisting of legal, accounting, and printing costs of $5.8 million in connection with the IPO, of which $3.0 million was paid during the nine months ended March 26, 2016. We used the net offering proceeds to us after deducting the underwriting discount and our direct offering expenses to repay $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility. We used the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

On February 1, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company amended and restated the ABL Facility to increase the borrowing capacity from $1.4 billion to $1.6 billion, lower interest rates for LIBOR based loans, extend the maturity from May 2017 to February 2021, and modify triggers and provisions related to certain reporting, financial, and negative covenants. The total size of the facility immediately increased the effective borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility since borrowing base assets exceeded the facility size prior to the amendment. We estimate that approximately $6.6 million of fees and expenses have been incurred for the amendment, which is included as deferred financing costs and will be amortized over the remaining term of the ABL Facility. Of this amount, $5.6 million was paid during the nine months ended March 26, 2016. In connection with the closing of this amendment, Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Loan Facility.

Operating Activities

Nine months ended March 26, 2016 compared to nine months ended March 28, 2015

During the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, our operating activities provided cash flow of $117.6 million and $28.4 million, respectively.

The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities for the nine months ended March 26, 2016 compared to the nine months ended March 28, 2015 was largely driven by changes in our net working capital investment from the prior period, partially offset by an increase in cash used in accrued expenses and other liabilities that was primarily associated with higher bonus payments made during fiscal 2016, which were associated with the results for fiscal 2015.

Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014

During fiscal 2015, our operating activities provided cash flow of $127.4 million, while during fiscal 2014 our operating activities provided cash flow of $119.7 million, an increase of $7.7 million, or 6.4%.

The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was largely because of the continued growth in our business. This was partially offset by an increase in our net working capital investment from the prior period and a decrease in cash provided by accrued expenses and other liabilities that was primarily associated with higher bonus payments made during fiscal 2015.

Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013

During fiscal 2014, our operating activities provided cash flow of $119.7 million, while during fiscal 2013 our operating activities provided cash flow of $140.7 million, a decrease of $21.0 million, or 14.9%.

The decrease in cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was largely because of the continued growth in our sales and the corresponding impact that has on our accounts receivable from customers. Primarily this is attributable to expanded sales volume; however, on average, the

62

number of days sales outstanding increased by approximately 2.1 days in fiscal 2014 as compared to a decline of 1.7 days in fiscal 2013. The fluctuation in the days sales outstanding is largely driven by the timing of acquisitions, which determines the point at which acquired working capital is included in the balance sheet and also driven by the mix of customers and their related payment terms. The increase in accounts receivable was partially offset by the amount that the increase in accounts payable and outstanding checks in excess of deposits exceeded the increase in inventory that it supported and by an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities that was primarily associated with lower bonus payments made during the fiscal 2014, which were associated with the results for fiscal 2013.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities totaled $107.5 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2016 compared to $66.3 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2015. These investments consisted primarily of capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment of $68.0 million and $63.7 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and the first nine months of fiscal 2015, respectively, and cash paid for business acquisitions of $40.2 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2016. For the first nine months of fiscal 2016, purchases of property, plant, and equipment primarily consisted of transportation and information technology equipment, as well as outlays for warehouse expansions and improvements. The following table presents the capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment by segment:

	Nine Months Ended
(Dollars in millions)	March 26, 2016		March 28, 2015
	(unaudited)
Performance Foodservice	$	30.9	$	26.5
PFG Customized		5.5		6.3
Vistar		9.1		6.7
Corporate & All Other		22.5		24.2
Total capital purchases of property, plant and equipment	$	68.0	$	63.7

Cash used in investing activities totaled $100.7 million in fiscal 2015 compared to $93.4 million in fiscal 2014 and $150.0 million in fiscal 2013. These investments consisted primarily of capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment of $98.6 million, $90.6 million and $66.5 million for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and new business acquisitions of $0.4 million, $0.9 million, and $86.0 million, for fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. In fiscal 2015, purchases of property, plant, and equipment primarily consisted of warehouse expansions and improvements, as well as the purchase of warehouse, transportation, and information technology.

The following table presents the capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment by segment:

	Fiscal Year Ended
(Dollars in millions)	June 27, 2015		June 28, 2014		June 29, 2013
Performance Foodservice	$	41.8	$	38.8	$	27.3
PFG Customized		7.8		12.2		4.9
Vistar		14.5		20.7		13.0
Corporate & All Other		34.5		18.9		21.3
Total capital purchases of property, plant and equipment	$	98.6	$	90.6	$	66.5

Financing Activities

During the first nine months of fiscal 2016, net cash used in financing activities was $8.6 million, which consisted primarily of payments of $428.6 million on our Term Loan Facility, partially offset by $226.4 million in net proceeds from our initial public offering and $201.2 million in net proceeds under our ABL Facility.

63

During the first nine months of fiscal 2015, our financing activities provided cash flow of $39.4 million, which consisted primarily of $45.7 million in net proceeds related to our ABL Facility and $3.5 million in proceeds from our sale-leaseback transaction, partially offset by payments of $5.6 million on our Term Loan Facility.

During fiscal 2015, our financing activities used cash flow of $22.8 million, which consisted primarily of $13.9 million in net payments on our ABL Facility, $7.5 million in payments on our Term Loan Facility, and $3.1 million in payments on our capital and finance lease obligations, partially offset by $3.5 million in proceeds from our sale-leaseback transaction.

During fiscal 2014, our financing activities used cash flow of $35.1 million, which consisted primarily of $21.2 million in net payments on our ABL Facility, $5.6 million in payments on our Term Loan Facility, $2.8 million in payments related to acquisitions, and $1.8 million in payments on financed property, plant, and equipment.

During fiscal 2013, our financing activities provided cash flow of $12.3 million, which consisted primarily of $746.3 million in net proceeds related to the inception of our Term Loan Facility and the issuance of $50.0 million of additional senior notes, partially offset by a payment of $500.0 million to redeem the senior notes in full, a payment of a $220.0 million dividend to our stockholders, net payments on our ABL Facility of $30.5 million, $5.1 million in payments related to acquisitions, and $27.2 million of fees associated with issuing, extinguishing, or modifying our debt.

The following describes our financing arrangements as of March 26, 2016:

ABL Facility. PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is a party to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated February 1, 2016, governing the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility is secured by the majority of the tangible assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the ABL Facility, which is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all material domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). Availability for loans and letters of credit under the ABL Facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders.

On February 1, 2016, PFGC amended and restated the ABL Facility to increase the borrowing capacity from $1.4 billion to $1.6 billion, lower interest rates for LIBOR based loans, extend the maturity from May 2017 to February 2021, and modify triggers and provisions related to certain reporting, financial, and negative covenants. The total size of the facility immediately increased the effective borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility since borrowing base assets exceeded the facility size prior to the amendment. We estimate that approximately $6.6 million of fees and expenses have been incurred for the amendment, which were included as deferred financing costs and will be amortized over the remaining term of the ABL Facility. Of this amount, $5.6 million was paid during the nine months ended March 26, 2016. In connection with the closing of this amendment, PFGC borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Loan Facility.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%.

64

The following table summarizes outstanding borrowings, availability, and the average interest rate under the ABL Facility:

(Dollars in millions)	As of March 26, 2016			As of June 27, 2015
	(unaudited)
Aggregate borrowings	$	866.9		$	665.7
Letters of credit		97.7			102.5
Excess availability, net of lenders’ reserves of $21.2 and $19.7		615.1			631.8
Average interest rate		2.06	%		1.94	%

The ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below the greater of (i) $130.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days. The ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGC’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or specified payments, and dispose of assets. The ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreement may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under such agreement available under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.

Term Loan Facility. Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement providing for the Term Loan Facility on May 14, 2013. Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million under the Term Loan Facility that is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries) Net proceeds to Performance Food Group, Inc. were $746.3 million. The proceeds from the Term Loan Facility were used to redeem the Company’s then outstanding senior notes in full; to pay the fees, premiums, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Term Loan Facility and a previous ABL Facility amendment; and to pay a $220 million dividend to our stockholders. A portion of the Term Loan Facility was considered a modification of the senior notes.

The Term Loan Facility matures in November 2019 and bears interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a Base Rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its “prime lending rate,” (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for the term loans under the Term Loan Facility may be reduced subject to attaining a Total Net Leverage ratio below 4.25x. The applicable margin for borrowings was 5.0% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.0% for loans based on the Base Rate, as of March 26, 2016, reflecting the 25 basis point reduction due to the Total Net Leverage ratio below 4.25x. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the Base Rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears in the case of Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period (but no less frequently than quarterly) in the case of the LIBOR loans. Performance Food Group, Inc. can incur additional loans under the Term Loan Facility with the aggregate amount of the incremental loans not exceeding the sum of (i) $140.0 million plus (ii) additional amounts so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) does not exceed 5.90: 1.00 and so long as the proceeds are not used to finance restricted payments that include any dividend or distribution payments.

PFGC is required to repay an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of $750 million on the last business day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2013, which amounted to $5.6 million in both the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015. The Term Loan Facility is prepayable at par. On October 6, 2015, the Company completed its IPO and used the net proceeds therefrom to repay $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility. On February 1,

65

2016, we amended and restated the ABL Facility as described above. In connection with the closing of this amendment, we borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Loan Facility, bringing the total payment amount to $428.6 million during the nine months ended March 26, 2016.

As of March 26, 2016, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $308.3 million with unamortized original issue discount of $1.0 million. Original issue discount is being amortized as additional interest expense. Deferred financing costs on the Term Loan Facility, which is included in Other intangible assets, net, is also being amortized as additional interest expense. The nine months ended March 26, 2016 includes $5.5 million of accelerated amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs because of the repayment of the $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness mentioned above. Additionally, we recognized a $5.8 million loss on extinguishment within interest expense during the third quarter of fiscal 2016, related to the write-off of unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs on the Term Loan Facility, because of the repayment of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness mentioned above.

Interest expense related to the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount for the Term Loan Facility was as follows:

(In millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016		Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Deferred financing costs amortization	$	12.5	$	3.4
Original issue discount amortization		1.7		0.4
Total amortization included in interest expense	$	14.2	$	3.8

The ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $153.2 million of restricted payment capacity available under such debt agreements, as of March 26, 2016.

As of March 26, 2016, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility.

Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note. In connection with an acquisition, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued a $6.0 million interest only, unsecured subordinated promissory note on December 21, 2012, bearing an interest rate of 3.5%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The $6.0 million principal is due in a lump sum in December 2017. All amounts outstanding under this promissory note become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company or PFGC, which includes the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of PFGC. This promissory note was initially recorded at its fair value of $4.2 million. The difference between the principal and the initial fair value of the promissory note is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the promissory note, which approximates the effective yield method. For the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and 2015, interest expense included $0.3 million related to this amortization. As of March 26, 2016, the carrying value of the promissory note was $5.4 million.

66

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table sets forth our significant contractual cash obligations as of June 27, 2015. The years below represent our fiscal years. There have been no material changes to our specified contractual obligations through March 26, 2016, except for (i) the repayment of $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility with the proceeds from the IPO and associated changes in interest payments and (ii) the amendment and restatement to the ABL Facility on February 1, 2016, the borrowing of $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and use of such proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Loan Facility and the associated changes in maturity and interest payments.

(Dollars in millions)	Payments Due by Period
	Total		< 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More than 5 Years
Long-term debt(1)	$	1,405.2	$	9.4	$	686.7	$	712.5	$	—
Capital and finance lease obligations(2)		56.7		6.3		9.4		7.6		33.4
Unrecognized tax benefits and interest(3)		1.0		—		—		—		—
Interest payments related to long-term debt(4)		248.7		78.5		108.4		61.8		—
Long-term operating leases		405.9		83.8		141.5		104.7		75.9
Purchase obligations(5)		14.7		10.6		4.1		—		—
Multiemployer pension plan(6)		6.1		0.3		0.7		0.7		4.4
Total contractual cash obligations	$	2,141.7	$	188.9	$	950.8	$	887.3	$	113.7

(1) Since June 27, 2015, (a) we used a portion of the net proceeds of the IPO to repay $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility and (b) in February 2016, we borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Loan Facility. Giving effect to such repayments of borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and borrowing under the ABL Facility, we would have had total long-term debt of $1,182.2 million as of June 27, 2015.

(2) The amounts reflected in the table include the interest component of the lease payments.

(3) Unrecognized tax benefits relate to uncertain tax positions recorded under accounting standards related to uncertain tax positions. As of June 27, 2015, we had a liability of $0.9 million for unrecognized tax benefits for all tax jurisdictions and $0.1 million for related interest that could result in cash payments. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of payments of the amount by which the liability will increase or decrease over time. Accordingly, the related balances have not been reflected in “Payments Due by Period” section of the table.

(4) Includes payments on our floating rate debt based on rates as of June 27, 2015, assuming the amount remains unchanged until maturity. The impact of our outstanding floating-to-fixed interest rate swap on the floating rate debt interest payments is included as well based on the floating rates in effect as of June 27, 2015. Giving effect to the amendment and restatement of the ABL Facility in February 2016 and the transactions described in note (1) above would have correspondingly reduced interest payments related to our long-term debt.

(5) For purposes of this table, purchase obligations include agreements for purchases of non-inventory products or services in the normal course of business, for which all significant terms have been confirmed. The amounts included above are based on estimates. Purchase obligations also include amounts committed to various capital projects in process or scheduled to be completed in the coming year, as well a minimum amounts due for various Company meetings and conferences.

(6) Represents the voluntary withdrawal liability recorded related to the withdrawal from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States Pension Fund”) and excludes normal contributions required under our collective bargaining agreements. See Note 15 Commitments and Contingencies to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion.

67

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Total Assets by Segment

Total assets by segment discussed below exclude intercompany receivables between segments.

Total assets for Performance Foodservice increased $22.7 million from $1,922.5 million as of March 28, 2015 to $1,945.2 million as of March 26, 2016. Total assets for Performance Foodservice increased $29.5 million from $1,915.7 million as of June 27, 2015 to $1,945.2 million as of March 26, 2016. During both time periods, this segment increased its accounts receivable, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment, which was partially offset by a decrease in the balance of intangible assets.

Total assets for Performance Foodservice increased $62.1 million from $1,853.6 million as of June 28, 2014 to $1,915.7 million as of June 27, 2015. This segment increased its accounts receivable inventory, property, plant, and equipment, and cash during this time period, which was partially offset by a decline in intangible assets.

Total assets for PFG Customized decreased $26.3 million from $675.8 million at March 28, 2015 to $649.5 million at March 26, 2016. During this time period, this segment decreased its accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets. Total assets for PFG Customized decreased $0.3 million from $649.8 million at June 27, 2015 to $649.5 million at March 26, 2016. During this time period, this segment decreased its property, plant, and equipment, and intangible assets, which was partially offset by increases in accounts receivable and inventory.

Total assets for PFG Customized increased $8.8 million from $641.0 million at June 28, 2014 to $649.8 million at June 27, 2015. This segment increased its accounts receivable during fiscal 2015, which was partially offset by a decline in inventory, intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment.

Total assets for Vistar increased $77.8 million from $522.2 million as of March 28, 2015 to $600.0 million as of March 26, 2016. Total assets for Vistar increased $60.8 million from $539.2 million as of June 27, 2015 to $600.0 million as of March 26, 2016. During both time periods, this segment increased its accounts receivable, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. In addition, goodwill and intangible assets increased during both time periods primarily as a result of recent acquisitions.

Total assets for Vistar increased $37.9 million from $501.3 million as of June 28, 2014 to $539.2 million as of June 27, 2015. This segment increased its accounts receivable, property, plant, and equipment, and inventory during this time period, which was partially offset by a decline in intangible assets.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk related to changes in interest rates for borrowings under our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility. Although we hedge a portion of our interest rate risk through interest rate swaps, any borrowings under our credit facilities in excess of the notional amount of the swaps will be subject to floating interest rates.

As of March 26, 2016, our subsidiary, Performance Food Group, Inc., had five interest rate swaps with a combined value of $750.0 million notional amount, of which three were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. See Note 6 Derivative and Hedging Activities to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

68

Performance Food Group, Inc. enters into costless collar arrangements to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. As of March 26, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. was a party to seven such arrangements, with an aggregate 12.0 million gallon notional amount, to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. See Note 6 Derivative and Hedging Activities to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that are most important to portraying our financial position and results of operations. These policies require our most subjective or complex judgments, often employing the use of estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates include those that pertain to the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, inventory valuation, insurance programs, income taxes, vendor rebates and promotional incentives, and goodwill and other intangible assets.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are recorded at the invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for doubtful accounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. We regularly analyze our significant customer accounts, and when we become aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as a bankruptcy filing or a deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position, we record a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount we reasonably believe is collectible. We also record reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers change, our estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted.

Inventory Valuation

Our inventories consist primarily of food and non-food products. We primarily value inventories at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. FIFO was used for approximately 92% of total inventories at June 27, 2015. The remainder of the inventory was valued using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. We adjust our inventory balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions.

Insurance Programs

We maintain high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. We also maintain self-funded group medical insurance. We accrue our estimated liability for these deductibles, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The estimated short-term portion of these accruals is included in Accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.

69

Income Taxes

We follow FASB ASC 740-10, Income Taxes—Overall, which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Future tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law, and closing of statutes of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate.

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives

We participate in various rebate and promotional incentives with our suppliers, either unilaterally or in combination with purchasing cooperatives and other procurement partners, that consist primarily of volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these incentives is generally recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. However, in certain limited circumstances the consideration is recorded as a reduction of costs incurred by us. Consideration received may be in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.

Consideration received for volume and growth rebates, annual incentives, and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. We systematically and rationally allocate the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, we record the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. We record annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. We use current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to promote and sell the supplier’s products is typically a reimbursement of marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a reduction of our operating expenses. If the amount of consideration received from the suppliers exceeds our marketing costs, any excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. We follow the requirements of FASB ASC 605-50-25-10, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Recognition—Customer’s Accounting for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor and ASC 605-50-45-16, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Other Presentation Matters—Reseller’s Characterization of Sales Incentives Offered to Customers by Manufacturers.

Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets

We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. Our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of cost of an acquired entity over the amounts specifically assigned to those tangible net assets acquired in a business combination. Other identifiable intangible assets typically include customer relationships, trade names, technology, non-compete agreements, and favorable lease assets. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangibles with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which generally range from two to eleven years. Certain assumptions, estimates, and judgments are used in determining the fair value of net assets acquired, including goodwill and other intangible assets, as well as determining the allocation of goodwill to the reporting units. Accordingly, we may obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management, but are inherently uncertain. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future

70

cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

We are required to test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually or more often if circumstances indicate. Indicators of goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to, significant declines in the markets and industries that buy our products, changes in the estimated future cash flows of its reporting units, changes in capital markets, and changes in its market capitalization.

In fiscal 2013, we adopted FASB Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which provides entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly referred to as “step zero”) to determine whether further quantitative analysis for impairment of goodwill is necessary. In performing step zero for our goodwill impairment test, we are required to make assumptions and judgments, including but not limited to the following: the evaluation of macroeconomic conditions as related to our business, industry and market trends, and the overall future financial performance of our reporting units and future opportunities in the markets in which they operate. If impairment indicators are present after performing step zero, we would perform a quantitative impairment analysis to estimate the fair value of goodwill.

During fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, we performed the step zero analysis for our goodwill impairment test. As a result of our step zero analysis, no further quantitative impairment test was deemed necessary for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014. There were no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives for the fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This Update is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue that represents the transfer of promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net). The amendments to Topic 606 in ASU 2016-08 are intended to improve the operability and understandability of the implementation guidance on principle versus agent considerations.

Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for adoption of Topic 606. Topic 606, as amended by ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral of the Effective Date, is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. We are in the process of evaluating the impact the new standard will have on our future financial statements, but do not believe the impact will be material. We plan to implement the new standard using the modified retrospective approach.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This update requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. This Update is to be applied on a retrospective basis and represents a change in accounting principle. We plan to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and do not believe it will have a material impact on our financial statements at the date of adoption.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This Update requires an entity to measure most inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

71

When evidence exists that the net realizable value of inventory is lower than its cost, the difference shall be recognized as a loss in earnings in the period in which it occurs. This Update is effective for public companies prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not believe this Update will have a material impact on our future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15, Interest—Imputation of Interest. This Update clarifies the guidance set forth in FASB ASU 2015-03, which required that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability rather than as an asset. This Update clarifies that debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements could continue to be presented as an asset and be subsequently amortized over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the arrangement. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We plan to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and do not believe this Update will have an impact on our financial statements at the date of adoption.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations: Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. This Update requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined, including the cumulative effect of the change in provisional amount as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. This Update requires that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This Update is to be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not yet been made available for issuance. We do not believe this Update will have a material impact on our future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. This Update requires a company to classify deferred tax liabilities and assets as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. For public entities, this Update is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within those annual periods. We plan to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and do not believe it will have a material impact on our financial statements at the date of adoption.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The ASU is a comprehensive new lease accounting model that requires companies to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. For public entities, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Companies are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented in its financial statements using a modified retrospective approach. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of this ASU on our future financial statements and believe that it will have a material impact on our future financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships. The amendments in this Update clarify that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument under Topic 815 does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal

72

years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. An entity has an option to apply the amendments in this Update on either a prospective basis or a modified retrospective basis. We do not believe this Update will have a material impact on our future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments. The amendments in this Update clarify the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts. An entity performing the assessment under the amendments in this Update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision sequence. The amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. An entity should apply the amendments in this Update on a modified retrospective basis to existing debt instruments as of the beginning of the fiscal year for which the amendments are effective. We do not believe this Update will have a material impact on our future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The Update includes provisions intended to simplify several aspects of how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements. Such provisions include recognizing income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, allowing an employer to withhold shares in an amount up to the employee’s maximum individual tax rate without resulting in liability classification of the award, allowing entities to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur, and changes to the classification of tax-related cash flows resulting from share-based payments and cash payments made to taxing authorities on the employee’s behalf on the statement of cash flows. The amendments to this Update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. We are in the process of evaluating the impact this Update will have on our future financial statements.

73

INDUSTRY

We distribute to the food-away-from-home industry, a large industry with attractive underlying growth trends. According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, consumer spending on food-away-from-home in the United States totaled $640 billion in 2014, making it one of the largest industries in the country. The industry grew from $331 billion in sales in 1999 to over $640 billion in sales in 2014, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 4.5%. Macroeconomic drivers of growth include increases in U.S. gross domestic product, employment levels, and personal consumption expenditures. Microeconomic drivers include increases in the number of restaurants, a continued shift toward value-added products and desire for convenience, smaller sized households, an aging population that spends more per capita at food-away-from-home establishments, and a rebound in the number of dual income households.

We operate in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, which supplies the food-away-from-home industry and which totaled $268 billion in sales in 2015 according to Technomic. The U.S. foodservice distribution industry consists of four categories of distributors:

• Broadline distributors carry a “broad line” of products to serve the needs of many different types of food-away-from-home establishments;

• System distributors carry products that are typically specified by large national and regional chains;

• Specialized distributors carry a variety of products within specific categories, such as produce, meats, or seafood, or they focus on particular customer types, such as schools, vending operations, or fine dining; and

• Cash-and-carry centers where customers come to pick-up their orders.

We are distinguished from most of our competitors by operating in each of the four categories of distributors mentioned above.

Broadline distribution is the largest segment in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. According to Technomic, the “Power Distributors,” which they define as the 21 companies with annual sales greater than $250 million, grew sales by 6% from 2012 to 2013, or approximately twice the growth rate for the overall foodservice distribution industry, which we believe is representative of the benefits of scale.

We benefit from being one of the leading companies in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. We believe that our current industry share, the large size of the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, and our track record of growing industry share provide us a significant opportunity for continued sales growth.

On December 8, 2013, the two largest companies in our industry, Sysco and US Foods, announced that they entered into an agreement and plan of merger. On February 2, 2015, we reached an agreement to purchase 11 US Foods facilities relating to the proposed merger. On February 19, 2015, the Federal Trade Commission filed suit seeking an injunction to prevent the proposed merger and, on June 23, 2015, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia granted the injunction. In June 2015, the proposed merger was terminated. As a result, our agreement to purchase the facilities was also terminated and we received a termination fee of $25 million.

Based on the industry size as estimated by the industry analyst Technomic, we had an estimated industry share of 6.0% for each of calendar 2013 and calendar 2014, and Sysco and US Foods had an estimated industry share of 20.0% and 10.0%, respectively, in 2014. However, we believe that we will continue to be able to successfully differentiate ourselves from our competitors and compete in our industry as we continue to execute our business strategy.

74

BUSINESS

We are the third largest player by revenue in the growing $268 billion U.S. foodservice distribution industry, which supplies the diverse $640 billion U.S. “food-away-from-home” industry. We market and distribute approximately 150,000 food and food-related products from approximately 70 distribution centers to over 150,000 customer locations across the United States. We serve a diverse mix of customers, from independent and chain restaurants to schools, business and industry locations, hospitals, vending distributors, office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theaters. We source our products from over 5,000 suppliers and serve as an important partner to our suppliers by providing them access to our broad customer base. In addition to the products we offer to our customers, we provide value-added services by allowing our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy. Our more than 12,000 employees work across three segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.

We plan to continue executing the strategies that have successfully delivered net sales, industry share, and profit growth. In the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015, we generated $15.3 billion in net sales and $328.6 million in Adjusted EBITDA, representing compound annual growth rates of 9% and 11%, respectively, since fiscal 2010. In the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015, we generated $56.5 million in net income. During the first nine months of fiscal 2016, we generated $11.7 billion in net sales and $251.9 million in Adjusted EBITDA, representing growth rates of 4% and 11%, respectively, compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2015. During the first nine months of fiscal 2016, we generated $39.1 million in net income. In calendar year 2014 we had an estimated industry share of 6.0% and our sales growth rate since calendar year 2010 is approximately three times the growth rate of the foodservice distribution industry in that same time frame. We believe that our current industry share, the large size of the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, and our track record of growing industry share provide us a significant opportunity for continued sales growth. See “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” for our definition of “Adjusted EBITDA” and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which we believe is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

We attribute our sales growth primarily to our customer-centric business model. For us, that means understanding our customers’ business operations and economics so that we can help them be successful; placing our decision-making on how best to serve customers at the local level; and partnering with our suppliers to develop our high quality proprietary brands, which are a key driver for us in winning, retaining, and developing customers. We believe that our customer-centric business model differentiates us from our competitors who make customer-facing decisions outside of the local market and also from competitors who often do not have the scale to develop proprietary brands, provide value-added services, and distribute as effectively as we do.

Since fiscal 2010, our profit growth has outpaced our sales growth as a result of shifting towards a more profitable mix of products and customers, capturing operating efficiencies from our sales growth, and delivering productivity initiatives. Our mix shift is primarily attributable to increased sales of our proprietary brands and sales to independent restaurants, which represent our highest margin products and customers, respectively. In addition, we have established a set of productivity initiatives in the areas of procurement and operations called Winning Together, which, together with increased net sales, continues to drive meaningful profit growth.

75

Our Segments

We believe that we are well positioned to serve our customers from our three business segments, which are distinguished by their diverse distribution models, the inventory they carry, and the customers they serve: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.

Performance Food Group: Fiscal 2015

Net sales mix by operating segment	Key statistics
	Net sales	$15.3 billion
	Adjusted EBITDA	$328.6 million
	Distribution Centers	69
	Customer Locations	150,000+
	Products	150,000+
	Suppliers	5,000+
	Vehicles	2,500+
	Employees	12,000+

Performance Foodservice. Performance Foodservice is a leading U.S. foodservice distributor with substantial scale along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. Performance Foodservice operates a network of 25 broadline distribution centers, which supply a “broad line” of products, and 10 Roma distribution centers, which specialize in supplying independent pizzerias and other Italian-themed restaurants. Each of these distribution centers, which we refer to as operating companies or “OpCos,” is run by a business team who understands the local markets and the needs of its particular customers and who is empowered to make decisions on how best to serve them. For fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, Performance Foodservice generated $9.1 billion and $8.1 billion, respectively, in net sales. For the first nine months of fiscal 2016, Performance Foodservice generated $7.0 billion in net sales. Over 75% of Performance Foodservice’s sales during each of these periods was to restaurants. This segment serves over 85,000 customer locations with over 125,000 food and food-related products.

We offer our customers a broad product assortment that ranges from “center-of-the-plate” items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and seafood), frozen foods, refrigerated products, and dry groceries to disposables, cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer, we provide value-added services by enabling our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.

We classify our customers under two major categories: “Street” and multi-unit “Chain.” Street customers predominantly consist of independent restaurants. Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more locations, which include fine dining, family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants, as well as hotels, healthcare facilities, and other multi-unit institutional customers. Street customers utilize more of our value-added services, particularly in the areas of product selection and procurement, market trends, menu development, and operational strategy. Street customer purchases typically generate greater gross profit per case compared to sales to Chain customers. Sales to Street customers in fiscal 2015 accounted for 43% of Performance Foodservice sales compared to 37% in fiscal 2010. Case sales to Street customers in the first nine months of fiscal 2016 grew within our 6-10% growth goal range and accelerated modestly between our second and third quarters of fiscal 2016.

Our products consist of our proprietary-branded products, or “Performance Brands,” as well as nationally- branded products and products bearing our customers’ brands. Our Performance Brands typically generate higher

76

gross profit per case than other brands. In fiscal 2015, Performance Brands accounted for 40% of the case volume sold to Street customers, up from 37% in fiscal 2010. Performance Brands accounted for over $2.0 billion of our Performance Foodservice net sales in fiscal 2015.

Performance Foodservice net sales for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $9.1 billion and $8.1 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 12.1%. Performance Foodservice segment EBITDA for the same time period was $254.2 million and $207.5 million, representing year-over-year growth of 22.5%. Performance Foodservice net sales in the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 were $7.0 billion and $6.7 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 4.1%. Performance Foodservice segment EBITDA for the same time period was $206.9 million and $172.6 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 19.9%.

Performance Foodservice: Fiscal 2015 Net Sales

PFG Customized. PFG Customized is a leading national distributor to the family and casual dining channel. We serve over 5,000 customer locations across the United States from nine distribution centers that provide tailored supply chain solutions to our customers. Our network of distribution centers was developed around our customers and is strategically positioned to provide an efficient supply chain across both inbound and outbound logistics. PFG Customized’s product offerings are determined by each of our customers’ specific menu requirements. We also provide customers with value-added services, such as expertise in fresh product distribution, logistics management, procurement management, and information system interfaces, which enable our customers to run their businesses efficiently.

We serve many of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains, including Bonefish Grill, Carrabba’s Italian Grill, Chili’s, Cracker Barrel, Joe’s Crab Shack, Logan’s Roadhouse, O’Charley’s, Outback Steakhouse, Ruby Tuesday, and TGI Friday’s, and we have recently entered into an agreement to serve Red Lobster. PFG Customized’s five largest family and casual dining customers have been with us for an average of more than 15 years. Cracker Barrel was PFG Customized’s first customer and grew from a substantial regional account served by Performance Foodservice to an account whose needs are best served by customized distribution. PFG Customized recently began to utilize its distribution platform to serve fast casual chains such as Fuzzy’s Taco Shop and PDQ, as well quick serve chains including Church’s Chicken and Wendy’s.

77

PFG Customized net sales for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $3.8 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 13.7%. PFG Customized segment EBITDA for the same time periods was $36.5 million and $37.5 million, representing year-over-year decline of 2.7%. The majority of the increase in sales was attributable to the expansion of services provided to a single existing customer. PFG Customized net sales in the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 were $2.8 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 0.6%. PFG Customized segment EBITDA for the same time periods was $26.2 million and $25.6 million, representing year-over-year growth of 2.3%.

PFG Customized: Fiscal 2015 Net Sales

Vistar. Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, and beverages to vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theaters. The segment provides national distribution of approximately 20,000 different SKUs of candy, snacks, beverages, and other items to approximately 60,000 customer locations from our network of 24 Vistar OpCos and nine Merchant’s Marts locations. Merchant’s Marts are cash-and-carry operators where customers generally pick up orders rather than having them delivered. Vistar’s scale in these channels enhances our ability to procure a broad variety of products for our customers. Vistar OpCos deliver to vending and office coffee service distributors and directly to most theaters and some other locations. The distribution model also includes a “pick and pack” capability, which utilizes third-party carriers and Vistar’s SKU variety to sell to customers whose order sizes are too small to be served effectively by our distribution network. We believe these capabilities, in conjunction with the breadth of our inventory, are differentiating and allow us to serve many distinct customer types. Vistar has successfully built upon our national platform to broaden the channels we serve to include hospitality venues, concessionaires, airport gift shops, college book stores, corrections facilities, and impulse locations in big box retailers such as Home Depot, Dollar Tree, Staples, and others.

78

Vistar net sales for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 were $2.4 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 6.9%. Vistar segment EBITDA for the same time period was $105.5 million and $88.3 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 19.5%. Vistar net sales for the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 were $1.9 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 8.7%. Vistar segment EBITDA for the same time period was $83.7 million and $79.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 5.7%.

Vistar: Fiscal 2015 Net Sales

Our Strengths

Leading Market Positions

We believe that our leading market positions within each of our business segments allow us to compete effectively in attracting new customers, to attract and retain industry talent, and to drive our growth as we execute our business strategy. We have a diverse business model that operates in three segments, allowing us to capitalize on the growth in food-away-from-home consumption. We believe our leading market positions are exhibited in the following way:

• Performance Foodservice. We are the third largest broadline distributor by revenue in the United States after Sysco and US Foods, according to Technomic. We have significant scale in markets along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. Within Performance Foodservice, we believe that our Roma products make us the leading distributor to independent pizzerias in the United States.

• PFG Customized. PFG Customized is a leading national distributor to family and casual dining restaurants, and we believe benefits from longstanding relationships with our customers, strong customer loyalty, and a network that is optimized to serve our customer base efficiently.

• Vistar. Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, and beverages to vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theater customers, whom we believe benefit from substantial product variety sold at competitive prices.

Scale Distribution Platforms

We believe we have a competitive advantage over smaller regional and local broadline distributors through economies of scale in purchasing and procurement, which allow us to offer a broad variety of products (including our proprietary Performance Brands) at competitive prices to our customers. Our customers benefit from our ability to provide them with extensive geographic coverage as they continue to grow. We believe we also benefit from supply chain efficiency, including a growing inbound logistics backhaul network that uses our collective

79

distribution network to deliver inbound products across business segments; best practices in warehousing, transportation, and risk management; the ability to benefit from the scale of our purchases of items not for resale, such as trucks, construction materials, insurance, banking relationships, healthcare, and material handling equipment; and the ability to optimize our networks so that customers are served from the most efficient OpCo, which minimizes the cost of delivery. We believe these efficiencies and economies of scale will lead to continued improvements in our operating margins when combined with incremental fixed-cost advantage.

Customer-Centric Business Model

Our customer-centric business model is based on understanding our customers’ business operations and economics so that we can help them be successful, partnering with our suppliers to develop high quality proprietary brands specifically tailored to our customers’ needs, and placing our decision making on how best to serve customers at the local level so that we remain nimble at the point of transaction. The model embodies how we organize the Company, how our business processes work, and how we design our information systems. Over 12,000 PFG employees share our mission to grow sales by providing excellent service that is locally tailored to each customer. Over 5,000 of our employees interact with customers daily, either in sales or in making deliveries. Our sales associates receive extensive and ongoing product training and earn incentives primarily based on how effectively they grow our business with customers. Our customer-facing employees are supported by hundreds of employees who develop, source, and market over 150,000 food and related products from over 5,000 suppliers and by several thousand warehouse workers focused on filling customer orders accurately, efficiently, and in a timely manner. We believe that our customer-centric business model differentiates us from our competitors who make customer-facing decisions outside the local market and also from competitors who often do not have the scale to develop proprietary brands, provide value-added services, and distribute as effectively as we do.

Proven Ability to Increase Sales to Street Customers and Market our Proprietary Brands

We maintain a strong focus on growing sales to Street customers (our highest profit margin customers), growing sales of Performance Brands (our highest profit margin products), and attracting, retaining, and developing a more effective Street sales force. We believe that offering our Performance Brands enhances customer loyalty and attracts new customers, particularly Street customers. These Performance Brands include exclusive products offered across a wide variety of approximately 10,000 SKUs, which are developed in partnership with our suppliers and customers in order to satisfy the specific needs of our customer base.

From fiscal 2010 through fiscal 2015, we have grown the number of Street customers, case sales to Street customers, and case sales of Performance Brands to Street customers at compound annual growth rates of 8%, 11%, and 13%, respectively. In fiscal 2015, Performance Brands accounted for 40% of the case volume sold to Street customers, up from 37% in fiscal 2010.

Substantial Free Cash Flow Generation

Our cash flows benefit from a steady, recurring revenue stream supported by effective cost management and a leading market share in the United States foodservice distribution industry. A significant portion of our sales are based on contract pricing, as either a percentage or fixed fee above costs, which enables us to substantially mitigate cost inflation. In order to minimize costs, we leverage our national scale as the third-largest foodservice distributor in the United States and enter into supplier agreements that maximize promotional allowance rebates. We have made a focused effort to drive sales of our proprietary brands, which carry a higher selling margin per case than branded products.

While we experience some seasonal fluctuations in our working capital needs, we effectively manage them with our stable gross margins and our prudent liquidity management and borrowing practices. Because of the predictable nature of our business, our annual capital expenditure requirement is very moderate, averaging 0.5%

80

of net sales from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2015. Recently our primary capital expense has been IT and productivity investment, which had effects on cash flow that were offset by gross margin expansion. Our annual free cash flow, defined as Adjusted EBITDA minus capital expenditures, grew 17.6% year-over-year from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015.

Disciplined and Proven Acquirer

We have made 15 acquisitions over the past seven years, beginning with the merger of PFG and Vistar in 2008, when management integrated the two companies with significant synergies. Acquisitions have typically been completed at attractive valuation multiples and have been accretive to our Adjusted EBITDA margins on both a pre- and post-synergy basis.

In recent years, we have made four acquisitions in our Performance Foodservice business, which expanded our footprint in North and South Carolina, Kentucky, Illinois, and northern coastal California. Synergies from these acquisitions typically include introducing Performance Brands to the customers of the acquired company, reducing network mileage, implementing operational best practices, and achieving cost savings, such as expenses associated with insurance and benefit programs.

In our Vistar segment, we entered the hotel pantry business through an acquisition, which we are using as a platform to expand further into the hospitality channel. Vistar also used an acquisition to better develop our small drop fulfillment technology to serve big box retailers with candy, snacks, beverages, and other items, a capability that we believe has application in other channels.

Experienced and Invested Management Team

Our senior management team has extensive experience and proven success in the foodservice industry. With 250 years of combined experience (over 20 years on average for the executive leadership team), we believe that our senior management team’s experience in all parts of the industry has enabled us to grow and diversify our business while improving operational efficiency. Members of management have previous experience at other leading foodservice distributors, including Sysco, US Foods, PYA Monarch, and Alliant Foodservice. Other management team members have experience elsewhere in the food industry, ranging from manufacturers and marketers to retailers and contract feeders. Management has invested over $21 million in the equity of the Company and the substantial majority of management’s incentive compensation is tied to our financial performance. We believe management’s investment and incentive structure align its interests with those of our stockholders.

Our Strategy

We intend to continue to expand our industry share and to grow sales and profits by executing on the following key elements of our strategy.

Continue to Grow Street and Performance Brand Sales

We believe that there is a significant and ongoing opportunity to grow sales to Street customers (our highest profit margin customers) and to expand sales of our Performance Brands (our highest profit margin products). We believe that providing customers with proprietary distributor brands such as Performance Brands has been a key driver for us in winning, retaining, and developing customers, especially Street customers. In addition, we believe that our ability to build and retain an increasingly effective sales force has complemented these results. Street business momentum facilitates further development of our Performance Brand portfolio, which in turn enables us to win and develop more Street customers. Smaller regional competitors often do not have the scale to develop their own distinctive brands, and we believe this is a key reason why our Performance Foodservice segment has increased its sales to Street customers. By continuing to focus on increasing sales to our Street customers and sales of our Performance Brands, we believe that we can continue to drive profitable growth.

81

Continue to Grow our Customers and Channels

We intend to increase penetration within our existing channels, enter new channels, and continue to win new customers in all three business segments by using our scale, operational excellence, geographic presence, and customer-centric business model.

• Performance Foodservice. In addition to our success in growing our Street business, we believe significant opportunity remains to expand our customer base. For example, in the past three years we have won the fast-growing distribution business of Anthony’s Coal Fired Pizza, Blaze Pizza, Chuy’s, Habit Burger, Hwy 55 Burgers Shakes & Fries, Pollo Tropical, Shake Shack, and Taco Cabana. We believe significant opportunity remains to continue expanding our customer base through new multi-unit restaurant chains and other channels such as schools, hospitals, and commercial locations.

• PFG Customized. We intend to continue to grow our traditional customer base and to expand sales to new customer channels. We have recently expanded our customer base to include select fast casual customers including Fuzzy’s Taco Shop and PDQ and quick serve customers including Wendy’s.

• Vistar. We have utilized Vistar’s combination of inventory variety, distribution methods, and national scale to diversify our channel mix. This has enabled Vistar to serve new customers and channels including concessionaires (such as Minor League Baseball), corrections facilities, college bookstores, and hospitality, among others. Additionally, Vistar continues to grow within vending and office coffee service distribution, big box retailers, and theaters.

Expand Margins through Continuous Productivity Improvements

We are committed to expanding margins through operating efficiencies and specific productivity programs, which will complement the effect of selling a more profitable mix of customers and brands. We have established a program called Winning Together, which complements our sales growth with ongoing initiatives that take advantage of our scale and drive productivity in non-customer facing areas. Winning Together is led by teams whose primary responsibility is to improve our business processes, capture best practices, and maintain a continuous improvement culture in our procurement and operations functions.

The two key components of Winning Together are Winning Together Through Procurement and Winning Together Through Operations. Winning Together Through Procurement uses structured negotiations with our procurement partners, including selected national, regional, and local suppliers, to develop the mutual profitability of the relationship and to encourage suppliers to invest in our growth. Winning Together Through Operations seeks to accelerate efficiencies in our warehouses and our inbound and outbound logistics functions. This program leverages best practices and scale, implements new productivity software, and establishes a model OpCo as a proving ground for new technologies and business processes.

Winning Together drove meaningful cost-saving benefits in fiscal 2015, and we continue to benefit from this program in fiscal 2016.

Continue to Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions

We have a strong track record of sourcing, executing, and integrating accretive acquisitions. We intend to continue pursuing selective acquisitions in order to further our competitive position in the industry and to allow us both to enter into new geographies and channels as well as to expand in existing ones.

Over the past seven years, we have made 15 acquisitions, including acquiring five broadline locations in Kentucky, North and South Carolina, Illinois, and northern coastal California. These acquisitions have expanded our broadline geographic reach, and we believe further meaningful opportunities exist that would enable us to reach additional customers. In Vistar, our acquisition focus remains on companies in adjacent channels that can benefit from the strength of our inventory and delivery method variety or that can add capabilities or technologies to our portfolio. We believe that there are a number of attractive potential acquisition opportunities in our industry.

82

Customers and Marketing

We serve different types of customers through each of our three business segments. Our Performance Foodservice segment serves two types of customers—Street customers and Chain customers. Our PFG Customized segment distributes to Chain customers, including family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants. Our Vistar segment distributes to vending and office coffee service distributors, big box retailers, and theaters, among others. We believe that customers select a distributor based on breadth of product offerings, consistent product quality, timely and accurate delivery of orders, value-added services, and price. In addition, we believe that some of our larger Street and Chain customers gain operational efficiencies by dealing with a limited number of foodservice distributors. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total net sales for fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2015.

Street Customers. Our Performance Foodservice segment serves our Street customers, which predominantly include independent restaurants, along with hotels, cafeterias, schools, healthcare facilities, and other institutional customers. We seek to increase the mix of our total sales to Street customers because they typically generate higher gross profit per case that more than offsets the generally higher supply chain costs that we incur in serving these customers. Street customers use more value-added services, particularly in the areas of product selection and procurement, market trends, menu development, and operational strategy. In addition, Street customers also use more of our Performance Brands, which are our highest margin products. Our Performance Foodservice segment supports sales to Street customers with a team of sales and marketing representatives, customer service representatives, and product specialists. Our sales representatives serve customers in person, by telephone, and through the internet, accepting and processing orders, reviewing inventory and account balances, disseminating new product information, and providing business assistance and advice where appropriate. These representatives typically use laptop computers to assist customers by entering orders, checking product availability, and pricing and developing menu-planning ideas on a real-time basis.

Chain Customers. Both our Performance Foodservice and PFG Customized segments serve Chain customers. Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more locations and include fine dining, family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants, as well as hotels, healthcare facilities, and other multi-unit institutional customers. Our Performance Foodservice segment Chain customers include various locations of Anthony’s Coal Fired Pizza, Blaze Pizza, Chuy’s, Pollo Tropical, Shake Shack, Subway, and many others. Our PFG Customized segment customers include many of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains including Bonefish Grill, Carrabba’s Italian Grill, Chili’s, Cracker Barrel, Joe’s Crab Shack, Logan’s Roadhouse, O’Charley’s, Outback Steakhouse, Ruby Tuesday, and TGI Friday’s. PFG Customized recently began to leverage its distribution platform to serve fast casual chains such as Fuzzy’s Taco Shop, and PDQ, as well as quick serve chains including Church’s Chicken, Wendy’s, Hwy 55 Burgers Shakes & Fries, and Yum! Brands. Sales to Chain customers are typically lower gross margin, but have larger deliveries than those to Street customers. Dedicated account representatives are responsible for managing the overall Chain customer relationship, including ensuring complete order fulfillment and customer satisfaction. Members of senior management assist in identifying potential new Chain customers and managing long-term account relationships.

Vistar Customers. Our Vistar segment distributes candy, snacks, beverages, health & beauty, and other products to a number of distinct channels. Vending operators are the largest Vistar channel. We distribute a broad selection of vending machine products to the operators’ depots, from which they distribute products and stock machines. We are a leading distributor of these products to theater chains, and Vistar’s customers include AMC, Cinemark, Galaxy Theaters, Regal Cinemas, and others. We typically deliver our orders directly to individual theater locations. We are a leading distributor to the office coffee service channel. Vistar also distributes to retailers, particularly for candy, snack, and beverage purchases in impulse buying locations. Our customers include retailers such as Dollar Tree, Home Depot, Staples, and others. Vistar distributes to other channels with a heavy concentration of candy, snacks, and beverage products, including concessionaires, college book stores, hotel and airport gift shops, corrections facilities, and others. The distribution model also includes a “pick and pack” capability, which utilizes third-party carriers and Vistar’s SKU variety to sell to customers whose order

83

sizes are too small to be served effectively by our distribution network. Vistar also operates Merchant’s Marts locations, which are cash-and-carry operators where customers generally pick up orders rather than having them delivered.

Products and Services

We distribute more than 150,000 food and food-related products. These products include a full line of frozen foods, such as meats, fully prepared appetizers and entrees, fruits, vegetables, and desserts; a full line of canned and dry foods; fresh meats; dairy products; beverage products; imported specialties; fresh produce; and candy, snack, and other products. We also supply a wide variety of non-food items including paper products such as pizza boxes, disposable napkins, plates and cups; tableware such as china and silverware; cookware such as pots, pans, and utensils; restaurant and kitchen equipment and supplies; and cleaning supplies. We also provide our customers with value-added services, as described below, in the normal course of providing full-service distribution services.

Performance Brands. We offer our customers an extensive line of proprietary-branded products. We provide umbrella brands for our broadline distribution operation. Ridgecrest provides discerning chefs with the highest levels of quality and consistency. West Creek provides a level of quality, consistency, and value that we believe meets or exceeds national brand offerings. Silver Source provides core products that are value priced while satisfying customers’ specifications. We also have a number of specialty brands, such as Braveheart 100% Black Angus beef, Empire’s Treasure seafood, Brilliance premium shortenings and oils, Heritage Ovens baked goods, Village Garden salad dressings, Guest House premium teas and cocoas, Peak Fresh Produce, Allegiance Premium Pork and Ascend Beverages, and others. We also have an extensive line of products for use in the pizzeria and Italian restaurant business under the names Piancone, Roma, and Assoluti. We believe that these products are a major source of competitive advantage. We intend to continue to enhance our product offerings based on supplier advice, customer preferences, and data analysis using our data warehouse. Our Performance Brands enable us to offer customers an alternative to comparable national brands across a wide range of products and price points, which we believe also promotes customer loyalty. Our Performance Brands products are manufactured for us according to specifications that have been developed by our quality assurance team. In addition, our quality assurance team certifies the manufacturing and processing plants where these products are packaged, enforces our quality control standards, and identifies supply sources that satisfy our requirements.

National Brands . We offer our customers a broad selection of national brand products. We believe that these brands are attractive to Chain, Street, and other customers seeking recognized national brands in their operations. We believe that distributing national brands has strengthened our relationships with many national suppliers who provide us with important sales and marketing support. These sales complement sales of our Performance Brand products.

Customer Brands. Some of our Chain customers, particularly those with national distribution, develop exclusive SKU specifications directly with suppliers and brand these SKUs. We purchase these SKUs directly from suppliers and receive them into our distribution centers, where they are mixed with other SKUs and delivered to the Chain customers’ locations.

Value-Added Services. We believe that prompt and accurate delivery of orders, close contact with customers, and the ability to provide a full array of products and services to assist customers in their foodservice operations are of primary importance in foodservice distribution. Our operating companies offer multiple deliveries per week to certain customer locations and have the capability of delivering special orders on short notice. Through our sales and marketing representatives and support staff, we monitor the needs of our customers and acquaint them with new products and services. Our operating companies also provide ancillary services relating to foodservice distribution, such as providing customers with various reports and other data, menu planning advice, food safety training, and assistance in inventory control, as well as access to various third-party services designed to add value to our customers’ businesses.

84

Suppliers

We purchase from over 5,000 suppliers, none of which accounted for more than 4% of our aggregate purchases in fiscal 2015 or the first nine months of fiscal 2016. Many of our suppliers provide products to all three business segments, while others sell to only one segment. Our supplier base consists principally of large corporations that sell their national brands, our Performance Brands, and sometimes both. We also buy, particularly on a regional basis, from smaller suppliers, particularly those who specialize in produce and other perishable commodities. Many of our suppliers provide sales material and sales call support for the products that they sell us. In addition, our purchasing cooperative administers certain freight transactions and provides other logistical support for our operations.

Operations and Properties

As of March 26, 2016, we operated 69 distribution centers across our three business segments. Of our 69 facilities, we owned 29 facilities and leased the remaining 40 facilities. Our Performance Foodservice segment operated 35 distribution centers and had an average square footage of approximately 200,000 square feet per facility. Our PFG Customized segment operated nine distribution centers and had an average square footage of over 200,000 square feet per facility. Our Vistar segment operated 25 distribution centers and had an average square footage of approximately 120,000 square feet per facility.

	Performance Foodservice						Vistar		PFG Customized		Total
State	Broadline		Roma		Total
Arizona		—		1		1		2		—		3
Arkansas		1		—		1		—		—		1
California		1		2		3		3		1		7
Colorado		—		1		1		1		—		2
Connecticut		—		—		—		1		—		1
Florida		2		1		3		2		1		6
Georgia		2		—		2		1		1		4
Illinois		2		—		2		1		—		3
Indiana		—		—		—		—		1		1
Kentucky		1		—		1		1		—		2
Louisiana		1		—		1		—		—		1
Maine		1		—		1		—		—		1
Maryland		1		—		1		—		1		2
Massachusetts		1		—		1		—		—		1
Michigan		—		—		—		1		—		1
Minnesota		—		1		1		1		—		2
Mississippi		1		—		1		—		—		1
Missouri		1		1		2		1		—		3
New Jersey		3		—		3		2		1		6
North Carolina		1		—		1		1		—		2
Ohio		—		—		—		1		—		1
Oregon		—		1		1		1		—		2
Pennsylvania		—		—		—		1		—		1
South Carolina		1		—		1		—		1		2
Tennessee		2		—		2		2		1		5
Texas		2		2		4		2		1		7
Virginia		1		—		1		—		—		1
Total		25		10		35		25		9		69

85

Our Performance Foodservice customers are generally located no more than 200 miles from one of our distribution facilities. Of the 35 Performance Foodservice distribution centers, six have meat cutting operations that provide custom-cut meat products to our customers and one has a seafood processing operation that provides custom-cut and packed seafood to its customers and our other distribution centers. Our PFG Customized customers are generally located no more than 450 miles from one of our distribution facilities. In addition to the 25 distribution centers operated by Vistar, Vistar has nine cash-and-carry Merchant’s Mart facilities. Customer orders in all three segments are typically assembled in our distribution facilities and then sorted, placed on pallets, and loaded onto trucks and trailers in delivery sequence. Deliveries are generally made in large tractor-trailers that we usually lease. We use integrated computer systems to design and track efficient route sequences for the delivery of our products.

Our distribution center leases are on average 16.7 years in duration. Rent on our leases is typically set at a fixed annual rate, paid monthly.

Our properties also include a combined headquarters facility for our corporate offices and the Performance Foodservice segment that is located in Richmond, Virginia; a headquarters facility for PFG Customized that is located in Tennessee; and a headquarters facility for Vistar that is located in Colorado.

As of March 26, 2016, we operated a fleet of more than 2,500 vehicles of which approximately 82% are leased and 18% are owned. The fleet primarily consists of tractor and trailer combinations, most of which are either wholly or partially refrigerated for the transportation of frozen or perishable food.

Winning Together Program

We have established a program called Winning Together, which complements our sales growth with specific initiatives that take advantage of our scale and drive productivity in non-customer facing areas on an ongoing basis. Winning Together is led by teams whose primary responsibility is to improve our business processes, capture best practices, and maintain a continuous improvement culture in our procurement and operations functions. The two key components of Winning Together are Winning Together Through Procurement and Winning Together Through Operations.

Winning Together Through Procurement comprises four interwoven programs, including:

• Structured supplier negotiations rely on a data driven process to develop the mutual profitability of the relationship and to encourage national and regional suppliers to invest in our growth. Where appropriate, the agreements span our segments and OpCos.

• e-Sourcing is a program that uses electronic sourcing of selected categories and SKUs to obtain the most favorable price for products with specifications rigorously determined by our category managers and quality assurance managers.

• Enhanced marketing support encourages suppliers to invest resources with us to increase sales of their products to our customers in the form of special programs, training, joint sales calls, and other means.

• Inbound logistics lowers the cost of shipping products from suppliers to our warehouses by expanding our backhaul network across our three segments and better managing third-party carriers.

Winning Together Through Operations comprises three interwoven programs including:

• Best practices drive efficiencies in warehousing, transportation, and safety and risk management by gathering the operational practices and management routines from the best performing OpCos and deploying them in other facilities.

• Not for resale leverages our purchasing scale to lower costs for items not resold to customers, including items such as trucks, material handling equipment, parts and supplies, construction materials, and services used in our operations.

86

• Established a Model OpCo as a proving ground for operational best practices, technologies, and business processes that can be implemented across our entire organization.

Pricing

Our pricing to customers is either set by contract with the customer or is priced at the time of order. If the price is by contract, then it is either based on a percentage markup over cost or a fixed markup per unit, and the unit may be expressed either in cases or pounds of product. If the pricing is set at time of order, the pricing is agreed to between our sales associate and the customer and is typically based on a product cost that fluctuates weekly or more frequently.

If contracts are based on a fixed markup per unit or pound, then our customers bear the risk of cost fluctuations during the contract life. In the case of a fixed markup percentage, we typically bear the risk of cost deflation or the benefit of cost inflation. If pricing is set at the time of order, we have the current cost of goods in our inventory and typically pass cost increases or decreases to our customers. We generally do not lock in or otherwise hedge commodity costs or other costs of goods sold except within certain customer contracts where the customer bears the risk of cost fluctuation. We believe that our pricing mechanisms provide us with significant insulation from fluctuations in the cost of goods that we sell. Our inventory turns, on average, approximately every three-and-a-half weeks, which further protects us from cost fluctuations.

We seek to minimize the effect of higher diesel fuel costs by both reducing fuel usage and by taking action to offset higher fuel prices. We reduce usage by designing more efficient truck routes and by increasing miles per gallon through on-board computers that monitor and adjust idling time and maximum speeds and through other technologies. In our Performance Foodservice and Vistar segments, we seek to offset higher fuel prices through diesel fuel surcharges to our customers and through the use of costless collars. As of March 26, 2016, we had collars in place for approximately 21% of the gallons we expect to use over the twelve months following March 26, 2016. These fuel collars do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment for reasons discussed in our financial statement footnotes. Therefore, these collars are recorded at fair value as either an asset or liability on the balance sheet. Any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of the change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments. In our PFG Customized segment, we have limited exposure to fuel costs since our sales contracts largely transfer fuel price volatility to our customers.

Competition

The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. Certain of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. Furthermore, there are two larger broadline distributors with national footprints. On December 8, 2013, these competitors entered into an agreement and plan of merger, which was later terminated as described under “Summary—Our Industry.” In addition, there are numerous smaller regional, local, and specialty distributors. These smaller distributors often align themselves with other smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, overall purchasing power, cost efficiencies, and ability to try to meet customer requirements for national or multi-regional distribution. We often do not have exclusive service agreements with our customers and our customers may switch to other distributors if those distributors can offer lower prices, differentiated products, or customer service that is perceived to be superior. We believe that most purchasing decisions in the foodservice business are based on the quality and price of the product and a distributor’s ability to completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries.

Information Systems

We operate three core mainframe systems that are customized versions of commercial products. These systems span operational functions including procurement, receiving, warehouse and inventory management, and order processing. All three core systems feed financial systems that differ by segment. These financial systems in turn feed into a single consolidation system for financial and managerial reporting. In addition, we continue to

87

invest into what we believe are “best in breed” systems to optimize our business performance. These systems include our sales force laptops and order entry systems, inbound logistics, and our “pay for performance” systems in warehouse stock replenishment and order selection, delivery loading, routing, driver performance, and sales force productivity.

Employees

As of March 26, 2016, we had more than 12,000 full-time employees. As of March 26, 2016, unions represented approximately 850 of our employees. We have entered into nine collective bargaining and similar agreements with respect to our unionized employees. We believe that we have good relations with both union and non-union employees and we strive to be well regarded in the communities in which we operate. We have not had any material work stoppages or lockouts in the last five years. Our agreements with our union employees expire at various times to 2025. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—We face risks relating to labor relations and the availability of qualified labor.”

We have recently made investments to increase the size of our sales force and currently employ over 2,000 sales associates who are dedicated to serving our customers. Our typical sales representative calls on customers in their place of business on a periodic basis, usually weekly, to ascertain customer product needs, to help manage the customer’s inventory, and to discuss new products and other business. These sales representatives are supported by customer services representatives who work in the local market and assist customers in a variety of ways; business development managers, who help sales representatives prospect for new business; and category managers and specialists who asset sales representatives and customers with product specific knowledge. All of our segments have a multi-unit, or Chain, sales force who call on regional and national customers.

Insurance

We maintain high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. We also maintain self-funded group medical insurance. In addition, we maintain property, business and casualty insurance that we believe accords with customary foodservice industry practice. We cannot predict whether this insurance will be adequate to cover all potential hazards incidental to our business.

Regulation

Our operations are subject to regulation by state and local health departments, the USDA and the FDA, which generally impose standards for product quality and sanitation and are responsible for the administration of recent bioterrorism legislation affecting the foodservice industry. These government authorities regulate, among other things, the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, and labeling of our products. In late 2010, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, or the “FSMA,” was enacted. The FSMA represents a significant expansion of food safety requirements and FDA food safety authorities and, among other things, requires that the FDA impose comprehensive, prevention-based controls across the food supply chain, further regulates food products imported into the United States, and provides the FDA with mandatory recall authority. The FSMA requires the FDA to undertake numerous rulemakings and to issue numerous guidance documents, as well as reports, plans, standards, notices, and other tasks. As a result, implementation of the legislation is ongoing and likely to take several years. Our seafood operations are also specifically regulated by federal and state laws, including those administered by the National Marine Fisheries Service, established for the preservation of certain species of marine life, including fish and shellfish. Our processing and distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA biennially and are subject to periodic government agency inspections. State and/or federal authorities generally inspect our facilities at least annually. The Federal Perishable Agricultural Commodities

88

Act, which specifies standards for the sale, shipment, inspection, and rejection of agricultural products, governs our relationships with our fresh food suppliers with respect to the grading and commercial acceptance of product shipments. We are also subject to regulation by state authorities for the accuracy of our weighing and measuring devices. Our suppliers are also subject to similar regulatory requirements and oversight.

The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines, mandatory or voluntary product recalls, warning or untitled letters, cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance, closure of facilities or operations, the loss, revocation, or modification of any existing licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals, or the failure to obtain additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future and we may incur material costs in our efforts to comply with current or future laws and regulations or in any required product recalls.

Our operations are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local laws and other requirements relating to the protection of the environment and the safety and health of personnel and the public. These include requirements regarding the use, storage, and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and petroleum products, including food processing wastes, the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, and worker safety and health practices and procedures. In order to comply with environmental, health, and safety requirements, we may be required to spend money to monitor, maintain, upgrade, or replace our equipment; plan for certain contingencies; acquire or maintain environmental permits; file periodic reports with regulatory authorities; or investigate and clean up contamination. We operate and maintain vehicle fleets, and some of our distribution centers have regulated underground and aboveground storage tanks for diesel fuel and other petroleum products. Some jurisdictions in which we operate have laws that affect the composition and operation of our truck fleet, such as limits on diesel emissions and engine idling. A number of our facilities have ammonia- or freon-based refrigeration systems, which could cause injury or environmental damage if accidentally released, and many of our distribution centers have propane or battery powered forklifts. Proposed or recently enacted legal requirements, such as those requiring the phase-out of certain ozone-depleting substances and proposals for the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions, may require us to upgrade or replace equipment, or may increase our transportation or other operating costs. To date, our cost of compliance with environmental, health, and safety requirements has not been material. The discovery of contamination for which we are responsible, any accidental release of regulated materials, the enactment of new laws and regulations, or changes in how existing requirements are enforced, could require us to incur additional costs or subject us to unexpected liabilities.

The Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration regulate our trucking operations. In addition, interstate motor carrier operations are subject to safety requirements prescribed in the U.S. Department of Transportation and other relevant federal and state agencies. Such matters as weight and dimension of equipment are also subject to federal and state regulations. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable regulatory requirements relating to our motor carrier operations. Failure to comply with the applicable motor carrier regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating permits.

Legal Proceedings

We are a party to various claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course and conduct of our business. We have insurance policies covering certain potential losses where such coverage is cost effective. As discussed below, we have accrued an aggregate of $5.1 million of anticipated settlement costs with respect to certain pending claims. For matters not specifically discussed below, although the outcomes of the claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings to which we are a party are not determinable at this time, in our opinion, any additional liability that we might incur upon the resolution of the claims and lawsuits beyond the amounts already accrued is not expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

89

U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Investigation. In March 2009, the Baltimore Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or the “EEOC,” Field Office served us with company-wide (excluding, however, our Vistar and Roma Foodservice operations) subpoenas relating to alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, seeking certain information from January 1, 2004 to a specified date in the first fiscal quarter of 2009. In August 2009, the EEOC moved to enforce the subpoenas in federal court in Maryland, and we opposed the motion. In February 2010, the court ruled that the subpoena related to the Equal Pay Act investigation was enforceable company-wide but on a narrower scope of data than the original subpoena sought (the court ruled that the subpoena was applicable to the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions of our broadline distribution centers only and not to our PFG Customized distribution centers). We cooperated with the EEOC on the production of information. In September 2011, the EEOC notified us that the EEOC was terminating the investigation into alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act. In determinations issued in September 2012 by the EEOC with respect to the charges on which the EEOC had based its company-wide investigation, the EEOC concluded that we engaged in a pattern of denying hiring and promotion to a class of female applicants and employees into certain positions within the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions within our broadline division. In June 2013, the EEOC filed suit in federal court in Baltimore against us. The litigation concerns two issues: (1) whether we unlawfully engaged in an ongoing pattern and practice of failing to hire female applicants into operations positions; and (2) whether we unlawfully failed to promote one of the three individuals who filed charges with the EEOC because of her being female. The parties are engaged in discovery. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves. An estimate of potential loss, if any, cannot be determined at this time.

Laumea v. Performance Food Group, Inc. In May 2014, a former employee of our Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the San Bernardino County, California Superior Court against us. We removed the case to the United States District Court for the Central District of California. In September 2014, the plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. There are different counts for which the putative classes differ. The first class is proposed to be all former and current employees employed by our Performance Foodservice and Vistar segments in California in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2010 to the present, or the “California Class.” With respect to the California Class, the lawsuit alleges that we (1) failed to pay overtime as required by California statute, (2) failed to provide meal periods and to pay compensation for such meal periods, (3) failed to provide accurate itemized wage statements, and (4) that we engaged in unfair trade practices by failing to pay overtime or to provide meal periods, or pay compensation in lieu thereof. The lawsuit further alleges the plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. The second putative class is proposed to be all members of the California Class who separated from employment at any time during the period from May 30, 2011 to the present, or the “California Subclass.” With respect to the California Subclass, the lawsuit alleges that we failed to pay all compensation due upon termination of employment and within the period due. The third putative class is proposed to be all current or former employees employed by us in the United States in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011 to the present, or the “Nationwide Class.” With respect to the Nationwide Class, the lawsuit alleges we willfully failed to pay overtime compensation required under the Fair Labor Standards Act.

In June 2015, we engaged in mediation with the plaintiff, subject to the limitation that the interests of the Nationwide Class would not be mediated except to the extent members of the Nationwide Class worked in California during the applicable period, and the plaintiff agreed. The mediator proposed the parties settle the lawsuit on the basis of a settlement fund of $1,350,000, on a claims-made basis with a floor of 60% payout net of attorney fees, administrative fees and enhancements. In July 2015, we indicated our non-binding agreement to the mediator’s proposal, subject to negotiation of a mutually agreeable settlement. The plaintiff also indicated its agreement to the mediator’s proposal. Therefore, this amount was accrued in June 2015. Should the parties fail to negotiate a mutually acceptable agreement, we intend to continue to vigorously defend ourselves.

Perez v. Performance Food Group, Inc., et al. In April 2015, a former employee of our Performance Foodservice—Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against us. We removed the case to the United States District Court for the Northern

90

District of California. In June 2015, the plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. The lawsuit alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all hourly employees in California (excluding drivers) in our Performance Foodservice and Vistar segments that we failed to provide second meal periods and to pay compensation for such meal periods. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees in California (excluding drivers) who earned non-discretionary compensation that we failed to pay all overtime wages due, and to pay all premium wages for missed meal periods, by failing to include all compensation required in the regular rate of pay calculation, and failed to pay wages for all time worked. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees in California (excluding drivers) that we failed to pay out vested vacation time in the form of paid holidays. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees described above that we (1) failed to provide accurate itemized wage statements; (2) failed to pay all compensation due upon termination of employment and within the period due; and (3) engaged in unfair trade practices. Each of the proposed classes for the preceding claims are for the time period from April 20, 2011 to the present. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of all of our hourly employees in the United States (excluding drivers) in non-exempt positions, that we failed to pay appropriate overtime compensation pursuant to our compensation policy, and to keep records required under the Fair Labor Standards Act, for the period from April 20, 2012 to the present. Finally, the lawsuit alleges plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. In July 2015, we filed a Motion to Dismiss or Strike the Complaint. In March 2016, the court granted our motion to dismiss all claims except for the claim alleging we failed to provide accurate wage statements. The court gave the plaintiff 21 days to amend his complaint. The plaintiff filed a second amended complaint on April 13, 2016. The plaintiff’s claims in the second amended complaint include substantially the same claims and allegations as the original lawsuit.

We believe that the exposure created by this lawsuit, if any, is largely duplicative of the exposure, if any, created by the Laumea litigation described above, and that settlement of the Laumea litigation will compromise all but one of the claims of the Perez litigation (failure to pay out vested vacation time in the form of paid holidays). Furthermore, like the Laumea litigation, the Perez litigation includes a nationwide Fair Labor Standards Act cause of action. Because compromise of that claim in the Laumea litigation would be limited to California employees, the same claim in the Perez litigation would not be compromised for non-California employees in the Perez litigation. Except as already stated, we are currently assessing our options regarding defenses of this case.

Contreras v. Performance Food Group, Inc., et al. In June 2014, a former employee of our Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against us. The putative class is proposed to be all drivers employed in any of our California locations in our Performance Foodservice and Vistar segments at any time during the period beginning June 17, 2010 to the present. In August 2014, the plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. The lawsuit alleges that we engaged in unfair trade practices and that we, with respect to the putative class, failed to (1) provide timely off-duty meal and rest breaks and to pay compensation for such breaks as required by California law, (2) pay compensation for all hours worked and to pay a minimum wage for such hours, (3) provide accurate itemized wage statements, (4) pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment, and (5) pay compensation in timely fashion. The lawsuit further alleges that the plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act and that failure to provide meal and rest breaks and to pay a minimum wage for all hours worked constitute unfair business practices.

In June 2015, we engaged in mediation with the plaintiff. The mediator proposed the parties settle the lawsuit on the basis of a fully paid settlement fund of $3,750,000. In July 2015, the parties agreed to the mediator’s proposal, subject to negotiation of a mutually agreeable settlement. Therefore, this amount was accrued in June 2015. The parties executed a settlement agreement which received final approval on May 4, 2016. We anticipate paying out the settlement fund in June 2016.

Vengris v. Performance Food Group, Inc. In May 2015, an employee of our Performance Foodservice—Northern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against us. In July 2015, the Company removed the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The putative class is proposed to be all current and former drivers employed in

91

any of our, our subsidiaries’ or affiliated companies’ California locations since May 2, 2011. The lawsuit alleges that we (1) engaged in wage theft or time shaving by auto-deducting thirty minutes from class members’ work days even if the class members worked during some or all of such meal periods; (2) failed to pay class members for all time worked when class members worked during first or second meal periods; (3) failed to pay premium wages to class members for missed meal periods; (4) failed to provide class members the opportunity to take rest breaks of 10 minutes every four hours and failed to pay premium wage for such missed rest breaks; (5) provided inaccurate wage statements to the class members by failing to account for all hours worked; (6) failed to pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment; and (7) engaged in unlawful, unfair, fraudulent and deceptive business practices by failing to itemize and keep accurate time records and by failing to pay the class members in a lawful manner. In July 2015, we filed a Motion to Dismiss or Strike the Complaint. The court transferred the case to the judge presiding in the Contreras litigation, terminated the motion to dismiss without prejudice and ruled that we will be able to refile the motion, if necessary, in the future. All deadlines in the case have been postponed pending a status conference set for May 2016.

We believe that the exposure created by this lawsuit, if any, is duplicative of the exposure, if any, created by the Contreras litigation described above, and that settlement of the Contreras litigation will compromise the claims of the members of the putative class in Vengris. We are currently assessing our options regarding defense of this case.

92

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names, ages, and positions of our directors and the executive officers of Performance Food Group Company, as of March 26, 2016.

Name	Age		Position
George L. Holm		60	President and Chief Executive Officer; Director
David Flitman		51	Executive Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Performance Foodservice
James Hope		56	Executive Vice President, Operations
Patrick T. Hagerty		57	Senior Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Vistar
Robert D. Evans		56	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Craig H. Hoskins		55	Senior Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of PFG Customized
A. Brent King		47	Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
Carol A. O’Connell		55	Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
Terry A. West		59	Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Douglas M. Steenland		64	Chairman of the Board of Directors
William F. Dawson Jr.		50	Director
Bruce McEvoy		38	Director
Prakash A. Melwani		57	Director
Jeffrey Overly		57	Director
Arthur B. Winkleblack		58	Director
John J. Zillmer		60	Director

George L. Holm has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since September 2002, when he founded the Company and subsequently led the Company through its expansion into the broadline foodservice distribution industry with the PFG acquisition in May 2008. Mr. Holm has also served as a Director since 2002. Prior to joining the Company, he held various senior executive positions with Sysco, Alliant Foodservice, and US Foods.

David Flitman has served as our Executive Vice President and President and Chief Executive Officer of Performance Foodservice since January 2015. Prior to joining the Company, he was Chief Operating Officer and President USA & Mexico of Univar, a global chemical distributor, since January 2014. He joined Univar in December 2012 as President USA with additional responsibility for Univar’s Global Supply Chain & Export Services teams. From November 2011 to September 2012, he served as Executive Vice President and President Water and Process Services at Ecolab, the global leader in water, hygiene and energy technologies and services. From August 2008 to November 2011, Mr. Flitman served as Senior Executive Vice President of Nalco until it was acquired by Ecolab. He also served as President of Allegheny Power from February 2005 to July 2008. In his early career, Mr. Flitman spent nearly 20 years in operational, commercial, and global business leadership positions at DuPont.

James Hope has served as our Executive Vice President, Operations since July 2014. Prior to joining the Company, he was with Sysco for approximately 30 years. His last positions at Sysco were Executive Vice President, Business Transformation from January 2010 to June 2013, Senior Vice President, Business Transformation from January 2009 to December 2009, and Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing from July 2007 to December 2008.

93

Patrick T. Hagerty has served as our Senior Vice President and President and Chief Executive Officer of Vistar since September 2008. From May 2006 to September 2008, he was Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Vistar. From November 1994 to May 2006, he was Vice President, Merchandising with the Company and its predecessor.

Robert D. Evans has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2009. Prior to joining the Company, he was President of Black Diamond Holdings, a start-up manufacturer and retailer of eco-friendly cleaning services from July 2005 to February 2009. From December 2000 to December 2004, he was Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Finance and Development of Giant Foods, a retail supermarket chain in the Baltimore/Washington, D.C. area. He has served as Vice President of Strategy and Corporate Development, Senior Vice President and General Manager of U.S. Ready to Eat Cereal, and Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Kellogg North America and held a series of finance positions at the Frito-Lay division of PepsiCo.

On May 3, 2016, Robert D. Evans notified the Company of his intent to retire from his position as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Mr. Evans’s retirement will be effective on the date that the Company appoints a new Chief Financial Officer. The Company is working with an executive search firm to assist in the search for Mr. Evans’s successor. Following Mr. Evans’s retirement, Mr. Evans will remain available to provide transition and advisory services and consulting services to the Company for a specified period pursuant to a transition agreement with the Company.

Craig H. Hoskins has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Executive Officer and President of PFG Customized since January 2012. He served as Senior Vice President and President and Chief Operating Officer of PFG Customized from July 2011 to December 2011. Prior to that, he served as PFG’s Senior Vice President, Sales from October 2007 to July 2011 and at its predecessor. Prior to that, he served in various operating and customer facing leadership roles with our predecessor since joining in August 1990 as Marketing Manager.

A. Brent King has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since March 17, 2016. Prior to joining the Company, he was Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Tredegar Corporation from October 2008 to March 2016. From October 2005 until October 2008, he served as General Counsel at Hilb Rogal & Hobbs Company. Mr. King was Vice President and Assistant Secretary for Hilb Rogal & Hobbs Company from October 2001 to October 2008. He served as Associate General Counsel for Hilb Rogal & Hobbs Company from October 2001 to October 2005.

Carol A. O’Connell has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since October 2011. Prior to joining the Company, she was Senior Vice President of Global Talent Management for Aramark from February 2008 to October 2011 and Vice President of Human Resources for Aramark’s Business and Industry Group from April 2007 to February 2008. Prior to that, she held various HR leadership roles at General Electric Company from March 1989 to April 2007.

Terry A. West has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since February 2011. Prior to joining the Company, he was with ConAgra Foods, Inc. from May 2000 to February 2011, serving as a Vice President, Information Technology from July 2006 to February 2011. Prior to that, Mr. West served in the United States Army for over 20 years.

Douglas M. Steenland has served as a Director and as Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2010. Mr. Steenland served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Northwest Airlines from 2004 until its merger with Delta on October 29, 2008. Prior to this, Mr. Steenland served in a number of executive positions after joining Northwest Airlines in 1991, including President from 2001 to 2004 and Executive Vice President and Chief Corporate Officer from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Steenland is a director of American International Group, Travelport Limited and Hilton Worldwide Holdings. Mr. Steenland received a B.A. from Calvin College and is a graduate from The George Washington University Law School.

94

William F. Dawson, Jr., has served as a Director since 2002. Mr. Dawson is the Chief Executive Officer of Wellspring. He has served as the chair of Wellspring’s investment committee since 2004. Mr. Dawson has led or co-sponsored several of Wellspring’s most successful investments in distribution, consumer services, business services, healthcare, energy services and industrial companies. Mr. Dawson currently serves on the board of directors of ProAmpac, Tradesmen International, API Heat Transfer, United Sporting Companies, Swift Worldwide Resources, National Seating & Mobility, Qualitor, Inc., Great Lakes Caring, and Crosman Corporation. Prior to joining Wellspring, Mr. Dawson was a partner at Whitney & Co., where he was head of the middle-market buyout group. Prior to that, Mr. Dawson spent 14 years at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation where he was most recently a managing director at DLJ Merchant Banking. He has served on the boards of more than twenty public and private companies during his career. Mr. Dawson received a Bachelor of Science degree from St. Francis College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Bruce McEvoy has served as a Director since 2007. Mr. McEvoy is a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone. Before joining Blackstone in 2006, Mr. McEvoy worked as an Associate at General Atlantic from 2002 to 2004, and was a consultant at McKinsey & Company from 1999 to 2002. Mr. McEvoy graduated from Princeton University and received an MBA from Harvard Business School. Mr. McEvoy currently serves on the boards of directors of GCA Services, Catalent, RGIS Inventory Specialists, Vivint, Vivint Solar, and MB Aerospace.

Prakash A. Melwani has served as a Director since 2007. Mr. Melwani is a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone and is based in New York. He is the Chief Investment Officer of the Private Equity Group and chairs each of its Investment Committees. Since joining Blackstone in 2003, Mr. Melwani has led Blackstone’s investments in Kosmos Energy, Foundation Coal, Texas Genco, Ariel Re, Pinnacle Foods, RGIS Inventory Specialists, and Crocs. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Melwani was a founding partner of Vestar Capital Partners and served as its Chief Investment Officer. Prior to that, he was with the management buyout group at The First Boston Corporation and with N.M. Rothschild & Sons in Hong Kong and London. Mr. Melwani received a First Class Honors degree in Economics from Cambridge University, England, and an MBA with High Distinction from the Harvard Business School, where he graduated as a Baker Scholar and a Loeb Rhodes Fellow. Mr. Melwani serves on the boards of directors of Crocs, Kosmos Energy, RGIS Inventory Specialists, and Blackstone strategic partner, Patria.

Jeffrey Overly has served as our Director since 2013. Mr. Overly is an Operating Partner at The Blackstone Group. Before joining Blackstone in 2008, Mr. Overly was Vice President of Global Fixture Operations at Kohler Company. Prior to that, he served 25 years at General Motors Corporation and Delphi Corporation in numerous operations and engineering positions. Mr. Overly has a BS in Industrial Management from the University of Cincinnati and a Masters in Business from Central Michigan University. Mr. Overly current serves on the board of directors of RGIS, LLC.

Arthur B. Winkleblack has served as a Director since 2015. Mr. Winkleblack retired in June 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the HJ Heinz Company, a global packaged food manufacturer, where he had been employed as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2002. From 1999 through 2001, Mr. Winkleblack was Acting Chief Operating Officer of Perform.com and Chief Executive Officer of Freeride.com at Indigo Capital. Earlier in his career, Mr. Winkleblack held senior management and finance positions at the C. Dean Metropoulos Group, Six Flags Entertainment Corporation, AlliedSignal, Inc. and PepsiCo, Inc. Mr. Winkleblack also provides financial and capital markets consulting services to Ritchie Brothers Auctioneers, an industrial auctioneer, where he serves as the Senior Advisor to the CEO. Mr. Winkleblack currently serves on the board of directors of Church & Dwight Co., Inc.

John J. Zillmer has served as a Director since 2015. Mr. Zillmer joined Univar Inc. in 2009 as President and Chief Executive Officer. In 2012, he stepped down as President and CEO and became Executive Chairman until December 2012 when he retired from Univar. Prior to joining Univar, Mr. Zillmer served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Allied Waste Industries, a solid waste management business, from 2005 until the merger of Allied Waste with Republic Services, Inc. in December 2008. Before Allied Waste, Mr. Zillmer spent 30 years in

95

the managed services industry, most recently as Executive Vice President of ARAMARK Corporation, a provider of food, uniform and support services. During his eighteen-year career with ARAMARK, Mr. Zillmer served as President of ARAMARK’s Business Services division, the International division and the Food and Support Services group. Prior to joining ARAMARK, Mr. Zillmer was employed by Szabo Food Services until Szabo was acquired by ARAMARK in 1986. Mr. Zillmer currently serves on the boards of directors of Ecolab Inc., Reynolds American Inc., and Veritiv Corp.

Our Corporate Governance

We have structured our corporate governance in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. Notable features of our corporate governance include:

• Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms;

• We have independent director representation on our Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees immediately at the time of the offering, and our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors;

• One of our directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC; and

• We have implemented a range of other corporate governance best practices, including placing limits on the number of directorships held by our directors to prevent “overboarding,” and implementing a robust director education program.

Composition of the Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a classified Board of Directors, with three directors in Class I (Messrs. Holm, Winkleblack, and Zillmer), three directors in Class II (Messrs. Overly, and Steenland) and three directors in Class III (Messrs. Dawson, McEvoy, and Melwani). See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law—Classified Board of Directors.” In addition, we are party to a stockholders agreement entered into with certain affiliates of our Sponsors in connection with the IPO. This agreement grants our Sponsors the right to designate nominees to our Board of Directors subject to the maintenance of certain ownership requirements in us. We anticipate that, pursuant to such stockholders agreement, Blackstone will designate an additional nominee. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

Background and Experience of Directors

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Board of Directors focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. Once appointed, directors serve until they resign or are terminated by the stockholders. In particular, the members of our Board of Directors considered the following important characteristics, among others:

• Douglas M. Steenland—we considered Mr. Steenland’s experience in managing large, complex, institutions.

• George L. Holm—we considered Mr. Holm’s experience as an executive in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. Furthermore, we also considered how his additional role as our Chief Executive Officer and President would bring management perspective to board deliberations and provide valuable information about the status of our day-to-day operations.

96

• William F. Dawson Jr.—we considered Mr. Dawson’s significant financial, investment, and operational experience from his involvement in Wellspring’s investments in numerous portfolio companies, as well as his twelve years of experience as a director of the Company and its predecessor.

• Bruce McEvoy—we considered Mr. McEvoy’s knowledge and expertise based on his experiences at Blackstone coupled with his experience as a director of several companies, as well as his management consulting experience.

• Prakash A. Melwani—we considered Mr. Melwani’s significant financial, investment and operational experience from his involvement in Blackstone’s investments in numerous portfolio companies and he has played active roles in overseeing those businesses.

• Jeffrey Overly—we considered Mr. Overly’s significant financial, investment and operational experience from his involvement in Blackstone’s investments in numerous portfolio companies and he has played active roles in overseeing those businesses.

• Arthur B. Winkleblack—we considered Mr. Winkleblack’s substantial executive experience across a broad range of industries. In addition, his nearly twelve years of experience as the Chief Financial Officer of a large, publicly-traded consumer goods company enables him to bring important perspectives to our Board of Directors on performance management, business analytics, compliance, risk management, public reporting, and investor relations.

• John J. Zillmer—we considered Mr. Zillmer’s extensive experience leading both public and private companies in various industries.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight

The Board of Directors has extensive involvement in the oversight of risk management related to us and our business and accomplishes this oversight through the regular reporting to the Board of Directors by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee represents the Board of Directors by periodically reviewing our accounting, reporting and financial practices, including the integrity of our financial statements, the surveillance of administrative and financial controls, and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Through its regular meetings with management, including the finance, legal, internal audit, and information technology functions, the Audit Committee reviews and discusses all significant areas of our business and summarizes for the Board of Directors all areas of risk and the appropriate mitigating factors. In addition, our Board of Directors receives periodic detailed operating performance reviews from management.

Controlled Company Exception

After the completion of this offering, affiliates of Blackstone will beneficially own approximately 47.1% of our common stock and voting power, or 45.4% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. As a result, we will no longer be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. The NYSE rules require that we appoint a majority of independent directors to our Board of Directors within one year of the date we no longer qualify as a “controlled company.” The NYSE rules also require that we have at least one independent director on each of our Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee on the date we no longer qualify as a “controlled company,” at least a majority of independent directors within 90 days of such date and a fully independent Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee within one year of such date.

Pending such determination, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these standards and, depending on the board’s independence determination with respect to our then-current directors, we may be required to add additional directors to our board in order to achieve such compliance within the applicable transition periods.

97

Board Committees

The standing committees of our Board of Directors consist of an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Our president and chief executive officer and other executive officers regularly report to the non-executive directors and the Audit, the Compensation, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls. The director of internal audit report functionally and administratively to our chief financial officer and directly to the Audit Committee. We believe that the leadership structure of our Board of Directors provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities given the controlling interests held by Blackstone.

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee consists of Mr. Winkleblack, who serves as the Chair, and Messrs. Steenland and Zillmer. Each of Messrs. Winkleblack, Steenland, and Zillmer qualifies as an independent director under the NYSE corporate governance standards and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Winkleblack qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.

The purpose of the Audit Committee is to prepare the audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in our proxy statement and to assist our Board of Directors in overseeing and monitoring (1) the quality and integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, (4) the performance of our internal audit function, and (5) the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, which is available on our website.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Melwani, who serves as the Chair, and Messrs. McEvoy, Steenland, and Zillmer. Each of Mr. Steenland and Mr. Zillmer qualifies as an independent director under the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, we are required to have at least a majority of independent members on the Compensation Committee within 90 days from date that we cease to be a “controlled company” and a Compensation Committee that is comprised entirely of independent members within one year from such date.

The purpose of the Compensation Committee is to assist our Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) setting our compensation program and compensation of our executive officers and directors, (2) monitoring our incentive and equity-based compensation plans, and (3) preparing the compensation committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which is available on our website.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Mr. Dawson, who serves as the Chair, and Messrs. Overly and Winkleblack. Mr. Winkleblack qualifies as an independent director under the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, we are required to have at least a majority of independent members on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee within 90 days from date that we cease to be a “controlled company” and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee that is comprised entirely of independent members within one year from such date.

98

The purpose of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is to assist our Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) identifying individuals qualified to become new Board of Directors members, consistent with criteria approved by the Board of Directors, subject to the stockholders agreement with our Sponsors; (2) reviewing the qualifications of incumbent directors to determine whether to recommend them for reelection and selecting, or recommending that the Board of Directors select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders; (3) identifying Board of Directors members qualified to fill vacancies on any Board of Directors committee and recommending that the Board of Directors appoint the identified member or members to the applicable committee, subject to the stockholders agreement with our Sponsors; (4) reviewing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance principles applicable to us; (5) overseeing the evaluation of the Board of Directors and management; and (6) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the committee by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which is available on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee has at any time been one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee. We are parties to certain transactions with the Sponsors described in the “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” section of this prospectus.

Code of Ethics

At the time of the IPO, we adopted a new Code of Business Conduct that applies to all of our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer, which is available on our website. Our Code of Business Conduct is a “code of ethics,” as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. Please note that our Internet website address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our code of ethics on our Internet website.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This section contains a discussion of the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and each of our three other most highly compensated executive officers who served in such capacities at the end of our fiscal year on June 27, 2015, collectively known as the “Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs.”

Our Named Executive Officers for fiscal 2015 were:

• George L. Holm, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

• Robert D. Evans, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

• David Flitman, our Executive Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Performance Foodservice;

• Patrick T. Hagerty, our Senior Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Vistar; and

• James Hope, our Executive Vice President, Operations.

99

Executive Compensation Program Objectives and Overview

Our current executive compensation program is intended to achieve two fundamental objectives: (1) attract, motivate, and retain high caliber talent; and (2) align executive compensation with achievement of our overall business goals, adherence to our core values, and stockholder interests. In structuring our current executive compensation program, we are guided by the following basic philosophies:

Competitive Compensation. Our executive compensation program should provide a fair and competitive compensation opportunity that enables us to attract and retain high caliber executive talent. Executives should be appropriately rewarded for their contributions to our successful performance.

“Pay for Performance.” A significant portion of each executive’s compensation should be “at risk” and tied to overall company, business unit, and individual performance.

Alignment with Stockholder Interests. Executive compensation should be structured to include elements that link executives’ financial rewards to stockholder return.

As described in more detail below, the material elements of our executive compensation program for NEOs include base salary, cash bonus opportunities, a long-term equity incentive opportunity, and broad-based employee benefits. The NEOs may also receive severance payments and other benefits in connection with certain terminations of employment or a change in control of the Company. We believe that each element of our executive compensation program helps us to achieve one or more of our compensation objectives, as illustrated by the table below.

Compensation Element	Compensation Objectives Designed to be Achieved
Base Salary	Recognize ongoing performance of job responsibilities.
Cash Bonus Opportunity	Compensation “at risk” and tied to achievement of business goals.
Long-Term Equity Incentive Opportunity	Align compensation with the creation of stockholder value, and achievement of business goals.
Benefits and Perquisites	Attract and retain high caliber talent and to provide a basic level of protection from health, dental, life and disability risks.
Severance and other Benefits Potentially Payable Upon Certain Terminations of Employment or a Change in Control	Encourage the continued attention and dedication of our executives and provide reasonable individual security to enable our executives to focus on our best interests, particularly when considering strategic alternatives.

These individual compensation elements are intended to create a total compensation package for each NEO that we believe achieves our compensation objectives and provides competitive compensation opportunities.

Compensation Determination Process

The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Committee”) is responsible for establishing, maintaining, and administering our compensation and benefit policies. The Committee takes into account our President and Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations regarding the compensatory arrangements for our executive officers other than himself. For fiscal 2015, our President and Chief Executive Officer provided the final compensation recommendations for our Named Executive Officers to the Committee for review and approval. The other NEOs do not have any role in determining or recommending the form or amount of compensation paid to our NEOs. Our President and Chief Executive Officer is not a member of the Committee and does not participate in deliberations regarding his compensation.

100

Other than with respect to Mr. Flitman as described below, in fiscal 2015, the Committee did not use any compensation consultants in making its compensation determinations and has not benchmarked any of its compensation determinations against a peer group.

To assist the Committee in determining the form and amount of compensation offered to Mr. Flitman in connection with his commencement of employment, Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (“FW Cook”), an independent compensation consulting firm, provided the Committee with executive compensation data from a peer group composed of the following companies: Applied Industrial Technologies, Inc., Aramark, The Chefs’ Warehouse, Inc., Compass Group North America, Dean Foods Company, W.W. Grainger, Inc., The Hain Celestial Group, Inc., MRC Global Inc., Pilgrim’s Pride Corporation, Snyder’s-Lance, Inc., SpartanNash Company, Supervalu Inc., Sysco Corporation, United Natural Foods, Inc. and Wesco International, Inc. This peer group is composed of companies of appropriate size and similar stature in our industry. In determining Mr. Flitman’s total target direct compensation (total target annual compensation and target long-term equity incentive awards), the Committee reviewed the peer group data provided by FW Cook and used it as a reference point to understand compensation trends for executives who serve at a similar level. The Committee did not use this information to numerically benchmark Mr. Flitman’s compensation against the peer group.

In addition, in connection with our IPO, the Committee retained FW Cook to advise on executive and non-employee director (other than a director employed by our Sponsors) compensation. FW Cook assisted the Committee in conducting a review of the competitiveness of our executive and director compensation programs, designing our post-IPO long-term equity incentive award program and determining the size of the initial long-term equity incentive grants made to certain officers and employees, including all of our NEOs (other than Mr. Flitman) in connection with our IPO. FW Cook evaluated the competitiveness of our executive and director compensation programs using peer group compensation data of the peer group companies identified above. In fiscal 2016, to assist the Committee in its review and evaluation of a new long-term equity incentive award program, FW Cook provided the Committee with the key structural features of the long-term equity incentive award programs of the peer group companies identified above. With input from FW Cook, the Committee utilized the peer group information to design the structure of our post-IPO long-term equity incentive award program. See “Compensation Actions Taken in Fiscal 2016—Post IPO Compensation” and “—New Long-Term Equity Incentive Program” below for additional details on post-IPO compensation determinations and the new long-term equity incentive program.

Employment Agreements

We do not have formal employment agreements with any of our NEOs other than Mr. Holm. However, we typically enter into offer letters with our executive officers. In connection with the commencement of their employment in 2009, 2015, 1994, and 2014, respectively, we entered into offer letters with Messrs. Evans, Flitman, Hagerty and Hope, setting forth their initial compensation and benefits. A full description of the material terms of Mr. Holm’s employment agreement and Mr. Flitman’s offer letter are presented below in the narrative section following the Grants of Plan Based Awards in Fiscal 2015 table.

Executive Compensation Program Elements

Base Salaries

Base salaries are an important element of compensation because they provide the NEOs with a base level of income intended to reflect the scope and responsibilities of each NEO’s duties. Generally our NEOs are eligible for an adjustment to their base salaries each year at the discretion of the Committee. Adjustments may occur earlier or later depending on performance and market competitiveness. During fiscal 2015, in recognition of their performance, we adjusted the salary of each of Mr. Evans (from $420,000 to $441,000, effective September 1, 2014) and Mr. Hagerty (from $315,000 to $330,750, effective September 1, 2014). Each of Messrs. Flitman’s and Hope’s salary for fiscal 2015 was based on the terms of their respective offer letters. The Summary

101

Compensation Table below shows the base salary paid to each NEO along with base salary adjustments during fiscal 2015 and reflects, as to each of Messrs. Flitman and Hope, the period of fiscal 2015 during which they were employed by the Company.

Cash Bonus Opportunities

Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity

We sponsor a management incentive plan (the “MIP”). All of our NEOs are eligible to participate in the MIP. The primary purpose of the MIP is to focus management on key measures that drive financial performance and provide competitive bonus opportunities tied to the achievement of our financial and strategic growth objectives.

Fiscal 2015 MIP

A target annual bonus, expressed as a percentage of base salary, is established within certain NEOs’ employment agreements or offer letters and may be adjusted from time to time by the Committee in connection with an NEO’s promotion or performance. The target annual bonus for fiscal 2015 for each of the NEOs, other than Mr. Flitman, was 100% of their respective base salary. Mr. Flitman commenced employment with the Company in January 2015 and pursuant to the terms of his offer letter he is not eligible for a fiscal 2015 MIP award. For our NEOs at the corporate level, including Messrs. Holm, Evans and Hope, the MIP award, which is a cash bonus, is tied to our overall financial results as measured by our Adjusted EBITDA (excluding certain adjustments). For our NEO at the segment level, Mr. Hagerty, the MIP award is tied both to our overall financial results as measured by our Adjusted EBITDA and to Adjusted EBITDA for our Vistar segment (excluding certain adjustments). We believe that tying part or all of the NEOs’ bonuses to company-wide performance goals encourages collaboration across the executive leadership team while tying part of Mr. Hagerty’s bonus to Adjusted EBITDA for his segment also rewards him for achievements with respect to his business unit. We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of financial performance because we believe that it provides a reliable indicator of our strategic growth and the strength of our cash flow and overall financial results.

Actual amounts paid to our NEOs at the corporate level under the fiscal 2015 MIP were calculated by multiplying each such NEO’s target annual bonus for 2015 (which is 100% of base salary in effect at fiscal year-end, prorated as to Mr. Hope for the period in fiscal 2015 during which he was employed by the Company) by a payout percentage based on our actual achievement relative to our overall Adjusted EBITDA performance objective.

During fiscal 2015, in order to enhance retention incentives, the Committee determined it was appropriate to adjust the MIP scale for the corporate level by increasing the threshold payout percentage from 15% to 50% where overall Adjusted EBITDA achieved is 94% of the performance target (increased from 92% for the fiscal 2014 MIP) and by decreasing the Adjusted EBITDA achievement percentage required for the maximum level from 105% to 103%.

The payout percentage was determined by calculating our actual achievement against the overall Adjusted EBITDA performance target based on the pre-established scale set forth in the following table:

Performance Food Group—All Segments
% Attainment of Performance Target	Payout Percentage
Less than 94%		0.0	%
94%		50.0	%
100%		100.0	%
103% or above		133.0	%

102

Based on the pre-established scale set forth above, no cash incentive award would have been paid to our NEOs at the corporate level unless our actual performance for fiscal 2015 was at or above 94% of our overall Adjusted EBITDA target. If our actual performance was 94% of target, they would have been entitled to 50% of their respective target bonus amounts. If our actual performance was 103% or more of target, they would have been entitled to 133.0% of their respective target bonus amounts, with the exception of Mr. Hope, as described below. For performance percentages between these levels, the resulting payout percentage would be adjusted on a linear basis. For example, if our actual performance was between 94% and 100% of target Adjusted EBITDA, a $1 million increase in Adjusted EBITDA would have resulted in a 2.5% increase in the payout percentage. If actual performance was between 100% and 103% of target Adjusted EBITDA, a $1 million increase in Adjusted EBITDA would have resulted in a 3.3% increase in the payout percentage. In addition, an incentive payment may be adjusted downward for documented performance-related reasons. The maximum bonus potential for our NEOs at the corporate level, other than Mr. Hope was capped at 133.0% of their respective target bonus amounts. For fiscal 2015, Mr. Hope’s maximum bonus potential was capped at his target bonus amount. The overall Adjusted EBITDA performance target for fiscal 2015 was $340 million.

For fiscal 2015, the actual overall Adjusted EBITDA resulted in a payout percentage of 68.25% of the target bonus amounts of our NEOs at the corporate level under the fiscal 2015 MIP. The following table illustrates the calculation of the annual cash bonus payable to each of Messrs. Holm, Evans and Hope under the fiscal 2015 MIP in light of these performance results.

Name	2015 Base Salary		Target Bonus%			Target Bonus Amount		Overall Payout Percentage			Actual Bonus Paid
George L. Holm	$	1,000,000		100	%	$	1,000,000		68.25	%	$	682,500
Robert D. Evans	$	441,000		100	%	$	441,000		68.25	%	$	300,983
James Hope(1)	$	282,692		100	%	$	282,692		68.25	%	$	195,214

(1) Mr. Hope’s base salary for purposes of the fiscal 2015 MIP was prorated for the period in fiscal 2015 during which he was employed by the Company.

Actual amounts paid to Mr. Hagerty under the fiscal 2015 MIP were calculated by multiplying his target annual bonus for 2015 (which is 100% of base salary in effect at fiscal year-end) by a weighted achievement factor determined by the sum of (1) the applicable segment Adjusted EBITDA achievement factor (75% multiplied by the Vistar segment Adjusted EBITDA payout percentage) and (2) the overall Adjusted EBITDA achievement factor (25% multiplied by the overall Adjusted EBITDA payout percentage).

During 2015, as with the MIP scale for the corporate level, the Committee determined it was appropriate to adjust the MIP scale for the Vistar segment by reducing the threshold attainment percentage at which a payout would be made to 92.4% of target (reduced from 97.4% for the fiscal 2014 MIP).

The overall Adjusted EBITDA achievement factor was determined by calculating our actual achievement against the overall Adjusted EBITDA performance target based on the pre-established scale set forth in the table above. The Adjusted EBITDA achievement factor for the Vistar segment was determined by Mr. Hagerty’s segment achievement against the applicable segment Adjusted EBITDA performance target based on the pre-established scale set forth in the following table:

Vistar Segment (Mr. Hagerty)
% Attainment of Performance Target	Payout Percentage
Less than 92.4%		0.0	%
92.4%		25.0	%
100.0%		100.0	%

103

Based on the pre-established scales set forth above, no cash incentive award would have been paid to Mr. Hagerty unless our actual performance for fiscal 2015 was at or above 94% of our overall Adjusted EBITDA target or actual performance was at or above 92.4% of the target Adjusted EBITDA for our Vistar segment. For performance percentages between the levels set forth above, the resulting payout percentage would be adjusted on a linear basis. Under the payout scale for our Vistar segment, an increase of $102,000 of the segment’s target Adjusted EBITDA would have resulted in a 1% increase in the payout percentage. The maximum bonus potential for Mr. Hagerty was capped at 108.3% of his target bonus amount. An incentive payment may be adjusted downward for documented performance-related reasons. For fiscal 2015, the Adjusted EBITDA performance target for our Vistar segment was $101 million.

For fiscal 2015, the actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved for our Vistar segment resulted in an achievement factor of 100% and a weighted achievement factor of 92.06% when combined with the overall Adjusted EBITDA payout percentage of 68.25%. The following table illustrates the calculation of the annual cash incentive awards payable to Mr. Hagerty under the fiscal 2015 MIP in light of these performance results.

Name	2015 Base Salary		Target Bonus %			Target Bonus Amount		Segment Payout Percentage			Overall Payout Percentage			Weighted Achievement Factor			Actual Bonus Paid
Patrick T. Hagerty	$	330,750		100	%	$	330,750		100	%		68.25	%		92.06	%	$	304,497

Sign-on Bonuses

From time to time, the Committee may award sign-on bonuses in connection with the commencement of an NEO’s employment with us. Sign-on bonuses are used only when necessary to attract highly skilled officers to the Company. Generally they are used to provide an incentive to candidates to leave their current employers or may be used to offset the loss of unvested compensation that they may forfeit as a result of leaving their current employers. Sign-on bonuses are typically subject to a clawback obligation if the officer voluntarily terminates his employment with us within twelve months of the employment commencement date.

Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, in February 2015, Mr. Flitman received a lump-sum sign-on bonus of $600,000, which bonus was subject to forfeiture if his employment was terminated by the Company for “cause”, voluntarily by Mr. Flitman other than for “good reason” or due to “disability” (as such terms are defined in the Company’s Senior Management Severance Plan, as modified by Mr. Flitman’s offer letter) before January 19, 2016. In addition to this sign-on bonus, Mr. Flitman also received a restricted cash award of $1,500,000 in consideration for amounts he would have otherwise been entitled to receive from his former employer. This restricted cash award vests in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of his commencement of employment, subject to his continued employment through the applicable vesting date, and, if vested, is payable on the fourth anniversary of Mr. Flitman’s commencement of employment. Additional information regarding this restricted cash award is described under “Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman” and “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Hope received a sign-on bonus of $400,000, payable in two equal installments, the first of which was paid in August 2014 and the second of which was paid in July 2015. If Mr. Hope’s employment is terminated voluntarily or involuntarily with cause before July 14, 2016, Mr. Hope will be required to repay us the second installment of his sign-on bonus.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards

We believe that the NEOs’ long-term compensation should be directly linked to the value we deliver to our stockholders. Equity awards to the NEOs are designed to provide long-term incentive opportunities over a period of several years. Stock options have been our preferred equity award because the options will not have any value unless the underlying shares of common stock appreciate in value following the grant date. Accordingly, awarding stock options causes more compensation to be “at risk” and further aligns our executive compensation

104

with our long-term profitability and the creation of shareholder value. Our 2007 Amended and Restated Management Option Plan (the “2007 Stock Option Plan”) does not permit us to grant any type of equity-based award other than nonqualified stock options. See “Description of Outstanding Equity-Based Awards” and “—Amendments to 2007 Stock Option Plan” below for a description of the material terms of the options that we have granted to our NEOs pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan.

In connection with his commencement of employment, in fiscal 2015, we granted Mr. Hope 72,750 options under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the material terms of which are consistent with the option awards previously granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan and described under “Description of Outstanding Equity-Based Awards” below. No other NEO was granted options in fiscal 2015, however, in connection with his commencement of employment, and pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Flitman was entitled to receive two equity awards, one buyout award in an amount of 89,483 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) in consideration for amounts he would have otherwise been entitled to receive from his former employer and another grant in an amount of 178,967 RSUs as part his fiscal 2015 compensation package. Each of these awards was granted in July 2015 under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which we adopted in July 2015, and the material terms of such awards are described under “Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman.” For a description of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan see “—Equity Incentive Plans—2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan” below. The initial grant of 178,967 RSUs is designed to provide sufficient long-term incentive such that the Company does not expect to grant Mr. Flitman another equity award until after the third anniversary of his start date, at which time Mr. Flitman will be eligible for annual long-term incentive grants as and when such awards are granted to other senior executives.

Another key component of our long-term equity incentive program prior to our IPO was that NEOs and other eligible employees were provided with the opportunity to invest in our common stock on the same general terms as our then existing owners. We considered this investment opportunity an important part of our equity program because it encouraged stock ownership and aligned the NEOs’ financial interests with those of our stockholders.

The amounts of each NEO’s investment opportunity and equity award, as applicable, were determined based on several factors, including: (1) each NEO’s position and expected contribution to our future growth; (2) dilution effects on our stockholders and the need to maintain the availability of an appropriate number of shares for option awards to less-senior employees; (3) ensuring that the NEOs were provided with appropriate and competitive total long-term equity compensation and total compensation amounts; and (4) as to Mr. Flitman, to make him whole with respect to amounts he would have been entitled to receive from his former employer.

Benefits and Perquisites

We provide to all our employees, including our Named Executive Officers, broad-based benefits that are intended to attract and retain employees while providing them with retirement and health and welfare security. Broad-based employee benefits include:

• a 401(k) savings plan;

• medical, dental, vision, life, and accident insurance, disability coverage, dependent care and healthcare flexible spending accounts; and

• employee assistance program benefits.

We maintain a qualified contributory retirement plan (the “401(k) plan”) that is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Eligible employees, including our Named Executive Officers, may contribute up to 50% of their eligible compensation, subject to statutory limits imposed by the Code. We are also permitted to make profit sharing contributions and matching contributions, and currently provide for matching contributions equal to 100% of employee contributions up to 3.5% of eligible compensation. Our contributions to the plan are determined

105

annually by the Board of Directors of the Company, subject to certain minimum requirements specified in the plan. All matching contributions by us become vested on the four-year anniversary of the participant’s hire date. As of January 1, 2009, the 401(k) plan merged with the Self-Directed Tax Advantaged Retirement (STAR) Plan of PFGC, Inc. Employees employed on or before December 31, 2008 are also eligible for an annual contribution based on the employee’s salary and years of service (a “STAR Contribution”). Messrs. Holm and Hagerty are eligible to receive the additional STAR Contributions.

In addition, at no cost to the employee, we provide an amount of basic life and accident insurance coverage valued at one times annual salary to a maximum of $1 million combined benefit.

We also provide our executive officers with limited perquisites and personal benefits that are not generally available to all employees, such as an annual auto allowance, reimbursement of relocation expenses and temporary housing allowances. We provide these limited perquisites and personal benefits in order to further our goal of attracting and retaining our executive officers. The benefits and perquisites not generally available to all employees provided to our NEOs in fiscal 2015 are reflected in the All Other Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table and the accompanying footnote in accordance with SEC rules.

Severance and Other Benefits

We believe that severance protections can play a valuable role in attracting and retaining high caliber talent. In the competitive market for executive talent, we believe severance payments and other termination benefits are an effective way to offer executives financial security to offset the risk of foregoing an opportunity with another company. Consistent with our objective of using severance payments and benefits to attract and retain executives, our Senior Management Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) provides our executives with severance benefits that we believe will permit us to attract and/or continue to employ high caliber talent.

Each of our Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Holm, whose employment agreement contains separate severance terms, is eligible for the Severance Plan benefits under the terms of the Severance Plan, as modified by Mr. Flitman’s offer letter and the severance letter agreements we have entered into with Messrs. Evans, Hagerty and Hope (the “Severance Letter Agreements”). Mr. Holm is eligible for severance benefits under the terms of his employment agreement. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for descriptions of these arrangements.

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code

We expect to be able to claim the benefit of a special exemption rule that applies to compensation paid (or compensation in respect of equity awards such as stock options or restricted stock granted) during a specified transition period following our IPO. This transition period may extend until the first annual stockholders meeting that occurs after the end of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which our IPO occurred, unless the transition period is terminated earlier under the Section 162(m) of the Code post-offering transition rules. At such time as we are subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code, we expect that the Committee will take the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code into account in its compensation decisions; however, the Committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that are not exempt under Section 162(m) of the Code when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract or retain talent.

Compensation Actions Taken in Fiscal 2016

Amendments to 2007 Stock Option Plan

In July 2015, our board of directors approved amendments to the 2007 Stock Option Plan to modify the vesting terms of all of the time and performance-vesting options granted pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan. These time and performance vesting options will continue to vest based on a combination of time and performance vesting conditions. The time-based vesting condition did not change and will continue to be

106

satisfied with respect to 20% of the shares underlying these options annually, based on the participant’s continued employment with the Company. The performance-based vesting condition will now be satisfied on the first to occur of any of the following events (prior to the amendments, the time and performance-vesting options only “performance vested” in the event that the criteria in the third and fourth bullets below were satisfied):

• the individual remains employed by the Company through March 12, 2019 (or the fourth anniversary of the grant date, if later), unless, prior to such date, both (1) the Sponsors have disposed of all of their equity securities in the Company and (2) the performance criteria set forth below are not satisfied; or

• the individual remains employed by the Company on the date that both (1) all “sponsor inflows” and “sponsor outflows” result in an internal rate of return of at least 12% and (2) all “sponsor inflows” equal or exceed 200% (for one half of the options) or 250% (for the other half of the options) of the “sponsor outflows” (with “sponsor inflows” defined to include cash payments received by Blackstone and Wellspring (excluding management and transaction fees and expense reimbursements) for our equity securities (including securities that are convertible into equity securities) from August 24, 2007 until the relevant measurement date and “sponsor outflows” defined to include Blackstone and Wellspring’s cash payments for equity securities (including securities that are convertible into equity securities) from August 24, 2007 until the relevant measurement date); or

• upon a change in control if, as of the relevant measurement date, both (1) all “sponsor inflows” and “sponsor outflows” result in an internal rate of return of at least 17.5% (for one half of the options) or 22.5% (for the other half of the options) and (2) all “sponsor inflows” equal or exceed 200% (for one half of the options) or 250% (for the other half of the options) of the “sponsor outflows” (with “sponsor inflows” in this case defined to treat any shares that have not yet been sold as “cash” in an amount equal to the value for such shares implied by such change in control); or

• if, as of the 90^th consecutive trading day following the IPO, both (1) all “sponsor inflows” and “sponsor outflows” result in an internal rate of return of at least 17.5% (for one half of the options) or 22.5% (for the other half of the options) and (2) all “sponsor inflows” equal or exceed 200% (for one half of the options) or 250% (for the other half of the options) of the “sponsor outflows” (with “sponsor inflows” in this case defined to treat any shares that have not yet been sold as “cash” in an amount equal to the weighted average (by dollar volume) of the closing trading price for each of the 90 trading days).

The Early Exercise Offer

As part of the amendments to the 2007 Stock Option Plan, we further evaluated our outstanding options as part of a review of our executive compensation and employee benefit arrangements on behalf of and under the supervision of our Board of Directors, and in light of the fact that certain grants of options have performance targets that may not be met before the expiration of such options. In July 2015, we determined to allow eligible individuals holding unvested time and performance-vesting options, including all of the NEOs (other than Mr. Flitman, who has no outstanding option awards), the right to exercise such options into restricted shares of our common stock and receive a new grant of time and performance-vesting options to purchase shares of our common stock (collectively, the “Early Exercise”). We believe that the Early Exercise is better suited to meeting our objectives of promoting long-term profitability, will foster retention of our valuable employees and better aligns the interests of our employees and stockholders to maximize stockholder value.

Therefore, in August 2015, we provided an opportunity to all eligible option holders, including all of the NEOs (other than Mr. Flitman who has no outstanding options), to exercise their unvested time and performance-vesting options into restricted shares of our common stock (pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan) and to receive a grant of new time and performance-vesting options, each with the new vesting terms described above. Eligible option holders who elected to participate in the Early Exercise received the same number of total restricted shares and new options as the number of shares of our common stock previously underlying the eligible options. The number of restricted shares of our common stock issued and new time and performance-vesting options granted were based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of issuance and

107

grant. In addition, each new option has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. All of the NEOs (other than Mr. Flitman, who has no outstanding options) elected to participate in the Early Exercise. Pursuant to the Early Exercise, approximately 3.73 million options were replaced with approximately 2.27 million shares of restricted stock and approximately 1.46 million new options for the individuals who elected to participate in the Early Exercise, including the NEOs who elected to participate. Pursuant to the early exercise, we issued 562,922 shares of restricted stock to Mr. Holm, 52,678 shares of restricted stock to Mr. Evans, 93,908 shares of restricted stock to Mr. Hagerty, and 5,710 shares of restricted stock to Mr. Hope.

Adoption of the Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In July 2015, our Board of Directors adopted, and in August 2015 our stockholders approved, an Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “—Equity Incentive Plans—2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan” below for a description of the material terms of the plan.

Post-IPO Compensation

As discussed above, FW Cook evaluated the competitiveness of our executive compensation program using the peer group compensation data. FW Cook compared total target direct compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel against executives holding the same title and position amongst the peer group companies. Our executive officers without an exact functional position match were compared against peer group executives based upon relative pay rank. Based on this evaluation, FW Cook recommended, and the Committee determined, to set total target direct compensation at levels that approximate the median of the peer group. As a result, the Committee determined not to change target bonus levels for any of our executive officers and to increase the base salaries for Messrs. Evans, Hagerty and Hope, effective upon the completion of our IPO, as follows: Mr. Evans (from $441,000 to $460,000), Mr. Hagerty (from $330,750 to $380,000) and Mr. Hope (from $300,000 to $500,000). In addition, FW Cook recommended, and the Committee approved, target long-term equity incentive award guidelines based on a percentage of base salary for each of the NEOs as follows: Mr. Holm, 350% of base salary; Messrs. Flitman and Hope, 150% of base salary; and Messrs. Evans and Hagerty, 130% of base salary. Actual long-term equity incentive-awards may differ from the target percentages based upon discretionary performance factors as determined by the Committee.

At the time of the IPO, we also made initial long-term equity incentive grants (the “IPO Grants”) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive to certain officers and employees, including the NEOs (other than Mr. Flitman), which are structured the same way and with the same total target grant values as the annual grants we expect to commence in fiscal 2017 under the new long-term equity incentive program. As discussed above, Mr. Flitman’s initial grant of RSUs pursuant to his Equity Award is designed to provide sufficient long-term incentive such that the Company does not expect to grant Mr. Flitman another equity award until after the third anniversary of his start date, at which time Mr. Flitman will be eligible for annual long-term incentive grants as and when such awards are granted to other senior executives. See “—New Long-Term Equity Incentive Program” below for additional details on the new long-term equity incentive program.

The following table sets forth the amounts of the IPO Grants for each of our NEOs (other than Mr. Flitman), which amounts were translated into a number of performance shares, restricted stock, and stock options by dividing the dollar amount by $19.00, which was the public offering price per share in the IPO. The amounts shown for each NEO in respect of the performance shares assume performance at the target level.

Name	Performance Shares		Restricted Stock		Stock Options
George L. Holm	$	1,666,666	$	1,666,668	$	1,666,666
Robert D. Evans	$	193,333	$	193,334	$	193,333
Patrick T. Hagerty	$	164,666	$	164,668	$	164,666
James Hope	$	250,000	$	250,000	$	250,000

108

New Long-Term Equity Incentive Program

After reviewing peer group market data provided by FW Cook, the Committee determined to commence a new long-term equity incentive program in fiscal 2017 with annual grants that provide a mix of performance shares, time-based stock options and time-based restricted stock with 33%, 33% and 33% value-based weightings. This new long-term equity incentive program is informed by the peer group and broader public company practice and is consistent with our compensation objective of providing a long-term equity incentive opportunity that aligns compensation with the creation of stockholder value and achievement of business goals. The IPO Grants described above were structured the same way as we expect grants under the new long-term equity incentive plan to be structured. Subject to the recipient’s continued service with the Company through each applicable vesting date, one fourth of the shares subject to stock options and one fourth of the time-based restricted stock will vest on June 30, 2018 in the case of the IPO Grants, or in the case of future grants, each one-year anniversary following the date of grant. The performance shares will vest on the third anniversary of the start of the performance period, subject to the recipient’s continued service with the Company through the applicable vesting date, if the applicable performance goals, which are based on return on invested capital and relative total shareholder return, are attained.

On a “change in control,” any outstanding and unvested stock options and time-based restricted stock will become fully vested to the extent the acquiring or successor entity does not assume, continue or substitute for the stock options and time-based restricted stock. If the recipient’s employment is terminated by us without cause or the recipient resigns with good reason within eighteen (18) months following a “change in control,” any outstanding and unvested stock options and time-based restricted stock will become fully vested (to the extent the acquiring or successor entity assumes, continues or substitutes for the stock options and time-based restricted stock). On a “change in control,” any outstanding and unvested performance shares will be converted to time-based restricted stock that will vest on June 30, 2018 in the case of the IPO Grants, or in the case of future grants, the third anniversary of the date of grant (“Converted Awards”). Such conversion will be based on the target award opportunity if the “change in control” occurs prior to the 18-month anniversary of the start of the performance period or after the 18-month anniversary of the start of the performance period if the actual performance is not measurable on the date of the “change in control”; otherwise, the conversion will be based on the actual performance at the time of the “change in control.” Vesting of the Converted Awards will be accelerated if the acquiring or successor entity does not assume, continue or substitute for the Converted Awards or if the recipient’s employment is terminated by us without cause or the recipient resigns with good reason within eighteen (18) months following a “change in control” (to the extent the acquiring or successor entity assumes, continues or substitutes for the stock options and restricted stock).

Any outstanding and unvested stock options and time-based restricted stock will become fully vested in the event of the recipient’s termination of employment by the recipient due to death or disability. Any outstanding and unvested performance shares will pay out pro-rata based on actual performance at the end of the performance period in the event of the recipient’s termination of employment by the recipient due to death or disability. Upon any other termination of employment, all unvested stock options, time-based restricted stock and performance shares will be forfeited.

Grants of Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Cash Awards to Mr. Flitman

In July 2015, pursuant to the terms of Mr. Flitman’s offer letter, we granted him awards of restricted stock units and restricted cash pursuant to our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “—Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman” below for a description of the material terms of the awards.

Retirement of Robert D. Evans

On May 3, 2016, Robert D. Evans notified us of his intent to retire from his position as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Mr. Evans’s retirement will be effective on the date that we appoint a new Chief Financial Officer (the “Effective Date”). We are working with an executive search firm to assist in the search for Mr. Evans’s successor. Following Mr. Evans’s retirement, Mr. Evans will remain

109

available to provide transition and advisory services to us pursuant to the transition agreement described below from the Effective Date until the earlier of (1) September 30, 2016, (2) the date that our Chief Executive Officer determines that transition services are no longer necessary and (3) Mr. Evans’s death or permanent Disability (as defined in the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan) (such date, the “Termination Date”).

On May 3, 2016, we entered into a transition agreement with Mr. Evans (the “Transition Agreement”).

Pursuant to the Transition Agreement, Mr. Evans will continue to receive his current base salary and remain eligible to receive an annual bonus through the Termination Date. Following the Termination Date and for a period of one year, Mr. Evans will provide consulting services to us, for which we will pay Mr. Evans a consulting fee of $460,000.

Subject to Mr. Evans’ continued compliance with certain restrictive covenants and the execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Evans will be entitled to the following: (1) an amount equal to $525,000, payable over 12 months; (2) an annual bonus for fiscal 2016 (either full or pro-rated depending on whether the Termination Date occurs prior to or after the completion of fiscal year 2016) based on our achievement of performance targets, payable when such annual bonuses are paid to other Company executives; (3) a pro-rated annual bonus for fiscal 2017 based on our achievement of performance targets, payable when such annual bonuses are paid to other Company executives (assuming the Termination Date occurs after the beginning of fiscal 2017); (4) payments for annual fees for participation in our executive health programs for two years; (5) all unvested options and shares of restricted stock granted pursuant to the 2007 Option Plan will remain outstanding and eligible to vest subject to the achievement of the “performance vesting” conditions described in the 2007 Option Plan; (6) vesting of 25% of the options and time based restricted stock granted pursuant to the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, with the remaining 75% of such awards expiring as of the date of the Transition Agreement; and (7) the target number of performance shares granted pursuant to the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be reduced by 75% and expire as of the date of the Transition Agreement and up to 25% of the remaining target number of performance shares will remain eligible to vest based on the achievement of performance targets, as determined on June 30, 2018.

The Transition Agreement contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite non-disparagement covenant and requires Mr. Evans’ continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in the 2007 Plan.

The foregoing summary description of the terms of the Transition Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Transition Agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

110

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and each of our other NEOs.

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)(1)		Bonus ($)(2)		Option Awards ($)(3)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(4)		All Other Compensation ($)(5)		Total ($)
George L. Holm		2015		1,000,000		—		—		682,500		31,800		1,714,300
President and Chief Executive Officer		2014		976,058		—		—		409,160		33,037		1,418,255
Robert D. Evans		2015		436,962		—		—		300,983		27,467		765,412
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer		2014		418,077		—		—		171,847		27,697		617,621
David Flitman		2015		296,154		600,000		—		—		43,194		939,348
Executive Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer, Performance Foodservice
Patrick T. Hagerty		2015		327,721		—		—		304,497		40,376		672,594
Senior Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer, Vistar		2014		312,115		—		—		268,459		40,383		620,957
James Hope		2015		282,692		200,000		103,500		195,214		66,000		847,406
Executive Vice President, Operations

(1) Our practice is to review executive compensation in the first quarter of each fiscal year. As a result of our annual review, effective September 1, 2014, Mr. Evans’s base salary increased from $420,000 to $441,000 and Mr. Hagerty’s base salary increased from $315,000 to $330,750.

(2) Represents the sign-on bonuses paid in fiscal 2015 pursuant Messrs. Flitman’s and Hope’s respective offer letters. Each sign-on bonus is subject to a clawback obligation as described in further detail under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis— Executive Compensation Program Elements—Cash Bonus Opportunities—Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity—Sign-on Bonuses” above.

(3) Represents the grant date fair value of the options granted to Mr. Hope computed in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, using the assumptions discussed in Note 18, “Stock Compensation,” of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The grant date fair value of the options that vest according time and performance criteria was computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 based upon the probable outcome of the performance conditions as of the grant date. Achievement of the performance conditions for the options that vest according time and performance-vesting criteria was not deemed probable on the date of grant, and, accordingly, pursuant to the SEC’s disclosure rules, no value is included in this table for those awards.

(4) Reflects amounts earned under our MIP.

(5) Amounts reported under All Other Compensation for fiscal 2015 include contributions to our 401(k) plan on behalf of our Named Executive Officers, including annual STAR Contributions under our 401(k) plan, as follows: Mr. Holm, annual STAR Contribution of $7,800; Mr. Evans, matching contribution of $9,467; Mr. Hagerty, matching contribution of $9,376 and annual STAR Contribution of $13,000; and Mr. Hope, matching contribution of $7,673. Amounts reported for each Named Executive Officer also include annual auto allowances (except as to Mr. Flitman who receives no auto allowance), as well as amounts with respect to the payment of life insurance premiums. Amount reported for Mr. Flitman also includes reimbursement for attorney’s fees incurred in connection with the negotiation of the terms of his offer letter, payment of relocation expenses and $15,158 in tax gross-up payments with respect to such fees and expenses. Amount reported for Mr. Hope also includes payment of $26,979 in relocation expenses and a $13,348 tax gross-up payment with respect to such expenses.

111

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2015

The following table provides supplemental information relating to grants of plan-based awards made during fiscal 2015 to help explain information provided above in our Summary Compensation Table. This table presents information regarding all grants of plan-based awards occurring during fiscal 2015.

			Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)						Estimated Possible Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2)						All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#)		All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#)		Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh)		Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(3)
Name	Grant Date		Threshold ($)		Target ($)		Maximum ($)		Threshold (#)		Target (#)		Maximum (#)
George L. Holm			$	500,000	$	1,000,000	$	1,330,000
Robert D. Evans			$	220,500	$	441,000	$	586,530
David Flitman				—		—		—
Patrick T. Hagerty			$	103,360	$	330,750	$	358,037
James Hope			$	143,014	$	282,692	$	282,692
		3/12/2015								24,250		48,500		48,500		—		24,250		16.76		103,500

(1) Figures represent awards payable under our Management Incentive Plan (MIP). Mr. Flitman was not eligible for a fiscal 2015 MIP award and amounts reported for Mr. Hope reflect a prorated MIP award for the period in fiscal 2015 during which he was employed by the Company. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Executive Compensation Program Elements—Cash Bonus Opportunities—Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity” above for a description of our MIP.

(2) As described in further detail under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Executive Compensation Program Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards” above and “Description of Equity-Based Awards” below, one third of the options granted are subject solely to time-based vesting restrictions and two thirds of the options granted vest based on time and performance-vesting criteria. Threshold amount assumes that only one half of the time and performance-vesting options vest.

(3) Represents the grant date fair value of the time-vesting options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the assumptions discussed in Note 18, “Stock Compensation,” of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The grant date fair value of the options that vest based on time and performance-vesting criteria is based upon the probable outcome of the performance conditions at the date of grant. See footnote (3) to the Summary Compensation Table.

Summary of Employment Agreement of Mr. Holm

This section describes the employment agreement in effect for Mr. Holm during fiscal 2015. In addition, the terms with respect to grants of stock options are described below for our NEOs in the section entitled “Description of Equity-Based Awards.” Severance agreements and arrangements are described below in the section entitled “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Mr. Holm’s employment agreement, dated as of September 6, 2002, as amended effective January 2003, provides that he serves as President and Chief Executive Officer, for an initial term of three years that automatically extends for successive automatic one-year periods, unless we or Mr. Holm elect not to extend the term by providing 30 days’ advance notice.

Mr. Holm’s employment agreement establishes: (1) an initial base salary, subject to discretionary annual increases; (2) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target amount equal to 100% of his base salary if performance targets set by the Committee are achieved, which he may elect to receive as shares of our common stock; and (3) a requirement that he purchase $2 million of our common stock. Mr. Holm is also entitled to participate in all employee benefit and fringe plans made available to our employees generally.

Mr. Holm’s employment agreement also contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant not to disclose confidential information and not to disparage us, and, during Mr. Holm’s employment and for the one-year period following the termination of his employment, covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation of our employees, customers, or suppliers.

112

Mr. Holm’s employment agreement also provides for severance benefits following certain terminations of employment. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for a description of these provisions.

Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman

This section describes the offer letter in effect for Mr. Flitman during fiscal 2015. Mr. Flitman’s severance arrangements are described below in the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Mr. Flitman commenced employment with the Company on January 19, 2015 and his offer letter, dated December 11, 2014, provides that he is to serve as Chief Executive Officer of Performance Food Service on an at-will basis. Mr. Flitman’s offer letter provides for: (1) an initial base salary of $700,000; (2) eligibility to receive an annual cash bonus starting in fiscal 2016, with a target amount equal to 100% of his base salary, and a maximum equal to 133% of his base salary, the receipt of which is based on the achievement of performance targets; (3) a sign-on bonus of $600,000, which must be repaid in full if Mr. Flitman’s employment is terminated by the Company for cause, voluntarily by Mr. Flitman other than for good reason or due to disability, prior to the first anniversary of his start date; (4) a “Buyout Award” consisting of a restricted cash award and an RSU award, each as described below; and (5) an “Equity Award” consisting of an RSU award. Mr. Flitman’s Buyout Award and Equity Award were granted pursuant to the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, and are subject to the terms and conditions therein.

Mr. Flitman’s restricted cash award equals $1,500,000 and vests in three equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of his start date, subject to Mr. Flitman’s continued employment through each vesting date, and if vested, will be paid out on the fourth anniversary of his start date. Any unpaid amount of the restricted cash award will become fully vested and payable at the time of a consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in Mr. Flitman’s offer letter) of the Company. The equity award portion of the Buyout Award consists of 89,483 RSUs (the “Buyout RSUs”) (plus any dividend equivalent units to which Mr. Flitman is entitled in connection with these RSUs) that vest in three substantially equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of his start date, subject to Mr. Flitman’s continued employment through each vesting date, and, if vested, will be settled on the fourth anniversary of his start date. Any unpaid amount of the restricted cash award and any unvested Buyout RSUs will become fully vested and payable at the time of a consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in Mr. Flitman’s offer letter). In addition, if Mr. Flitman’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, by him for good reason or due to death or disability, the unvested portion of his restricted cash award and the unvested portion of his Buyout RSUs scheduled, in each case, to vest on the next anniversary of his start date will vest on a pro rata basis; provided, that if such termination had occurred prior to the first anniversary of his start date he would have become vested in 100% of the first installment of the restricted cash award and the Buyout RSUs.

Mr. Flitman’s Equity Award consists of 178,967 RSUs (plus any dividend equivalent units to which Mr. Flitman is entitled in connection with these RSUs) that will vest and be settled on the fourth anniversary of his start, subject to Mr. Flitman’s continued employment through such date, provided that the Equity Award will vest and be settled earlier as follows: (1) 50% of the Equity Award will vest and be settled if and when The Blackstone Group L.P. and its affiliated investment funds receive cash proceeds in respect of its direct or indirect equity investment in us that represents at least (a) 2.0 times its aggregate investment in the Company’s equity securities and (b) a 12% annual internal rate of return; and (2) 50% of the Equity Award will vest and be settled if and when The Blackstone Group L.P. and its affiliated investment funds receive cash proceeds in respect of its direct or indirect equity investment in us that represents at least (x) 2.5 times its aggregate investment in the Company’s equity securities and (y) a 12% annual internal rate of return. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below for a description of the potential vesting of the Mr. Flitman’s Equity Award that may occur in connection with certain terminations of employment.

113

Mr. Flitman is eligible to participate in all employee health and wellness plans offered by the Company commensurate with his position, as well as the Company’s 401(k) plan. Mr. Flitman was also eligible for reimbursement of relocation expenses and received reimbursement by the Company of $10,000 in connection with fees incurred to negotiate and prepare the terms of his offer letter.

Mr. Flitman’s offer letter also contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant not to disclose confidential information, not to disparage us, and during Mr. Flitman’s employment and for the one year period following the termination of his employment, covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation or our employees, customers, or suppliers.

Mr. Flitman’s offer letter also provides for severance benefits following certain terminations of employment. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for a description of these provisions.

Description of Outstanding Equity-Based Awards

Each NEO’s outstanding equity-based award was granted under, and is subject to the terms of, the 2007 Stock Option Plan. The material terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan are described below under the heading “—Equity Incentive Plans—2007 Stock Option Plan.”

One third of the options granted to each of our NEOs are subject solely to time-based vesting criteria and two thirds of the options granted to each of our NEOs are subject to time and performance-vesting criteria. The time-based options are scheduled to vest based on a five-year vesting schedule and, subject to continued employment with us through the applicable vesting dates, 20% of the options subject to time-based vesting will vest and become exercisable on each of the first five anniversaries of either the date of grant or the vesting reference date, as applicable. The time and performance-vesting options will only be deemed vested when they have both time vested and performance vested, which vesting terms are discussed above in “—Compensation Actions Taken in Fiscal 2016—Amendments to 2007 Stock Option Plan.”

Any part of an NEO’s stock option award that is not vested and exercisable upon his termination of employment will be immediately cancelled. Any part of an NEO’s stock option award that is vested upon termination of employment will generally remain outstanding and exercisable for 30 days after termination of employment, although this period is extended to 90 days if the termination of employment is due to disability and to 180 days if the termination of employment is due to death, and vested options will immediately terminate if the NEO’s employment is terminated by us for cause. Any vested options that are not exercised within the applicable post-termination exercise window will terminate. See “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below for a description of the potential vesting of the NEOs’ stock option awards that may occur in connection with certain terminations of employment.

Executives receiving awards under the 2007 Stock Option Plan are subject to restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant not to disclose confidential information, and, during the executive’s employment and for the one-year period following the termination of his or her employment, covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation of our employees, customers, or suppliers.

Under the terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan, exercise by each NEO of any options will constitute agreement by such NEO to be bound by all the terms and conditions of our stockholders agreement and registration rights agreement with respect to the shares received upon such exercise or any other shares of our common stock issuable to or held by such NEO. These agreements generally govern the NEOs’ rights with respect to any shares of our common stock acquired on exercise of vested stock options, to the extent applicable.

114

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each NEO as of June 27, 2015.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Fiscal-Year End

	Option Awards
Name	Grant Date (a)		Number Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable(1) (b)		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable (c)		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#) (d)		Option Exercise Price ($) (e)		Option Expiration Date(2) (f)
George L. Holm		12/11/2008		224,702		—		449,404	$	7.67		12/11/2018
		8/24/2007		185,519		—		371,038	$	3.90		8/24/2017
Robert D. Evans		1/8/2010		44,171		—		88,342	$	7.67		1/8/2020
David Flitman		—		—		—		—		—		—
Patrick T. Hagerty		12/11/2008		8,083		—		16,167	$	7.67		12/11/2018
		8/24/2007		53,005		—		106,011	$	3.90		8/24/2017
James Hope		3/12/2015		—		24,250.00		48,500	$	16.76		3/12/2025

(1) The number of outstanding time-vesting options vested and exercisable are reported in column (b) above. Unvested outstanding time-vesting options are reported in column (c) above and ordinarily vest 20% a year over five years on each anniversary of the grant date or vesting reference date, as applicable, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting dates as described in the “Description of Outstanding Equity-Based Awards—Fiscal Year 2015” section above. Other than with respect to the options granted on March 12, 2015 to Mr. Hope, which have a vesting reference date of September 3, 2014, the time-based options granted to each other NEO vest on the first five anniversaries of the respective grant date. Unvested outstanding time and performance-vesting options are reported in column (d) above and ordinarily become vested pursuant to the vesting schedule for time and performance-vesting options described in the “Description of Equity-Based Awards” section above. None of the outstanding time and performance-vesting options have vested. As described in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” section below, all or a portion of each option grant may vest earlier in connection with a change in control of the Company.

(2) The expiration date shown is the normal expiration date occurring on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. Options may terminate earlier in certain circumstances, such as in connection with an NEO’s termination of employment or in connection with certain corporate transactions, including a change in control or initial public offering of the Company.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2015

During fiscal 2015, the NEOs did not exercise any options or similar instruments or vest in any stock or similar instruments.

Pension Benefits

We have no pension benefits for our executive officers.

Non-qualified Deferred Compensation-Fiscal 2015

We have no non-qualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans for our executive officers.

115

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The following table describes the potential payments and benefits that would have been payable to our Named Executive Officers under existing plans assuming an eligible termination (as described below under “—Severance Arrangements and Restrictive Covenants”) of their employment on June 26, 2015, the last business day of our fiscal 2015.

The amounts shown in the table do not include payments and benefits to the extent they are provided generally to all salaried employees upon termination of employment and do not discriminate in scope, terms, or operation in favor of the Named Executive Officers. These include accrued but unpaid salary and distributions of vested plan balances under our 401(k) savings plan.

Name	Cash Severance Payment ($)(1)		Restricted Cash Award Acceleration ($)(2)		Continuation of Group Health Plans ($)(3)		Value of Stock Option Acceleration ($)(4)		Value of 401(k) Match Acceleration ($)(5)		Total ($)
George L. Holm
Termination		257,692		—		18,197		—		—		275,889
Change in Control		—		—		—		—		—		—
Robert D. Evans
Termination		466,442		—		4,672		—		—		471,114
Change in Control		—		—		—		—		—		—
David Flitman
Termination		2,140,385		500,000		3,164		—		—		2,643,549
Change in Control		—		1,500,000		—		—		—		1,500,000
Patrick T. Hagerty
Termination		349,832		—		16,848		—		—		366,680
Change in Control		—		—		—		—		—		—
James Hope
Termination		317,308		—		10,919		—		7,673		335,900
Change in Control		—		—		—		—		—		—

(1) Cash severance payment includes the following:

• Mr. Holm—continued payment of his base salary through the expiration of his employment agreement ($200,000) plus the value of his accrued but unused vacation days ($57,692).

• Mr. Evans—52 weeks’ base salary ($441,000) plus the value of his accrued but unused vacation days ($25,442).

• Mr. Flitman—1.5 times the sum of his base salary ($700,000) plus his target annual cash bonus amount ($700,000) plus the value of his accrued but unused vacation days ($40,385).

• Mr. Hagerty—52 weeks’ base salary ($330,750) plus the value of his accrued but unused vacation days ($19,082).

• Mr. Hope—52 weeks’ base salary ($300,000) plus the value of his accrued but unused vacation days ($17,308).

The amount of cash severance does not include amounts payable under the MIP because these amounts are accrued and payable as of the last day of the fiscal year regardless of whether an employee is employed on the applicable payment date.

116

(2) Amount reported under “Termination” reflects 100% of the first installment of Mr. Flitman’s restricted cash award that would have vested and become payable if Mr. Flitman’s employment had been terminated by the Company without cause, by him for good reason or due to death or disability. Amount reported under “Change in Control” reflects the value of the full restricted cash award that remained unpaid as of June 27, 2015 and that would have fully vested had a Change in Control been consummated on such date. See “Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman” above.

(3) With respect to Mr. Holm, reflects the cost of providing the executive officer with continued health, dental, vision, prescription drug, and mental health coverage as enrolled at the time of his termination through the expiration of his employment agreement. With respect to Messrs. Evans, Flitman, Hagerty and Hope, reflects the cost of providing continued group health coverage (on the same basis such coverage was received at the time of the executive’s termination), subject to the executive’s electing to receive benefits under COBRA, for a period of 52 weeks.

(4) Upon a change in control, our Named Executive Officers’ unvested options subject solely to time-based vesting would become immediately vested. Other than with respect to Mr. Hope, all options held by our Named Executive Officers subject solely to time-based vesting were fully vested as of June 27, 2015. The amount reported for Mr. Hope reflects no “spread” value for his options subject solely to time-based vesting based on the Company’s most recent valuation. Amounts reported assume that the time and performance-vesting options do not vest upon a change in control.

(5) The Company’s contributions to our Named Executive Officers’ 401(k) accounts would be accelerated only upon termination because of death or disability. Each of our Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Hope, is fully vested in his 401(k) plan account. Mr. Flitman did not have a 401(k) plan account at the end of fiscal 2015.

Severance Arrangements and Restrictive Covenants

We have adopted the Severance Plan for the benefit of certain key employees. Each of the Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Holm, whose severance terms are contained in his employment agreement, is eligible for severance pay and benefits under the Severance Plan.

Mr. Holm

Under the terms of his employment agreement, if, prior to the expiration of the term of his employment agreement, (1) the Company terminates Mr. Holm’s employment other than for “cause” or other than by reason of his “disability” or (2) Mr. Holm terminates his employment for “good reason,” then, subject to his execution of a valid release and waiver of claims and his continued compliance with the restrictive and future cooperation covenants in his employment agreement, Mr. Holm will be entitled to receive:

• continued payment of his base salary for the remainder of the then-existing term of his employment agreement;

• a lump sum payment equal to his annual bonus for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, based on Company performance during such year through the date of his termination, prorated for the portion of the year actually worked; and

• continued group health coverage (on the same basis such coverage was received at the time of his termination) for the remainder of the then-existing term of his employment agreement.

For purposes of the severance provisions of Mr. Holm’s employment agreement:

• “cause” means a finding by the Company that he has (1) committed a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (2) committed any act of gross negligence or fraud, (3) failed, refused, or neglected to substantially perform his duties (other than by reason of a physical or mental impairment) or to implement the directives of the Company, or materially breached any provision of his employment agreement, where such failure, refusal, neglect, or breach continued for 30 days after he had received written notice thereof, or (4) engaged in conduct that is materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise.

117

• “disability” means a finding by the Company that Mr. Holm has been unable to perform his job functions by reason of a physical or mental impairment for a period of 180 days within a period of 360 consecutive days.

• “good reason” means (1) a material breach by the Company of any provision of Mr. Holm’s employment agreement that continues for 30 days after Mr. Holm has provided the Company with written notice thereof, or (2) the principal place of Mr. Holm’s employment is relocated more than 100 miles from his principal place of employment on the effective date of his employment agreement.

Messrs. Evans, Hagerty and Hope

Under the terms of the Severance Plan, as modified by their Severance Letter Agreements, if any of Messrs. Evans’s, Hagerty’s or Hope’s employment terminates other than (1) for “cause”; (2) because of a layoff relating to which he has recall or rehire rights; (3) due to his or her voluntary retirement, voluntary resignation (other than for “good reason”), “disability,” or death; or (4) because of any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Company, including, but not limited to, inclement weather, war, riot, malicious or terrorist acts of damage, civil commotion, power failure, fire, or unforeseeable acts of third parties, upon proper execution and filing of a valid release agreement, the Named Executive Officer will be entitled to receive:

• continued payment of base salary at the level of the executive’s base salary immediately before his or her termination for 52 weeks;

• the annual bonus, if any, that he would have been entitled to receive, if such termination of employment had not occurred, based on the Company’s achievement of the applicable performance targets, in respect of the year of such termination, prorated for the portion of the year actually worked and payable at such time as annual bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company, but no later than two and one half months after the last day of the performance year to which such bonus relates; and

• continued group health coverage (on the same basis such coverage was received at the time of the executive’s termination), subject to the executive’s electing to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) until the earlier of (x) the last day of the month in which his severance pay ends (or if paid in a lump sum, when the pay would have ended if paid in equal installments); or (y) the date his coverage under the Company health plan ends for any other reason.

Under the terms of the Severance Plan, if an executive is re-employed by the Company within six months of his or her termination, he must return any severance payments in excess of the base pay he would have been paid during the time of unemployment if he had not experienced a termination of employment.

In addition to the foregoing, if Mr. Hope were to be terminated because of his death or disability, he would be entitled to acceleration of the vesting of our contributions to his 401(k) plan account. Messrs. Evans and Hagerty are fully vested in our contribution to their respective 401(k) plan accounts.

For purposes of the Severance Plan:

• “cause” means termination for any of the following reasons: (1) failure to perform the executive’s assigned duties, including failure to comply with Company policies; (2) conviction (including any plea of nolo contendre) of any felony or crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (3) act of personal dishonesty knowingly taken in connection with the executive’s responsibilities as an associate of the Company and which is intended to result in the executive’s personal enrichment or that of any other person; (4) bad faith conduct that is materially detrimental to the Company; (5) inability of the executive to perform his or her duties because of his or her alcohol or drug use; (6) failure to comply with any legal written directive of the Board of Directors of the Company; (7) any act or omission of substantial detriment to the Company because of the executive’s intentional failure to comply with any statute, rule, or regulation, except any act or omission the executive believes in good faith to have been in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company (without the executive’s intent to gain, directly or indirectly,

118

a profit to which the executive is not legally entitled) or any act or omission resulting from the executive’s bad judgment or negligence other than habitual neglect of duty; or (8) insubordination or any other act, or failure to act, or other conduct which is determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, to be demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company monetarily or otherwise.

• “disability” means a physical or mental condition which qualifies an executive for benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan or, in the absence of such a plan, a physical or mental condition pursuant to which the executive has become entitled to a disability award under the U.S. Social Security Act.

For purposes of the Severance Plan, as modified by Messrs. Evans’s, Hagerty’s and Hope’s Severance Letter Agreements:

• “good reason” means, provided that the Company has failed to cure such event within 30 days of receipt of written notice from the executive of such event and that such event occurred within fewer than 90 days of the executive’s resignation, (1) a diminution in the executive’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity; (2) any material diminution in the executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (3) failure of the Company or its subsidiaries to pay or cause to be paid the executive’s base salary or annual bonus, when due; or (4) relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment more than 50 miles from the Richmond, Virginia metropolitan area in the cases of Messrs. Evans and Hope or 50 miles from its current location (Littleton, CO) in the case of Mr. Hagerty.

Mr. Flitman

Under the terms of the Severance Plan, as modified by his offer letter, if Mr. Flitman’s employment terminates other than (1) for “cause” (as defined below); (2) because of a layoff relating to which he has recall or rehire rights; (3) due to his voluntary retirement, voluntary resignation (other than for “good reason” (as defined above under the Severance Letter Agreements)),“disability,” or death (each as defined under the Severance Plan); or (4) because of any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Company, including, but not limited to, inclement weather, war, riot, malicious or terrorist acts of damage, civil commotion, power failure, fire, or unforeseeable acts of third parties, upon proper execution and filing and a valid release agreement, Mr. Flitman will be entitled to receive not less than:

• cash severance payments equal to his base salary immediately before his termination for one year;

• a prorated bonus based on the number of days actually employed during the fiscal year and achievement of objectively-determined performance goals (with any subjective performance goals deemed fully achieved), payable when annual bonuses are paid to other senior executives of the Company; and

• continued group health coverage (on the same basis such coverage was received at the time of Mr. Flitman’s termination), subject to Mr. Flitman’s electing to receive benefits under COBRA for one year.

For any such termination that occurs through the second anniversary of his start date, the amount of cash severance will be equal to 1.5 times the sum of Mr. Flitman’s base salary plus his target annual cash bonus amount.

Mr. Flitman’s offer letter provides that the definition of “cause” under the Severance Plan (and for all purposes under his offer letter) will be modified by replacing the first bullet condition with the following:

• Substantial continuous failure (after notice to him and at least 15 days within which to cure) to perform his assigned duties, including substantial failure to comply with Company policies (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no failure to achieve performance goals, in and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for termination for cause).

119

As described above under “Summary of Offer Letter of Mr. Flitman,” any unpaid amount of the restricted cash award and any unvested Buyout RSUs will become fully vested and payable at the time of a consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in Mr. Flitman’s offer letter). In addition, if Mr. Flitman’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, by him for good reason or due to death or disability the unvested portion of his restricted cash award and the unvested portion of his Buyout RSUs scheduled, in each case, to vest on the next anniversary of his start date will vest on a pro rata basis; provided, that if such termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of his start date he will become vested in 100% of the first installment of the restricted cash award and the Buyout RSUs.

Under the terms of his offer letter, in the event that Mr. Flitman’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause or by Mr. Flitman for good reason upon or at any time following the consummation of a Change in Control, all unvested RSUs subject to the Equity Award will become fully vested and payable. In the event that Mr. Flitman’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, or by Mr. Flitman for good reason or due to his death or disability prior to a Change in Control, a prorated portion of the RSUs subject to the Equity Award will vest on a pro rata basis through the date of termination; provided, that if such termination is by the Company without cause and occurs 180 days prior to a Change in Control, Mr. Flitman shall be deemed to have continued employment and been so terminated upon the consummation of a Change in Control and his Equity Award will become fully vested and payable.

In addition to the foregoing, we provide each of our Named Executive Officers with basic life and accident insurance coverage valued at one times annual salary to a maximum of $1 million combined benefit. Therefore, if the benefits were triggered on June 26, 2015 under our life insurance plans, the designated beneficiaries of our NEOs would have received the following amounts: Mr. Holm ($1,000,000), Mr. Evans ($441,000), Mr. Flitman ($700,000), Mr. Hagerty ($330,750), and Mr. Hope ($300,000).

Equity Incentive Plans

2007 Stock Option Plan

Effective August 24, 2007, we adopted the 2007 Stock Option Plan. In connection with the Early Exercise, we amended and restated the 2007 Stock Option Plan effective July 30, 2015. The following description sets forth the material terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Purpose. The purpose of the 2007 Stock Option Plan is to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and its subsidiaries by providing individuals who are or will be involved in the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company. We expect that we will benefit from the added interest that such officers, directors, employees, consultants, or advisors will have in our welfare as a result of their proprietary interest in our success.

Administration. The 2007 Stock Option Plan is administered by our board of directors, or such duly authorized committee of our board of directors or any other persons to which our board of directors has, to the extent permissible by law, delegated power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the 2007 Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plan Committee”). The 2007 Plan Committee has the power to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and procedures governing the administration of the 2007 Stock Option Plan, including, but not limited to, the full power and authority to interpret the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the terms of any awards made under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, and the rules and procedures established by the 2007 Plan Committee; to determine the rights of any person under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, or the meaning of requirements imposed by the terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan or any rule or procedure established by the 2007 Plan Committee; to select officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company or its subsidiaries for awards under the 2007 Stock Option Plan; to set the exercise price of any options granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan; to establish or amend performance and vesting standards; to impose such limitations, restrictions, and conditions upon such awards as it deems appropriate; to adopt, amend, and rescind administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations relating to the 2007 Stock Option Plan; to correct any defect or omission or reconcile any

120

inconsistency in the 2007 Stock Option Plan; and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the implementation and administration of the 2007 Stock Option Plan, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by the Code, or other applicable law. The Company will require payment, or deduction from payments under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, of any amount it may determine to be necessary to withhold for federal, state, local, or other taxes as a result of the exercise, grant, or vesting of an award issued pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in an award agreement under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the 2007 Plan Committee may, in its discretion, permit a participant to satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation either by (i) surrendering shares received upon exercise of options awarded under the plan owned by the participant or (ii) having the Company withhold from shares otherwise deliverable to such participant upon exercise of an option.

Eligibility. The 2007 Stock Option Plan permits the grant of stock options to our and our subsidiaries’ present and future officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors. Participants are selected from time to time by the 2007 Plan Committee, in its sole discretion, from among those eligible to participate in the 2007 Stock Option Plan.

Shares Subject to the 2007 Stock Option Plan. Subject to adjustment as discussed below, a maximum of 6,445,982 shares of our common stock may be reserved for issuance with respect to options awarded under the 2007 Stock Option Plan. The issuance of shares or the payment of cash upon the exercise of an award or in consideration of the cancellation or termination of an award will reduce the total number of shares available under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, as applicable. If any options awarded under the 2007 Stock Option Plan expire unexercised or unpaid or are canceled, terminated, or forfeited in any manner without the issuance of common stock or payment thereunder, the shares with respect to which such options were granted shall again be available under the 2007 Stock Option Plan. Similarly, if any shares of common stock issued under the 2007 Stock Option Plan are repurchased under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, such shares will again be available under the 2007 Stock Option Plan for reissuance. As of June 27, 2015, 6,060,410 stock options that had been granted and were outstanding under the 2007 Stock Option Plan.

Awards. Awards granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan will be in the form of non-qualified stock options, and will be subject to the foregoing and the following terms and conditions, evidenced by award agreements, and to such other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent therewith, as the 2007 Plan Committee determines:

(1) Price. The option price per share will be determined by the 2007 Plan Committee and will be consistent with the 2007 Stock Option Plan.

(2) Exercisability. Options granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan will be exercisable at such time and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the 2007 Plan Committee, consistent with the 2007 Stock Option Plan.

(3) Exercise of Options. Except as part of the Early Exercise or as otherwise provided in the 2007 Stock Option Plan or in an award agreement, an option may be exercised for all, or from time to time any specified part, of the shares for which it is then exercisable. The purchase price for the shares underlying the option being exercised will be paid to us by cashier’s, certified check, or wire transfer. In addition, at the discretion of the 2007 Plan Committee, which discretion will be exercised (among other considerations) in a manner intended (as determined in good faith by the 2007 Plan Committee) to cause such option not to be treated as deferred compensation within the meaning of the Code, a participant may exercise options without payment in cash therefor pursuant to a cashless exercise of such options. No participant has any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to shares subject to an option until the date on which a stock certificate is issued to such participant in respect of such shares.

Adjustments. In the event of any change in the outstanding shares by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, or other change in the

121

common stock, the 2007 Plan Committee shall make such changes in the number and type of shares of common stock covered by the outstanding awards and the terms thereof as the 2007 Plan Committee determines in its sole discretion are necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of participants under the 2007 Stock Option Plan. In the event of any such transaction, the 2007 Plan Committee shall have the power to make such changes as it deems appropriate in the number and type of shares covered by outstanding awards or available to be granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the prices specified therein, and the securities or other property to be received upon exercise (which may include providing for cash payment in exchange for cancellation of outstanding options (or no consideration in the case of unvested options)).

Change in Control. Under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, a “change in control” means: (i) prior to an Initial Public Offering, any transaction or series of related transactions that result in the Sponsors ceasing collectively to own shares of the Company’s common stock which represent at least 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company; (ii) at any time, any transaction or series of related transactions that result in an Independent Third Party (as defined in the 2007 Stock Option Plan) acquiring shares of common stock that represent more than 50% of the total voting power or economic interest in the Company; and (iii) at any time, a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; provided that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, such transactions shall only constitute a change in control if they result in the Sponsors ceasing to have the power (whether by ownership of voting securities, contractual right, or otherwise) collectively to elect a majority of our Board of Directors.

In the event of a change in control, all time-vesting options awarded under the 2007 Stock Option Plan shall be considered 100% vested.

Amendment and Termination. The 2007 Plan Committee may at any time suspend or terminate the 2007 Stock Option Plan and make such additions or amendments as it deems advisable under the 2007 Stock Option Plan. The 2007 Plan Committee may not, however, change any of the terms of an award agreement in a manner adverse to a participant without the prior written approval of such participant.

Non-Transferability. Unless otherwise determined by the 2007 Plan Committee, an award is not transferable or assignable by the participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An award issued pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan exercisable after the death of a participant may be exercised by the estate, personal representatives, heirs, spouse, or descendants of the participant and any trust created solely for the benefit of the spouse and descendants of the participant and their spouses and each custodian or guardian of any property of such persons in his or her capacity as such custodian or guardian (such persons, collectively, “Permitted Transferees”). Any shares issued upon exercise of an option awarded pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan to the participant or Permitted Transferee are not transferable except in accordance with the terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan until the occurrence of a change in control.

No Right to Employment. The granting of an award under the 2007 Stock Option Plan imposes no obligation on us or any of our subsidiaries to continue the employment of a participant and does not lessen or affect our or our subsidiaries’ right to terminate the employment of such participant.

Restrictive Covenants. Participants receiving awards under the 2007 Stock Option Plan are subject to restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant not to disclose confidential information, and, during the participant’s employment and for the one-year period following the termination of his or her employment, covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation of our employees, customers, or suppliers.

Repurchase of Shares. In the event that a participant is no longer employed by us or any of our subsidiaries for any reason, all common stock issued or issuable to the participant upon his or her exercise of options granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan (“Award Stock”) are subject to repurchase by us and the Sponsors (solely at our option) by delivering a repurchase notice within specified time periods. If a participant is no longer employed by us as a result of any reason other than termination for Cause (as defined in the 2007 Stock Option Plan) or

122

other than resignation by the participant (other than for retirement), then on or after the date of such participant’s termination of employment, we may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Award Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the 2007 Plan Committee (the “Fair Market Value”), of such shares of Award Stock, as of the anticipated date of the repurchase. In the event that a participant is no longer employed by us as a result of termination for Cause or resignation by the participant for any reason (other than for retirement), the repurchase price will be the lower of Fair Market Value and the exercise price paid by the participant (as adjusted) (the “Original Value”). In the event that a participant resigns because of retirement and subsequently breaches the non-competition or non-solicitation covenant within one year of such participant’s termination, the repurchase price will be the lower of the Fair Market Value and Original Value. The option to repurchase terminates upon a Change in Control or an Initial Public Offering.

Forfeitures of Unvested Award Stock. On the date that any unvested Award Stock ceases to be eligible to vest, the participant will forfeit such unvested Award Stock and is entitled to a payment by us and the Sponsors, per share of unvested Award Stock, equal to the lesser of Fair Market Value and the cash purchase price paid per share by the participant.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In July 2015, our board of directors adopted, and in September 2015 our stockholders approved, the Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (our “2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan”).

Purpose. The purpose of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which to attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and advisors can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.

Administration . Our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by the Committee or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has properly delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee exists, our board of directors (the “2015 Plan Committee”). The 2015 Plan Committee is authorized to (1) designate participants; (2) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant; (3) determine the number of shares of common stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, awards; (4) determine the terms and conditions of any award; (5) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards may be settled in, or exercised for, cash, shares of common stock, other securities, other awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (6) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of common stock, other securities, other awards, or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the participant or of the 2015 Plan Committee; (7) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in, and/or supply any omission in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award granted under, our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan; (8) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the 2015 Plan Committee deems appropriate for the proper administration of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan; (9) adopt sub-plans; and (10) make any other determination and take any other action that the 2015 Plan Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or traded, the 2015 Plan Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it in accordance with the terms of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the 2015 Plan Committee at any time. Unless otherwise expressly provided in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to our 2015 Omnibus

123

Incentive Plan or any award or any documents evidencing awards granted pursuant to our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan are within the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, may be made at any time and are final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, us, any participant, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any of our stockholders.

Awards Subject to our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides that the total number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan is 4,850,000 (the “Absolute Share Limit”). Of this amount, the maximum number of shares of common stock for which incentive stock options may be granted is 4,850,000; the maximum number of shares of common stock for which stock options or stock appreciation rights may be granted to any individual participant during any single fiscal year is 2,425,000; the maximum number of shares of common stock for which performance compensation awards denominated in shares may be granted to any individual participant in respect of a single fiscal year is 2,425,000 (or if any such awards are settled in cash, the maximum amount may not exceed the fair market value of such shares on the last day of the performance period to which such award relates); the maximum number of shares of common stock granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, may not exceed $5,000,000 in total value; and the maximum amount that may be paid to any individual participant for a single fiscal year under a performance compensation award denominated in cash is $10,000,000. Except for Substitute Awards (as described below), in the event any award expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise settled without delivery to the participant of the full number of shares to which the award related, the undelivered shares of common stock may be granted again under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Shares of common stock withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an award, and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to an award, are deemed to constitute shares not issued to the participant and are deemed to again be available for awards under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, unless the shares are withheld or surrendered after the termination of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or at the time the shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the exchange on which the shares of common stock are listed. Awards may, in the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by us or with which we combine (“Substitute Awards”), and such Substitute Awards will not be counted against the Absolute Share Limit, except that Substitute Awards intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” will count against the limit on incentive stock options described above. No award may be granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (as defined therein), but awards granted before then may extend beyond that date.

Options . The 2015 Plan Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the 2015 Plan Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, that all stock options granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock underlying such stock options on the date such stock options are granted (other than in the case of options that are Substitute Awards), and all stock options that are intended to qualify as an incentive stock options must be granted pursuant to an award agreement expressly stating that the options are intended to qualify as an incentive stock options, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. The maximum term for stock options granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the initial date of grant, or with respect to any stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, such shorter period as prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. However, if a non-qualified stock option would expire at a time when trading of shares of our common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy (or “blackout period” imposed by us), the term will automatically be extended to the 30th day following the end of such period. The purchase price for the common stock shares as to which a stock option is exercised may be paid to us, to the extent permitted by law, (1) in cash or its equivalent at the time the stock option is exercised; (2) in common stock shares having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the stock option being exercised and satisfying any requirements that may be imposed

124

by the 2015 Plan Committee (provided that such shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and have been held by the participant for at least six months or such other period established by the 2015 Plan Committee to avoid adverse accounting treatment); or (3) by such other method as the 2015 Plan Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, a) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price, b) if there is a public market for the common stock shares at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the common stock shares being acquired upon the exercise of the stock option and to deliver to us the amount of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate exercise price of the stock option being exercised, or (c) through a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of common stock shares needed to pay the exercise price and any applicable required withholding taxes. Any fractional shares of common stock will be settled in cash.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The 2015 Plan Committee may grant stock appreciation rights, under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan with terms and conditions determined by the 2015 Plan Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The 2015 Plan Committee also may award stock appreciation rights independent of any option. Generally, each stock appreciation right will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount (in cash, shares, or a combination of cash and shares, as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee) equal to the product of (1) the excess of a) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of common stock, over b) the strike price per share of common stock covered by the stock appreciation right, times (2) the number of shares of common stock covered by the stock appreciation right, less any taxes required to be withheld. The strike price per share of common stock covered by a stock appreciation right will be determined by the 2015 Plan Committee at the time of grant but in no event may such amount be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted (other than in the case of stock appreciation rights granted in substitution of previously granted awards). The maximum term of a stock appreciation right will be ten years from the date of grant, except that if the term would expire during a blackout period, the term of the stock appreciation right will be extended to the 30^th day after the end of the blackout period.

Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units. The 2015 Plan Committee may grant restricted shares of our common stock or restricted stock units, representing the right to receive, upon vesting and the expiration of any applicable restricted period, one share of common stock for each restricted stock unit, or, in the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). As to restricted shares of our common stock, subject to the other provisions of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the holder will generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such restricted shares of common stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such restricted shares of common stock (except, that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to such restricted shares of common stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions other than, or in addition to, the passage of time, any dividends payable on such restricted shares of common stock will be retained, and delivered without interest to the holder of such shares when the restrictions on such shares lapse). To the extent provided in the applicable award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units will be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by us of dividends on shares of common stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, in shares of common stock having a value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the 2015 Plan Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee), which will be payable at the same time as the underlying restricted stock units are settled following the release of the restrictions on such restricted stock units. A participant will have no rights or privileges as a stockholder as to restricted stock units.

Other Equity-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards. The 2015 Plan Committee may grant other equity-based or cash-based awards under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the 2015 Plan Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Performance Compensation Awards. The 2015 Plan Committee has the authority, at or before the time of grant of any award, to designate such award as a performance compensation award intended to qualify as

125

“performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The 2015 Plan Committee has the sole discretion to select the length of any applicable performance periods, the types of performance compensation awards to be issued, the applicable performance criteria and performance goals, and the kinds and/or levels of performance goals that are to apply. The performance criteria that will be used to establish the performance goals may be based on the attainment of specific levels of our performance (and/or our subsidiaries, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and are limited to the following, which may be determined in accordance with GAAP or on a non-GAAP basis: (1) net earnings, net income (before or after taxes) or consolidated net income; (2) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (3) net revenue or net revenue growth; (4) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (5) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (6) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (7) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, or cash flow return on capital), which may be, but are not required to be, measured on a per share basis; (8) actual or adjusted earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (9) gross or net operating margins; (10) productivity ratios; (11) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (12) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (13) operating efficiency; (14) objective measures of customer/client satisfaction; (15) working capital targets; (16) measures of economic value added or other ‘value creation’ metrics; (17) enterprise value; (18) sales; (19) stockholder return; (20) customer/client retention; (21) competitive market metrics; (22) employee retention; (23) objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); (24) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (25) market share; (26) cost of capital, debt leverage, year-end cash position or book value; (27) strategic objectives; or (28) any combination of the foregoing.

Following the completion of a performance period, the 2015 Plan Committee will review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the performance goals for the performance period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the performance compensation awards earned for the period based upon the performance formula. In determining the actual amount of an individual participant’s performance compensation award for a performance period, the 2015 Plan Committee has the discretion to reduce or eliminate the amount of the performance compensation award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, the 2015 Plan Committee does not have the discretion to (1) grant or provide payment in respect of performance compensation awards for a performance period if the performance goals for such performance period have not been attained; or (2) increase a performance compensation award above the applicable limitations set forth in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Effect of Certain Events on the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and Awards. In the event of (1) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of common stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the shares of common stock (including a Change in Control, as defined in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan); or (2) unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, including changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements, that the 2015 Plan Committee determines, in its sole discretion, could result in substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, participants (any event in (1) or (2), an “Adjustment Event”), the 2015 Plan Committee will, in respect of any such Adjustment Event, make such proportionate substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems equitable, to any or all of (a) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan with respect to the number of awards which may be granted thereunder; (b) the number of shares of common stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be issued in respect of awards or with respect to which awards may

126

be granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any sub-plan; and (c) the terms of any outstanding award, including, without limitation, (i) the number of shares of common stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding awards or to which outstanding awards relate; (ii) the exercise price or strike price with respect to any award; or (iii) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, performance criteria and performance goals); provided, that in the case of any “equity restructuring,” the 2015 Plan Committee will make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding awards to reflect such equity restructuring. In connection with any Adjustment Event, the 2015 Plan Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for any one or more of the following: (1) substitution or assumption of awards, acceleration of the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, awards or a period of time for participants to exercise outstanding awards prior to the occurrence of such event; and (2) subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, cancellation of any one or more outstanding awards and payment to the holders of such awards that are vested as of such cancellation (including, without limitation, any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation or for which vesting is accelerated by the 2015 Plan Committee in connection with such event) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee (which value, if applicable, may be based upon the price per share of common stock received or to be received by other holders of our common stock in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of stock options and stock appreciation rights, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right over the aggregate exercise price or strike price thereof, or, in the case of restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other equity-based awards that are not vested as of such cancellation, a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such award prior to cancellation or the underlying shares in respect thereof.

Nontransferability of Awards. No award will be permitted to be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold, or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any of our subsidiaries. However, the 2015 Plan Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred, including transfers to a participant’s family members, any trust established solely for the benefit of a participant or such participant’s family members, any partnership or limited liability company of which a participant or such participant and such participant’s family members, are the sole member(s), and a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for tax purposes.

Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (1) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards; (2) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events); or (3) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award will not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent.

The 2015 Plan Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a termination of a participant’s employment or service); provided, that, except as otherwise permitted in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant with respect to such award will not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent; provided, further, that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, (1) no amendment or modification may reduce the

127

exercise price of any option or the strike price of any stock appreciation right; (2) the 2015 Plan Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and replace it with a new option or stock appreciation right (with a lower exercise price or strike price, as the case may be) or other award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the canceled option or stock appreciation right; and (3) the 2015 Plan Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or quoted.

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. The 2015 Plan Committee in its sole discretion may provide as part of an award dividends or dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the 2015 Plan Committee in its sole discretion; provided, that no dividends or dividend equivalents will be payable in respect of outstanding (1) options or stock appreciation rights or (2) unearned performance compensation awards or other unearned awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividends or dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned awards and paid within 15 days after such awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

Clawback/Repayment. All awards are subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (1) any clawback, forfeiture, or other similar policy adopted by our board of directors or the 2015 Plan Committee and as in effect from time to time and (2) applicable law. To the extent that a participant receives any amount in excess of the amount that the participant should otherwise have received under the terms of the award for any reason (including, without limitation, by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations, or other administrative error), the participant will be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company.

Detrimental Activity. If a participant has engaged in any detrimental activity, as defined in our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as determined by the 2015 Plan Committee, the 2015 Plan Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for one or more of the following: (1) cancellation of any or all of such participant’s outstanding awards; or (2) forfeiture by the participant of any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of awards, and repayment of any such gain promptly to the Company.

Director Compensation

For fiscal 2015, we did not provide compensation to our directors other than Douglas Steenland, our Non-Executive Chairman, Arthur B. Winkleblack and John J. Zillmer, for their service. However, all of our directors are reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to their service as a member of the Board of Directors or one of its committees.

Messrs. Winkleblack and Zillmer each receive an annual retainer of $200,000, payable in arrears. Mr. Winkleblack, as Chair of the Audit Committee, receives an additional $15,000 annually.

For his service as Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Mr. Steenland receives an annual cash retainer of $250,000. In January 2014, in recognition of an increase in his responsibilities to our Board of Directors, we awarded Mr. Steenland an additional one-year cash retainer of $500,000 of which $250,000 was paid in fiscal 2014 and the remaining $250,000 was paid in the first half of fiscal 2015, in addition to his $250,000 annual retainer. In addition, for his services during the second half of fiscal 2015, we awarded Mr. Steenland an additional retainer of $250,000. As Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Mr. Steenland was also eligible to receive a discretionary cash bonus. For fiscal 2015, Mr. Steenland’s maximum bonus opportunity as a percentage of his cash compensation was 50% and was based on his annual cash retainer of $250,000 (excluding his one-time additional retainer). In recognition of his contributions, the Board of Directors determined to award him a discretionary bonus of $125,000.

In addition, in fiscal 2010, Mr. Steenland was granted 104,275 options as part of his compensation, which options are now fully vested. One third of the options granted to Mr. Steenland were subject solely to time-based

128

vesting restrictions and two thirds of the options granted to Mr. Steenland were subject to time and performance-based criteria. The time-based options were scheduled to vest based on a three year vesting schedule and, subject to Mr. Steenland’s continued service on our Board through the applicable vesting dates, 33 and 1/3% of the options subject to time-based vesting vested and became exercisable on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. The time and performance-based options would only be deemed vested when they had both time vested and performance vested. 33 and 1/3% of the time and performance-based options time vested the last day of each of the Company’s 2011, 2012 and 2013 fiscal years, subject to Mr. Steenland’s continued service on our Board through the applicable vesting dates. Subject to time vesting and continued service on our Board through the date of the relevant event, these time and performance-based options vested and became exercisable:

• with respect to 33 and 1/3% of the shares subject to the time and performance-vesting options, on the date that the audited financial statement for the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries in respect to the Company’s 2011 fiscal year was approved by the Board’s audit committee if the predetermined Adjusted EBITDA budget target established by the Board in respect of such fiscal year was satisfied;

• with respect to 33 and 1/3% of the shares subject to the time and performance-vesting options, on the date that the audited financial statement for the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries in respect to the Company’s 2012 fiscal year was approved by the Board’s audit committee if Adjusted EBITDA (as calculated by the Board in good faith) was at least $240,000,000; and

• with respect to 33 and 1/3% of the shares subject to the time and performance-vesting options, on the date that the audited financial statement for the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries in respect to the Company’s 2013 fiscal year was approved by the Board’s audit committee if Adjusted EBITDA (as calculated by the Board in good faith) was at least $270,000,000.

As described above, the Committee retained FW Cook to advise on executive and non-employee director compensation (other than a director employed by our Sponsors). To assist the Committee in developing our director compensation program, FW Cook provided director compensation data from the same 15-company peer group that was used to evaluate executive compensation pay levels and long-term equity incentive program design and is described in detail above under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Determination Process.”

As a result, beginning upon the completion of the IPO, each director who is not employed by us or our Sponsors became entitled to annual compensation as follows:

• Cash retainer of $100,000, payable in quarterly installments in arrears;

• Additional cash retainer of $100,000 payable in quarterly installments in arrears for serving as the non-executive chairman of the board of directors;

• Additional cash retainer payable in quarterly installments in arrears for serving as the chairperson of a committee as follows:

• $20,000 annual chairman fee for the audit committee chairperson; and

• $15,000 annual chairman fee for the compensation committee chairperson;

• $10,000 annual chairman fee for the nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson; and

• $100,000 in the form of restricted stock units vesting in full on the earlier of: (i) the first anniversary of the date of grant and (ii) the next regularly scheduled annual meeting of stockholders of the Company following the date of grant and subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a “change of control”; and

• Additional $75,000 in the form of restricted stock units vesting in full on the earlier of: (i) the first anniversary of the date of grant and (ii) the next regularly scheduled annual meeting of stockholders of the Company following the date of grant and subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a “change of control” for serving as the non-executive chairman of the board of directors.

129

The initial equity awards for directors were issued at the time of the IPO. We also adopted a stock ownership policy effective upon the consummation of the IPO. Each of our non-employee directors (other than directors employed by our Sponsors) is required to own stock in an amount equal to five times his or her annual cash retainer. For purposes of this requirement, a director’s holdings include shares held directly or indirectly, individually or jointly, shares underlying vested equity-based awards and shares held under a deferral or similar plan. Each such non-employee director is required to retain 100% of the shares received following exercise of options or upon settlement of vested restricted stock or restricted stock units (net of any shares used to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligations) until such director is no longer a member of the Board of Directors.

Director Compensation for Fiscal 2015

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our directors (other than directors who are Named Executive Officers) for fiscal 2015.

Name	Fees earned or paid in cash ($)(1)		Bonus ($)		Option Awards ($)(3)		Total ($)
Douglas M. Steenland		750,000		125,000		—		875,000
William F. Dawson Jr.		—		—		—		—
Bruce McEvoy		—		—		—		—
Prakash A. Melwani		—		—		—		—
Jeffrey Overly		—		—		—		—
Arthur B. Winkleblack		85,083		—		—		85,083
John J. Zillmer		80,220		—		—		80,220

(1) Amount reported reflects Mr. Steenland’s annual cash retainer plus the portion of his one-time additional cash retainer that was paid in fiscal 2015. Effective as of February 1, 2015, the Board elected Messrs. Winkleblack and Zillmer to serve as directors. Therefore, the amounts reported for Messrs. Winkleblack and Zillmer reflect fees earned from the date of their election.

(2) As of June 27, 2015, Mr. Steenland held 104,275 fully-vested options with an exercise price of $7.67.

130

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with the IPO, on October 6, 2015, we entered into a stockholders agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors. This agreement grants Blackstone the right to nominate to our Board of Directors a number of designees equal to: (i) at least a majority of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (ii) at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own at least 40% but less than 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (iii) at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own at least 30% but less than 40% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (iv) at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own at least 20% but less than 30% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; and (v) at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own at least 5% but less than 20% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors. For purposes of calculating the number of directors that Blackstone is entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number (e.g., one and one quarter directors shall equate to two directors) and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis after taking into account any increase in the size of our Board of Directors.

In addition, the agreement grants Wellspring the right to nominate to our Board of Directors a number of designees equal to: (i) at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Wellspring and its affiliates beneficially own at least 20% but less than 30% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; and (ii) at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors at such time as long as Wellspring and its affiliates beneficially own at least 5% but less than 20% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors. For purposes of calculating the number of directors that Wellspring is entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number (e.g., one and one quarter directors shall equate to two directors) and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis after taking into account any increase in the size of our Board of Directors.

In the event a vacancy on the Board of Directors is caused by the death, retirement, or resignation of Blackstone’s director-designee, Blackstone shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to have the vacancy filled by Blackstone’s new director-designee. Furthermore, in the event a vacancy on the Board of Directors is caused by the death, retirement, or resignation of Wellspring’s director-designee, Wellspring shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to have the vacancy filled by Wellspring’s new director-designee.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the IPO, on October 6, 2015, we entered into a registration rights agreement that provides Blackstone and Wellspring an unlimited number of “demand” registrations and customary “piggyback” registration rights and customary “piggyback” registration rights to certain other stockholders. The registration rights agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act.

Advisory Fee Agreement

We are a party to the Amended and Restated Advisory Fee Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C. (“BMP”) and Wellspring Capital Management, LLC (“WCM,” and

131

together with BMP, the “Advisors”). Pursuant to this agreement, BMP, WCM or their affiliates provide certain strategic and structuring advice and assistance to us. In addition, under this agreement, BMP, WCM, or their affiliates provide certain monitoring, advisory, and consulting services to us for an aggregate annual management fee equal to the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement). BMP, WCM, or their affiliates also receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. For the first nine months of fiscal 2016, and each of fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, payments under the Advisory Agreement totaled $5.0 million, $4.7 million, $4.2 million, and $4.2 million, respectively.

Under its terms, the Advisory Agreement will terminate no later than October 6, 2017.

Other Transactions

We lease a distribution facility from an entity owned by one of our officers. The lease generally provides that we will bear the cost of property taxes. Total rent and taxes paid to the officer’s company totaled $0.4 million, $0.3 million, and $0.5 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015 fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

We do business with other affiliates of The Blackstone Group. In fiscal 2015, we recorded sales of $34.8 million to certain of these affiliate companies compared to sales of $35.0 million for fiscal 2014, $40.1 million for fiscal 2013. In the first nine months of fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, we recorded sales of $26.0 million and $27.5 million, respectively, to certain of these affiliate companies. We also recorded purchases of $2.0 million from certain of these affiliate companies in the first nine months of fiscal 2015, $2.7 million in fiscal 2015, $1.8 million in fiscal 2014, and $2.9 million in fiscal 2013. We did not record any such purchases in the first nine months of fiscal 2016. We do not conduct a material amount of business with affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management.

As of March 26, 2016, an affiliate of Blackstone held $16.8 million of the outstanding $308.3 million Term Loan Facility. We paid approximately $0.8 million in interest related to the first nine months of fiscal 2016, $1.2 million related to the first nine months of fiscal 2015, $1.5 million related to fiscal 2015, $2.0 million related to fiscal 2014, and $0.2 million related to fiscal 2013 to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Loan Facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Term Loan Facility.” Affiliates of Blackstone and Wellspring Capital had held $218.1 million of our $500 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes, all of which were redeemed on May 14, 2013. We paid approximately $4.4 million in redemption premiums and $20.9 million in interest related to fiscal 2013 to these affiliates pursuant to the terms of the senior notes.

Repurchase of Securities

As market conditions warrant, we and our major stockholders, including our Sponsors, may from time to time, depending upon market conditions, seek to repurchase our securities or loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

Equity Investment by Directors and Executive Officers

Our 2007 Management Option Plan and 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan allow for the granting of awards to employees, officers, directors, advisors and consultants, including independent contractors, of the Company or its affiliates in the form of (i) nonqualified stock options pursuant to the 2007 Management Option Plan and (ii) incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other equity-based awards, other cash-based awards and performance compensation awards pursuant to the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The 2007 Management Option Plan and the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan are designed to attract able persons to us and our affiliates and to provide a means whereby those employees,

132

officers, directors, advisors and consultants can acquire and maintain stock ownership, thereby promoting our long-term growth and profitability and increasing participants’ desire to remain in our employ or service. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2007 Management Option Plan and 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan are determined by our Board of Directors or compensation committee, as applicable. All current option awards have a contractual term of ten years.

Equity Healthcare Program Agreement

Effective as of July 15, 2014, we entered into an employer health program agreement with Equity Healthcare LLC (“Equity Healthcare”), an affiliate of Blackstone, pursuant to which Equity Healthcare provides to us certain negotiating, monitoring, and other services in connection with our health benefit plans. Because of the combined purchasing power of its client participants, Equity Healthcare is able to negotiate pricing terms for providers that are believed to be more favorable than the companies could obtain for themselves on an individual basis.

In consideration for Equity Healthcare’s services, we paid Equity Healthcare a fee of $2.80 per eligible employee per month for benefit plans beginning on or after January 1, 2014 and we pay a fee of $3.00 per eligible employee per month for plans beginning on or after January 1, 2016 and $3.00 per eligible employee per month for plans beginning on or after January 1, 2017. As of March 26, 2016, we had approximately 10,000 employees enrolled in Equity Healthcare health benefit plans.

Core Trust Purchasing Group Participation Agreement

Effective September 24, 2007, we entered into a five-year participation agreement with Core Trust Purchasing Group (“CPG”), which designates CPG as our exclusive “group purchasing organization” for the purchase of certain products and services from third-party vendors. CPG secures from vendors pricing terms for goods and services that are believed to be more favorable than participants in the group purchasing organization could obtain for themselves on an individual basis. Under the participation agreement, we must purchase 80% of the requirements of our participating locations for core categories of specified products and services from vendors participating in the group purchasing arrangement with CPG or CPG may terminate the contract.

We do not pay any fees to participate in this group arrangement, and we can terminate participation in any category of products and services at any time prior to the expiration of the agreement without penalty with a reasonable business justification, including if pricing under the agreement becomes uncompetitive or uneconomical, customer service is not satisfactory, or participation negatively affects our corporate governance or compliance policies.

In connection with purchases by its participants (including us), CPG receives a commission from the vendors in respect of such purchases. Additionally, Blackstone has entered into a separate agreement with CPG whereby Blackstone receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to CPG based on the volume of purchases made by us. CPG is not a Blackstone affiliate and Blackstone is not a party to our participation agreement with CPG. A portion of the fees CPG remits to Blackstone is intended to reimburse Blackstone for a portion of the costs it incurs in connection with facilitating our participation in CPG and monitoring the services CPG provides to us. Our purchases through CPG were approximately $20.0 million, $18.4 million, $24.4 million, $24.0 million, and $16.0 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the first nine months of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our General

133

Counsel any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that we anticipate would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The General Counsel will then promptly communicate that information to our Board of Directors. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of our Board of Directors. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

134

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of April 26, 2016, for:

• each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

• each of our directors;

• each of our named executive officers;

• all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

• each selling stockholder.

For further information regarding material transactions between us and the selling stockholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership prior to this offering set forth below are based on the number of shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership after this offering set forth below are based on the number of shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering.

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. A person is a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days.

Unless otherwise noted in the footnotes to the following table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their beneficially owned common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Performance Food Group Company, 12500 West Creek Parkway, Richmond, Virginia, 23238.

Name of Beneficial Owner	Common Stock Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering					Shares of Common Stock Offered				Common Stock Beneficially Owned After this Offering
						Assuming the Underwriters’ Option is not Exercised		Assuming the Underwriters’ Option is Exercised in Full(1)		Assuming the Underwriters’ Option is not Exercised					Assuming the Underwriters’ Option is Exercised in Full
	Number		%							Number		%			Number		%
Principal and Selling Stockholders:
Blackstone(2)		60,041,050		58.5			11,673,956		13,425,049		48,367,094		47.1			46,616,001		45.4
Wellspring(3)		16,272,914		15.9			—		—		16,272,914		15.9			16,272,914		15.9
Lexington Partners(4)		1,676,896		1.6			326,044		374,951		1,337,267		1.4			1,286,323		1.3
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
George L. Holm(5)(6)		2,553,290		2.5			—		—		2,553,290		2.5			2,553,290		2.5
Robert D. Evans(6)		137,231			*		—		—		137,231			*		137,231			*
David Flitman		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Patrick T. Hagerty(6)		267,274			*		—		—		267,274			*		267,274			*
James Hope		36,874			*		—		—		36,874			*		36,874			*
William F. Dawson Jr.(7)		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Bruce McEvoy(8)		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Prakash A. Melwani(9)		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Jeffrey Overly(10)		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Douglas M. Steenland(6)		104,275			*		—		—		104,275			*		104,275			*
Arthur B. Winkleblack		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
John J. Zillmer		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons)(11)		3,447,926		3.3			—		—		3,447,926		3.3			3,447,926		3.3

135

* Represents less than 1%.

(1) Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P., Blackstone Capital Partners V-AC L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-SMD L.P., Blackstone Participation Partnership V L.P., Co-Investment Partners 2005, L.P., and Co-Investment Partners (NY), L.P. have granted (pro rata with their respective holdings) the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,800,000 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

(2) Includes 50,409,332 shares of our common stock directly owned by Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. (“BCP V”), 8,074,985 shares of our common stock directly owned by Blackstone Capital Partners V-AC L.P. (“BCP V-AC”), 787,909 shares of our common stock directly owned by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-SMD L.P. (“Family-SMD”), 639,995 shares of our common stock directly owned by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V L.P. (“Family”) and 128,829 shares of our common stock directly owned by Blackstone Participation Partnership V L.P. (“Participation”) (collectively, the “Blackstone Funds”). The general partner of BCP V and BCP V-AC is Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C. BMA V L.L.C. is the sole member of Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C. BCP V Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. is the general partner of Family and Participation. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member and majority in interest owner of BMA V L.L.C. and the sole member of BCP V Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. The general partner of Family-SMD is Blackstone Family GP L.L.C., which is controlled by its founder, Mr. Schwarzman. Each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds directly or indirectly controlled by it or him, but each (other than the Blackstone Funds to the extent of their direct holdings) disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address for each of the Blackstone Funds, Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C., BMA V. L.L.C., BCP V Side-by-Side GP L.L.C., Blackstone Holdings III L.P., Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P., Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C., The Blackstone Group L.P., Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., Blackstone Family GP L.L.C., and Mr. Schwarzman is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York, 10154.

(3) Reflects 16,272,914 shares of our common stock held by Wellspring Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“WCP IV”). The General Partner of WCP IV is WCM GenPar IV, L.P. The general partner of WCM GenPar IV, L.P. is WCM GenPar IV GP, LLC. WCM GenPar IV GP, LLC is controlled by a Board of Managers consisting of Mr. Dawson, Greg Feldman, and Carl Stanton. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o Wellspring Capital Management LLC, 390 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

(4) Includes 843,479 shares held by Co-Investment Partners 2005, L.P. and 833,417 shares held by Co-Investment Partners (NY), L.P. Voting and investment control over the shares held by each of Co-Investment Partners 2005, L.P. and Co-Investment Partners (NY), L.P. is ultimately exercised by Brent R. Nicklas (President of Lexington Advisers, Inc., the managing member of CIP Partners II, LLC, which is the general partner of each of Co-Investment Partners 2005, L.P. and Co-Investment Partners (NY), L.P.) who disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares. The address of the stockholder is 660 Madison Avenue, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10065.

(5) Includes an aggregate of 291,000 shares held by trusts of which Mr. Holm’s children are the beneficiaries and for which Mr. Holm’s wife acts as trustee. Mr. Holm may be deemed to beneficially own such shares.

(6) The number of shares beneficially owned includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and/or will be exercisable within 60 days after April 26, 2016, as follows: Mr. Holm (410,221), Mr. Evans (44,171), Mr. Hagerty (61,088), Mr. Hope (4,850), and Mr. Steenland (104,275). The number of shares beneficially owned also includes shares of restricted stock as follows: Mr. Holm (685,728), Mr. Evans (73,660), Mr. Hagerty (111,240), and Mr. Hope (32,024).

(7) Mr. Dawson is the Chief Executive Officer of Wellspring Capital Management, LLC, the management company of WCP IV. Mr. Dawson disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by WCP IV. Mr. Dawson’s address is c/o Wellspring Capital Management LLC, 390 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

(8) Mr. McEvoy is a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. McEvoy disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone. Mr. McEvoy’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(9) Mr. Melwani is a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. Melwani disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone. Mr. Melwani’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(10) Mr. Overly is an Operating Partner of Blackstone. Mr. Overly disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by Blackstone. Mr. Overly’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(11) Includes 726,929 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and/or exercisable within 60 days after April 26, 2016 and 1,059,012 shares of restricted stock.

136

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Asset-Based Revolving Credit Facility

We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern the ABL Facility. This summary is not a complete description of all the terms of such agreements.

General

On February 1, 2016, our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Performance Food Group, Inc., amended and restated the ABL Facility, with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and a syndicate of financial institutions and institutional lenders.

The ABL Facility provides for revolving credit financing of up to $1.6 billion, subject to borrowing base availability, with a maturity of five years, including both a letter of credit and swingline loan sub-facility. The ABL Facility includes a “first-in, last-out” tranche (the “Last Out Tranche”) in an aggregate amount of $100.0 million; the portion of our ABL Facility exclusive of the Last Out Tranche is referred to as the “First Out Tranche.”

The First Out Tranche borrowing base at any time is equal to the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:

• 85% of eligible receivables;

• 90% of the net appraised recovery value of eligible inventory;

• the lesser of (a) 75% of the most recently determined appraised value of eligible owned real property, and (b) 75% of the sum of (i) the appraised value of eligible real property as of the closing date of the ABL Facility plus (ii) the appraised value of eligible real property added after the closing date of the ABL Facility, reduced at the end of each fiscal quarter by an increasing amount over time (the “Real Estate Borrowing Base Amount”); and

• the lesser of (a) 80% of the most recently determined appraised value of eligible rolling stock, and (b) 75% of the sum of (i) the appraised value of eligible rolling stock as of the closing date of the ABL Facility plus (ii) the appraised value of eligible rolling stock added after the closing date of the ABL Facility, reduced at the end of each fiscal quarter by an increasing amount over time (the “Rolling Stock Borrowing Base Amount”).

The Last Out Tranche borrowing base at any time is equal to the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:

• 95% of eligible receivables;

• 95% of the net appraised recovery value of eligible inventory;

• if applicable, the Real Estate Borrowing Base Amount; and

• if applicable, the Rolling Stock Borrowing Base Amount;

provided that (1) the aggregate amount calculated with respect to real estate and rolling stock and included in the borrowing base shall not exceed 25% of the borrowing base, (2) the aggregate amount calculated with respect to rolling stock and included in the borrowing base shall not exceed the greater of (x) $130 million and (y) 10% of the lesser of the aggregate borrowing base and total commitments under the ABL Facility, (3) the aggregate amount, if any, of eligible receivables and eligible inventory entities organized in certain Caribbean territories included in the borrowing base shall not exceed $50 million and (4) accounts and inventory acquired in connection with an acquisition permitted under the ABL Facility may be included in the calculation of the

137

borrowing base for 60 days following such acquisition if they are otherwise eligible so long as the amount of availability under the First Out Tranche borrowing base derived from such assets does not exceed the lesser of (I) 7.5% of the First Out Tranche borrowing base and (II) the sum of 70% of the book value of such acquired accounts plus 50% of the book value of such acquired inventory.

Lenders under the First Out Tranche are not obligated to fund any loan under the First Out Tranche unless the borrower has borrowed the full amount of the lesser of (a) the Last Out Tranche commitments or (b) the difference between the Last Out Tranche borrowing base and the First Out Tranche borrowing base.

The ABL Facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. Letters of credit and swingline loans constitute extensions of credit under the First Out Tranche.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of a default and accuracy of representations and warranties.

Provided that no default or event of default is then existing or would arise therefrom, at the borrower’s option, it may request that the First Out Tranche under the ABL Facility be increased by an amount not to exceed $800.0 million, subject to certain consent rights of the administrative agent with respect to the lenders providing commitments for such increase. The terms of such incremental revolving facility shall be as agreed between the borrower and the lenders providing the new commitments.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the borrower’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, plus an applicable margin (x) in the case of the First Out Tranche, equal to an amount ranging between 0.25% to 0.75% based on average excess availability under the ABL Facility and (y) in the case of the Last Out Tranche, equal to an amount ranging between 1.50% to 1.75% based on average excess availability under the ABL Facility or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin (x) in the case of the First Out Tranche, equal to an amount ranging between 1.25% to 1.75% based on average excess availability under the ABL Facility and (y) in the case of the Last Out Tranche, equal to an amount ranging between 2.50% to 2.75% based on average excess availability under the ABL Facility. In addition to paying interest on outstanding amounts under the ABL Facility, the borrower is required to pay a commitment fee, in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder, equal to an amount ranging between 0.25% and 0.375% per annum based on average excess availability under the ABL Facility, which fee will be determined based on utilization of the ABL Facility. The borrower must also pay customary letter of credit fees equal to (x) in the case of standby letters of credit, the applicable margin on LIBOR loans under the First Out Tranche and (y) in the case of commercial letters of credit, the applicable margin on LIBOR loans under the First Out Tranche minus 0.50%, as well as agency fees.

Mandatory Repayments

If at any time the aggregate amount of outstandings under the First Out Tranche of the ABL Facility, including letter of credit outstandings and swingline loans, exceeds the lesser of (i) the aggregate commitments under the First Out Tranche of the ABL Facility and (ii) the First Out Tranche borrowing base, the borrower will be required to repay outstanding First Out Tranche loans (including swingline loans) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess and, if a deficiency remains, cash collateralize letters of credit in an amount equal to 101.5% of the letters of credit outstanding. If the Last Out Tranche commitments are outstanding and the aggregate amount of outstandings under the ABL Facility exceeds the Last Out Tranche borrowing base, the borrower will be required to repay outstanding loans (including swingline loans) under the First Out Tranche in an aggregate

138

amount equal to such excess and, if after giving effect to the prepayment in full of all outstanding First Out Tranche extensions of credit the deficiency has not been eliminated, repay the Last Out Tranche loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess and, if a deficiency remains, cash collateralize letters of credit in an amount equal to 101.5% of the letters of credit outstanding. If excess availability under the ABL Facility is (x) $0 at any time or (y) less than the greater of (i) $130 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate borrowing base and (B) total commitments under the ABL Facility for five consecutive business days or certain events of default have occurred, the borrower will be required, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of such cash dominion event, to deposit cash (other than uncontrolled cash in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million and payroll, trust, and tax withholding accounts) from deposit accounts daily in a core concentration account maintained with the administrative agent under the ABL Facility, which will be used to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit.

Voluntary Repayments

The borrower may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time (subject to minimum repayment amounts and customary notice periods) without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans. The commitments under the Last Out Tranche may be terminated or reduced only if there are no extensions of credit under the First Out Tranche then outstanding. If the First Out Tranche commitments are terminated in their entirety, the Last Out Tranche must be terminated contemporaneously. Voluntary repayments must be applied to repay First Out Tranche loans prior to repayment of Last Out Tranche loans.

Amortization and Final Maturity

There is no scheduled amortization under the ABL Facility. All outstanding loans under the facility are due and payable in full on February 1, 2021.

Guarantees and Security

All obligations under the ABL Facility, any interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements entered into with any lender in the syndicate or any of its affiliates, and cash management obligations owing to any lender in the syndicate or any of its affiliates are unconditionally guaranteed by PFGC, Inc. and substantially all of PFGC, Inc.’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than captive insurance subsidiaries). All obligations under the ABL Facility, any interest rate protection or other hedging arrangements entered into with any lender in the syndicate or any of its affiliates, and cash management obligations owing to any lender in the syndicate or any of its affiliates, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the borrower’s assets and the assets of the guarantors, including a first-priority security interest in substantially all personal property and material real property; provided that, subject to certain conditions, Performance Food Group, Inc. may direct the release or subordination of the administrative agent’s lien on (x) real property and equipment (including, without limitation, rolling stock) and (y) equity interests, certain intercompany loans, other fixed or capital assets (excluding intellectual property) and other assets which, by market convention, would constitute term loan priority collateral (and proceeds thereof).

Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters

The ABL Facility requires that if excess availability is less than the greater of (i) $130 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate borrowing base and (B) total commitments under the ABL Facility for five consecutive business days, the borrower must comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test. In addition, the ABL Facility includes negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit the borrower’s ability and the ability of PFGC, Inc. and its subsidiaries to, among other things:

• incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

• incur liens;

139

• make investments and loans;

• pay dividends, make payments, or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

• engage in mergers, liquidations, dissolutions, asset sales, and other dispositions (including sale leaseback transactions);

• amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness;

• enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions or containing negative pledge clauses;

• engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

• alter the business conducted;

• change its fiscal year; and

• with respect to PFGC, Inc., engage in any activities not permitted.

The ABL Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, and events of default, including among other things payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, failure of any guaranty or security document supporting the ABL Facility to be in full force and effect, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the ABL Facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the ABL Facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

As of March 26, 2016, there was $866.9 million of outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility, outstanding letters of credit totaled $97.7 million, and additional availability under the ABL Facility, subject to the applicable borrowing base, was $615.1 million. As of March 26, 2016, the borrower was in compliance with all of the financial covenants required by the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility.

Second Lien Term Loan

We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern the Term Loan Facility. This summary is not a complete description of all the terms of such agreements.

Overview

Our second lien term loan facility. The Term Loan Facility provides for senior secured financing of $750 million consisting of a six and one-half-year second lien term loan. We repaid $223.0 million of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan Facility using a portion of the net proceeds from the IPO, and repaid $200.0 million of the outstanding principal amount in February 2016 using additional borrowings under the ABL Facility.

Provided that no event of default is then existing or would arise therefrom (or, if the proceeds are being used for certain acquisitions, no payment event of default or event of default resulting from invalid loan documents), at the borrower’s option, it may request that the Term Loan Facility be increased by an amount not to exceed the sum of (A) $140 million plus (B) additional amounts so long as the secured net leverage ratio, determined on a pro forma basis, does not exceed 5.90 to 1.00. The terms of such incremental term loans shall be as agreed between the borrower and the lenders providing the new term loans.

140

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its “prime lending rate,” (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for the term loans under the Term Loan Facility may be reduced subject to attaining a certain total net leverage ratio. The applicable margin for borrowings will be 5.25% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.25% for loans based on the base rate as of June 27, 2015. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the base rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%.

Prepayments

The credit agreement requires us to prepay term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

• 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property by the borrower and its restricted subsidiaries (including insurance and condemnation proceeds, subject to de minimis thresholds) that are not required to be applied to make prepayments pursuant to the ABL Facility, (a) if the borrower does not reinvest those net cash proceeds in assets to be used in its business or to make certain other permitted investments, within 12 months of the receipt of such net cash proceeds or (b) if the borrower commits to reinvest such net cash proceeds within 12 months of the receipt thereof, within the later of 12 months of the receipt thereof or 180 days of the date of such commitment; and

• 100% of the net proceeds of any issuance or incurrence of debt by the borrower or any of its restricted subsidiaries, other than permitted debt.

The borrower may voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than a prepayment premium on voluntary prepayment of term loans on or prior to the date that is two years after the closing date of the Term Loan Facility and customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Amortization and Maturity

The borrower is required to repay installments on the term loans in quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of their respective funded total principal amount, with the remaining amount payable on the maturity date. The maturity date of the term loans is the six and one-half year anniversary of the closing date of the Term Loan Facility.

Guarantee and Security

All obligations under the Term Loan Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by PFGC, Inc. and substantially all of PFGC, Inc.’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than captive insurance subsidiaries). All obligations under the Term Loan Facility and the guarantees of those obligations are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a second-priority basis by substantially all of the borrower’s assets and the assets of the guarantors, including a second-priority security interest in substantially all personal property and material real property.

Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters

The Term Loan Facility includes negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit the borrower’s ability and the ability of PFGC, Inc. and its subsidiaries to, among other things:

• incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

• incur liens;

141

• make investments and loans;

• pay dividends, make payments, or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

• engage in mergers, liquidations, dissolutions, asset sales, and other dispositions (including sale leaseback transactions);

• amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness;

• enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions or containing negative pledge clauses;

• engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

• alter the business conducted;

• change its fiscal year; and

• with respect to PFGC, Inc., engage in any activities not permitted.

The Term Loan Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, and events of default, including among other things payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, failure of any guaranty or security document supporting the Term Loan Facility to be in full force and effect, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Term Loan Facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the Term Loan Facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

As of March 26, 2016, there were $308.3 million of outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility (not reflecting $1.0 million of unamortized original issue discount).

As of March 26, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants related to our Term Loan Facility.

142

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

In connection with the IPO, we amended and restated our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). Our authorized capital stock consists of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. No shares of preferred stock are issued or outstanding. Unless our Board of Directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption, or conversion rights. The common stock is not subject to further calls or assessment by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All shares of our outstanding common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, powers, preferences, and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock that we may authorize and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by the NYSE, the authorized shares of preferred stock are available for issuance without further action by you. Our Board of Directors may determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers, including preferences and relative participations, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, of that series, including, without limitation:

• the designation of the series;

• the number of shares of the series, which our Board of Directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

• whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

• the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

• the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

• the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

• the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of our affairs;

• whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other

143

security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible, and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

• restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

• the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium for your common stock over the market price of the common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Dividends

The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by the Board of Directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equal the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. The time and amount of dividends will depend upon our financial condition, operations, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs, restrictions in our debt instruments, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of distributions to stockholders, and any other factors our Board of Directors may consider relevant.

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness that we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Annual Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time, and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our Board of Directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

144

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and the DGCL contain provisions that are summarized in the following paragraphs and that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board of Directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control, and enhance the ability of our Board of Directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter, or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply if and so long as our common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. Additional shares that may be used in the future may be issued for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital, or to facilitate acquisitions.

Our Board of Directors may generally issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions, and employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board of Directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult, or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors are elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our Board of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

145

Business Combinations

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

• prior to such time, our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

• upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

• at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 ²⁄₃% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our Board of Directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board of Directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board of Directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Sponsors and their respective affiliates, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees, and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own in the aggregate, less than 30% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 ²⁄₃% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding or the rights granted under the stockholders agreement with Blackstone, any newly created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our Board of Directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than

146

30% of voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all our directors.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the chairman of the Board of Directors; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of the stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of Blackstone and its affiliates. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying, or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.

Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions will not apply to Blackstone and its affiliates so long as the stockholders agreement remains in effect. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings that may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay, or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the Company.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

147

Supermajority Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind, or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, change, addition, or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, rescission, or repeal. At any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission, or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 ²⁄₃% in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed, or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 ²⁄₃% in voting power all the then outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

• the provision requiring a 66 ²⁄₃% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our bylaws;

• the provisions providing for a classified Board of Directors (the election and term of our directors);

• the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

• the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;

• the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

• the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

• the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

• the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our Board of Directors and newly created directorships;

• the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

• the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 ²⁄₃% supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our Board of Directors, the lack of cumulative voting, and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our Board of Directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board of Directors. Because our Board of Directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management or the Company, such as a merger, reorganization, or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our Board of Directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the

148

Company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of our Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or stockholder of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or stockholder of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be unenforceable.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors, or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors, or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders, or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of our Sponsors or any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates has any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise

149

competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that any of our Sponsors or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person has no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions, or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers, and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, advancement, and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “PFGC.”

150

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

General

We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.”

As of April 26, 2016, we had 102,614,707 shares of common stock outstanding. All shares sold in the IPO and in this offering will be freely tradable without registration under the Securities Act and without restriction by persons other than our “affiliates” (as defined under Rule 144). The shares of common stock held by Blackstone, Wellspring and our directors, officers, employees and certain other stockholders after this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of April 26, 2016, will be “restricted” securities under the meaning of Rule 144 and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act, unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The restricted shares held by our affiliates will be available for sale in the public market at various times pursuant to Rule 144 following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period.

In addition, 3,822,090 shares are issuable upon the exercise of options, 288,186 shares are issuable pursuant to restricted stock units, 395,019 shares are reserved for future issuance under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, and 3,774,894 shares are reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. We have filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common stock issued or reserved for issuance. These shares will become eligible for sale in the public market once those shares are issued, subject to various vesting agreements, lock-up agreements, and Rule 144, as applicable. In addition, there are 2,883,628 shares of restricted stock outstanding. We have filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the 2007 Stock Option Plan. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to be or have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without registration, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of a prior owner other than an affiliate, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates, who have met the six month holding period for beneficial ownership of “restricted shares” of our common stock, are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

• 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 1.0 million shares as of April 26, 2016; or

• the average reported weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

151

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our common stock after this offering because a great supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, our officers, directors, the selling stockholders and Wellspring have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge, or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge, or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., for a period of 75 days after the date of this prospectus.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

Registration Rights

In connection with the IPO, on October 6, 2015, we entered into a registration rights agreement that provides Blackstone and Wellspring an unlimited number of “demand” registrations and customary “piggyback” registration rights and customary “piggyback” registration rights to certain other stockholders. The registration rights agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act.

152

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a person (other than a partnership) that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

• an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

• a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

• an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

• a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes, such as the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” a person who holds or receives our common stock pursuant to the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation or a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

Distributions on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain subject to the rules discussed under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

153

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder) are not subject to withholding, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete the applicable Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8 and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Any gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

• the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

• the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

• we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to such holder as if it were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States, provided such non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

154

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock, and, for a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2018, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) that does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner that avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) that does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial U.S. beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.

155

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement, the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock.

Underwriter	Number of Shares
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Barclays Capital Inc.
Total		12,000,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 1,800,000 additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $         per share. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the public offering price and concession.

The following table summarizes the compensation the selling stockholders will pay. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,800,000 additional shares:

	Per Share		Total
	No Exercise	Full Exercise	No Exercise	Full Exercise
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling stockholders	$	$	$	$

We estimate that the out-of-pocket expenses payable by us for this offering will be approximately $         million.

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of up to $         related to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

We have agreed, subject to certain, exceptions, that we will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. for a period of 75 days after the date of this prospectus.

156

Our officers, directors, sponsors and the selling stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. for a period of 75 days after the date of this prospectus.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

The shares of common stock are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “ PFGC.”

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sale transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

• Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

• Short sales involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares sold by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the option to purchase additional shares described above. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

• Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares described above. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the option to purchase additional shares, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

• Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

157

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

We expect that the underwriters and their respective affiliates will continue to perform various financial advisory, investment banking and lending services for us or our affiliates, from time to time in the future, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise). The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. In addition, certain of the underwriters or their respective affiliates, including Barclays Bank PLC, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc., and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are lenders or agents or managers for the lenders under our ABL facility or our Term Loan Facility.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Canadian Residents

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of the shares of common stock in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of the shares of common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.

Representations of Canadian Purchasers

By purchasing the shares of common stock in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

• the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares of common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106—Prospectus Exemptions,

• the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103—Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations,

• where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and

• the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

158

Conflicts of Interest

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., is relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105—Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.

Statutory Rights of Action

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of the shares of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares of common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares of common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

Notice to Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock has not been made and may not be made in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of our common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b) to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in a

159

Relevant Member State and each person who initially acquires any shares of our common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed with Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. and us that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law of the Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in any Relevant Member State.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

In the case of any shares of our common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares of our common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares of our common stock to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale. We, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. and their affiliates, and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a qualified investor and who has notified Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., be permitted to acquire shares of our common stock in the offer.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter:

• has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”)) in connection with the sale or issue of common stock in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to such underwriter; and

• has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of common stock in, from, or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

This prospectus is directed solely at persons (i) who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) in the United Kingdom, who: (A) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) (B) are high net worth entities and other persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Accordingly, by accepting delivery of this prospectus, the recipient warrants and acknowledges that it is such a relevant person. This prospectus must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in with relevant persons only.

160

Notice to Investors in Switzerland

This document is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the shares described herein. The shares may not be publicly offered, sold or advertised, directly or indirectly, in, into or from Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange or on any other exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to article 652a or article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus within the meaning of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated trading facility in Switzerland, and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, nor the Company nor the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. The shares are not subject to the supervision by any Swiss regulatory authority, e.g., the Swiss Financial Markets Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and investors in the shares will not benefit from protection or supervision by such authority.

Notice to Prospective Investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, the shares of common stock are not offered, and the offer of our common stock shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions applies:

(i) the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to duly registered banks, mutual banks, financial services provider, financial institution, the Public Investment Corporation (in each case registered as such in South Africa), a person who deals with securities in their ordinary course of business, or a wholly owned subsidiary of a bank, mutual bank, authorised services provider or financial institution, acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund (duly registered in South Africa), or as manager for a collective investment scheme(registered in South Africa); or

(ii) the contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than R1,000,000.

This document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute an “offer to the public” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act, 2008 (the “SA Companies Act”) and does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a prospectus prepared and registered under the SA Companies Act. This document is not an “offer to the public” and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who do not fall within Section 96(1)(a) of the SA Companies Act (such persons being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

A South African resident person or company or any non-South African company which is a subsidiary of a South African company is not permitted to acquire the shares of common stock unless such person has obtained exchange control approval to do so.

161

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of selected partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others owns an interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules.

We file annual, quarterly, and special reports and other information with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Those filings are also available to the public on, or accessible through, our website under the heading “Investor Relations” at www.pfgc.com. The information we file with the SEC or contained on or accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You may also read and copy, at SEC prescribed rates, any document we file with the SEC, including the registration statement (and its exhibits) of which this prospectus is a part, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room.

We intend to make available to our common stockholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

162

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014 and for the fiscal years ended June 27, 2015, June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-9
Schedule 1 – Registrant’s Condensed Financial Statements	F-41

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015 and for the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015

Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-45
Consolidated Statements of Operations	F-46
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	F-47
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	F-48
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-49
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-51

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Performance Food Group Company

12500 West Creek Parkway

Richmond, VA 23238

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the periods ended June 27, 2015, June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Page F-1. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries at June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the periods ended June 27, 2015, June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Richmond, VA

August 28, 2015

F-2

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in millions, except share data)	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash	$	9.2		$	5.3
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $16.0 and $14.7		964.6			834.8
Inventories, net		882.6			849.0
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		26.4			22.4
Deferred income tax asset, net		17.5			15.8
Total current assets		1,900.3			1,727.3
Goodwill		664.0			663.9
Other intangible assets, net		186.9			241.3
Property, plant and equipment, net		594.7			569.9
Restricted cash		20.2			15.1
Other assets		24.8			21.4
Assets held for sale		—			0.9
Total assets	$	3,390.9		$	3,239.8
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Outstanding checks in excess of deposits	$	126.3		$	117.3
Trade accounts payable		895.9			826.8
Accrued expenses		234.1			208.7
Long-term debt—current installments		9.4			7.5
Capital and finance lease obligations—current installments		3.5			3.0
Derivative liabilities		7.8			7.1
Total current liabilities		1,277.0			1,170.4
Long-term debt		1,395.8			1,418.1
Deferred income tax liability, net		100.3			103.8
Long-term derivative liabilities		1.3			3.0
Capital and finance lease obligations, excluding current installments		33.8			30.9
Other long-term liabilities		89.7			79.5
Total liabilities		2,897.9			2,805.7
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
Shareholders’ equity:
Common Stock
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 86,860,562 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014		0.9			0.9
Class B: $0.01 par value per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 18,388 and 13,538 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		594.1			592.9
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit of $2.9 and $3.6		(4.5	)		(5.7	)
Accumulated deficit		(97.5	)		(154.0	)
Total shareholders’ equity		493.0			434.1
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	3,390.9		$	3,239.8

Share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

($ in millions, except share and per share data)	Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Net sales	$	15,270.0		$	13,685.7		$	12,826.5
Cost of goods sold		13,421.7			11,988.5			11,243.8
Gross profit		1,848.3			1,697.2			1,582.7
Operating expenses		1,688.2			1,581.6			1,468.0
Operating profit		160.1			115.6			114.7
Other expense:
Interest expense, net (includes $8.0, $6.6, and $11.1 of reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps)		85.7			86.1			93.9
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—			—			2.0
Other, net		(22.2	)		(0.7	)		(0.7	)
Other expense, net		63.5			85.4			95.2
Income before taxes		96.6			30.2			19.5
Income tax expense (includes $3.1, $2.6, and $4.3 tax benefit from reclassification adjustments)		40.1			14.7			11.1
Net income	$	56.5		$	15.5		$	8.4
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic		86,874,727			86,868,452			86,864,606
Diluted		87,613,698			87,533,324			87,458,530
Earnings per common share:
Basic	$	0.65		$	0.18		$	0.10
Diluted	$	0.64		$	0.18		$	0.10
Dividends declared per common share:		—			—		$	2.53

Share and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

($ in millions)	Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Net income	$	56.5		$	15.5		$	8.4
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Interest rate swaps:
Change in fair value, net of tax benefit of $2.3, $4.0, and $0.9		(3.7	)		(6.2	)		(1.4	)
Reclassification adjustment, net of tax expense of $3.1, $2.6, and $4.3		4.9			4.0			6.8
Other comprehensive income (loss)		1.2			(2.2	)		5.4
Total comprehensive income	$	57.7		$	13.3		$	13.8

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

($ in millions, except share data)	Common Stock								Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Accumulated Deficit			Total Shareholders’ Equity
	Class A				Class B
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount
Balance as of June 30, 2012		86,860,562	$	0.9		3,886	$	—	$	811.0		$	(8.9	)	$	(177.9	)	$	625.1
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan		—		—		1,213		—		—			—			—			—
Dividend to shareholders		—		—		—		—		(220.0	)		—			—			(220.0	)
Net income		—		—		—		—		—			—			8.4			8.4
Interest rate swaps		—		—		—		—		—			5.4			—			5.4
Stock compensation expense		—		—		—		—		1.1			—			—			1.1
Balance as of June 29, 2013		86,860,562		0.9		5,099		—		592.1			(3.5	)		(169.5	)		420.0
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan		—		—		8,439		—		0.1			—			—			0.1
Net income		—		—		—		—		—			—			15.5			15.5
Interest rate swaps		—		—		—		—		—			(2.2	)		—			(2.2	)
Stock compensation expense		—		—		—		—		0.7			—			—			0.7
Balance as of June 28, 2014		86,860,562		0.9		13,538		—		592.9			(5.7	)		(154.0	)		434.1
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan		—		—		4,850		—		—			—			—			—
Net income		—		—		—		—		—			—			56.5			56.5
Interest rate swaps		—		—		—		—		—			1.2			—			1.2
Stock compensation expense		—		—		—		—		1.2			—			—			1.2
Balance as of June 27, 2015		86,860,562	$	0.9		18,388	$	—	$	594.1		$	(4.5	)	$	(97.5	)	$	493.0

Share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

($ in millions)	Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	56.5		$	15.5		$	8.4
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation		76.3			73.5			58.7
Amortization of intangible assets		45.0			59.2			61.3
Amortization of deferred financing costs and other		10.3			10.2			8.9
Provision for losses on accounts receivables		6.6			9.1			6.1
Expense related to modification of debt		—			0.3			1.4
Stock compensation expense		1.2			0.7			1.1
Deferred income tax benefit		(6.1	)		(1.4	)		(6.0	)
Change in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities		1.8			(0.1	)		(0.6	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—			—			2.0
(Gain) loss on assets held for sale		(0.9	)		0.6			0.4
Other		—			0.2			(0.1	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Accounts receivable		(136.3	)		(134.5	)		(18.3	)
Inventories		(33.5	)		(107.3	)		(21.4	)
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(8.2	)		(6.9	)		1.1
Trade accounts payable		69.1			102.3			133.2
Outstanding checks in excess of deposits		9.0			46.1			(80.8	)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		36.6			52.2			(14.7	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		127.4			119.7			140.7
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment		(98.6	)		(90.6	)		(66.5	)
Net cash paid for acquisition		(0.4	)		(0.9	)		(86.0	)
Increase in restricted cash		(5.1	)		(5.1	)		—
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment		1.5			2.6			1.5
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale		1.9			0.6			1.0
Net cash used in investing activities		(100.7	)		(93.4	)		(150.0	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net payments under ABL Facility		(13.9	)		(21.2	)		(30.5	)
Borrowings on Senior Notes		—			—			50.0
Payments on Senior Notes		—			—			(500.0	)
Borrowings on Term Facility		—			—			746.3
Payments on Term Facility		(7.5	)		(5.6	)		—
Payments on financed property, plant and equipment		(1.6	)		(1.8	)		—
Cash paid for debt issuance, extinguishment and modifications		—			(1.5	)		(27.2	)
Cash paid for acquisitions		(0.2	)		(2.8	)		(5.1	)
Payments under capital and finance lease obligations		(3.1	)		(2.3	)		(1.2	)
Proceeds from sale-leaseback transaction		3.5			—			—
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		—			0.1			—
Dividend to shareholders		—			—			(220.0	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(22.8	)		(35.1	)		12.3
Net increase (decrease) in cash		3.9			(8.8	)		3.0
Cash, beginning of period		5.3			14.1			11.1
Cash, end of period	$	9.2		$	5.3		$	14.1

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions are as follows:

(In millions)	Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015		Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014		Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Initial fair value of promissory note related to acquisition	$	—	$	—	$	4.2
Debt assumed through new and amended capital lease obligations		3.0		4.6		5.7
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, financed		—		3.5		—

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information are as follows:

(In millions)	Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015		Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014		Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	73.6	$	63.3	$	93.9
Income taxes, net of refunds		41.3		15.9		17.6

F-8

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    Description of Business

Performance Food Group Company, through its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), markets and distributes over 150,000 national and company-branded food and food-related products from 68 distribution centers to over 150,000 customer locations across the United States. The Company serves both of the major customer types in the restaurant industry: (i) independent, or “Street” customers, and (ii) multi-unit, or “Chain” customers, which include regional and national family and casual dining restaurants chains, fast casual chains, and quick-service restaurants. The Company also serves schools, healthcare facilities, business and industry locations, and other institutional customers. The Company is managed through three operating segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.

• Performance Foodservice is a leading U.S. foodservice distributor with substantial scale along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. This segment distributes over 125,000 national and company-branded food and food-related products to over 85,000 customer locations including Street restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional “food-away-from-home” locations.

• PFG Customized is a leading national distributor, principally to the family and casual dining channel, and serves over 5,000 restaurant locations. Substantially all of its customers are national or large regional chains or are affiliated with them.

• Vistar is a leading national distributor of approximately 20,000 candy, snack, beverage, and other products to approximately 60,000 customer locations in the vending, office coffee service, theater, retail, and other channels.

The Company is owned by affiliates of The Blackstone Group and other co-investors, including an affiliate of Wellspring Capital Management. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include Performance Food Group Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to June 30^th. This resulted in a 52-week year for fiscal 2015, 2014 and fiscal 2013. References to “fiscal 2015” are to the 52-week period ending June 27, 2015, references to “fiscal 2014” are to the 52-week period ended June 28, 2014, and references to “fiscal 2013” are to the 52-week period ended June 29, 2013.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for inventories, impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets, acquisition accounting, reserves for claims and recoveries under insurance programs, vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, bonus accruals, depreciation, amortization, determination of useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

F-9

Cash

The Company maintains its cash primarily in institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At times, the Company’s cash balance may be in amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limits.

Restricted Cash

The Company is required by its insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for its workers’ compensation and liability claims. The Company has chosen to satisfy these collateral requirements by depositing funds in trusts or by issuing letters of credit. All amounts in restricted cash at June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014 represent funds deposited in insurance trusts, and $10.2 million and $5.1 million, respectively, represent Level 1 fair value measurements.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are recorded at the invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Accounts receivable also includes other receivables primarily related to various rebate and promotional incentives with the Company’s suppliers. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for doubtful accounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The Company regularly analyzes its significant customer accounts, and when it becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, such as bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position, the Company records a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount it reasonably believes is collectible. The Company also records reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers change, the Company’s estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted. As of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables was approximately $11.0 million and $10.3 million, respectively, and $5.0 million and $4.4 million, respectively related to other receivables. The Company recorded $6.6 million, $9.1 million, and $6.1 million in provision for doubtful accounts in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

Inventories

The Company’s inventories consist primarily of food and non-food products. The Company values inventories primarily at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. At June 27, 2015, the Company’s inventory balance of $882.6 million consists primarily of finished goods, $812.3 million of which was valued at FIFO. As of June 27, 2015, $70.3 million of the inventory balance was valued at last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. At June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $5.5 million and $3.8 million, respectively. Costs in inventory include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product to the Company’s warehouses and are net of certain consideration received from vendors in the amount of $16.8 million and $14.2 million as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively. The Company adjusts its inventory balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions. As of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the Company had adjusted its inventories by approximately $6.2 million and $6.6 million, respectively.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, including capital lease assets, is calculated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 39 years, and is included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.

F-10

Certain internal and external costs related to the development of internal use software are capitalized within property, plant, and equipment during the application development stage.

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. The difference between the net book value of the asset and proceeds from disposition is recognized as a gain or loss. Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while costs of betterments and renewals are capitalized.

Assets Held for Sale

The Company classifies assets as held for sale and ceases depreciating the assets when there is a plan for disposal of assets and those assets meet the held for sale criteria as defined in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360-10-35, Property, Plant and Equipment—Subsequent Measurement—Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. As of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the Company had approximately $0 and $0.9 million, respectively, of assets classified as held for sale. The June 28, 2014 amount relates to a vacant facility at one of the Company’s Performance Foodservice locations. The Company sold this property in September 2014 for approximately $1.9 million in net proceeds.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company, including intangible assets with definite lives, are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the projected, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group. Based on the Company’s assessments, no impairment losses were recorded in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, or fiscal 2013.

Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company’s financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of cost of an acquired entity over the amounts specifically assigned to those tangible net assets acquired in a business combination. Other identifiable intangible assets typically include customer relationships, trade names, technology, non-compete agreements, and favorable lease assets. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangibles with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which generally range from two to eleven years. Certain assumptions, estimates, and judgments are used in determining the fair value of net assets acquired, including goodwill and other intangible assets, as well as determining the allocation of goodwill to the reporting units. Accordingly, the Company may obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for the valuation of significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but that are inherently uncertain. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur that could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

The Company is required to test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more often if circumstances indicate. Indicators of goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to, significant declines in the markets and industries that buy the Company’s products, changes in the estimated future cash flows of its reporting units, changes in capital markets, and changes in its market capitalization. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s policy is to assess impairment at the end of each fiscal year.

F-11

In fiscal 2013, the Company adopted FASB Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which provides entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly referred to as “step zero”) to determine whether further quantitative analysis for impairment of goodwill is necessary. In performing step zero for the Company’s goodwill impairment test, the Company is required to make assumptions and judgments including but not limited to the following: the evaluation of macroeconomic conditions as related to the Company’s business, industry and market trends, and the overall future financial performance of its reporting units and future opportunities in the markets in which they operate. If impairment indicators are present after performing step zero, the Company would perform a quantitative impairment analysis to estimate the fair value of goodwill.

During fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, the Company performed the step zero analysis for its goodwill impairment test. As a result of the Company’s step zero analysis, no further quantitative impairment test was deemed necessary for fiscal 2015 or fiscal 2014. There were no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, or fiscal 2013.

Insurance Program

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers and subject to certain limitations and exclusions. The Company also maintains self-funded group medical insurance. The Company accrues its estimated liability for these deductibles, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The estimated short-term portion of these accruals is included in Accrued expenses on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) is defined as all changes in equity during each period except for those resulting from net income (loss) and investments by or distributions to shareholders. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists primarily of gains or losses from derivative financial instruments that are designated in a hedging relationship. For derivative instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings during the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of a product when it is considered realized or realizable and earned. The Company determines these requirements to be met when the product has been delivered to the customer, the price is fixed and determinable, and there is reasonable assurance of collection of the sales proceeds. The Company recognizes revenues net of applicable sales tax. Sales returns are recorded as reductions of sales.

Revenue is accounted for in accordance with ASC 605-45, which addresses reporting revenue either on a gross basis as a principal or a net basis as an agent depending upon the nature of the sales transactions. The Company recognizes revenue on a gross basis when the Company determines the sale meets the conditions of ASC 605-45, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” The Company weighs the following factors in making its determination:

• who is the primary obligor to provide the product or services desired by our customers;

• who has discretion in supplier selection;

• who has latitude in establishing price;

F-12

• who retains credit risk; and

• who bears inventory risk.

When the Company determines that it does not meet the criteria for gross revenue recognition under ASC 605-45 on the basis of these factors, the Company reports the revenue on a net basis. When there is a change to an agreement with a customer or vendor, pursuant to the Company’s revenue recognition policy, the Company reevaluates the reporting of the revenue based on the factors outlined above to determine if there has been a change in the Company’s relationship in acting as the principal or an agent.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes amounts paid to manufacturers for products sold, the cost of transportation necessary to bring the products to the Company’s facilities, plus depreciation related to processing facilities and equipment.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses include warehouse, delivery, occupancy, insurance, depreciation, amortization, salaries and wages, and employee benefits expenses.

Other, net

Other, net primarily includes the change in fair value gain or loss and cash settlements pertaining to our derivatives on forecasted diesel fuel purchases along with other non-operating income or expense items. For fiscal 2015, this also includes the $25.0 million termination fee in connection with the termination of the Sysco and US Foods merger discussed below.

On December 8, 2013, Sysco Corporation (“Sysco”) and US Foods, Inc. (“US Foods”), announced that they had entered into an agreement and plan of merger. On February 2, 2015, the Company reached an agreement to purchase 11 US Foods facilities relating to the proposed merger. On February 19, 2015, the Federal Trade Commission filed suit seeking an injunction to prevent the proposed merger and, on June 23, 2015, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia granted the injunction. In June 2015, the proposed merger was terminated. As a result, the Company’s agreement to purchase the facilities was also terminated and the Company received a termination fee of $25 million.

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives

The Company participates in various rebate and promotional incentives with its suppliers, primarily including volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these incentives is generally recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. However, as described below, in certain limited circumstances the consideration is recorded as a reduction of operating expenses incurred by the Company. Consideration received may be in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.

Consideration received for incentives that contain volume and growth rebates and annual and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company systematically and rationally allocates the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, the Company records the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. The Company records annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. The Company uses current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to promote and sell the supplier’s products is typically a reimbursement of marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a reduction

F-13

of the Company’s operating expenses. If the amount of consideration received from the suppliers exceeds the Company’s marketing costs, any excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company follows the requirements of FASB ASC 605-50-25-10, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Recognition—Customer’s Accounting for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor and ASC 605-50-45-16, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Other Presentation Matters—Reseller’s Characterization of Sales Incentives Offered to Customers by Manufacturers.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales. Estimated shipping and handling costs incurred by the Company of $718.8 million, $682.4 million, and $638.2 million are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

Share Based Compensation

The Company participates in the 2007 Performance Food Group Company Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”) and follows the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718-10-25, Compensation—Stock Compensation—Overall—Recognition. This guidance requires that all stock-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial statements. For the time-vested grants under this plan, compensation expense is calculated and recorded based on the fair value of the awards of Performance Food Group Company that are granted. The fair value of the stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Compensation cost is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for the awards expected to vest. For those options that have a performance condition, compensation expense is based upon the number of shares expected to vest after assessing the probability that the performance criteria will be met. Since the Company is not publicly traded, the Company annually obtains a contemporaneous equity valuation performed by an unrelated specialist as defined by the AICPA Practice Aid “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation” to assist in the Company’s valuation of stock option grants. The fair value was estimated using a composite of the discounted cash flow model and the guideline public company approach to determine the underlying enterprise value. We recognize compensation expense for awards over the vesting period, adjusted for any changes in our probability assessment.

Income Taxes

The Company follows FASB ASC 740-10, Income Taxes—Overall, which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Future tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law, and closings of statutes of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

As required by FASB ASC 815-20, Derivatives and Hedging—Hedging—General, the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting, and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. The Company primarily uses derivative contracts to hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows. A portion of these derivatives is designated and qualify as cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.

F-14

The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under FASB ASC 815-20. In the event that the Company does not apply the provisions of hedge accounting, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, and any changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains or losses and included in Other expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. See Note 9 Derivatives and Hedging Activities for additional information on the Company’s use of derivative instruments.

The Company discloses derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with FASB ASC 815-10-50, Derivatives and Hedging—Overall—Disclosure. FASB ASC 815-10-50 sets forth the disclosure requirements with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB ASC 815-20, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. FASB ASC 815-10-50 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1—Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

• Level 2—Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

• Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which there are little or no market data, which include management’s own assumption about the risk assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company’s derivative instruments are carried at fair value and are evaluated in accordance with this hierarchy.

Contingent Liabilities

The Company records a liability related to contingencies when a loss is considered to be probable and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. This estimate would include legal fees, if applicable.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This Update is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for adoption of this Update. This Update, as amended with FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral of the Effective Date, is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company has not yet evaluated which transition approach to use or the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.

F-15

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period. This Update requires that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition under the existing guidance in Topic 718. Companies may use either a prospective or retrospective approach for adoption of this Update. This Update is not effective until annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet evaluated which approach to use or the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-15, Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This Update requires that, in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period, an entity’s management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This Update is not effective until annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and for annual and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company has adopted this Update which did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This update requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. This update is to be applied on a retrospective basis and represents a change in accounting principle. The Company has not fully evaluated the impact on its financial statement disclosures but does not believe it will be material.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-05, Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. This Update provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software licenses element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. It is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. This Update may be adopted either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date or retrospectively. The Company has not fully evaluated the impact on its financial statement disclosures but does not believe it will be material.

In May 2015, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115. This Update amends various SEC paragraphs included in the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification to reflect the issuance of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115, or SAB 115. SAB 115 rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletins series and brings existing guidance into conformity with ASU No. 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting, which provides an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. The Company has adopted the amendments in this Update, effective May 8, 2015, as the amendments in the update are effective upon issuance. The adoption did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

F-16

3.    Business Combinations

During the second quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company paid cash of $0.4 million for an acquisition and during the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company paid cash of $0.9 million for an acquisition. These acquisitions were immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company completed the following acquisition in its Performance Foodservice segment during the second quarter of fiscal 2013 that was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805:

Fox River Foods, Inc.

On December 21, 2012, the Company completed the purchase of Fox River Foods, Inc., along with three real estate entities, (collectively, “FRF”) for $99.2 million, which consisted of cash in the amount of $95.0 million and a $6.0 million promissory note with a fair value of $4.2 million. FRF is a broadline foodservice distributor based in Montgomery, Illinois. FRF serves more than 7,000 customers in seven states throughout the Upper Midwest. Customers range from fine dining establishments to family restaurants, schools, healthcare facilities, child care centers, hotels, and concessionaires. The Company performed a valuation of the net assets acquired to determine the purchase price allocation. This valuation resulted in the recognition of $19.4 million in identifiable intangible assets, including customer relationships and trade names. The Company also acquired property, plant, and equipment of $27.1 million, cash of $10.5 million, as well as working capital and other items in the amount of $36.5 million. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired, resulting in Goodwill of $5.7 million. FRF values inventories at the lower of cost or market using the LIFO method, and the Company retained this method with respect to the valuation of FRF’s inventories. During fiscal 2014, goodwill related to FRF was reduced by $2.2 million as a result of a change in deferred tax liability.

Costs of approximately $1.0 million associated with this acquisition were recorded in Operating expenses during fiscal 2013. Goodwill recognized in connection with the acquisition is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into a non-binding letter of intent or a purchase agreement for the acquisition on businesses. Financial statements will include the operations of these acquisitions from their respective closing dates. The Company does not anticipate that these acquisitions will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

4.    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company recorded additions to goodwill in connection with its acquisitions. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:

(In millions)	Performance Foodservice			PFG Customized		Vistar		Other		Total
Balance as of June 29, 2013	$	407.4		$	166.5	$	52.7	$	39.2	$	665.8
Acquisitions—current year		—			—		0.3		—		0.3
Adjustments related to prior acquisitions		(2.2	)		—		—		—		(2.2	)
Balance as of June 28, 2014		405.2			166.5		53.0		39.2		663.9
Acquisitions—current year		0.1			—		—		—		0.1
Balance as of June 27, 2015	$	405.3		$	166.5	$	53.0	$	39.2	$	664.0

The Company has recorded adjustments to goodwill within the permitted measurement period in accordance with ASC 805. The adjustment related to prior acquisitions for fiscal 2014 results from a change in deferred tax liability for the FRF acquisition.

F-17

The following table presents the Company’s intangible assets by major category as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014:

	As of June 27, 2015							As of June 28, 2014
(In millions)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net		Range of Lives
Intangible assets with definite lives:
Customer relationships	$	379.9	$	(293.9	)	$	86.0	$	379.8	$	(265.9	)	$	113.9		4 – 11 years
Trade names and trademarks		90.9		(68.4	)		22.5		90.9		(56.4	)		34.5		4 – 9 years
Deferred financing costs		79.6		(51.6	)		28.0		79.6		(42.8	)		36.8		Debt term
Non-compete		11.9		(9.0	)		2.9		11.9		(7.3	)		4.6		2 – 5 years
Leases		12.5		(4.6	)		7.9		12.5		(4.0	)		8.5		Lease term
Technology		26.1		(26.0	)		0.1		26.1		(22.6	)		3.5		5 – 7 years
Total intangible assets with definite lives	$	600.9	$	(453.5	)	$	147.4	$	600.8	$	(399.0	)	$	201.8
Intangible assets with indefinite lives:
Goodwill	$	664.0	$	—		$	664.0	$	663.9	$	—		$	663.9		Indefinite
Trade names		39.5		—			39.5		39.5		—			39.5		Indefinite
Total intangible assets with indefinite lives	$	703.5	$	—		$	703.5	$	703.4	$	—		$	703.4

For the intangible assets with definite lives, the Company recorded amortization expense of $54.5 million for fiscal 2015, $68.6 million for fiscal 2014, and $70.2 million for fiscal 2013. For the next five fiscal periods and thereafter, the estimated future amortization expense on intangible assets with definite lives are as follows:

(In millions)
2016	$	45.8
2017		34.1
2018		18.1
2019		17.0
2020		10.5
Thereafter		21.9
Total amortization expense	$	147.4

5.    Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk

The Company had no customers that comprised more than 10% of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013. At June 27, 2015, one of the Company’s customers accounted for a significant portion of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable. At June 27, 2015, outstanding receivables from this customer represented approximately 10.8% of consolidated gross trade accounts receivable of $842.7 million. The maximum amount of loss because of credit risk that the Company would incur if this customer failed completely to perform according to the terms of the contracts for the amount due as of June 27, 2015 would be $90.9 million. The Company had no customers that comprised more than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable at June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for which details are disclosed in the accounts receivable portion of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates—Accounts Receivable.

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable. The Company’s customer base includes a large number of individual restaurants,

F-18

national and regional chain restaurants, and franchises and other institutional customers. The credit risk associated with accounts receivable is minimized by the Company’s large customer base and ongoing monitoring of customer creditworthiness.

6.    Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014 consisted of the following:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014			Range of Lives
Buildings and building improvements	$	402.8		$	388.5			10 – 39 years
Land		40.1			37.7			—
Transportation equipment		78.0			69.2			2 – 10 years
Warehouse and plant equipment		171.3			156.3			3 – 20 years
Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures		171.8			151.9			2 – 10 years
Leasehold improvements		82.5			61.7			Lease term(1)
Construction-in-process		44.2			30.1
		990.7			895.4
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(396.0	)		(325.5	)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	594.7		$	569.9

(1) Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term.

Total depreciation expense for the fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 was $76.3 million, $73.5 million, and $58.7 million, respectively, and is included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.

7.    Debt

The Company is a holding company and conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, which have incurred or guaranteed indebtedness as described below.

Debt consisted of the following:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014
ABL	$	665.7		$	679.6
Term Facility		734.4			741.3
Promissory Note		5.1			4.7
Long-term debt		1,405.2			1,425.6
Capital and finance lease obligations		37.3			33.9
Total debt		1,442.5			1,459.5
Less: current installments		(12.9	)		(10.5	)
Total debt, excluding current installments	$	1,429.6		$	1,449.0

ABL Facility

PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an Asset Based Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (the “ABL Facility”) on May 23, 2008 which was amended and restated on May 8, 2012. The ABL Facility is secured by the majority of the tangible assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the ABL Facility, which is

F-19

jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries). Availability for loans and letters of credit under the ABL Facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders.

An amendment in May 2012 increased the size of the ABL Facility from $1.1 billion to $1.4 billion, lowered the interest rate grid for the LIBOR-based pricing option discussed below, and extended the maturity from May 2014 to May 2017. In addition, the May 2012 amendment expanded the borrowing base with respect to owned real estate and added transportation equipment as eligible assets in the borrowing base. Other provisions of the amendments included changes with respect to covenant calculations, restricted payments, and reporting requirements.

PFGC amended its ABL Facility in May 2013 to allow for the payment of a $220 million dividend, the exclusion of the dividend from the fixed charge coverage ratio calculation, and an increase in the amount of second lien debt that can be incurred.

PFGC amended its ABL Facility in February 2015 to include changes with respect to the borrowing base related to owned real properties and transportation equipment, to increase the indebtedness basket for financing the construction, repair, acquisition or improvement of fixed assets, and to amend certain conditions for the incurrence of additional indebtedness.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%. As of June 27, 2015, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $665.7 million. There were also $102.5 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility, and excess availability was $631.8 million, net of $19.7 million of lenders’ reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions. The average interest rate for the ABL facility was 1.94% at June 27, 2015. As of June 28, 2014, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $679.6 million. There were also $108.7 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility, and excess availability was $587.8 million, net of $19.9 million of lenders’ reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions.

The ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below (a) the greater of (i) $130.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days or (b) 7.5% of the revolving credit facility amount at any time. The ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGC’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or specified payments, and dispose of assets. The ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreement may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under such agreement available under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.

Term Loan Facility

Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement providing for the Term Facility on May 14, 2013. Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million under the Term Facility that is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Performance Food Group, Inc. Net proceeds to Performance Food Group, Inc. were $746.3 million. The proceeds from the Term Facility were used to redeem the then outstanding Senior Notes in

F-20

full; to pay the fees, premiums, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Term Facility and the ABL amendment discussed above; and to pay the $220 million dividend referenced above. A portion of the Term Facility was considered a modification of the Senior Notes.

The Term Facility matures in November 2019 and bears interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its “prime lending rate,” (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for the term loans under the Term Facility may be reduced subject to attaining a certain total net leverage ratio. The applicable margin for borrowings will be 5.25% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.25% for loans based on the base rate, as of June 27, 2015. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the base rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears in the case of Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period (but no less frequently than quarterly) in the case of the LIBOR loans. Performance Food Group, Inc. can incur additional loans under the Term Facility with the aggregate amount of the incremental loans not exceeding the sum of (i) $140.0 million plus (ii) additional amounts so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio for PFGC does not exceed 5.90:1.00 and so long as the proceeds are not used to finance restricted payments that include any dividend or distribution payments. PFGC is required to repay an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of $750 million on the last business day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2013. The Term Facility is prepayable at par. As of June 27, 2015, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $736.9 million with unamortized original issue discount of $2.5 million. Original issue discount is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-lined basis over the life of the Term Facility, which approximates the effective yield method. For fiscal 2015 and 2014, interest expense included $0.6 million related to the amortization of original issue discount.

The ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $98.0 million of restricted payment capacity available under such debt agreements, as of June 27, 2015.

Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note

In connection with an acquisition, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued a $6.0 million interest only, unsecured subordinated promissory note on December 21, 2012, bearing an interest rate of 3.5%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The $6.0 million principal is due in a lump sum in December 2017. All amounts outstanding under this promissory note become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company or PFGC, which includes the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of PFGC. This promissory note was initially recorded at its fair value of $4.2 million. The difference between the principal and the initial fair value of the promissory note is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-lined basis over the life of the promissory note, which approximates the effective yield method. For fiscal 2015 and 2014, interest expense included $0.4 million related to this amortization. As of June 27, 2015, the carrying value of the promissory note was $5.1 million.

Fiscal year maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations, are as follows:

(In millions)
2016	$	9.4
2017		673.2
2018		13.5
2019		7.5
2020		705.0
Total long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations	$	1,408.6

F-21

Capital and Finance Lease Obligations

Performance Food Group, Inc. is a party to facility leases at two Performance Foodservice distribution facilities and several equipment leases that are accounted for as capital leases in accordance with FASB ASC 840-30, Leases—Capital Leases. The charge to income resulting from amortization of these leases is included with depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The gross and net book values on the balance sheet as of June 27, 2015 were $43.5 million and $29.3 million, respectively. The gross and net book values on the balance sheet as of June 28, 2014 were $40.5 million and $29.8 million, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital lease obligations were as follows as of June 27, 2015:

(In millions)	Capital Leases
2016	$	5.9
2017		4.7
2018		4.7
2019		4.6
2020		3.0
Thereafter		33.4
Total future minimum lease payments		56.3
Less: interest		22.3
Present value of future minimum lease payments	$	34.0

During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. sold and simultaneously leased back a Vistar distribution facility for a period of two years. As a result of continuing involvement with the property, this transaction did not meet the criteria to qualify as a sale-leaseback. In accordance with FASB ASC 840-40, Leases—Sale Leaseback Transactions, the building and related assets subject to the lease continue to be reflected on the Company’s balance sheet and depreciated over their remaining useful lives. The proceeds received from the sale of the building are recorded as financing lease obligations. At the end of the lease term, the net book value of the assets subject to the lease and the corresponding financing obligation will be reversed. As of June 27, 2015, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable finance lease obligations were $0.4 million for fiscal 2016.

8.    Payment of Dividends

On May 14, 2013, Performance Food Group Company paid a $220 million, or $2.53 per share, dividend to its Class A and Class B shareholders.

9.    Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates and diesel fuel costs. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and payments related to the Company’s investments, borrowings, and diesel fuel purchases.

F-22

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are both designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction occurs. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. Since the Company has a substantial portion of its debt in variable-rate instruments, it accomplishes this objective with interest rate swaps. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. All of the Company’s interest rate swaps are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges.

Amounts reported in other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. During the twelve months ending July 2, 2016, the Company estimates that an additional $6.6 million will be reclassified to earnings as an increase to interest expense.

As of June 27, 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. had five interest rate swaps with a combined $750 million notional amount that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. The following table summarizes the outstanding Swap Agreements as of June 27, 2015 (in millions):

Effective Date	Maturity Date	Notional Amount		Fixed Rate Swapped
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017	$	200.0		1.52	%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017		100.0		1.52	%
August 9, 2013	August 9, 2018		200.0		1.51	%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016		150.0		1.47	%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016		100.0		1.47	%

Hedges of Forecasted Diesel Fuel Purchases

From time to time, Performance Food Group, Inc. enters into costless collar arrangements to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. As of June 27, 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. was a party to three such arrangements, with a 9.0 million gallon original notional amount in total, and a 5.4 million gallon notional amount remaining as of June 27, 2015. The remaining 5.4 million gallon forecasted purchases of diesel fuel are expected to be made between July 1, 2015 and June 30, 2016.

Subsequent to June 27, 2015, the Company entered into two additional costless collar arrangements with a 4.2 million combined gallon notional amount. The additional 4.2 million gallon forecasted purchases of diesel fuel are expected to be made between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016.

The fuel collar instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments and included in Other, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The Company recorded $1.8 million in unrealized losses and $1.2 million in expense for cash settlements related to these fuel collars for fiscal 2015, compared to $0.1 million in unrealized gains and no cash settlements for fiscal 2014 and $0.6 million in unrealized gains and no cash settlements for fiscal 2013.

F-23

The Company does not currently have a payable or receivable related to cash collateral for its derivatives, and therefore it has not established an accounting policy for offsetting the fair value of its derivatives against such balances. The table below presents the fair value of the derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheet as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014:

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
(in millions)
	Asset Derivatives						Liability Derivatives
	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014			As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014
	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-20:
Interest rate swaps	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	—	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	—	Current derivative liabilities	$	6.1	Current derivative liabilities	$	7.1
Interest rate swaps	Other assets		0.2	Other assets		0.9	Long- term derivative liabilities		1.3	Long-term derivative liabilities		3.0
Total		$	0.2		$	0.9		$	7.4		$	10.1
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-20:
Diesel fuel collars	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	—	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	0.1	Current derivative liabilities	$	1.7	Current derivative liabilities	$	—
Diesel fuel collars	Other assets		—	Other assets		—	Long- term derivative liabilities		—	Long-term derivative liabilities		—
Total		$	—		$	0.1		$	1.7		$	—

All of the Company’s derivative contracts are subject to a master netting arrangement with the respective counterparties that provide for the net settlement of all derivative contracts in the event of default or upon the occurrence of certain termination events. Upon exercise of termination rights by the non-defaulting party (i) all transactions are terminated, (ii) all transactions are valued and the positive value or “in the money” transactions are netted against the negative value or “out of the money” transactions, and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount.

F-24

The Company has elected to present the derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the balance sheet on a gross basis for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014. The tables below presents the derivative assets and liability balance by type of financial instrument, before and after the effects of offsetting, as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014:

	As of June 27, 2015
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	0.2	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.2	$	—	$	—
Diesel fuel collars:		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	0.2	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.2	$	—	$	—

	As of June 27, 2015
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	7.4	$	—	$	7.4	$	0.2	$	—	$	7.2
Diesel fuel collars:		1.7		—		1.7		—		—		1.7
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	9.1	$	—	$	9.1	$	0.2	$	—	$	8.9

	As of June 28, 2014
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	0.9	$	—	$	0.9	$	0.9	$	—	$	—
Diesel fuel collars:		0.1		—		0.1		—		—		0.1
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	1.0	$	—	$	1.0	$	0.9	$	—	$	0.1

	As of June 28, 2014
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	10.1	$	—	$	10.1	$	0.9	$	—	$	9.2
Diesel fuel collars:		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	10.1	$	—	$	10.1	$	0.9	$	—	$	9.2

F-25

The tables below present the effect of the derivative financial instruments designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014:

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 27, 2015 (in millions)
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects		Location of Loss Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)		Amount of (Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)			Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)		Amount of Gain/ (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
Interest Rate Swaps	$	6.8		Interest expense	$	(8.0	)		Other, net	$	—

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 28, 2014 (in millions)
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects		Location of Loss Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)		Amount of (Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)			Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)		Amount of Gain/ (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
Interest Rate Swaps	$	8.8		Interest expense	$	(6.6	)		Other, net	$	—

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 29, 2013 (in millions)
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects		Location of Loss Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)		Amount of (Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)			Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)		Amount of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
Interest Rate Swaps	$	5.2		Interest expense	$	(11.1	)		Other, net	$	—

The derivative instruments are the only assets or liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fuel collars are exchange-traded commodities and their fair value is derived from valuation models based on certain assumptions regarding market conditions, some of which may be unobservable. Based on the lack of significance of these unobservable inputs, the Company has concluded that these instruments represent Level 2 on the hierarchy. The fair values of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements are determined using a valuation model with several inputs and assumptions, some of which may be unobservable. A specific unobservable input used by the Company in determining the fair value of its interest rate swaps is an estimation of both the unsecured borrowing spread to LIBOR for the Company as well as that of the derivative counterparties. Based on the lack of significance of this estimated spread component to the overall value of the Company’s interest rate swaps, the Company has concluded that these swaps represent Level 2 on the hierarchy.

There have been no transfers between levels in the hierarchy from June 28, 2014 to June 27, 2015.

F-26

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that provide that if the Company either defaults or is capable of being declared in default on any of its indebtedness, the Company can also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of June 27, 2015, and June 28, 2014, the aggregate fair value amount of derivative instruments that contain contingent features was $8.9 million and $9.1 million, respectively. As of June 27, 2015, the Company has not been required to post any collateral related to these agreements. If the Company breached any of these provisions, it would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $8.9 million.

10.    Insurance Program Liabilities

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability, workers’ compensation, and group medical insurance. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations. A summary of the activity in all types of deductible liabilities appears below:

(In millions)
Balance at June 30, 2012	$	69.5
Charged to costs and expenses		123.6
Payments		(114.9	)
Net balance at June 29, 2013		78.2
Charged to costs and expenses		119.7
Payments		(115.1	)
Net balance at June 28, 2014		82.8
Charged to costs and expenses		127.6
Payments		(126.4	)
Net balance at June 27, 2015	$	84.0

11.    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, outstanding checks in excess of deposits, trade accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair values because of the relatively short maturities of those instruments. The derivative liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of long-term debt, which has a carrying value of $1,405.2 million and $1,425.6 million, is $1,406.0 million and $1,436.0 million at June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively, and is determined by reviewing current market pricing related to comparable debt issued at the time of the balance sheet date, and is considered a Level 2 measurement.

F-27

12.    Leases

Subsidiaries of the Company lease various warehouse and office facilities and certain equipment under long-term operating lease agreements that expire at various dates. Rent expense for operating leases include any rent increases, rent holidays, or landlord concessions on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of June 27, 2015, subsidiaries of the Company are obligated under non-cancelable operating lease agreements to make future minimum lease payments as follows:

(In millions)
2016	$	83.8
2017		74.6
2018		66.9
2019		57.4
2020		47.3
Thereafter		75.9
Total minimum lease payments	$	405.9

Rent expense for operating leases was $97.0 million for fiscal 2015, $91.1 million for the fiscal 2014, and $87.8 million for fiscal 2013. A subsidiary of the Company has posted letters of credit as collateral supporting certain leases. These letters of credit are included in the total outstanding letters of credit under the ABL Facility as discussed in Note 7 Debt.

Subsidiaries of the Company have residual value guarantees to its lessors under certain of its operating leases. These guarantees are discussed in Note 15 Commitments and Contingencies. These residual value guarantees are not included in the above table of future minimum lease payments.

A subsidiary of the Company is a party to several capital leases. See Note 7 Debt for discussion of these leases.

13.    Income Taxes

Income tax expense for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 consisted of the following:

(In millions)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Current income tax expense:
Federal	$	40.7		$	12.8		$	16.1
State		5.5			3.3			1.0
Total current income tax expense		46.2			16.1			17.1
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal		(7.5	)		(1.6	)		(8.1	)
State		1.4			0.2			2.1
Total deferred income tax benefit		(6.1	)		(1.4	)		(6.0	)
Total income tax expense, net	$	40.1		$	14.7		$	11.1

F-28

The Company’s effective income tax rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 is 41.5%, 48.7%, and 56.9%, respectively. Actual income tax benefit differs from the amount computed by applying the applicable U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 35% to earnings before income taxes as follows:

(In millions)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Federal income tax expense computed at statutory rate	$	33.8		$	10.6		$	6.8
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit		4.2			2.0			1.9
Non-deductible expenses		2.2			2.4			2.3
Tax credits		(0.3	)		(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Provision to return		0.2			—			—
Change in uncertain tax positions		0.2			(0.4	)		0.1
Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(0.2	)		0.2			—
Other, net		—			—			0.1
Total income tax expense, net	$	40.1		$	14.7		$	11.1

Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carry-forwards. Temporary differences and carry-forwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015		As of June 28, 2014
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	3.7	$	3.7
Inventories		4.5		4.3
Accrued employee benefits		8.4		5.2
Self-insurance reserves		3.5		4.5
Net operating loss carry-forwards		6.1		8.1
Stock options		2.5		2.1
Deferred rent		1.2		1.5
Other comprehensive income		2.9		3.6
Other assets		4.0		5.7
Total gross deferred tax assets		36.8		38.7
Less: Valuation allowance		—		0.3
Total net deferred tax assets		36.8		38.4
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant, and equipment		66.2		74.1
Basis difference in intangible assets		46.1		44.0
Prepaid expenses		7.3		6.0
Other		—		2.3
Total deferred tax liabilities		119.6		126.4
Total net deferred income tax liability	$	82.8	$	88.0

The state income tax credit carry-forwards expire in years 2022 through 2029. The state net operating loss carry-forwards expire in years 2015 through 2035. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that all remaining deferred tax assets will be realized.

F-29

The Company records a liability for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-25, Income Taxes—General—Recognition. The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits:

(In millions)
Balance as of June 30, 2012	$	6.0
Increases due to current year positions		0.3
Expiration of statutes of limitations		(0.5	)
Balance as of June 29, 2013 Increases due to current year positions		5.8 0.4
Expiration of statutes of limitations		(5.5	)
Balance as of June 28, 2014		0.7
Increases due to current year positions		0.2
Expiration of statutes of limitations		—
Balance as of June 27, 2015	$	0.9

Included in the balance as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, is $0.9 million ($0.6 million net of federal tax benefit) and $0.6 million ($0.4 million net of federal tax benefit), respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits that could affect the effective tax rate for continuing operations. The balance in unrecognized tax benefits relates primarily to state tax issues.

As of June 27, 2015, substantially all federal, state and local, and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2007. It is reasonably possible that a decrease of $0.3 million in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months because of statute of limitations expirations, $0.3 million of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

It is the Company’s practice to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal tax benefit) was accrued for interest related to uncertain tax positions as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014. Net interest expense of less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal benefit), income of $0.7 million ($0.4 million net of federal benefit) and expense of $0.3 million ($0.2 million net of federal benefit) was recognized in tax expense for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

14.    Retirement Plans

Employee Savings Plans

The Company sponsors the Performance Food Group Employee Savings Plan (the “PFG Savings Plan”). The PFG Savings Plan consists of two components: a defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees (the “401(k) Plan”) and a profit sharing plan. Under the latter, the Company can make a discretionary contribution in a given year, although there is no requirement to do so, and no such contribution was made in fiscal years 2015 or 2014. As of January 1, 2009 the 401(k) plan merged with the Self-Directed Tax Advantaged Retirement (STAR) Plan of PFGC, Inc. (the “STAR Plan”). Employees participating in the 401(k) Plan may elect to contribute between 1% and 50% of their qualified compensation, up to a maximum dollar amount as specified by the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. In fiscal 2015, the Company matched 100% of the first 3.5% of the employee contributions, resulting in matching contributions of $14.2 million for fiscal 2015, $13.2 million for fiscal 2014, and $12.6 million for fiscal 2013. Associates eligible for the annual STAR Plan contribution (an annual amount based on the employee’s salary and years of service) as of December 31, 2008 were grandfathered for that contribution under the merged PFG Savings Plan. STAR Plan contributions made by the Company were $4.0 million for fiscal 2015, $3.8 million for fiscal 2014, and $3.8 million for fiscal 2013, for total retirement plan contributions of $18.2 million for fiscal 2015, $17.0 million for fiscal 2014, and $16.4 million for fiscal 2013.

F-30

Multiemployer Pension Plans

The risks of participating in multiemployer pension plans are different from single-employer pension plans in the following aspects:

• Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

• If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

• If the Company chooses to stop participating in its multiemployer plans, the Company may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

The Company currently participates in the United Food & Commercial Workers International Union-Industry Pension Fund that is administered by the United Food and Commercial Workers Union representing some of the Company’s employees. The Employer Identification Number and the plan number for this pension fund are 51-6055922 and 001, respectively. As of July 1, 2013, the plan’s funded percentage was 108.9%. The collective bargaining agreement requiring contribution to the plan will expire on April 24, 2025. The Company made contributions of $0.1 million to this plan for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013.

Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

In addition to the contributions to the defined benefit pension plans described above, the Company also contributes to two multiemployer health and welfare plans based on obligations arising under collective bargaining agreements covering union-represented employees. The Company made contributions of $0.9 million, $0.9 million, and $0.7 million to these plans for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

15.    Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Obligations

The Company had outstanding contracts and purchase orders for capital projects totaling $14.7 million at June 27, 2015. Amounts due under these contracts were not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of June 27, 2015.

Withdrawn Multiemployer Pension Plans

Until May 2013, Performance Food Group, Inc. participated in the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States Pension Fund”), a multiemployer pension plan administered by the Teamsters Union, pursuant to which Performance Food Group, Inc. was required to make contributions on behalf of certain union employees. The Central States Pension Fund is underfunded and is in critical status. In connection with the recent renegotiation of the collective bargaining agreement that had previously required the Company’s participation in the Central States Pension Fund, the Company negotiated the termination of its participation in the Central States Pension Fund and the Company has withdrawn. The Company currently estimates that its withdrawal liability is $6.9 million. The Company had previously recorded an initial estimated withdrawal liability of $3.7 million during fiscal 2013 and has increased the estimated withdrawal liability by $0.4 million during fiscal 2014. The withdrawal liability was increased by $2.8 million during fiscal 2015. The Company has made total payments for voluntary withdrawal of this plan in the amount of $0.8 million. As of June 27, 2015, the estimated withdrawal liability totaled $6.1 million.

Guarantees

Subsidiaries of the Company have entered into numerous operating leases, including leases of buildings, equipment, tractors, and trailers. Certain of the leases for tractors, trailers, and other vehicles and equipment, provide for residual value guarantees to the lessors. Circumstances that would require the subsidiary to perform

F-31

under the guarantees include either (1) default on the leases with the leased assets being sold for less than the specified residual values in the lease agreements, or (2) decisions not to purchase the assets at the end of the lease terms combined with the sale of the assets, with sales proceeds less than the residual value of the leased assets specified in the lease agreements. Residual value guarantees under these operating lease agreements typically range between 5% and 25% of the value of the leased assets at inception of the lease. These leases have original terms ranging from 5 to 7 years and expiration dates ranging from 2015 to 2022. As of June 27, 2015, the undiscounted maximum amount of potential future payments for lease guarantees totaled $20.6 million, which would be mitigated by the fair value of the leased assets at lease expiration. The assessment as to whether it is probable that subsidiaries of the Company will be required to make payments under the terms of the guarantees is based upon their actual and expected loss experience. Consistent with the requirements of FASB ASC 460-10-50, Guarantees-Overall-Disclosure, the Company has recorded $0.2 million of the potential future guarantee payments on its consolidated balance sheet as of June 27, 2015.

In addition, the Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to: (i) certain real estate leases under which subsidiaries of the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities and other claims arising from their use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors, and employees under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship; and (iii) customer agreements under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers for certain claims brought against them with respect to the supplied products.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations and, therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Litigation

The Company is a party to various claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course and conduct of its business. The Company has insurance policies covering certain potential losses where such coverage is cost effective. As discussed, below the Company has accrued an aggregate of $5,100,000 of anticipated settlement costs with respect to certain pending claims. For matters not specifically discussed below, although the outcomes of the claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings to which the Company is a party are not determinable at this time, in the Company’s opinion, any additional liability that the Company might incur upon the resolution of the claims and lawsuits beyond the amounts already accrued is not expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Investigation. In March 2009, the Baltimore Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) Field Office served the Company with company-wide (excluding, however, the Company’s Vistar and Roma Foodservice operations) subpoenas relating to alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, seeking certain information from January 1, 2004 to a specified date in the first fiscal quarter of 2009. In August 2009, the EEOC moved to enforce the subpoenas in federal court in Maryland, and the Company opposed the motion. In February 2010, the court ruled that the subpoena related to the Equal Pay Act investigation was enforceable company-wide, but on a narrower scope of data than the original subpoena sought (the court ruled that the subpoena was applicable to the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions of the Company’s Broadline distribution centers only and not to the Customized distribution centers). The Company cooperated with the EEOC on the production of information. In September 2011, the EEOC notified the Company that the EEOC was terminating the investigation into alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act. In Determinations issued in September 2012 by the

F-32

EEOC with respect to the charges on which the EEOC had based its company-wide investigation, the EEOC concluded that the Company engaged in a pattern of denying hiring and promotion to a class of female applicants and employees into certain positions within the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions within the Company’s Broadline division. In June 2013, the EEOC filed suit in federal court in Baltimore against the Company. The litigation concerns two issues: (i) whether the Company unlawfully engaged in an ongoing pattern and practice of failing to hire female applicants into operations positions; and (ii) whether the Company unlawfully failed to promote one of the three individuals who filed charges with the EEOC because of her being female. The parties are engaged in discovery. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself. An estimate of potential loss, if any, cannot be determined at the time.

Laumea v. Performance Food Group, Inc. In May 2014, a former employee of the Company’s Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the San Bernardino County, California Superior Court against the Company. In September 2014, the Plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. There are different counts for which the putative classes differ. The first class is proposed to be all former and current employees employed by the Company in California in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2010 to the present (the “California Class”). With respect to the California Class, the lawsuit alleges that the Company (i) failed to pay overtime as required by California statute, (ii) failed to provide meal periods and to pay compensation for such meal periods, (iii) failed to provide accurate itemized wage statements, and (iv) that the Company engaged in unfair trade practices by failing to pay overtime or to provide meal periods or pay compensation in lieu thereof . The lawsuit further alleges Plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. The second putative class is proposed to be all members of the California Class who separated from employment at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011 (the “California Subclass”). With respect to the California Subclass, the lawsuit alleges that the Company failed to pay all compensation due upon termination of employment and within the period due. The third putative class is proposed to be all current or former employees employed by the Company in the United States in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011 to the present (the “Nationwide Class”). With respect to the Nationwide Class, the lawsuit alleges the Company willfully failed to pay overtime compensation required under the Fair Labor Standards Act.

The Company engaged in mediation in June 2015, subject to the limitation that the interests of the Nationwide Class would not be mediated except to the extent members of the Nationwide Class worked in California during the applicable period, and the plaintiff agreed. The mediator proposed the parties settle the lawsuit on the basis of a settlement fund of $1,350,000, on a claims-made basis with a floor of 60% payout net of attorney fees, administrative fees and enhancements. In July 2015, the Company indicated its non-binding agreement to the mediator’s proposal, subject to negotiation of a mutually agreeable settlement. The plaintiff also indicated its agreement to the mediator’s proposal. Therefore, this amount was accrued in June 2015. Should the parties fail to negotiate a mutually acceptable agreement, the Company intends to continue to vigorously defend itself.

Perez v. Performance Food Group, Inc., et al. In April 2015, a former employee of the Company’s Performance Foodservice—Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against the Company. The Company removed the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. In June 2015, the plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. The lawsuit alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all hourly employees in California (excluding drivers) that the Company failed to provide second meal periods and to pay compensation for such meal periods. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees in California (excluding drivers) who earned non-discretionary compensation that the Company failed to pay all overtime wages due, and to pay all premium wages for missed meal periods, by failing to include all compensation required in the regular rate of pay calculation, and failed to pay wages for all time worked. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees in California (excluding drivers) that the Company failed to pay out vested vacation time in the form of paid holidays. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees described above that the Company (i) failed to provide accurate itemized wage statements; (ii) failed to pay all compensation due upon termination of employment and within the period due; and (iii) that the Company

F-33

engaged in unfair trade practices. Each of the proposed classes for the preceding claims are for the time period beginning April 20, 2011. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of all hourly employees of the Company in the United States (excluding drivers) in non-exempt positions, that the Company failed to pay appropriate overtime compensation pursuant to the Company’s compensation policy, and to keep records required under the Fair Labor Standards Act, for the period beginning April 20, 2012. Finally, the lawsuit alleges plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. In July 2015, the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss or Strike the Complaint. The court has not ruled on this motion yet.

The Company believes that the exposure created by this lawsuit, if any, is largely duplicative of the exposure, if any, created by the Laumea litigation described above, and that settlement of the Laumea litigation will compromise all but one of the claims of the Perez litigation (failure to pay out vested vacation time in the form of paid holidays). Furthermore, like the Laumea litigation, the Perez litigation includes a nationwide Fair Labor Standards Act cause of action. Because compromise of that claim in the Laumea litigation would be limited to California employees, the same claim in the Perez litigation would not be compromised for non-California employees in the Perez litigation. The Company is currently assessing its options regarding defense of this case.

Contreras v. Performance Food Group, Inc., et al. In June 2014, a former employee of the Company’s Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against the Company. The putative class is proposed to be all drivers employed in any of the Company’s California locations at any time during the period beginning June 17, 2010 to the present. In August 2014, the Plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. The lawsuit alleges that the Company engaged in unfair trade practices and that the Company, with respect to the putative class, failed to (i) provide timely off-duty meal and rest breaks and to pay compensation for such breaks as required by California law, (ii) pay compensation for all hours worked and to pay a minimum wage for such hours, (iii) provide accurate itemized wage statements, (iv) pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment, and (v) pay compensation in timely fashion. The lawsuit further alleges that the plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act and that failure to provide meal and rest breaks and to pay a minimum wage for all hours worked constitute unfair business practices.

The Company engaged in mediation in June 2015, The mediator proposed the parties settle the lawsuit on the basis of a fully paid settlement fund of $3,750,000. In July 2015, the Company indicated its non-binding agreement to the mediator’s proposal, subject to negotiation of a mutually agreeable settlement. The plaintiff also indicated its agreement to the mediator’s proposal. Therefore, this amount was accrued in June 2015. Should the parties fail to negotiate a mutually acceptable agreement, the Company intends to continue to vigorously defend itself.

Vengris v. Performance Food Group, Inc. In May 2015, an employee of the Company’s Performance Foodservice—Northern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against the Company. In July 2015, the Company removed the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The putative class is proposed to be all current and former drivers employed in any of the Company’s, its subsidiaries’ or affiliated companies’ California locations for the period of May 2, 2011. The lawsuit alleges that the Company (i) engaged in wage theft or time shaving by auto-deducting thirty minutes from class members’ work days even if the class members worked during some or all of such meal periods; (ii) failed to pay class members for all time worked when class members worked during first or second meal periods; (iii) failed to pay premium wages to class members for missed meal periods; (iv) failed to provide class members the opportunity to take rest breaks of 10 minutes every four hours and failed to pay premium wage for such missed rest breaks; (v) provided inaccurate wage statements to the class members by failing to account for all hours worked; (vi) failed to pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment; and (vii) engaged in unlawful, unfair, fraudulent and deceptive business practices by failing to itemize and keep accurate time records and by failing to pay the class members in a lawful manner. In July 2015, the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss or Strike the Complaint. The court has not ruled on this motion yet.

F-34

The Company believes that the exposure created by this lawsuit, if any, is duplicative of the exposure, if any, created by the Contreras litigation described above, and that settlement of the Contreras litigation will compromise the claims of the members of the putative class in Vengris. The Company is currently assessing its options regarding defense of this case.

Sales Tax Liabilities

The Company’s sales and use tax filings are subject to customary audits by authorities in the jurisdictions where it conducts business in the United States, which may result in assessments of additional taxes.

16.    Related-Party Transactions

Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement

The Company is a party to a transaction and advisory fee agreement pursuant to which affiliates of The Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management provide management advice and counsel for the development of the Company’s long-term strategic plans and other management, administrative, and operating activities. The transaction and advisory fee agreement generally provides for the payment by the Company of certain transaction fees, annual advisory fees, and the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses. The annual advisory fee is the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the transaction and advisory fee agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year. For fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, such payments to affiliates of the principal shareholders totaled $4.7 million, $4.2 million, and $4.2 million, respectively. The Company also paid $0.9 million in advisory expenses to the sponsors in December 2012 related to the completion of the FRF acquisition.

At any time in connection with or in anticipation of a change of control of Performance Food Group Company, a sale of all or substantially all of Performance Food Group Company’s assets or an initial public offering of common equity of Performance Food Group Company or its successor, the Advisors may elect to receive, in consideration of the termination of the transaction and advisory fee agreement, a single lump sum cash payment calculated as set forth in the agreement.

Other

The Company leases a distribution facility from an entity owned by an officer of the Company. The lease generally provides that the Company will bear the cost of property taxes. Total rent and taxes paid to the officer’s company totaled $0.5 million for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013.

The Company does business with certain other affiliates of The Blackstone Group. In fiscal 2015, the Company recorded sales of $34.8 million to certain of these affiliate companies compared to sales of $35.0 million for fiscal 2014 and $40.1 million for fiscal 2013. The Company also recorded purchases of $2.7 million from certain of these affiliate companies in fiscal 2015 compared to purchases of $1.8 million for fiscal 2014 and $2.9 million for fiscal 2013. The Company does not conduct a material amount of business with affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management.

As of June 27, 2015, an affiliate of The Blackstone Group held $15.2 million of the outstanding $736.9 million Term Facility. The Company paid approximately $1.5 million, $2.0 million and $0.2 million in interest related to fiscal 2015, 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively, to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Facility. See Note 7 Debt for a discussion of the Term Facility.

Affiliates of The Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management had held $218.1 million of the $500 million Senior Notes that were redeemed on May 14, 2013. The Company paid approximately $4.4 million in redemption premiums and $20.9 million in interest related to fiscal 2013 to these affiliates pursuant to the terms of the Senior Notes.

F-35

17.    Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased with the proceeds from the exercise of stock options under the treasury stock method.

The Company’s calculation of weighted-average number of common shares includes Class A and Class B common stock. All shares of Class A and Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, preferences, and privileges in respect of dividends.

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted EPS computations is as follows:

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015		For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014		For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Numerator:
Net Income	$	56.5	$	15.5	$	8.4
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		86,874,727		86,868,452		86,864,606
Dilutive effect of share-based awards		738,971		664,872		593,924
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding		87,613,698		87,533,324		87,458,530
Basic earnings per share	$	0.65	$	0.18	$	0.10
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.64	$	0.18	$	0.10

On August 28, 2015, the Company effected a 0.485-for-one reverse stock split to stockholders of record as of August 28, 2015. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock.

18.    Stock Compensation

The Performance Food Group Company 2007 Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”) allows for the granting of awards to current and future employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors, of the Company or its affiliates in the form of nonqualified options. The 2007 Option Plan is designed to promote long-term growth and profitability of the Company by providing employees and consultants who are or will be involved in the Company’s growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging them to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2007 Option Plan are determined by the Board of Directors. All current awards have a contractual term of ten years.

The 2007 Option Plan has repurchase rights that generally allow the Company to repurchase shares, at the current fair value following a participant’s retirement or a participant’s termination of employment by the Company other than for “cause” and at the lower of the original exercise price or current fair value following any termination of employment by the Company for “cause,” resignation of the participant, or in the event a participant resigns due to retirement and subsequently breaches the non-competition or non-solicitation covenant within one year of such participant’s termination. There are 6,445,982 shares of Class B non-voting stock reserved for issuance under the 2007 Option Plan and 367,183 options available for issuance as of June 27, 2015.

Each of the employee awards under the 2007 Option Plan is divided into three equal portions, with each such portion exercisable for one-third of the grant. Tranche I options are subject to time vesting. Tranche II and Tranche III options are both time and performance vesting, including performance criteria based on the internal

F-36

rate of return and sponsor cash inflows as outlined in the 2007 Option Plan. The Company’s assessment of the performance criteria indicate that satisfaction of the performance criteria is not probable and therefore, no compensation expense has been recognized to date on Tranche II and Tranche III options.

The Tranche I compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2007 Incentive Plan was $1.0 million, $0.7 million and $1.1 million for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. These costs relate to the service condition component of the awards and are being recognized on a straight-line basis. The Company recorded no tax benefit nor incurred an impact on its cash flows related to compensation cost on share-based payment arrangements for the year ended June 27, 2015. The total remaining unrecognized compensation cost was $4.9 million as of June 27, 2015 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 10.7 years. Because of the existence of the repurchase rights, the weighted average service period exceeds the contractual term of the options.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 was $4.27, $3.40, and $2.37, respectively. The weighted average fair value of all outstanding options granted for the life of the Plan was $5.40. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used with the following weighted average assumptions:

	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Risk-free interest rate		2.11	%		2.76	%		1.74	%
Dividend yield		4.13	%		4.88	%		2.83	%
Expected volatility factor		37.00	%		38.00	%		29.70	%
Expected option term (in years)		10			10			10

The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The Company assumed a dividend yield for all current year grants based on the historical payment of its dividend over prior fiscal years. Expected volatility is based on the expected volatilities of comparable peer companies that are publicly traded for similar option terms. The expected term represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected option term for the 2007 Option Plan is the contractual term since the weighted average requisite service period exceeds the contractual term.

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 is as follows:

	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price(1)
Options outstanding as of June 30, 2012		5,693,051		$	6.72
Options granted		271,600		$	12.43
Options exercised		(1,213	)	$	7.67
Options forfeited		(145,291	)	$	7.40
Options outstanding as of June 29, 2013		5,818,147		$	6.97
Options granted		172,239		$	14.04
Options exercised		(8,439	)	$	7.07
Options forfeited		(169,704	)	$	8.12
Options outstanding as of June 28, 2014		5,812,243		$	7.15
Options granted		353,794		$	16.76
Options exercised		(4,850	)	$	7.67
Options forfeited		(100,777	)	$	10.43
Options outstanding as of June 27, 2015		6,060,410		$	7.67

(1) Weighted average exercise price has been adjusted retroactively to reflect the reduction in the exercise price for dividends paid subsequent to grant date.

F-37

There were 2.1 million options vested or expected to vest as of June 27, 2015 at a weighted average price of $7.67 per share. There were 1.8 million options exercisable as of June 27, 2015 at a weighted average price of $6.78 per share. The remaining contractual life of the options outstanding as of June 27, 2015 was 4.20 years.

Subsequent to June 27, 2015, the Company approved amendments to the 2007 Stock Option Plan to modify the vesting terms of all of the time and performance-vesting options granted pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan. These time and performance vesting options will continue to vest based on a combination of time and performance vesting conditions. The time-based vesting condition did not change and will continue to be satisfied with respect to 20% of the shares underlying these options annually, based on the participant’s continued employment with the company. The performance-based vesting condition was reduced to reflect changes in the food industry environment since the plan was adopted. In addition as part of the amendments to the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the Company further evaluated our outstanding options and in light of the fact that certain grants of options have performance targets that may not be met before the expiration of such options, individuals holding unvested time and performance-vesting options will be allowed the right to exercise such options into restricted shares of our common stock and receive a new grant of time and performance-vesting options to purchase shares of our common stock.

Based on management’s assessment of probability associated with the underlying conditions of the awards, the Company believes that, following the amendments, there is a reasonable possibility that the performance targets could be met. Therefore, the Company engaged an unrelated specialist to assist in the process of determining the fair value based measure of the modified award. Based on management’s initial evaluation, the preliminary estimate of the possible future compensation expense is approximately $40 million. The expense will be recognized in the next four years when the Company concludes that it is probable that the performance metrics will be met.

On August 28, 2015, the Company effected a 0.485-for-one reverse stock split to stockholders of record as of August 28, 2015. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock.

19.    Segment Information

The Company has three reportable segments, as defined by ASC 280 Segment Reporting, related to disclosures about segments of an enterprise. The Performance Foodservice segment markets and distributes food and food-related products to Street restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional “food-away-from-home” locations. The PFG Customized segment principally serves the family and casual dining channel but also serves fine dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurant chains. The Vistar segment distributes candy, snack, beverage, and other products to customers in the vending, office coffee services, theater, retail, and other channels. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates. Intersegment sales represent sales between the segments, which are eliminated in consolidation. Management evaluates the performance of each operating segment based on various operating and financial metrics, including total sales and EBITDA. For PFG Customized, EBITDA includes certain allocated corporate charges that are included in operating expenses. The allocated corporate charges are determined based on a percentage of total sales. This percentage is reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure that the segment is allocated a reasonable rate of corporate expenses based on their use of corporate services.

F-38

Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of the Company’s internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.

(In millions)	PFS		PFG Customized		Vistar		Corporate & All Other			Eliminations			Consolidated
For fiscal year ended June 27, 2015
Net external sales	$	9,078.2	$	3,752.2	$	2,423.4	$	16.2		$	—		$	15,270.0
Inter-segment sales		6.8		0.7		2.7		175.4			(185.6	)		—
Total sales		9,085.0		3,752.9		2,426.1		191.6			(185.6	)		15,270.0
EBITDA		254.2		36.5		105.5		(92.6	)		—			303.6
Depreciation and amortization		65.8		16.4		15.7		23.4			—			121.3
Capital expenditures		41.8		7.8		14.5		34.5			—			98.6
For fiscal year ended June 28, 2014
Net external sales	$	8,098.3	$	3,300.5	$	2,266.4	$	20.5		$	—		$	13,685.7
Inter-segment sales		5.5		0.5		2.6		137.0			(145.6	)		—
Total sales		8,103.8		3,301.0		2,269.0		157.5			(145.6	)		13,685.7
EBITDA		207.5		37.5		88.3		(84.3	)		—			249.0
Depreciation and amortization		81.7		15.1		13.8		22.1			—			132.7
Capital expenditures		38.8		12.2		20.7		18.9			—			90.6
For fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Net external sales	$	7,498.7	$	3,162.8	$	2,138.7	$	26.3		$	—		$	12,826.5
Inter-segment sales		5.6		1.6		2.4		119.6			(129.2	)		—
Total sales		7,504.3		3,164.4		2,141.1		145.9			(129.2	)		12,826.5
EBITDA		173.9		37.3		81.4		(59.2	)		—			233.4
Depreciation and amortization		74.7		15.0		13.9		16.4			—			120.0
Capital expenditures		27.3		4.9		13.0		21.3			—			66.5

Total assets by reportable segment, excluding intercompany receivables between segments, are as follows:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015		As of June 28, 2014
PFS	$	1,915.7	$	1,853.6
PFG Customized		649.8		641.0
Vistar		539.2		501.3
Corporate & All Other		286.2		243.9
Total assets	$	3,390.9	$	3,239.8

F-39

The sales mix for the Company’s principal product and service categories is as follows:

(In millions)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015		For the fiscal year ended June 28,2014		For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Center of the plate	$	5,023.3	$	4,226.4	$	3,894.8
Canned and dry groceries		2,072.5		1,953.3		1,889.9
Frozen foods		1,950.4		1,795.4		1,724.3
Refrigerated and dairy products		2,039.0		1,803.6		1,611.5
Paper products and cleaning supplies		1,160.0		1,046.5		979.6
Beverage		1,159.0		1,065.1		1,045.2
Candy		648.5		601.3		552.5
Snack		523.0		518.6		505.1
Produce		469.4		449.2		410.8
Theater and concession		131.0		128.6		120.8
Merchandising and other services		93.9		97.7		92.0
Total	$	15,270.0	$	13,685.7	$	12,826.5

20.    Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events through August 28, 2015, the date that the financial statements were available to be issued. Any items noted have been properly reflected or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes above.

F-40

SCHEDULE 1 – Registrant’s Condensed Financial Statements

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

Parent Company Only

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in millions except share data)	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash	$	–		$	–
Prepaid offering costs		2.9			–
Income tax receivable		6.6			4.9
Total current assets		9.5			4.9
Investment in wholly owned subsidiary		511.8			444.9
Total assets	$	521.3		$	449.8
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Intercompany payable		28.3			20.6
Total liabilities		28.3			20.6
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity:
Common Stock
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 86,860,562 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014		0.9			0.9
Class B: $0.01 par value per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 18,388 and 13,538 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively		–			–
Additional paid-in capital		594.4			588.3
Accumulated deficit		(102.3	)		(160.0	)
Total shareholders’ equity		493.0			429.2
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	521.3		$	449.8

Share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock.

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

F-41

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

Parent Company Only

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

($ in millions)	Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Operating expenses		$4.9			$4.5			$4.5
Operating loss		(4.9	)		(4.5	)		(4.5	)
Income tax (benefit) expense		(1.8	)		(1.6	)		(1.6	)
Loss before equity in net income of subsidiary		(3.1	)		(2.9	)		(2.9	)
Equity in net income of subsidiary, net of tax		59.6			18.4			11.3
Net income		56.5			15.5			8.4
Other comprehensive (loss) income		1.2			(2.2	)		5.4
Total comprehensive income		$    57.7			$    13.3			$    13.8

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

F-42

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

Parent Company Only

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

($ in millions)	Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	56.5		$	15.5		$	8.4
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities
Equity in net income of subsidiary		(59.6	)		(18.4	)		(11.3	)
Dividend received from subsidiary (return on capital)		–			–			26.6
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Prepaid offering costs		(2.9	)		–			–
Intercompany payables		7.7			4.4			4.5
Income tax receivable		(1.7	)		(1.6	)		(1.6	)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		–			(0.1	)		26.6
Cash flows from investing activities:
Dividend received from subsidiary (return of capital)		–			–			193.4
Net cash provided by investing activities		–			–			193.4
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		–			0.1			–
Dividend paid to shareholders		–			–			(220.0	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		–			0.1			(220.0	)
Net (decrease) increase in cash		–			–			–
Cash, beginning of period		–			–			–
Cash, end of period	$	–		$	–		$	–

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

F-43

Notes to Condensed Parent Company Only Financial Statements

1. Description of Performance Food Group Company

Performance Food Group Company (the “Parent”) was incorporated in Delaware on July 23, 2002 to effect the purchase of all the outstanding equity interests of PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”). The Parent has no significant operations or significant assets or liabilities other than its investment in PFGC. Accordingly, the Parent is dependent upon distributions from PFGC to fund its obligations. However, under the terms of PFGC’s various debt agreements, PFGC’s ability to pay dividends or lend to the Parent is restricted, except that PFGC may pay specified amounts to the Parent to fund the payment of the Parent’s franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes, and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence.

2. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed financial statements (parent company only) include the accounts of the Parent and its investment in PFGC, Inc. accounted for in accordance with the equity method, and do not present the financial statements of the Parent and its subsidiary on a consolidated basis. These parent company only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Performance Food Group Company consolidated financial statements. The Parent is included in the consolidated federal and certain unitary, consolidated and combined state income tax returns with its subsidiaries. The Parent’s tax balances reflect its share of such filings, except for fiscal 2012, which also includes an expense related to provision to return adjustments primarily for net operating losses on a consolidated basis.

3. Dividends from Subsidiaries

The Parent received dividends (defined as a restricted payment in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) in the amount of $220 million from PFGC, Inc. on May 14, 2013, which has been reflected as a reduction to investment in wholly owned subsidiary in the accompanying condensed financial statements. On the same date, the Parent declared dividends of $220 million to its Class A and Class B shareholders. This dividend has also been reflected as a return of capital in the accompanying condensed financial statements.

F-44

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

($ in millions, except share and per share data)	As of March 26, 2016			As of June 27, 2015
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash	$	10.7		$	9.2
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $20.6 and $16.0		979.1			964.6
Inventories, net		899.1			882.6
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		39.1			26.4
Deferred income tax asset, net		17.1			17.5
Total current assets		1,945.1			1,900.3
Goodwill		676.2			664.0
Other intangible assets, net		167.4			186.9
Property, plant and equipment, net		604.3			594.7
Restricted cash		20.2			20.2
Other assets		26.9			24.8
Total assets	$	3,440.1		$	3,390.9
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Outstanding checks in excess of deposits	$	103.7		$	126.3
Trade accounts payable		931.0			895.9
Accrued expenses		216.9			234.1
Long-term debt—current installments		9.4			9.4
Capital and finance lease obligations—current installments		2.4			3.5
Derivative liabilities		6.6			7.8
Total current liabilities		1,270.0			1,277.0
Long-term debt		1,170.2			1,395.8
Deferred income tax liability, net		98.8			100.3
Long-term derivative liabilities		2.0			1.3
Capital and finance lease obligations, excluding current installments		32.1			33.8
Other long-term liabilities		97.2			89.7
Total liabilities		2,670.3			2,897.9
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
Shareholders’ equity:
Common Stock
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, none authorized, issued, or outstanding as of March 26, 2016; 250,000,000 shares authorized; 86,860,562 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015		—			0.9
Class B: $0.01 par value per share, none authorized, issued, or outstanding as of March 26, 2016; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 18,388 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015		—			—
Common Stock: $0.01 par value per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 99,731,319 shares issued and outstanding as of March 26, 2016; none authorized, issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015		1.0			—
Additional paid-in capital		831.2			594.1
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit of $2.6 and $2.9		(4.0	)		(4.5	)
Accumulated deficit		(58.4	)		(97.5	)
Total shareholders’ equity		769.8			493.0
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	3,440.1		$	3,390.9

See accompanying notes, which are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-45

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

($ in millions, except share and per share data)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016		Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Net sales	$	11,731.9	$	11,285.6
Cost of goods sold		10,283.2		9,927.3
Gross profit		1,448.7		1,358.3
Operating expenses		1,313.3		1,251.4
Operating profit		135.4		106.9
Other expense, net:
Interest expense, net		65.9		64.6
Other, net		3.7		3.2
Other expense, net		69.6		67.8
Income before taxes		65.8		39.1
Income tax expense		26.7		16.8
Net income	$	39.1	$	22.3
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic		95,230,548		86,874,101
Diluted		96,750,311		87,664,715
Earnings per common share:
Basic	$	0.41	$	0.26
Diluted	$	0.40	$	0.25

See accompanying notes, which are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-46

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Unaudited)

($ in millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016			Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Net income	$	39.1		$	22.3
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
Interest rate swaps:
Change in fair value, net of tax		(2.9	)		(3.5	)
Reclassification adjustment, net of tax		3.4			3.6
Other comprehensive (loss) income		0.5			0.1
Total comprehensive income	$	39.6		$	22.4

See accompanying notes, which are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-47

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Unaudited)

($ in millions, except share data)	Common Stock															Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Accumulated Deficit			Total Shareholders’ Equity
	Class A						Class B					Common Stock
	Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount		Shares		Amount
Balance as of June 28, 2014		86,860,562		$	0.9			13,538		$	—		—	$	—	$	592.9		$	(5.7	)	$	(154.0	)	$	434.1
Net income		—			—			—			—		—		—		—			—			22.3			22.3
Interest rate swaps		—			—			—			—		—		—		—			0.1			—			0.1
Stock compensation expense		—			—			—			—		—		—		0.9			—			—			0.9
Balance as of March 28, 2015		86,860,562		$	0.9			13,538		$	—		—	$	—	$	593.8		$	(5.6	)	$	(131.7	)	$	457.4
Balance as of June 27, 2015		86,860,562		$	0.9			18,388		$	—		—	$	—	$	594.1		$	(4.5	)	$	(97.5	)	$	493.0
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan		—			—			9,700			—		—		—		0.1			—			—			0.1
Repurchase of incremental shares of common stock		(31	)		—			(2	)		—		—		—		—			—			—			—
Reclassification of Class A and Class B common stock into a single class		(86,860,531	)		(0.9	)		(28,086	)		—		86,888,617		0.9		—			—			—			—
Issuance of common stock in initial public offering, net of underwriter commissions and offering costs		—			—			—			—		12,777,325		0.1		223.5			—			—			223.6
Common stock issued for cashless options under 2007 Option Plan		—			—			—			—		65,377		—		(0.8	)		—			—			(0.8	)
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options		—			—			—			—		—		—		0.7			—			—			0.7
Net income		—			—			—			—		—		—		—			—			39.1			39.1
Interest rate swaps		—			—			—			—		—		—		—			0.5			—			0.5
Stock compensation expense		—			—			—			—		—		—		13.6			—			—			13.6
Balance as of March 26, 2016		—		$	—			—		$	—		99,731,319	$	1.0	$	831.2		$	(4.0	)	$	(58.4	)	$	769.8

See accompanying notes, which are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-48

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

($ in millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016			Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	39.1		$	22.3
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation		58.3			57.1
Amortization of intangible assets		27.9			34.6
Amortization of deferred financing costs and other		17.8			7.7
Provision for losses on accounts receivables		8.0			6.3
Stock compensation expense		13.6			0.9
Deferred income tax benefit		(1.4	)		(2.6	)
Change in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities		0.5			2.9
Gain on assets held for sale		—			(0.9	)
Other		1.2			(0.4	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net:
Accounts receivable		(12.1	)		(125.1	)
Inventories		(8.3	)		(32.3	)
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(17.4	)		(15.9	)
Trade accounts payable		29.7			51.8
Outstanding checks in excess of deposits		(25.0	)		25.9
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		(14.3	)		(3.9	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		117.6			28.4
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment		(68.0	)		(63.7	)
Net cash paid for acquisition		(40.2	)		(0.4	)
Increase in restricted cash		—			(5.1	)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment		0.7			1.0
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale		—			1.9
Net cash used in investing activities		(107.5	)		(66.3	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net borrowings under ABL Facility		201.2			45.7
Payments on Term Facility		(428.6	)		(5.6	)
Proceeds from sale-leaseback transaction		—			3.5
Payment on financed property, plant and equipment		—			(1.6	)
Net proceeds from initial public offering		226.4			—
Proceeds from exercised stock options		0.1			—
Tax benefit from exercise of equity awards		0.7			—
Cash paid for debt modification		(5.6	)		—
Cash paid for acquisitions		—			(0.2	)
Payments under capital and finance lease obligations		(2.8	)		(2.4	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(8.6	)		39.4
Net increase in cash		1.5			1.5
Cash, beginning of period		9.2			5.3
Cash, end of period	$	10.7		$	6.8

F-49

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions are as follows:

(In millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016		Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Debt assumed through new capital lease obligations	$	0.1	$	0.1
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, financed		1.0		—

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

(In millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016		Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	54.0	$	60.0
Income taxes, net of refunds		39.1		26.0

See accompanying notes, which are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-50

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

1.    Summary of Business Activities

Business Overview

Performance Food Group Company, through its subsidiaries, markets and distributes national and company-branded food and food-related products to customer locations across the United States. The Company serves both of the major customer types in the restaurant industry: (i) independent, or “Street” customers, and (ii) multi-unit, or “Chain” customers, which include regional and national family and casual dining restaurants chains, fast casual chains, and quick-service restaurants. The Company also serves schools, healthcare facilities, business and industry locations, and other institutional customers.

Reverse Stock Split

On August 28, 2015, the Company effected a 0.485 for one reverse stock split of its Class A and Class B common stock and a reclassification of its Class A common stock and its Class B common stock into a single class. The Company retained the par value of $0.01 per share for all shares of common stock. All references to numbers of common shares and per-share data in the accompanying financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split on a retroactive basis. Shareholders’ equity reflects the reverse stock split by reclassifying from Common stock to Additional paid-in capital an amount equal to the par value of the reduction in shares arising from the reverse stock split.

Initial Public Offering

On October 6, 2015, the Company completed a registered initial public offering (“IPO”) of 16,675,000 shares of common stock for a cash offering price of $19.00 per share ($17.955 per share net of underwriting discounts), including the exercise in full by underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. The Company sold an aggregate of 12,777,325 shares of such common stock and certain selling stockholders sold 3,897,675 shares (including the shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares). The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “PFGC.”

The aggregate offering price of the amount of newly issued common stock sold was $242.8 million. In connection with the offering, the Company paid the underwriters a discount of $1.045 per share, for a total underwriting discount of $13.4 million. In addition, the Company incurred direct offering expenses consisting of legal, accounting, and printing costs of $5.8 million in connection with the IPO, of which $3.0 million was paid during the nine months ended March 26, 2016.

The Company used the net offering proceeds to it, after deducting the underwriting discount and its direct offering expenses, to repay $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Term Facility (see Note 5, Debt). The Company used the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

2.    Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company, without audit, with the exception of the June 27, 2015 consolidated balance sheet, which was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198654), as amended (the “Registration Statement”). The financial statements include consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity, and consolidated statements of cash flows. In the opinion of management, all

F-51

adjustments, which consist of normal recurring adjustments, except as otherwise disclosed, necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for all periods presented have been made.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for inventories, impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets, acquisition accounting, reserves for claims and recoveries under insurance programs, vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, bonus accruals, depreciation, amortization, determination of useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

The results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year. Therefore these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto included in the Registration Statement. Certain footnote disclosures included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to applicable rules and regulations for interim financial statements.

3.    Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This Update is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue that represents the transfer of promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net). The amendments to Topic 606 in ASU 2016-08 are intended to improve the operability and understandability of the implementation guidance on principle versus agent considerations.

Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for adoption of Topic 606. Topic 606, as amended by ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral of the Effective Date, is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact the new standard will have on its future financial statements, but does not believe the impact will be material. The Company plans to implement the new standard using the modified retrospective approach.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This update requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. This Update is to be applied on a retrospective basis and represents a change in accounting principle. The Company plans to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and does not believe it will have a material impact on its financial statements at the date of adoption.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This Update requires an entity to measure most inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. When evidence exists that the net realizable value of inventory is lower than its cost, the difference shall be recognized as a loss in earnings in the period in which it occurs. This Update is effective for public companies prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

F-52

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15, Interest—Imputation of Interest. This Update clarifies the guidance set forth in FASB ASU 2015-03, which required that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability rather than as an asset. This Update clarifies that debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements could continue to be presented as an asset and be subsequently amortized over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the arrangement. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company plans to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and does not believe this Update will have an impact on its financial statements at the date of adoption.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations: Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. This Update requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined, including the cumulative effect of the change in provisional amount as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. This Update requires that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This Update is to be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not yet been made available for issuance. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. This Update requires a company to classify deferred tax liabilities and assets as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. For public entities, this Update is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within those annual periods. The Company plans to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and does not believe it will have a material impact on its financial statements at the date of adoption.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The ASU is a comprehensive new lease accounting model that requires companies to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. For public entities, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Companies are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented in its financial statements using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this ASU on its future financial statements and believes that it will have a material impact on its future financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships. The amendments in this Update clarify that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument under Topic 815 does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. An entity has an option to apply the amendments in this Update on either a prospective basis or a modified retrospective basis. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815):Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments. The amendments in this Update clarify the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and

F-53

closely related to their debt hosts. An entity performing the assessment under the amendments in this Update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision sequence. The amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. An entity should apply the amendments in this Update on a modified retrospective basis to existing debt instruments as of the beginning of the fiscal year for which the amendments are effective. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The Update includes provisions intended to simplify several aspects of how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements. Such provisions include recognizing income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, allowing an employer to withhold shares in an amount up to the employee’s maximum individual tax rate without resulting in liability classification of the award, allowing entities to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur, and changes to the classification of tax-related cash flows resulting from share-based payments and cash payments made to taxing authorities on the employee’s behalf on the statement of cash flows. The amendments to this Update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.

4.    Business Combinations

During the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the Company paid cash of $40.2 million for two acquisitions which increased goodwill by $12.2 million. During the first nine months of fiscal 2015, the Company paid cash of $0.4 million for an acquisition. These acquisitions did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

5.    Debt

The Company is a holding company and conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, which have incurred or guaranteed indebtedness as described below.

Debt consisted of the following:

(In millions)	As of March 26, 2016			As of June 27, 2015
ABL	$	866.9		$	665.7
Term Facility		307.3			734.4
Promissory Note		5.4			5.1
Long-term debt		1,179.6			1,405.2
Capital and finance lease obligations		34.5			37.3
Total debt		1,214.1			1,442.5
Less: current installments		(11.8	)		(12.9	)
Total debt, excluding current installments	$	1,202.3		$	1,429.6

F-54

ABL Facility

PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is a party to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “ABL Facility”) dated February 1, 2016. The ABL Facility is secured by the majority of the tangible assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the ABL Facility, which is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all material domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). Availability for loans and letters of credit under the ABL Facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders.

On February 1, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. amended and restated the ABL Facility to increase the borrowing capacity from $1.4 billion to $1.6 billion, lower interest rates for LIBOR based loans, extend the maturity from May 2017 to February 2021, and modify triggers and provisions related to certain reporting, financial, and negative covenants. The total size of the facility immediately increased the effective borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility since borrowing base assets exceeded the facility size prior to the amendment. The Company estimates that approximately $6.6 million of fees and expenses have been incurred for the amendment, which were included as deferred financing costs and will be amortized over the remaining term of the ABL Facility. Of this amount $5.6 million was paid during the nine months ended March 26, 2016. In connection with the closing of this amendment, Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Facility.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%.

The following table summarizes outstanding borrowings, availability, and the average interest rate under the ABL Facility:

(Dollars in millions)	As of March 26, 2016			As of June 27, 2015
Aggregate borrowings	$	866.9		$	665.7
Letters of credit		97.7			102.5
Excess availability, net of lenders’ reserves of $19.0 and $19.7		615.1			631.8
Average interest rate		2.06	%		1.94	%

The ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below the greater of (i) $130.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days. The ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGC’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or specified payments, and dispose of assets. The ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreement may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under such agreement available under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.

F-55

Term Loan Facility

Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement providing for a term loan facility (the “Term Facility”) on May 14, 2013. Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million under the Term Facility that is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). Net proceeds to Performance Food Group, Inc. were $746.3 million. The proceeds from the Term Facility were used to redeem the Company’s then outstanding senior notes in full; to pay the fees, premiums, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Term Facility and a previous ABL Facility amendment; and to pay a $220 million dividend to the Company’s stockholders. A portion of the Term Facility was considered a modification of the senior notes.

The Term Facility matures in November 2019 and bears interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a Base Rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its “prime lending rate,” (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for the term loans under the Term Facility may be reduced subject to attaining a Total Net Leverage ratio below 4.25x. The applicable margin for borrowings was 5.0% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.0% for loans based on the Base Rate, as of March 26, 2016, reflecting the 25 basis point reduction for total net leverage ratio below 4.25x. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the Base Rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears in the case of Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period (but no less frequently than quarterly) in the case of the LIBOR loans. Performance Food Group, Inc. can incur additional loans under the Term Facility with the aggregate amount of the incremental loans not exceeding the sum of (i) $140.0 million plus (ii) additional amounts so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement governing the Term Facility) does not exceed 5.90:1.00 and so long as the proceeds are not used to finance restricted payments that include any dividend or distribution payments.

PFGC is required to repay an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of $750 million on the last business day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2013, which amounted to $5.6 million in both the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015. The Term Facility is prepayable at par. On October 6, 2015, the Company completed its IPO and used the net proceeds therefrom to repay $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Term Facility. On February 1, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. amended and restated the ABL Facility as described above. In connection with the closing of this amendment, Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Facility, bringing the total payment amount to $428.6 million during the nine months ended March 26, 2016.

As of March 26, 2016, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $308.3 million with unamortized original issue discount of $1.0 million. Original issue discount is being amortized as additional interest expense. Deferred financing costs on the Term Facility, which is included in Other intangible assets, net, is also being amortized as additional interest expense. The nine months ended March 26, 2016 includes $5.5 million of accelerated amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs because of the repayment of $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness mentioned above. Additionally, the Company recognized a $5.8 million loss on extinguishment within interest expense during the third quarter of fiscal 2016, related to the write-off of unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs on the Term Facility, because of the repayment of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness mentioned above.

F-56

Interest expense related to the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount for the Term Facility was as follows:

(In millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016		Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Deferred financing costs amortization	$	12.5	$	3.4
Original issue discount amortization		1.7		0.4
Total amortization included in interest expense	$	14.2	$	3.8

The ABL Facility and the Term Facility contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $153.2 million of restricted payment capacity available under such debt agreements, as of March 26, 2016.

Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note

In connection with an acquisition, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued a $6.0 million interest only, unsecured subordinated promissory note on December 21, 2012, bearing an interest rate of 3.5%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The $6.0 million principal is due in a lump sum in December 2017. All amounts outstanding under this promissory note become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company or PFGC, which includes the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of PFGC. This promissory note was initially recorded at its fair value of $4.2 million. The difference between the principal and the initial fair value of the promissory note is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the promissory note, which approximates the effective yield method. For the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, interest expense included $0.3 million related to this amortization. As of March 26, 2016, the carrying value of the promissory note was $5.4 million.

6.    Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates and diesel fuel costs. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and payments related to the Company’s investments, borrowings, and diesel fuel purchases.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are both designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction occurs. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. Since the Company has a substantial portion of its debt in

F-57

variable-rate instruments, it accomplishes this objective with interest rate swaps. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. All of the Company’s interest rate swaps were initially designated as cash flow hedges. During the third quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company changed its selected interest rate for the Term Facility from the LIBOR option to the Base Rate option. The forecasted transactions in the Company’s interest rate swap hedging relationships for the Term Facility were designated as the future interest payments at the LIBOR option rate. Given the change in the selected rate for the Term Facility, the Company determined that the forecasted LIBOR interest payments were no longer probable of occurring and dedesignated two of its interest rate swaps.

As of March 26, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. had five interest rate swaps with a combined $750 million notional amount. The following table summarizes the outstanding Swap Agreements as of March 26, 2016 (in millions):

Effective Date	Maturity Date	Notional Amount	Fixed Rate Swapped
Designated as hedging instruments
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017	200.0	1.52%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017	100.0	1.52%
August 9, 2013	August 9, 2018	200.0	1.51%
Not designated as hedging instruments
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016	150.0	1.47%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016	100.0	1.47%

The tables below present the effect of the interest rate swaps designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated statement of operations for the nine-month periods ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015:

(in millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016			Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, pre-tax	$	4.8		$	5.7
Tax expense (benefit)		(1.9	)		(2.2	)
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, after-tax	$	2.9		$	3.5
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income, pre-tax	$	(5.6	)	$	(6.0	)
Tax (expense) benefit		2.2			2.4
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income, after-tax	$	(3.4	)	$	(3.6	)

The location of loss reclassified from other comprehensive income into income, as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt, is interest expense. The Company recorded no ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps during the three and nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015. During the twelve months ending March 31, 2017, the Company estimates that an additional $4.4 million will be reclassified to earnings as an increase to interest expense.

Hedges of Forecasted Diesel Fuel Purchases

From time to time, Performance Food Group, Inc. enters into costless collar arrangements to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for its forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. As of March 26, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. was a party to seven such arrangements, with an aggregate 12.0 million gallon original notional amount, of which an aggregate 9.8 million gallon notional amount was remaining. The remaining 9.8 million gallon forecasted purchases of diesel fuel are expected to be made between April 1, 2016 and December 31, 2017.

F-58

The fuel collar instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments and included in Other, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The Company recorded $0.5 million in unrealized losses and $3.4 million in expense for cash settlements related to these fuel collars for the nine-month period ending March 26, 2016, compared to $2.9 million in unrealized losses and $0.5 million in expense for cash settlements related to these fuel collars for the nine-month period ending March 28, 2015.

The Company does not currently have a payable or receivable related to cash collateral for its derivatives, and therefore it has not established an accounting policy for offsetting the fair value of its derivatives against such balances. The table below presents the fair value of the derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheet as of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015:

(in millions)	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value as of March 26, 2016		Fair Value as of June 27, 2015
Assets
Derivatives designated as hedges:
Interest rate swaps	Other assets	$	—	$	0.2
Total assets			—		0.2
Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedges:
Interest rate swaps	Current derivative liabilities	$	4.1	$	6.1
Interest rate swaps	Long-term derivative liabilities		2.0		1.3
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Interest rate swaps	Current derivative liabilities	$	0.3	$	—
Diesel fuel collars	Current derivative liabilities		2.2		1.7
Total liabilities		$	8.6	$	9.1

All of the Company’s derivative contracts are subject to a master netting arrangement with the respective counterparties that provide for the net settlement of all derivative contracts in the event of default or upon the occurrence of certain termination events. Upon exercise of termination rights by the non-defaulting party (i) all transactions are terminated, (ii) all transactions are valued and the positive value or “in the money” transactions are netted against the negative value or “out of the money” transactions, and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount.

The Company has elected to present the derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the balance sheet on a gross basis for periods ended March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015. The tables below present the derivative assets and liability balance, before and after the effects of offsetting, as of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015:

	March 26, 2016						June 27, 2015
(In millions)	Gross Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Subject to Netting Agreements		Net Amounts		Gross Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Subject to Netting Agreements		Net Amounts
Total asset derivatives:	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.2	$	—
Total liability derivatives:		8.6		—		8.6		9.1		0.2		8.9

The derivative instruments are the only assets or liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fuel collars are exchange-traded commodities and their fair value is derived from valuation models based on certain assumptions regarding market conditions, some of which may be unobservable. Based on the

F-59

lack of significance of these unobservable inputs, the Company has concluded that these instruments represent Level 2 on the hierarchy. The fair values of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements are determined using a valuation model with several inputs and assumptions, some of which may be unobservable. A specific unobservable input used by the Company in determining the fair value of its interest rate swaps is an estimation of both the unsecured borrowing spread to LIBOR for the Company as well as that of the derivative counterparties. Based on the lack of significance of this estimated spread component to the overall value of the Company’s interest rate swaps, the Company has concluded that these swaps represent Level 2 on the hierarchy.

There have been no transfers between levels in the hierarchy from June 27, 2015 to March 26, 2016.

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that provide that if the Company either defaults or is capable of being declared in default on any of its indebtedness, the Company can also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of March 26, 2016, and June 27, 2015, the aggregate fair value amount of derivative instruments that contain contingent features was $8.6 million and $8.9 million, respectively. As of March 26, 2016, the Company has not been required to post any collateral related to these agreements. If the Company breached any of these provisions, it would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $8.6 million.

7.    Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1—Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

• Level 2—Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

• Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which there are little or no market data, which include management’s own assumption about the risk assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, outstanding checks in excess of deposits, trade accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair values because of the relatively short maturities of those instruments. The derivative liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of long-term debt, which has a carrying value of $1,179.6 million and $1,405.2 million, is $1,181.1 million and $1,406.0 million at March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015, respectively, and is determined by reviewing current market pricing related to comparable debt issued at the time of the balance sheet date, and is considered a Level 2 measurement.

The Company is required by its insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for its workers’ compensation and liability claims. The Company has chosen to satisfy these collateral requirements by depositing funds in insurance trusts or by issuing letters of credit. All amounts in restricted cash at March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015 represent funds deposited in insurance trusts, and $10.2 million and $10.2 million, respectively, represent Level 1 fair value measurements.

F-60

8.    Income Taxes

The determination of the Company’s overall effective tax rate requires significant judgment, the use of estimates, and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. The effective tax rate reflects the income earned and taxed in various United States federal and state jurisdictions. Tax law changes, increases and decreases in temporary and permanent differences between book and tax items, tax credits, and the Company’s change in income in each jurisdiction all affect the overall effective tax rate.

The Company’s effective tax rate was 40.6% for the nine months ending March 26, 2016 and 43.1% for the nine months ending March 28, 2015. The effective tax rate varied from the 35% statutory rate primarily because of state taxes, federal credits, and non-deductible expenses.

As of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015, the Company had net deferred tax assets of $36.2 million and $36.8 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of $117.9 million and $119.6 million, respectively. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company records a liability for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-25, Income Taxes—General—Recognition. As of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015, the Company had approximately $0.8 million and $0.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. It is reasonably possible that a decrease of approximately $0.3 million in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months because of statute of limitations expirations, that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

It is the Company’s practice to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal tax benefit) was accrued for interest related to uncertain tax positions as of March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015. Net interest expense of less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal tax benefit) was recognized in tax expense for the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015.

9.    Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Obligations

The Company had outstanding contracts and purchase orders for capital projects totaling $10.7 million at March 26, 2016. Amounts due under these contracts were not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of March 26, 2016.

Withdrawn Multiemployer Pension Plans

Until May 2013, Performance Food Group, Inc. participated in the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States Pension Fund”), a multiemployer pension plan administered by the Teamsters Union, pursuant to which Performance Food Group, Inc. was required to make contributions on behalf of certain union employees. The Central States Pension Fund is underfunded and is in critical status as determined by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. In connection with the recent renegotiation of the collective bargaining agreement that had previously required the Company’s participation in the Central States Pension Fund, the Company negotiated the termination of its participation in the Central States Pension Fund and the Company has withdrawn. The withdrawal liability was increased by $2.8 million during the second quarter of fiscal 2015 to the Company’s total estimated withdrawal liability of $6.9 million. The Company has made total payments for voluntary withdrawal of this plan in the amount of $1.0 million. As of March 26, 2016, the estimated outstanding withdrawal liability totaled $5.9 million.

F-61

Guarantees

Subsidiaries of the Company have entered into numerous operating leases, including leases of buildings, equipment, tractors, and trailers. Certain of the leases for tractors, trailers, and other vehicles and equipment provide for residual value guarantees to the lessors. Circumstances that would require the subsidiary to perform under the guarantees include either (1) default on the leases with the leased assets being sold for less than the specified residual values in the lease agreements, or (2) decisions not to purchase the assets at the end of the lease terms combined with the sale of the assets, with sales proceeds less than the residual value of the leased assets specified in the lease agreements. Residual value guarantees under these operating lease agreements typically range between 5% and 25% of the value of the leased assets at inception of the lease. These leases have original terms ranging from 5 to 7 years and expiration dates ranging from 2016 to 2023. As of March 26, 2016, the undiscounted maximum amount of potential future payments for lease guarantees totaled $22.3 million, which would be mitigated by the fair value of the leased assets at lease expiration. The assessment as to whether it is probable that subsidiaries of the Company will be required to make payments under the terms of the guarantees is based upon their actual and expected loss experience. Consistent with the requirements of FASB ASC 460-10-50, Guarantees-Overall-Disclosure, the Company has recorded $0.2 million of the potential future guarantee payments on its consolidated balance sheet as of March 26, 2016.

The Company participates in a purchasing alliance that was formed to obtain better pricing, to expand product options, to reduce internal costs, and to achieve greater inventory turnover. The Company has entered into several agreements to guarantee a portion of the trade payables for such purchasing alliance to their various suppliers as an inducement for these suppliers to extend additional trade credit to the purchasing alliance. In the event of default by the purchasing alliance of their respective trade payables obligations, these suppliers may proceed directly against the Company to collect their trade payables. The terms of these guarantees have expiration dates throughout 2016. As of March 26, 2016, the undiscounted maximum amount of potential payments covered by these guarantees totaled $24.6 million. The Company believes that the likelihood of payment under these guarantees is remote and that any fair value attributable to these guarantees is immaterial; therefore, no liability has been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In addition, the Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to: (i) certain real estate leases under which subsidiaries of the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities and other claims arising from their use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors, and employees under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship; and (iii) customer agreements under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers for certain claims brought against them with respect to the supplied products.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations and, therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Litigation

The Company is engaged in various legal proceedings that have arisen but have not been fully adjudicated. The likelihood of loss for these legal proceedings, based on definitions within contingency accounting literature, ranges from remote to reasonably possible to probable. When losses are probable and reasonably estimable, they have been accrued. Based on estimates of the range of potential losses associated with these matters, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated financial position or results of operations of

F-62

the Company. However, the final results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and, if the Company failed to prevail in one or more of these legal matters, and the associated realized losses were to exceed the Company’s current estimates of the range of potential losses, the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations could be materially adversely affected in future periods.

Sales Tax Liabilities

The Company’s sales and use tax filings are subject to customary audits by authorities in the jurisdictions where it conducts business in the United States, which may result in assessments of additional taxes.

10.    Related Party Transactions

Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement

The Company is a party to an advisory fee agreement pursuant to which affiliates of The Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management provide certain strategic and structuring advice and certain monitoring, advising, and consulting services to the Company. The advisory fee agreement provides for the payment by the Company of certain fees and the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses. The annual advisory fee is the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the advisory fee agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year. The payments under this agreement totaled $5.0 million and $4.6 million, for the nine-month periods ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, respectively.

Under its terms, this agreement will terminate no later than the second anniversary of the closing date of the IPO, which was October 6, 2015.

Other

The Company leases a distribution facility from an entity owned by an officer of a subsidiary of the Company. The lease generally provides that the Company will bear the cost of property taxes. Total rent and taxes paid to the officer’s company totaled $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the nine-month periods ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015.

The Company does business with certain other affiliates of The Blackstone Group. In the nine-month period ended March 26, 2016, the Company recorded sales of $26.0 million to certain of these affiliate companies. In the nine-month period ended March 26, 2016, the Company recorded no purchases from affiliate companies. In the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, the Company recorded sales of $27.5 million to certain of these affiliate companies. In the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, the Company recorded purchases of $2.0 million from certain of these affiliate companies. The Company does not conduct a material amount of business with affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management.

As of March 26, 2016, an affiliate of The Blackstone Group held $16.8 million of the outstanding $308.3 million Term Facility. The Company paid approximately $0.8 million in interest related to the nine-month period ended March 26, 2016 to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Facility. The Company paid approximately $1.2 million in interest related to the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015 to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Facility. See Note 5, Debt, for a discussion of the Term Facility.

11.    Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the

F-63

period. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased with the proceeds from the exercise of stock options under the treasury stock method.

For the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, the Company’s calculation of weighted-average number of common shares includes Class A and Class B common stock. All shares of Class A and Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, preferences, and privileges in respect to dividends.

For the nine-month periods ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted EPS computations is as follows:

($ in millions, except share and per share amounts)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016		Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Numerator:
Net income	$	39.1	$	22.3
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		95,230,548		86,874,101
Dilutive effect of share-based awards		1,519,763		790,614
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding		96,750,311		87,664,715
Basic earnings per share	$	0.41	$	0.26
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.40	$	0.25

12.    Stock Compensation

Performance Food Group Company provides compensation benefits to employees and non-employee directors not employed by our Sponsors under several share based payment arrangements.

The Performance Food Group Company 2007 Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”)

The 2007 Option Plan allows for the granting of awards to current and future employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company or its affiliates in the form of nonqualified options. The 2007 Option Plan is designed to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company by providing employees and consultants who are or will be involved in the Company’s growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging them to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2007 Option Plan are determined by the Board of Directors. There are 6,445,982 shares of common stock reserved for issuances under the 2007 Option Plan.

Each of the employee awards under the 2007 Option Plan is divided into three equal portions. Tranche I options are subject to time vesting. Tranche II and Tranche III options are subject to both time and performance vesting, including performance criteria based on the internal rate of return and sponsor cash inflows as outlined in the 2007 Option Plan. Prior to the amendment discussed below, the Company’s assessment of the performance criteria indicated that satisfaction of the performance criteria was not probable and therefore, no compensation expense had been recognized on Tranche II and Tranche III options.

The 2007 Option Plan had repurchase rights that generally allowed the Company to repurchase shares, at the current fair value following a participant’s retirement or a participant’s termination of employment by the Company other than for “cause” and at the lower of the original exercise price or current fair value following any termination of employment by the Company for “cause,” resignation of the participant, or in the event a participant resigns because of retirement and subsequently breaches the non-competition or non-solicitation covenant within one year of such participant’s termination. Because of the existence of the repurchase rights, the

F-64

weighted average service period had exceeded the contractual term of the options. However, the repurchase option feature of this plan terminated upon the date of our IPO. Therefore, the Company’s management determined that the requisite service period should be reduced from 10.7 years to the 5 year service vesting period. As a result, compensation costs of $3.8 million were recorded in the nine-month period of fiscal 2016 related to this change for Tranche I awards.

On July 30, 2015, the Company approved amendments to the 2007 Option Plan to modify the vesting terms of all of the Tranche II and Tranche III options granted pursuant to the 2007 Option Plan. These options will continue to vest based on a combination of time and performance vesting conditions. The time-based vesting condition did not change and will continue to be satisfied with respect to 20% of the shares underlying these options annually, based on the participant’s continued employment with the Company. The performance-based vesting condition was reduced to reflect changes in the macro-economic conditions following the 2008 recession.

In addition, as part of the amendments to the 2007 Option Plan, the Company further evaluated its outstanding options, and in light of the concern that the Tranche II and III options had performance targets that may not be met before the expiration of such options, individuals holding these unvested time and performance-vesting options were allowed the right to exercise such options into restricted shares of the Company’s common stock and to receive a new grant of time and performance-vesting options. On September 30, 2015, 3.73 million options were exchanged for 2.27 million restricted shares and 1.46 million new options. In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company separately granted approximately 134,000 new option awards under the 2007 Option Plan.

Based on management’s assessment of the probability associated with the underlying conditions of the amended Tranche II and III awards, the Company believes that, following the amendments, there is a reasonable possibility that the performance targets could be met. The Company engaged an unrelated specialist to assist in the process of determining the fair value based measure of the modified award. Based on management’s evaluation, the estimate of the possible future compensation expense is approximately $40 million of which approximately $25 million is being recognized over the next four years. The remaining $15 million of compensation expense will be recognized when the Company concludes that it is probable that certain performance conditions will be met.

In total, compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2007 Option Plan was $11.0 million for the nine-month period ended March 26, 2016, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The total compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2007 Option Plan was $0.9 million for the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The total unrecognized compensation cost the Company has concluded that is probable under the 2007 Option Plan is $20.8 million as of March 26, 2016.

The Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Incentive Plan”)

In July 2015, the Company approved the 2015 Incentive Plan. The 2015 Incentive Plan allows for the granting of awards to current employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company. Similar to the 2007 Option Plan, the 2015 Incentive Plan is designed to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company by providing employees and consultants who are or will be involved in the Company’s growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging them to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2015 Option Plan are determined by the Board of Directors.

There are 4,850,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2015 Incentive Plan, including non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, and other equity based or cash-based awards. In connection with the IPO, the Company granted approximately 144,000

F-65

time-vesting options, 525,000 shares of time-vesting restricted stock, and 144,000 shares of performance-vesting restricted stock to employees. In addition, the Company granted approximately 20,000 restricted stock units to certain directors. There are also approximately 268,000 restricted stock units outstanding under the 2015 Plan granted to another executive. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2015 Incentive Plan was $2.6 million for the nine-month period ended March 26, 2016, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. Total unrecognized compensation cost for all awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan is $14.7 million as of March 26, 2016.

13.    Other, net

Other, net on the consolidated statement of operations primarily includes the change in fair value gains or loss and cash settlements pertaining to our derivatives on forecasted diesel fuel purchases, along with other non-operating income or expense items. Other, net consisted of the following:

(In millions)	For the nine months ended March 26, 2016			For the nine months ended March 28, 2015
Change in fair value loss on derivatives for forecasted diesel fuel purchased	$	0.5		$	2.9
Cash settlements on derivatives for forecasted diesel fuel purchases		3.4			0.5
Other income		(0.2	)		(0.2	)
Other, net	$	3.7		$	3.2

14.    Segment Information

The Company has three reportable segments, as defined by ASC 280 Segment Reporting, related to disclosures about segments of an enterprise. The Performance Foodservice segment markets and distributes food and food-related products to Street restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional “food-away-from-home” locations. The PFG Customized segment principally serves the family and casual dining channel but also serves fine dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurant chains. The Vistar segment distributes candy, snack, beverage, and other products to customers in the vending, office coffee services, theater, retail, and other channels. Intersegment sales represent sales between the segments and are eliminated in consolidation. Management evaluates the performance of each operating segment based on various operating and financial metrics, including total sales and EBITDA. For PFG Customized, EBITDA includes certain allocated corporate charges that are included in operating expenses. The allocated corporate charges are determined based on a percentage of total sales. This percentage is reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure that the segment is allocated a reasonable rate of corporate expenses based on its use of corporate services.

Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of the Company’s internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.

F-66

(In millions)	Performance Foodservice		PFG Customized		Vistar		Corporate & All Other			Eliminations			Consolidated
For the nine months ended March 26, 2016
Net external sales	$	6,977.9	$	2,799.7	$	1,942.6	$	11.7		$	—		$	11,731.9
Inter-segment sales		5.5		0.4		2.0		147.1			(155.0	)		—
Total sales		6,983.4		2,800.1		1,944.6		158.8			(155.0	)		11,731.9
EBITDA		206.9		26.2		83.7		(98.9	)		—			217.9
Depreciation and amortization		46.2		11.5		12.8		15.7			—			86.2
Capital expenditures		30.9		5.5		9.1		22.5			—			68.0
For the nine months ended March 28, 2015
Net external sales	$	6,704.2	$	2,783.3	$	1,786.3	$	11.8		$	—		$	11,285.6
Inter-segment sales		4.7		0.6		2.0		128.0			(135.3	)		—
Total sales		6,708.9		2,783.9		1,788.3		139.8			(135.3	)		11,285.6
EBITDA		172.6		25.6		79.2		(82.0	)		—			195.4
Depreciation and amortization		49.7		11.7		12.2		18.1			—			91.7
Capital expenditures		26.5		6.3		6.7		24.2			—			63.7

Total assets by reportable segment, excluding intercompany receivables between segments, are as follows:

(In millions)	As of March 26, 2016		As of June 27, 2015
Performance Foodservice	$	1,945.2	$	1,915.7
PFG Customized		649.5		649.8
Vistar		600.0		539.2
Corporate & All Other		245.4		286.2
Total assets	$	3,440.1	$	3,390.9

15.    Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events through May 4, 2016, the date that the financial statements were available to be issued. Any items noted have been properly reflected or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes above.

F-67

What we really do is deliver.
PFG Performance Food Group

12,000,000 Shares

Performance Food Group Company

Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

Credit Suisse Barclays

                    , 2016

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of common stock being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee.

SEC registration fee	$	36,200.64
FINRA filing fee		54,423.50
Printing fees and expenses		*
Legal fees and expenses		*
Registrar and transfer agent fees		*
Accounting fees and expenses		*
Miscellaneous expenses		*
Total		*

* To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”), provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

II-1

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify such person under Section 145.

Our amended and restated bylaws provides that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the full extent authorized by the DGCL.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we shall not be obligated to indemnify a director or officer in respect of a proceeding (or part thereof) instituted by such director or officer, unless such proceeding (or part thereof) has been authorized by the Board of Directors pursuant to the applicable procedure outlined in the amended and restated bylaws.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held jointly and severally liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors and the selling stockholders, and by us and the selling stockholders of the underwriters, for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

During the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013, we issued 1,213 shares of our Class B common stock to members of our management upon the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to our equity incentive plan.

During the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014, we issued 8,439 shares of our Class B common stock to members of our management upon the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to our equity incentive plan.

During the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015, we issued 4,850 shares of our Class B common stock to members of our management upon the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to our equity incentive plan.

Between June 28, 2015 and the completion of our initial public offering on October 1, 2015, we issued 9,700 shares of common stock to members of our management upon the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to our equity incentive plan.

All of these shares were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder.

II-2

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules. All schedules are omitted because the required information is either not present, not present in material amounts or presented within the consolidated financial statements included in the prospectus and are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

(1) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(2) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(A) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(B) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Richmond, State of Virginia, on the 6th day of May, 2016.

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY
By:	/s/ A. Brent King
	Name: A. Brent King
	Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know all men by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints A. Brent King, Robert D. Evans and Jeffery Fender, and each of them, any of whom may act without joinder of the other, the individual’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for the person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any or all amendments, including post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, including a prospectus or an amended prospectus therein and any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and all other documents in connection therewith to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact as agents or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 6th day of May, 2016.

Signature	Title
/s/ George L. Holm George L. Holm	Chief Executive Officer & President; Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Robert D. Evans Robert D. Evans	Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Christine Vlahcevic Christine Vlahcevic	Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ William F. Dawson Jr. William F. Dawson Jr.	Director
/s/ Bruce McEvoy Bruce McEvoy	Director
/s/ Prakash A. Melwani Prakash A. Melwani	Director

II-4

Signature	Title
/s/ Jeffrey Overly Jeffrey Overly	Director
/s/ Douglas Steenland Douglas Steenland	Director
/s/ Arthur B. Winkleblack Arthur B. Winkleblack	Director
/s/ John J. Zillmer John J. Zillmer	Director

II-5

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.			Description
	1.1	*	Form of Underwriting Agreement
	3.1		Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2015).
	3.2		Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2015).
	5.1	*	Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
	10.1		Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated February 1, 2016, among Performance Food Group, Inc., the other borrowers thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 3, 2016).
	10.2		Credit Agreement, dated May 14, 2013, among Performance Food Group Inc., PFGC, Inc., Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets, Barclays Bank PLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and Wells Fargo Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.3		Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2015, among Performance Food Group Company and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2015).
	10.4		Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 6, 2015, among the Performance Food Group Company and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2015).
	10.5†		Amended and Restated 2007 Management Option Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.6†		2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.10†		Employment Letter Agreement, dated September 6, 2002, between George L. Holm and Performance Food Group Company (f/k/a Wellspring Distribution Corp.) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.11		Amended and Restated Advisory Fee Agreement between Performance Food Group Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.12†		Employment Letter Agreement, dated April 7, 2014, between Jim Hope and Performance Food Group (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).

Exhibit No.			Description
	10.13†		Employment Letter Agreement, dated December 11, 2014, between David Flitman and Performance Food Group Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.14†		Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement, dated April 12, 2010, between Douglas M. Steenland and Performance Food Group Company (formerly known as Wellspring Distribution Corp.) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.15†		Form of Option Award Agreement for Named Executive Officers under the 2007 Management Option Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.16†		Form of Severance Letter Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.17†		Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.18†		Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.19†		Form of Option Grant under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
	10.20†		Transition Agreement, dated May 3, 2016, between Performance Food Group Company and Robert D. Evans (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2016 (File 001-37578)).
	21.1		Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2014).
	23.1	*	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
	23.2		Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
	24.1		Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to this Registration Statement)
	101.INS**		XBRL Instance Document
	101.SCH**		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
	101.CAL**		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
	101.DEF**		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
	101.LAB**		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
	101.PRE**		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

* Filed herewith.

** XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

† Identifies exhibits that consist of a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

EX-1.1

Exhibit 1.1

12,000,000 Shares

Performance Food Group Company

Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ● ], 2016

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

As Representatives of the Several Underwriters,

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,

Eleven Madison Avenue,

New York, N.Y. 10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

1. Introductory. The selling stockholders listed in Schedule A hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) of Performance Food Group Company, a Delaware corporation (“Company”) agree severally with the several Underwriters named in Schedule B hereto (“Underwriters”) to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of 12,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share of the Company (“Securities”) (such 12,000,000 shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the “Firm Securities”). In addition, the Selling Stockholders agree to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than 1,800,000 additional outstanding shares (such 1,800,000 shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the “Optional Securities”) of the Securities, as set forth below. The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the “Offered Securities”.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S–1 (File No. 333-[ ● ]) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Offered Securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you and to you for each of the other Underwriters, excluding exhibits thereto, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing or decreasing the size of the offering (an “Additional Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Additional Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”); the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration

Statement became effective or such part of the Additional Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement” the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Offered Securities that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 2(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus” and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Offered Securities is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”;

(ii) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement filed with the Commission on [ ● ], 2016 and used by the Company in connection with the roadshow, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC or Barclays Capital Inc. (together, the “Representatives” or “you”) expressly for use therein;

(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [ ● ] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule C(2) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule C(1) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

(iv) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

(v) The Company (i) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) has corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (iii) has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), where the failure to have such power or authority or to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the

2

condition (financial or otherwise), business, material properties, management or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”); the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed on Schedule D to this Agreement;

(vi) Schedule D to this Agreement includes a true and complete list of each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each, a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”), including the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of such Subsidiary; each Subsidiary (i) has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, (ii) has power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (iii) has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity, as the case may be, for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), where the failure to have such power or authority or to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(vii) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been any change in the capital stock or material change in the long-term debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, material properties, management or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or material interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;

(viii) The Company and its Subsidiaries own in fee simple all real property identified in the Registration Statement as being owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have good and valid title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus and except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with the Company and its Subsidiaries’ ability to conduct their business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and except where the failure to have such ownership or title could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases (subject to the effects of (A) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally; (B) the application of general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity); and (C) applicable law and public policy with respect to rights to indemnity and contribution), except where the invalidity or unenforceability of any such lease would not materially interfere with the Company and its Subsidiaries’ ability to conduct their business and except where the failure to have such leasehold title could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(ix) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization” and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Securities contained in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the

3

issued shares of capital stock or limited liability company interests, as applicable, of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for directors’ qualifying shares and except as otherwise set forth in the Pricing Prospectus) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

(x) [Reserved];

(xi) The sale of the Offered and the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) or Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (the “By-laws”) or organizational documents of any of its Subsidiaries, or (C) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of (A) and (C), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the sale of the Offered Securities or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration under the Act of the Offered Securities, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters, except where the failure to obtain any such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications would not impair, in any material respect, the sale of the Offered Securities or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(xii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or other organizational documents, as applicable, or (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of (B), such defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xiii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of the Securities, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such Securities in all material respects;

(xiv) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Material United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock,” insofar as they constitute summaries of matters of law or regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, constitute accurate summaries of the matters described therein in all material respects;

(xv) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company has not received notice of any such proceedings that are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

4

(xvi) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) under the Investment Company Act;

(xvii) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;

(xviii) Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(xix) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company maintains a system of internal controls over financial reporting (to the extent required by and as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”); except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, (A) the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and (B) the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(xx) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(xxi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(xxii) The financial statements, including the notes and supporting schedules thereto, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position at the dates indicated and the cash flows and results of operations for the periods indicated of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved;

(xxiii) No transaction has occurred between or among the Company and any of its officers or directors, stockholders or any affiliate or affiliates of the foregoing that is required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and is not so described;

(xxiv) There are no contracts or other documents that are required under the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which have not been described or filed as an exhibit as required;

(xxv) (A) The Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, decisions and orders relating to the protection of human health and safety (as affected by exposure to hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants) or the environment, or the storage, treatment, use, discharge or disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), which includes obtaining and maintaining all permits, licenses or other approvals (collectively, “Environmental Permits”) required under such

5

Environmental Laws to carry on the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (B) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any written notice that alleges any of them is in violation or of potentially liable under any Environmental Laws and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any of their properties is the subject of any claims, investigations, liens, demands, or judicial, administrative or arbitral proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, under any Environmental Law or to revoke or modify any Environmental Permit held any of the Companies or its Subsidiaries; (C) to the knowledge of the Company, there has been no release, discharge or disposal of any materials, pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, compounds, constituents, substances or wastes, in any form, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyl, radon, gas, mold, electromagnetic radio frequency or microwave emissions, that are regulated pursuant to, or which could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Laws on, at, under or from any property owned, leased, or operated by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any property formerly owned, operated, or leased by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or arising out of the conduct of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in the Company incurring liability, under any Environmental Laws; and (D) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no facts, circumstances or conditions arising out of or relating to the operations of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any property owned, leased, or operated by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any property formerly owned, operated or leased by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of their predecessors in interest that could reasonably be expected to require investigation, response, or corrective action, or could reasonably be expected to result in any of the Company or its Subsidiaries incurring liability, under applicable Environmental Laws, except, in the case of (A), (B), (C) and (D), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxvi) The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof that are then in effect and which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

(xxvii) The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses except where the failure to own or possess such rights would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the conduct of their respective businesses does not conflict in any respect with any such rights of others, except for any such conflicts as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement of or conflict with any such rights of others, except for any such claims as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxviii) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package, none of the following events has occurred or exists: (A) a failure to fulfill the obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to a Plan, determined without regard to any waiver of such obligations or extension of any amortization period; (B) an audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other federal or state governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan; or (C) any violation of law or applicable qualification standards, with respect to any Plan, except, in the case of (A), (B) and (C), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Other than as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package, none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) an increase in the aggregate amount of

6

contributions required to be made to all Plans in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; (B) an increase in the “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such obligations in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; (C) liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Plan; or (D) the filing of a material claim by one or more employees or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries related to their employment, except, in the case of (A), (B), (C) and (D), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Plan” means a plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may have any liability;

(xxix) (A) There are no strikes or other labor disputes against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened; and (B) hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable laws dealing with such matters, except, in the case of (A) and (B), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxx) The Company and its Subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, registrations, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, all applicable authorities, including federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities, that are necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, “Permits”), and all such Permits are in full force and effect, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the holder of any Permit; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any Permit that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxi) Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the Act, except as have been validly waived or complied with and except for the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders;

(xxxii) The holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Offered Securities that have not been complied with or otherwise validly waived;

(xxxiii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, by making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money or other property gift, promise to give or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office in contravention of the FCPA;

7

(xxxiv) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit, investigation or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

(xxxv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”);

(xxxvi) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities;

(xxxvii) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from estimates and sources which the Company reasonably believes are reliable and accurate in all material respects;

(xxxviii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all income and other material tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof and paid all income and other material taxes required to be paid, except (i) as otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) for any failures or exceptions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) for any taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with U.S. GAAP; except as otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, there is no material tax deficiency that has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets; for purposes of this paragraph, taxes and tax deficiencies include all assessed taxes, and interest and penalties with respect to any of the foregoing;

(xxxix) The Company and its Subsidiaries have insurance or self-insurance as are, and in amounts that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the business in which they are engaged and insures against such losses and risks as are adequate to protect the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers or to provide self-insurance as may be necessary to continue its business;

(xl) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, in the last five years, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) Form 483s or other notice of inspectional observations, warning letters, untitled letters, notices of non-compliance or similar written communications from the FDA, the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or any other state, federal or foreign Governmental Authority asserting material noncompliance with Laws applicable to the manufacture, processing, storage, labeling, sale, marketing or transportation of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ products, and to the knowledge of the Company, no facts or circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to result in such communications;

8

(xli) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities;

(xlii) The Securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”); and

(xliii) The interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language included in the Registration Statement fairly presents the information called for in all material respects and has been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

(i) Except (A) as will have been obtained on or prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 5 hereof) for the registration under the Act of the Securities, (B) as may be required under foreign or state securities (or Blue Sky) laws or by FINRA or by the Exchange (as defined herein) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters and (C) as would not reasonably be expected to impair in any material respect the ability of the Selling Stockholders to consummate their obligations hereunder, all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement[, and, if such Selling Stockholder is not an affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P. (such Selling Stockholder, a “Non-Sponsor Selling Stockholder”), the Custody Agreement (as defined below) and the Power of Attorney (as defined below)], and for the sale and delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement[, and, if such Selling Stockholder is a Non-Sponsor Selling Stockholder, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney,] and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder; and this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders;

(ii) The sale of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with this Agreement[, and, if such Selling Stockholder is a Non-Sponsor Selling Stockholder, with the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney,] and the consummation of the transactions herein[ and therein] contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the partnership agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership or (C) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder, except in the case of (A) and (C), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impact such Selling Stockholder’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement[ or, if such Selling Stockholder is a Non-Sponsor Selling Stockholder, under the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney];

(iii) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 5 hereof) such Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder at such Time of Delivery, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Securities and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Securities, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims[, except, if such Selling Stockholder is a Non-Sponsor Selling Stockholder, for any liens, encumbrances, equities or claims arising under the Custody Agreement or the Power of Attorney,] will pass to the several Underwriters;

9

(iv) [Such Selling Stockholder, if such Selling Stockholder is a Non-Sponsor Selling Stockholder, has placed in custody under a custody agreement (the “Custody Agreement” and, together with all similar agreements executed by any other Selling Stockholders, the “Custody Agreements”) with Computershare Inc., as custodian (the “Custodian”), for delivery under this Agreement, certificates in negotiable form (with signature guaranteed by a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program) representing the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(v) Such Selling Stockholder, if such Selling Stockholder is a Non-Sponsor Selling Stockholder, has duly and irrevocably executed and delivered a power of attorney (the “Power of Attorney”, and together with all other similar agreements executed by any other Selling Stockholders, the “Powers of Attorney”) appointing George L. Holm, Robert D. Evans, Jeffrey Fender and A. Brent King as attorneys-in-fact (the “Attorneys-in-Fact”), with full power of substitution, and with full authority (exercisable by any one or more of them) to execute and deliver this Agreement on such Selling Stockholder’s behalf and to take such other action as may be necessary or desirable to carry out the provisions hereof on behalf of such Selling Stockholder;

(vi) If such Selling Stockholder is a Non-Sponsor Selling Stockholder, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Selling Stockholder enforceable against the Selling Stockholder in accordance with their terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing;]

(vii) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities;

(viii) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement filed with the Commission on [ ● ] and used by the Company in connection with the roadshow, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus are made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information (as defined below), such Registration Statement and such preliminary prospectus did not, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will not, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. “Selling Stockholder Information” consists solely of the information with respect to the Selling Stockholders in the beneficial ownership table under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(ix) In order to document the Underwriters’ compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery (as hereinafter defined) a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof);

(x) The Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder is subject to the interest of the Underwriters, and the obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the dissolution of the partnership of such Selling Stockholder or by the occurrence of any other event; if any such partnership shall be dissolved, or

10

if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, such Securities shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

(xi) Such Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any material non-public information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is not disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus to sell its Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) each of the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $[ ● ], the number of Firm Securities (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Securities to be sold by each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Securities to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule B hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Securities to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Securities as provided below, the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule A hereto, agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 3, that portion of the number of Optional Securities as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Securities by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Securities which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule B hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Securities that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule A hereto, hereby grant, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to 1,800,000 Optional Securities, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, provided that the purchase price per Optional Securities shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Securities but not payable on the Optional Securities. Any such election to purchase Optional Securities may be exercised only by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Securities to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Securities are to be delivered, as determined by the Representatives but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 5 hereof) or, unless the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholders otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

4. Upon the authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Firm Securities, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Securities for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

5. (a) The Offered Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives, through the facilities of the DTC, for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. To the extent the Offered Securities are delivered in certificated form and not in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, the Selling Stockholders will cause the certificates representing the Offered Securities to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the applicable Time of Delivery (as defined

11

below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Securities, [ ● ] a.m., New York time, on [ ● ], 2016 or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Securities, [ ● ] a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Securities, or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Securities is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Securities, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 9 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Offered Securities and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 9(l) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 330 North Wabash Avenue, Suite 2800, Chicago, Illinois 60611 (the “Closing Location”), and the Offered Securities will be delivered through the facilities of DTC in the case of book-entry shares or at the Designated Office in the case of certificated Offered Securities, all at such Time of Delivery. A telephonic meeting will be held at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 5, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

6. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery, which shall be reasonably disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Offered Securities, of the suspension of the qualification of the Offered Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Offered Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Offered Securities, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction, to qualify in any jurisdiction as a broker-dealer or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject;

12

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second New York Business Day following the date of this Agreement (or such other time as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Offered Securities and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities (whose name and address the Representatives shall furnish to the Company) as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required under the Act to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Offered Securities at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s EDGAR system), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 75 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Offered Securities (except for any Registration Statement on Form S-8, or any amendment thereto, to register shares issuable upon exercise of awards granted pursuant to the terms of any employee equity incentive plan), including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Securities or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Securities or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than (w) the Offered Securities to be sold hereunder, (x) the Offered Securities or any such substantially similar securities to be issued pursuant to employee incentive plans existing as of the date of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and any long-term incentive awards disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package), (y) the Offered Securities or any such substantially similar securities to be issued upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and (z) the issuance of up to 5% of the outstanding shares of Securities or any such substantially similar securities in connection with the acquisition of, a joint venture with or a merger with, another company, and the filing of a registration statement with respect thereto), without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Barclays Capital Inc.;

(f) [Reserved];

13

(g) During a period of two years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you as soon as they are available, copies of any current, periodic or annual reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; provided that any report, communication or financial statement furnished or filed with the Commission that is publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been furnished to you at the time furnished or filed with the Commission;

(h) To use its best efforts to maintain the listing of the Offered Securities on the Exchange; and

(i) If the Selling Stockholders elect to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file an Additional Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Additional Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a).

7. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus”; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule C(1) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show; and

(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein or the Selling Stockholder Information.

8. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders covenant and agree with one another and with the several Underwriters that:

(a) the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s and the Selling Stockholders’ counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration of the Offered Securities under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing

14

documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Offered Securities; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Offered Securities for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(b) hereof; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing or maintaining the listing of the Offered Securities on the Exchange; (v) the filing fees incident to any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Offered Securities and (vi) the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in an amount not to exceed $25,000 in connection with the review by FINRA and the qualification of the Offered Securities for offering and sale under state securities laws and in connection with any Blue Sky survey; and

(b) the Company will pay or cause to be paid (i) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable; (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (iii) all other reasonable costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; provided, however, that 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show shall be paid by the Underwriters (with the Company paying the remaining 50% of the cost) and (iv) such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Stockholder to the extent not covered by (a)(i) above, and (ii) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholders shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that, if the Company receives any amounts otherwise payable to the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall receive such amounts solely in the capacity as agent for the Selling Stockholders and shall promptly pay over such amounts to the Selling Stockholders. Except as provided in this Section, and Sections 10 and 13 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Offered Securities by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

9. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Offered Securities to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein are, on the date hereof and at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its or their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433 under the Act; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Additional Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission and no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

15

(c) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Company and the Selling Stockholders[ that are affiliates of The Blackstone Group, L.P.,] shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(d) A. Brent King, general counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you his written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(e) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(f) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, since the date of the latest financial statements included in the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, material properties, management or results of operations of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, and the effect of which, in any such case described in this clause 9(f), is in the judgment of the Representatives (other than a defaulting Underwriter under Section 11 hereof) so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Offered Securities being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;

(g) [Reserved]

(h) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war; or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representatives (other than a defaulting Underwriter under Section 11 hereof) makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Offered Securities being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(i) The Offered Securities to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed on the Exchange;

(j) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each of the parties listed on Schedule E hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto;

(k) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the second New York Business Day following the date of this Agreement;

(l) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery, and each Selling Stockholder shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery at which such Selling Stockholder is selling any Offered Securities, certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling Stockholders, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations

16

and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (f) of this Section 9; and on the date of this Agreement and at each Time of Delivery, Robert D. Evans, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you a certificate satisfactory to you dated the applicable date of delivery; and

(m) On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, each of the Selling Stockholders shall have executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

10. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each Selling Stockholder, their respective affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter or Selling Stockholder, their affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act) that is a written communication and that is made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically) in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities pursuant to this Agreement), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or Selling Stockholder, its respective affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives or any Selling Stockholder Information.

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability

17

arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; provided, further, that the liability of a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the product of the number of Securities sold by such Selling Stockholder including any Optional Securities and the initial public offering price of the Securities (the “Selling Stockholder Net Proceeds”) as set forth in the Prospectus.

(c) Each Underwriter will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder, its respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or any Selling Stockholders, its respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and any Selling Stockholder, its respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any Selling Stockholder, its respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 10 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any one action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar actions or proceedings arising out of the same general allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all indemnified parties except to the extent that local counsel or counsel with specialized expertise (in addition to any regular counsel) is required to effectively defend against any such action or proceeding. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party

18

to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 10 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Offered Securities. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Offered Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) each Selling Stockholder’s obligation to contribute any amount under this subsection (e) is limited in the manner and to the extent set forth in subsection (b) and no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the Selling Stockholder Net Proceeds. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

19

11. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Offered Securities that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Offered Securities on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Offered Securities, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders who are selling Offered Securities at such Time of Delivery shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties reasonably satisfactory to you to purchase such Offered Securities on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company and such Selling Stockholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Offered Securities, or the Company or such Selling Stockholder notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Offered Securities, you or the Company or such Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Offered Securities.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Offered Securities of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and such Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Offered Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Offered Securities to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and such Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Offered Securities which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Offered Securities which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Offered Securities of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Offered Securities of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and such Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Offered Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Offered Securities to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and such Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Offered Securities of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Selling Stockholders to sell the Optional Securities) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 8 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 10 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

12. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or the Selling Stockholders or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities.

13. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9(h)(i), Section 9(h)(iii)-(v) or Section 11 hereof, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Offered

20

Securities are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Offered Securities not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof.

14. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to Credit Suisse Securities (USA). LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010-3629, Attention: LCD-IBD (facsimile: (212) 325-4296) and to Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, 10019, Attn: Syndicate Registration, with a copy in the case of any notice pursuant to Section 10(d) to the Director of Litigation, Office of the General Counsel, Barclays Capital, Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, 10019;[ if to any Non-Sponsor Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Attorneys-in-Fact as set forth in the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement;] if to any Selling Stockholder [that is an affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P.] shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to The Blackstone Group L.P., Attention: Prakash A. Melwani and Bruce McEvoy, 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154 (facsimile: (212) 583-5722); if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: A. Brent King; and if to any of the parties that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 9(j) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to the respective address provided in Schedule E hereto or such other address as such party provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 10(d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you on request; provided further that notices under Section 6(e) hereto shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you at Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010-3629, Attention: LCD-IBD (facsimile: (212) 325-4296) and Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, 10019, Attn: Syndicate Registration. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

15. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company, the Selling Stockholders, and, to the extent provided in Sections 10 and 12 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and the Selling Stockholders and each person who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Offered Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

16. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

21

17. The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Offered Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company and the Selling Stockholders have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

18. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between or among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

19. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or our engagement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

20. The Company, each Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

21. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

22. Without limiting the applicability of Section 3 hereof or any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to any Underwriter who is affiliated with any person or entity engaged to act as an investment adviser on behalf of a client who has a direct or indirect interest in the Shares being sold by a Selling Stockholder, the Shares being sold to such Underwriter shall not include any shares of Stock attributable to such client (with any such shares instead being allocated and sold to the other Underwriters) and, accordingly, the fees or other amounts received by such Underwriter in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall not include any fees or other amounts attributable to such client.

23. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and each Selling Stockholder is authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

[Signature page follows]

22

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us five counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters and the Company and each Selling Stockholder. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

Very truly yours,

[Selling Stockholders]

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

By
	[Insert title]

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:
	Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Underwriters.
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
By:
	Name:
	Title:
	Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Underwriters.

23

SCHEDULE A

Selling Stockholder	Number of Firm Securities to be Sold	Number of Optional Securities to be Sold if Maximum Option Exercised
[ ● ]
Total

24

SCHEDULE B

Underwriter	Number of Firm Securities to be Purchased	Number of Optional Securities to be Purchased if Maximum Option Exercised
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Barclays Capital Inc.
Total

25

SCHEDULE C

1. Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses (not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package)

Road show presentation, dated [ ● ]

2. Information Included in the Pricing Disclosure Package

The following information is also included in the Pricing Disclosure Package:

1. The initial price to the public of the Offered Securities is $[ ● ].

2. The number of shares purchased by the Underwriters is [ ● ].

3. The Selling Stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to [ ● ] additional shares.

26

SCHEDULE D

Significant Subsidiaries

Subsidiary	Jurisdiction
Institution Food House, Inc.	North Carolina
Kenneth O. Lester Company, Inc.	Tennessee
Liberty Distribution Company, LLC	Delaware
Performance Food Group, Inc.	Colorado
PFGC, Inc.	Delaware

27

SCHEDULE E

Lock-up Parties

[ ● ]

28

Exhibit A

Form of Lock-Up

, 2016

Performance Food Group Company

12500 West Creek Parkway

Richmond, VA 21238

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Performance Food Group Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the selling stockholders named in Schedule A thereto, providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule B to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, $0.01 per share par value, of the Company (the “Securities”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

As an inducement to the Underwriters to execute the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees that during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“Credit Suisse”) and Barclays Capital Inc. (“Barclays”).

The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue and include the date 75 days after the Public Offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Securities (the “Public Offering Date”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

The undersigned agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement during the Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period has expired.

Any Securities received upon exercise of options granted to the undersigned will also be subject to this Lock-Up Agreement.

29

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities (i) by will or intestacy, (ii) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (iii) to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), (iv) to any immediate family member or other dependent, (v) as a distribution to limited partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned, (vi) to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned, (vii) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (vi) above, (viii) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency, (ix) from an executive officer to the Company upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such executive officer, (x) in connection with transactions by any person other than the Company relating to Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a change of control of the Company, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Undersigned’s Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement, (xii) to the Company (1) pursuant to the exercise, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, of any option to purchase shares of Stock granted by the Company pursuant to any employee benefit plans or arrangements described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, where any shares of Stock received by the undersigned upon any such exercise will be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, or (2) for the purpose of satisfying any withholding taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of any option to purchase shares of Stock or the vesting of any restricted stock awards granted by the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, where any Securities received by the undersigned upon any such exercise or vesting will be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and/or (xiii) with the prior written consent of Credit Suisse and Barclays; provided that:

(1) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (ii) through (vii) above, (a) each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; and (b) any such transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value;

(2) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (x) above, no public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period; and

(3) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (ii) through (vii), (xi) and (xii) above, no public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Stock shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period, and if any public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Securities shall be required during the Lock-Up Period (a) the undersigned shall provide Credit Suisse and Barclays prior written notice informing it of such report or filing and (b) such report or filing shall disclose that such transfer was not for value and that such donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein and shall include a statement describing the nature of the transfer or distribution to which the filing relates.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the undersigned is a corporation, the corporation may transfer the capital stock of the Company to any wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided, however, that in any such case, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such capital stock subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement and there shall be no further transfer of such capital stock except in accordance with this Lock-Up Agreement, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the undersigned may enter into a written trading plan established pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period, and the Company may announce the establishment of such a plan, provided that no direct or indirect offers, pledges, sales, contracts to sell, sales of any option or contract to purchase, purchases of any option or contract to sell, grants of any option, right or warrant to purchase, loans, or other transfers or disposals of any Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Securities may be effected pursuant to such plan during the Lock-Up Period.

30

[In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the restrictions contained herein shall not apply to the sale of the undersigned’s Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.] [Note: To be included for any selling stockholder]

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Agreement.

This Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned. This Lock-Up Agreement shall lapse and become null and void if the Public Offering Date shall not have occurred on or before June     , 2016. This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,

31

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP

425 LEXINGTON AVENUE

NEW YORK, N.Y. 10017-3954

(212) 455-2000

FACSIMILE (212) 455-2502

May 6, 2016

Performance Food Group Company

12500 West Creek Parkway

Richmond, Virginia 23238

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Performance Food Group Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed on the date hereof by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to the sale by the selling stockholders identified in the Registration Statement (the “Selling Stockholders”) of an aggregate of 13,800,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (together with any additional shares of such stock that may be sold by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to Rule 462(b) (as prescribed by the Commission pursuant to the Act) in connection with the offering described in the Registration Statement, the “Shares”).

We have examined the Registration Statement. We also have examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinion hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company.

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Validity of the Shares” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP

2

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated August 28, 2015, relating to the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

May 6, 2016

XML

Document and Entity Information	9 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	S-1
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Mar. 26, 2016
Trading Symbol	PFGC
Entity Registrant Name	Performance Food Group Company
Entity Central Index Key	0001618673
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Current assets:
Cash	$ 10.7	$ 9.2	$ 5.3
Accounts receivable, less allowances	979.1	964.6	834.8
Inventories, net	899.1	882.6	849.0
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	39.1	26.4	22.4
Deferred income tax asset, net	17.1	17.5	15.8
Total current assets	1,945.1	1,900.3	1,727.3
Goodwill	676.2	664.0	663.9
Other intangible assets, net	167.4	186.9	241.3
Property, plant and equipment, net	604.3	594.7	569.9
Restricted cash	20.2	20.2	15.1
Other assets	26.9	24.8	21.4
Assets held for sale			0.9
Total assets	3,440.1	3,390.9	3,239.8
Current liabilities:
Outstanding checks in excess of deposits	103.7	126.3	117.3
Trade accounts payable	931.0	895.9	826.8
Accrued expenses	216.9	234.1	208.7
Long-term debt-current installments	9.4	9.4	7.5
Capital and finance lease obligations-current installments	2.4	3.5	3.0
Derivative liabilities	6.6	7.8	7.1
Total current liabilities	1,270.0	1,277.0	1,170.4
Long-term debt	1,170.2	1,395.8	1,418.1
Deferred income tax liability, net	98.8	100.3	103.8
Long-term derivative liabilities	2.0	1.3	3.0
Capital and finance lease obligations, excluding current installments	32.1	33.8	30.9
Other long-term liabilities	97.2	89.7	79.5
Total liabilities	2,670.3	$ 2,897.9	$ 2,805.7
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Common Stock value	1.0
Additional paid-in capital	831.2	$ 594.1	$ 592.9
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(4.0)	(4.5)	(5.7)
Accumulated deficit	(58.4)	(97.5)	(154.0)
Total shareholders' equity	769.8	493.0	434.1
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 3,440.1	3,390.9	3,239.8
Common Stock Class A [Member]
Shareholders' equity:
Common Stock value		0.9	0.9
Total shareholders' equity		$ 0.9	$ 0.9
Common Stock Class B [Member]
Shareholders' equity:
Common Stock value

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Accounts receivable, allowances	$ 20.6	$ 16.0	$ 14.7
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	1,000,000,000	0
Common stock, shares issued	99,731,319	0
Common stock, shares outstanding	99,731,319	0
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, tax benefit	$ 2.6	$ 2.9	$ 3.6
Common Stock Class A [Member]
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	0	250,000,000	250,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	0	86,860,562	86,860,562
Common stock, shares outstanding	0	86,860,562	86,860,562
Common Stock Class B [Member]
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	0	25,000,000	25,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	0	18,388	13,538
Common stock, shares outstanding	0	18,388	13,538

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 11,731.9	$ 11,285.6	$ 15,270.0	$ 13,685.7	$ 12,826.5
Cost of goods sold	10,283.2	9,927.3	13,421.7	11,988.5	11,243.8
Gross profit	1,448.7	1,358.3	1,848.3	1,697.2	1,582.7
Operating expenses	1,313.3	1,251.4	1,688.2	1,581.6	1,468.0
Operating profit	135.4	106.9	160.1	115.6	114.7
Other expense, net:
Interest expense, net	65.9	64.6	85.7	86.1	93.9
Loss on extinguishment of debt					2.0
Other, net	3.7	3.2	(22.2)	(0.7)	(0.7)
Other expense, net	69.6	67.8	63.5	85.4	95.2
Income before taxes	65.8	39.1	96.6	30.2	19.5
Income tax expense	26.7	16.8	40.1	14.7	11.1
Net income	$ 39.1	$ 22.3	$ 56.5	$ 15.5	$ 8.4
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic	95,230,548	86,874,101	86,874,727	86,868,452	86,864,606
Diluted	96,750,311	87,664,715	87,613,698	87,533,324	87,458,530
Earnings per common share:
Basic	$ 0.41	$ 0.26	$ 0.65	$ 0.18	$ 0.10
Diluted	$ 0.40	$ 0.25	$ 0.64	$ 0.18	0.10
Dividends declared per common share					$ 2.53

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Income Statement [Abstract]
Interest expense, reclassification adjustments for changes in fair value of interest rate swaps	$ 8.0	$ 6.6	$ 11.1
Reclassification adjustments, tax benefit/expense	$ 3.1	$ 2.6	$ 4.3

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net Income	$ 39.1	$ 22.3	$ 56.5	$ 15.5	$ 8.4
Interest rate swaps:
Change in fair value, net of tax	(2.9)	(3.5)	(3.7)	(6.2)	(1.4)
Reclassification adjustment, net of tax	3.4	3.6	4.9	4.0	6.8
Other comprehensive (loss) income	0.5	0.1	1.2	(2.2)	5.4
Total comprehensive income	$ 39.6	$ 22.4	$ 57.7	$ 13.3	$ 13.8

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Change in fair value, tax benefit	$ 2.3	$ 4.0	$ 0.9
Reclassification adjustments, tax benefit/expense	$ 3.1	$ 2.6	$ 4.3

XML

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity - USD ($) $ in Millions	Total	Cashless Exercise [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member] Cashless Exercise [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Accumulated Deficit [Member]	Common Stock [Member]	Common Stock [Member] Cashless Exercise [Member]	Common Stock Class A [Member]	Common Stock Class B [Member]	Interest Rate Swaps [Member]	Interest Rate Swaps [Member] Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]
Balance Beginning at Jun. 30, 2012	$ 625.1		$ 811.0		$ (8.9)	$ (177.9)			$ 0.9
Balance Beginning, shares at Jun. 30, 2012									86,860,562	3,886
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan, shares										1,213
Dividend to shareholders	(220.0)		(220.0)
Net Income	8.4					8.4
Interest rate swaps	5.4										$ 5.4	$ 5.4
Stock compensation expense	1.1		1.1
Balance Ending at Jun. 29, 2013	420.0		592.1		(3.5)	(169.5)			$ 0.9
Balance Ending, shares at Jun. 29, 2013									86,860,562	5,099
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan	0.1		0.1
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan, shares										8,439
Net Income	15.5					15.5
Interest rate swaps	(2.2)										(2.2)	(2.2)
Stock compensation expense	0.7		0.7
Balance Ending at Jun. 28, 2014	434.1		592.9		(5.7)	(154.0)			$ 0.9
Balance Ending, shares at Jun. 28, 2014									86,860,562	13,538
Net Income	22.3					22.3
Interest rate swaps	0.1				0.1
Stock compensation expense	0.9		0.9
Balance Ending at Mar. 28, 2015	457.4		593.8		(5.6)	(131.7)			$ 0.9
Balance Ending, shares at Mar. 28, 2015									86,860,562	13,538
Balance Beginning at Jun. 28, 2014	434.1		592.9		(5.7)	(154.0)			$ 0.9
Balance Beginning, shares at Jun. 28, 2014									86,860,562	13,538
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan, shares										4,850
Net Income	56.5					56.5
Interest rate swaps	1.2										$ 1.2	$ 1.2
Stock compensation expense	1.2		1.2
Balance Ending at Jun. 27, 2015	$ 493.0		594.1		(4.5)	(97.5)			$ 0.9
Balance Ending, shares at Jun. 27, 2015	0								86,860,562	18,388
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan	$ 0.1	$ (0.8)	0.1	$ (0.8)
Issuance of common stock under 2007 Option Plan, shares								65,377		9,700
Repurchase of incremental shares of common stock	0.0		0.0		0.0	0.0	$ 0.0		$ 0.0	$ 0.0
Repurchase of incremental shares of common stock, shares									(31)	(2)
Reclassification of Class A and Class B common stock into a single class							$ 0.9		$ (0.9)
Reclassification of Class A and Class B common stock into a single class, shares							86,888,617		(86,860,531)	(28,086)
Issuance of common stock in initial public offering, net of underwriter commissions and offering costs	223.6		223.5				$ 0.1
Issuance of common stock in initial public offering, net of underwriter commissions and offering costs, Shares							12,777,325
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options	0.7		0.7
Net Income	39.1					39.1
Interest rate swaps	0.5				0.5
Stock compensation expense	13.6		13.6
Balance Ending at Mar. 26, 2016	$ 769.8		$ 831.2		$ (4.0)	$ (58.4)	$ 1.0
Balance Ending, shares at Mar. 26, 2016	99,731,319						99,731,319		0	0

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net Income	$ 39.1	$ 22.3	$ 56.5	$ 15.5	$ 8.4
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation	58.3	57.1	76.3	73.5	58.7
Amortization of intangible assets	27.9	34.6	45.0	59.2	61.3
Amortization of deferred financing costs and other	17.8	7.7	10.3	10.2	8.9
Provision for losses on accounts receivables	8.0	6.3	6.6	9.1	6.1
Expense related to modification of debt				0.3	1.4
Stock compensation expense	13.6	0.9	1.2	0.7	1.1
Deferred income tax benefit	(1.4)	(2.6)	(6.1)	(1.4)	(6.0)
Change in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities	0.5	2.9	1.8	(0.1)	(0.6)
Loss on extinguishment of debt					2.0
(Gain) loss on assets held for sale		(0.9)	(0.9)	0.6	0.4
Other	1.2	(0.4)		0.2	(0.1)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Accounts receivable	(12.1)	(125.1)	(136.3)	(134.5)	(18.3)
Inventories	(8.3)	(32.3)	(33.5)	(107.3)	(21.4)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(17.4)	(15.9)	(8.2)	(6.9)	1.1
Trade accounts payable	29.7	51.8	69.1	102.3	133.2
Outstanding checks in excess of deposits	(25.0)	25.9	9.0	46.1	(80.8)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	(14.3)	(3.9)	36.6	52.2	(14.7)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	117.6	28.4	127.4	119.7	140.7
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment	(68.0)	(63.7)	(98.6)	(90.6)	(66.5)
Net cash paid for acquisition	(40.2)	(0.4)	(0.4)	(0.9)	(86.0)
Increase in restricted cash		(5.1)	(5.1)	(5.1)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	0.7	1.0	1.5	2.6	1.5
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale		1.9	1.9	0.6	1.0
Net cash used in investing activities	(107.5)	(66.3)	(100.7)	(93.4)	(150.0)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net borrowings under ABL Facility	201.2	45.7	(13.9)	(21.2)	(30.5)
Borrowings on Senior Notes					50.0
Payments on Senior Notes					(500.0)
Borrowings on Term Facility					746.3
Payments on Term Facility	(428.6)	(5.6)	(7.5)	(5.6)
Payment on financed property, plant and equipment		(1.6)	(1.6)	(1.8)
Cash paid for debt issuance, extinguishment and modifications				(1.5)	(27.2)
Cash paid for acquisitions		(0.2)	(0.2)	(2.8)	(5.1)
Payments under capital and finance lease obligations	(2.8)	(2.4)	(3.1)	(2.3)	(1.2)
Proceeds from sale-leaseback transaction		3.5	3.5
Net proceeds from initial public offering	226.4
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	0.1			0.1
Dividend to shareholders					(220.0)
Tax benefit from exercise of equity awards	0.7
Cash paid for debt modification	(5.6)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(8.6)	39.4	(22.8)	(35.1)	12.3
Net increase (decrease) in cash	1.5	1.5	3.9	(8.8)	3.0
Cash, beginning of period	9.2	5.3	5.3	14.1	11.1
Cash, end of period	10.7	6.8	9.2	5.3	14.1
Initial fair value of promissory note related to acquisition					4.2
Debt assumed through new and amended capital lease obligations	0.1	0.1	3.0	4.6	5.7
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, financed	1.0			3.5
Interest	54.0	60.0	73.6	63.3	93.9
Income taxes, net of refunds	$ 39.1	$ 26.0	$ 41.3	$ 15.9	$ 17.6

XML

Description of Business

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Description of Business

1.    Summary of Business Activities

Business Overview

Performance Food Group Company, through its subsidiaries, markets and distributes national and company-branded food and food-related products to customer locations across the United States. The Company serves both of the major customer types in the restaurant industry: (i) independent, or “Street” customers, and (ii) multi-unit, or “Chain” customers, which include regional and national family and casual dining restaurants chains, fast casual chains, and quick-service restaurants. The Company also serves schools, healthcare facilities, business and industry locations, and other institutional customers.

Reverse Stock Split

On August 28, 2015, the Company effected a 0.485 for one reverse stock split of its Class A and Class B common stock and a reclassification of its Class A common stock and its Class B common stock into a single class. The Company retained the par value of $0.01 per share for all shares of common stock. All references to numbers of common shares and per-share data in the accompanying financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split on a retroactive basis. Shareholders’ equity reflects the reverse stock split by reclassifying from Common stock to Additional paid-in capital an amount equal to the par value of the reduction in shares arising from the reverse stock split.

Initial Public Offering

On October 6, 2015, the Company completed a registered initial public offering (“IPO”) of 16,675,000 shares of common stock for a cash offering price of $19.00 per share ($17.955 per share net of underwriting discounts), including the exercise in full by underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. The Company sold an aggregate of 12,777,325 shares of such common stock and certain selling stockholders sold 3,897,675 shares (including the shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares). The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “PFGC.”

The aggregate offering price of the amount of newly issued common stock sold was $242.8 million. In connection with the offering, the Company paid the underwriters a discount of $1.045 per share, for a total underwriting discount of $13.4 million. In addition, the Company incurred direct offering expenses consisting of legal, accounting, and printing costs of $5.8 million in connection with the IPO, of which $3.0 million was paid during the nine months ended March 26, 2016.

The Company used the net offering proceeds to it, after deducting the underwriting discount and its direct offering expenses, to repay $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Term Facility (see Note 5, Debt). The Company used the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

1.    Description of Business

Performance Food Group Company, through its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), markets and distributes over 150,000 national and company-branded food and food-related products from 68 distribution centers to over 150,000 customer locations across the United States. The Company serves both of the major customer types in the restaurant industry: (i) independent, or “Street” customers, and (ii) multi-unit, or “Chain” customers, which include regional and national family and casual dining restaurants chains, fast casual chains, and quick-service restaurants. The Company also serves schools, healthcare facilities, business and industry locations, and other institutional customers. The Company is managed through three operating segments: Performance Foodservice, PFG Customized, and Vistar.

• Performance Foodservice is a leading U.S. foodservice distributor with substantial scale along the Eastern Seaboard and in the Southeast. This segment distributes over 125,000 national and company-branded food and food-related products to over 85,000 customer locations including Street restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional “food-away-from-home” locations.

• PFG Customized is a leading national distributor, principally to the family and casual dining channel, and serves over 5,000 restaurant locations. Substantially all of its customers are national or large regional chains or are affiliated with them.

• Vistar is a leading national distributor of approximately 20,000 candy, snack, beverage, and other products to approximately 60,000 customer locations in the vending, office coffee service, theater, retail, and other channels.

The Company is owned by affiliates of The Blackstone Group and other co-investors, including an affiliate of Wellspring Capital Management. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include Performance Food Group Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to June 30^th. This resulted in a 52-week year for fiscal 2015, 2014 and fiscal 2013. References to “fiscal 2015” are to the 52-week period ending June 27, 2015, references to “fiscal 2014” are to the 52-week period ended June 28, 2014, and references to “fiscal 2013” are to the 52-week period ended June 29, 2013.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for inventories, impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets, acquisition accounting, reserves for claims and recoveries under insurance programs, vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, bonus accruals, depreciation, amortization, determination of useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash

The Company maintains its cash primarily in institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At times, the Company’s cash balance may be in amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limits.

Restricted Cash

The Company is required by its insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for its workers’ compensation and liability claims. The Company has chosen to satisfy these collateral requirements by depositing funds in trusts or by issuing letters of credit. All amounts in restricted cash at June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014 represent funds deposited in insurance trusts, and $10.2 million and $5.1 million, respectively, represent Level 1 fair value measurements.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are recorded at the invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Accounts receivable also includes other receivables primarily related to various rebate and promotional incentives with the Company’s suppliers. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for doubtful accounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The Company regularly analyzes its significant customer accounts, and when it becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, such as bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position, the Company records a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount it reasonably believes is collectible. The Company also records reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers change, the Company’s estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted. As of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables was approximately $11.0 million and $10.3 million, respectively, and $5.0 million and $4.4 million, respectively related to other receivables. The Company recorded $6.6 million, $9.1 million, and $6.1 million in provision for doubtful accounts in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

Inventories

The Company’s inventories consist primarily of food and non-food products. The Company values inventories primarily at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. At June 27, 2015, the Company’s inventory balance of $882.6 million consists primarily of finished goods, $812.3 million of which was valued at FIFO. As of June 27, 2015, $70.3 million of the inventory balance was valued at last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. At June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $5.5 million and $3.8 million, respectively. Costs in inventory include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product to the Company’s warehouses and are net of certain consideration received from vendors in the amount of $16.8 million and $14.2 million as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively. The Company adjusts its inventory balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions. As of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the Company had adjusted its inventories by approximately $6.2 million and $6.6 million, respectively.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, including capital lease assets, is calculated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 39 years, and is included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.

Certain internal and external costs related to the development of internal use software are capitalized within property, plant, and equipment during the application development stage.

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. The difference between the net book value of the asset and proceeds from disposition is recognized as a gain or loss. Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while costs of betterments and renewals are capitalized.

Assets Held for Sale

The Company classifies assets as held for sale and ceases depreciating the assets when there is a plan for disposal of assets and those assets meet the held for sale criteria as defined in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360-10-35, Property, Plant and Equipment—Subsequent Measurement—Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. As of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the Company had approximately $0 and $0.9 million, respectively, of assets classified as held for sale. The June 28, 2014 amount relates to a vacant facility at one of the Company’s Performance Foodservice locations. The Company sold this property in September 2014 for approximately $1.9 million in net proceeds.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company, including intangible assets with definite lives, are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the projected, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group. Based on the Company’s assessments, no impairment losses were recorded in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, or fiscal 2013.

Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company’s financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of cost of an acquired entity over the amounts specifically assigned to those tangible net assets acquired in a business combination. Other identifiable intangible assets typically include customer relationships, trade names, technology, non-compete agreements, and favorable lease assets. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangibles with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which generally range from two to eleven years. Certain assumptions, estimates, and judgments are used in determining the fair value of net assets acquired, including goodwill and other intangible assets, as well as determining the allocation of goodwill to the reporting units. Accordingly, the Company may obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for the valuation of significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but that are inherently uncertain. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur that could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

The Company is required to test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more often if circumstances indicate. Indicators of goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to, significant declines in the markets and industries that buy the Company’s products, changes in the estimated future cash flows of its reporting units, changes in capital markets, and changes in its market capitalization. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s policy is to assess impairment at the end of each fiscal year.

In fiscal 2013, the Company adopted FASB Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which provides entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly referred to as “step zero”) to determine whether further quantitative analysis for impairment of goodwill is necessary. In performing step zero for the Company’s goodwill impairment test, the Company is required to make assumptions and judgments including but not limited to the following: the evaluation of macroeconomic conditions as related to the Company’s business, industry and market trends, and the overall future financial performance of its reporting units and future opportunities in the markets in which they operate. If impairment indicators are present after performing step zero, the Company would perform a quantitative impairment analysis to estimate the fair value of goodwill.

During fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, the Company performed the step zero analysis for its goodwill impairment test. As a result of the Company’s step zero analysis, no further quantitative impairment test was deemed necessary for fiscal 2015 or fiscal 2014. There were no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, or fiscal 2013.

Insurance Program

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers and subject to certain limitations and exclusions. The Company also maintains self-funded group medical insurance. The Company accrues its estimated liability for these deductibles, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The estimated short-term portion of these accruals is included in Accrued expenses on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) is defined as all changes in equity during each period except for those resulting from net income (loss) and investments by or distributions to shareholders. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists primarily of gains or losses from derivative financial instruments that are designated in a hedging relationship. For derivative instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings during the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of a product when it is considered realized or realizable and earned. The Company determines these requirements to be met when the product has been delivered to the customer, the price is fixed and determinable, and there is reasonable assurance of collection of the sales proceeds. The Company recognizes revenues net of applicable sales tax. Sales returns are recorded as reductions of sales.

Revenue is accounted for in accordance with ASC 605-45, which addresses reporting revenue either on a gross basis as a principal or a net basis as an agent depending upon the nature of the sales transactions. The Company recognizes revenue on a gross basis when the Company determines the sale meets the conditions of ASC 605-45, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” The Company weighs the following factors in making its determination:

• who is the primary obligor to provide the product or services desired by our customers;

• who has discretion in supplier selection;

• who has latitude in establishing price;

• who retains credit risk; and

• who bears inventory risk.

When the Company determines that it does not meet the criteria for gross revenue recognition under ASC 605-45 on the basis of these factors, the Company reports the revenue on a net basis. When there is a change to an agreement with a customer or vendor, pursuant to the Company’s revenue recognition policy, the Company reevaluates the reporting of the revenue based on the factors outlined above to determine if there has been a change in the Company’s relationship in acting as the principal or an agent.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes amounts paid to manufacturers for products sold, the cost of transportation necessary to bring the products to the Company’s facilities, plus depreciation related to processing facilities and equipment.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses include warehouse, delivery, occupancy, insurance, depreciation, amortization, salaries and wages, and employee benefits expenses.

Other, net

Other, net primarily includes the change in fair value gain or loss and cash settlements pertaining to our derivatives on forecasted diesel fuel purchases along with other non-operating income or expense items. For fiscal 2015, this also includes the $25.0 million termination fee in connection with the termination of the Sysco and US Foods merger discussed below.

On December 8, 2013, Sysco Corporation (“Sysco”) and US Foods, Inc. (“US Foods”), announced that they had entered into an agreement and plan of merger. On February 2, 2015, the Company reached an agreement to purchase 11 US Foods facilities relating to the proposed merger. On February 19, 2015, the Federal Trade Commission filed suit seeking an injunction to prevent the proposed merger and, on June 23, 2015, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia granted the injunction. In June 2015, the proposed merger was terminated. As a result, the Company’s agreement to purchase the facilities was also terminated and the Company received a termination fee of $25 million.

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives

The Company participates in various rebate and promotional incentives with its suppliers, primarily including volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these incentives is generally recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. However, as described below, in certain limited circumstances the consideration is recorded as a reduction of operating expenses incurred by the Company. Consideration received may be in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.

Consideration received for incentives that contain volume and growth rebates and annual and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company systematically and rationally allocates the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, the Company records the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. The Company records annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. The Company uses current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to promote and sell the supplier’s products is typically a reimbursement of marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a reduction of the Company’s operating expenses. If the amount of consideration received from the suppliers exceeds the Company’s marketing costs, any excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company follows the requirements of FASB ASC 605-50-25-10, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Recognition—Customer’s Accounting for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor and ASC 605-50-45-16, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Other Presentation Matters—Reseller’s Characterization of Sales Incentives Offered to Customers by Manufacturers.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales. Estimated shipping and handling costs incurred by the Company of $718.8 million, $682.4 million, and $638.2 million are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

Share Based Compensation

The Company participates in the 2007 Performance Food Group Company Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”) and follows the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718-10-25, Compensation—Stock Compensation—Overall—Recognition. This guidance requires that all stock-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial statements. For the time-vested grants under this plan, compensation expense is calculated and recorded based on the fair value of the awards of Performance Food Group Company that are granted. The fair value of the stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Compensation cost is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for the awards expected to vest. For those options that have a performance condition, compensation expense is based upon the number of shares expected to vest after assessing the probability that the performance criteria will be met. Since the Company is not publicly traded, the Company annually obtains a contemporaneous equity valuation performed by an unrelated specialist as defined by the AICPA Practice Aid “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation” to assist in the Company’s valuation of stock option grants. The fair value was estimated using a composite of the discounted cash flow model and the guideline public company approach to determine the underlying enterprise value. We recognize compensation expense for awards over the vesting period, adjusted for any changes in our probability assessment.

Income Taxes

The Company follows FASB ASC 740-10, Income Taxes—Overall, which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Future tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law, and closings of statutes of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

As required by FASB ASC 815-20, Derivatives and Hedging—Hedging—General, the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting, and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. The Company primarily uses derivative contracts to hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows. A portion of these derivatives is designated and qualify as cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under FASB ASC 815-20. In the event that the Company does not apply the provisions of hedge accounting, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, and any changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains or losses and included in Other expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. See Note 9 Derivatives and Hedging Activities for additional information on the Company’s use of derivative instruments.

The Company discloses derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with FASB ASC 815-10-50, Derivatives and Hedging—Overall—Disclosure. FASB ASC 815-10-50 sets forth the disclosure requirements with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB ASC 815-20, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. FASB ASC 815-10-50 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1—Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

• Level 2—Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

• Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which there are little or no market data, which include management’s own assumption about the risk assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company’s derivative instruments are carried at fair value and are evaluated in accordance with this hierarchy.

Contingent Liabilities

The Company records a liability related to contingencies when a loss is considered to be probable and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. This estimate would include legal fees, if applicable.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This Update is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for adoption of this Update. This Update, as amended with FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral of the Effective Date, is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company has not yet evaluated which transition approach to use or the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period. This Update requires that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition under the existing guidance in Topic 718. Companies may use either a prospective or retrospective approach for adoption of this Update. This Update is not effective until annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet evaluated which approach to use or the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-15, Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This Update requires that, in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period, an entity’s management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This Update is not effective until annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and for annual and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company has adopted this Update which did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This update requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. This update is to be applied on a retrospective basis and represents a change in accounting principle. The Company has not fully evaluated the impact on its financial statement disclosures but does not believe it will be material.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-05, Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. This Update provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software licenses element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. It is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. This Update may be adopted either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date or retrospectively. The Company has not fully evaluated the impact on its financial statement disclosures but does not believe it will be material.

In May 2015, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115. This Update amends various SEC paragraphs included in the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification to reflect the issuance of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115, or SAB 115. SAB 115 rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletins series and brings existing guidance into conformity with ASU No. 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting, which provides an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. The Company has adopted the amendments in this Update, effective May 8, 2015, as the amendments in the update are effective upon issuance. The adoption did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

XML

Business Combinations

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Business Combinations

4.    Business Combinations

During the first nine months of fiscal 2016, the Company paid cash of $40.2 million for two acquisitions which increased goodwill by $12.2 million. During the first nine months of fiscal 2015, the Company paid cash of $0.4 million for an acquisition. These acquisitions did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3.    Business Combinations

During the second quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company paid cash of $0.4 million for an acquisition and during the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company paid cash of $0.9 million for an acquisition. These acquisitions were immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company completed the following acquisition in its Performance Foodservice segment during the second quarter of fiscal 2013 that was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805:

Fox River Foods, Inc.

On December 21, 2012, the Company completed the purchase of Fox River Foods, Inc., along with three real estate entities, (collectively, “FRF”) for $99.2 million, which consisted of cash in the amount of $95.0 million and a $6.0 million promissory note with a fair value of $4.2 million. FRF is a broadline foodservice distributor based in Montgomery, Illinois. FRF serves more than 7,000 customers in seven states throughout the Upper Midwest. Customers range from fine dining establishments to family restaurants, schools, healthcare facilities, child care centers, hotels, and concessionaires. The Company performed a valuation of the net assets acquired to determine the purchase price allocation. This valuation resulted in the recognition of $19.4 million in identifiable intangible assets, including customer relationships and trade names. The Company also acquired property, plant, and equipment of $27.1 million, cash of $10.5 million, as well as working capital and other items in the amount of $36.5 million. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired, resulting in Goodwill of $5.7 million. FRF values inventories at the lower of cost or market using the LIFO method, and the Company retained this method with respect to the valuation of FRF’s inventories. During fiscal 2014, goodwill related to FRF was reduced by $2.2 million as a result of a change in deferred tax liability.

Costs of approximately $1.0 million associated with this acquisition were recorded in Operating expenses during fiscal 2013. Goodwill recognized in connection with the acquisition is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into a non-binding letter of intent or a purchase agreement for the acquisition on businesses. Financial statements will include the operations of these acquisitions from their respective closing dates. The Company does not anticipate that these acquisitions will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

4.    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company recorded additions to goodwill in connection with its acquisitions. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:

(In millions)	Performance Foodservice			PFG Customized		Vistar		Other		Total
Balance as of June 29, 2013	$	407.4		$	166.5	$	52.7	$	39.2	$	665.8
Acquisitions—current year		—			—		0.3		—		0.3
Adjustments related to prior acquisitions		(2.2	)		—		—		—		(2.2	)
Balance as of June 28, 2014		405.2			166.5		53.0		39.2		663.9
Acquisitions—current year		0.1			—		—		—		0.1
Balance as of June 27, 2015	$	405.3		$	166.5	$	53.0	$	39.2	$	664.0

The Company has recorded adjustments to goodwill within the permitted measurement period in accordance with ASC 805. The adjustment related to prior acquisitions for fiscal 2014 results from a change in deferred tax liability for the FRF acquisition.

The following table presents the Company’s intangible assets by major category as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014:

	As of June 27, 2015							As of June 28, 2014
(In millions)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net		Range of Lives
Intangible assets with definite lives:
Customer relationships	$	379.9	$	(293.9	)	$	86.0	$	379.8	$	(265.9	)	$	113.9		4 – 11 years
Trade names and trademarks		90.9		(68.4	)		22.5		90.9		(56.4	)		34.5		4 – 9 years
Deferred financing costs		79.6		(51.6	)		28.0		79.6		(42.8	)		36.8		Debt term
Non-compete		11.9		(9.0	)		2.9		11.9		(7.3	)		4.6		2 – 5 years
Leases		12.5		(4.6	)		7.9		12.5		(4.0	)		8.5		Lease term
Technology		26.1		(26.0	)		0.1		26.1		(22.6	)		3.5		5 – 7 years
Total intangible assets with definite lives	$	600.9	$	(453.5	)	$	147.4	$	600.8	$	(399.0	)	$	201.8
Intangible assets with indefinite lives:
Goodwill	$	664.0	$	—		$	664.0	$	663.9	$	—		$	663.9		Indefinite
Trade names		39.5		—			39.5		39.5		—			39.5		Indefinite
Total intangible assets with indefinite lives	$	703.5	$	—		$	703.5	$	703.4	$	—		$	703.4

For the intangible assets with definite lives, the Company recorded amortization expense of $54.5 million for fiscal 2015, $68.6 million for fiscal 2014, and $70.2 million for fiscal 2013. For the next five fiscal periods and thereafter, the estimated future amortization expense on intangible assets with definite lives are as follows:

(In millions)
2016	$	45.8
2017		34.1
2018		18.1
2019		17.0
2020		10.5
Thereafter		21.9
Total amortization expense	$	147.4

XML

Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk

5.    Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk

The Company had no customers that comprised more than 10% of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013. At June 27, 2015, one of the Company’s customers accounted for a significant portion of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable. At June 27, 2015, outstanding receivables from this customer represented approximately 10.8% of consolidated gross trade accounts receivable of $842.7 million. The maximum amount of loss because of credit risk that the Company would incur if this customer failed completely to perform according to the terms of the contracts for the amount due as of June 27, 2015 would be $90.9 million. The Company had no customers that comprised more than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable at June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for which details are disclosed in the accounts receivable portion of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates—Accounts Receivable.

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable. The Company’s customer base includes a large number of individual restaurants, national and regional chain restaurants, and franchises and other institutional customers. The credit risk associated with accounts receivable is minimized by the Company’s large customer base and ongoing monitoring of customer creditworthiness.

XML

Property, Plant, and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant, and Equipment

6.    Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014 consisted of the following:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014			Range of Lives
Buildings and building improvements	$	402.8		$	388.5			10 – 39 years
Land		40.1			37.7			—
Transportation equipment		78.0			69.2			2 – 10 years
Warehouse and plant equipment		171.3			156.3			3 – 20 years
Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures		171.8			151.9			2 – 10 years
Leasehold improvements		82.5			61.7			Lease term(1)
Construction-in-process		44.2			30.1
		990.7			895.4
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(396.0	)		(325.5	)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	594.7		$	569.9

(1) Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term.

Total depreciation expense for the fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 was $76.3 million, $73.5 million, and $58.7 million, respectively, and is included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.

XML

Debt

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt

5.    Debt

The Company is a holding company and conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, which have incurred or guaranteed indebtedness as described below.

Debt consisted of the following:

(In millions)	As of March 26, 2016			As of June 27, 2015
ABL	$	866.9		$	665.7
Term Facility		307.3			734.4
Promissory Note		5.4			5.1
Long-term debt		1,179.6			1,405.2
Capital and finance lease obligations		34.5			37.3
Total debt		1,214.1			1,442.5
Less: current installments		(11.8	)		(12.9	)
Total debt, excluding current installments	$	1,202.3		$	1,429.6

ABL Facility

PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is a party to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “ABL Facility”) dated February 1, 2016. The ABL Facility is secured by the majority of the tangible assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the ABL Facility, which is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all material domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). Availability for loans and letters of credit under the ABL Facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders.

On February 1, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. amended and restated the ABL Facility to increase the borrowing capacity from $1.4 billion to $1.6 billion, lower interest rates for LIBOR based loans, extend the maturity from May 2017 to February 2021, and modify triggers and provisions related to certain reporting, financial, and negative covenants. The total size of the facility immediately increased the effective borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility since borrowing base assets exceeded the facility size prior to the amendment. The Company estimates that approximately $6.6 million of fees and expenses have been incurred for the amendment, which were included as deferred financing costs and will be amortized over the remaining term of the ABL Facility. Of this amount $5.6 million was paid during the nine months ended March 26, 2016. In connection with the closing of this amendment, Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Facility.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%.

The following table summarizes outstanding borrowings, availability, and the average interest rate under the ABL Facility:

(Dollars in millions)	As of March 26, 2016			As of June 27, 2015
Aggregate borrowings	$	866.9		$	665.7
Letters of credit		97.7			102.5
Excess availability, net of lenders’ reserves of $19.0 and $19.7		615.1			631.8
Average interest rate		2.06	%		1.94	%

The ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below the greater of (i) $130.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days. The ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGC’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or specified payments, and dispose of assets. The ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreement may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under such agreement available under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.

Term Loan Facility

Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement providing for a term loan facility (the “Term Facility”) on May 14, 2013. Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million under the Term Facility that is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). Net proceeds to Performance Food Group, Inc. were $746.3 million. The proceeds from the Term Facility were used to redeem the Company’s then outstanding senior notes in full; to pay the fees, premiums, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Term Facility and a previous ABL Facility amendment; and to pay a $220 million dividend to the Company’s stockholders. A portion of the Term Facility was considered a modification of the senior notes.

The Term Facility matures in November 2019 and bears interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a Base Rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its “prime lending rate,” (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for the term loans under the Term Facility may be reduced subject to attaining a Total Net Leverage ratio below 4.25x. The applicable margin for borrowings was 5.0% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.0% for loans based on the Base Rate, as of March 26, 2016, reflecting the 25 basis point reduction for total net leverage ratio below 4.25x. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the Base Rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears in the case of Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period (but no less frequently than quarterly) in the case of the LIBOR loans. Performance Food Group, Inc. can incur additional loans under the Term Facility with the aggregate amount of the incremental loans not exceeding the sum of (i) $140.0 million plus (ii) additional amounts so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement governing the Term Facility) does not exceed 5.90:1.00 and so long as the proceeds are not used to finance restricted payments that include any dividend or distribution payments.

PFGC is required to repay an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of $750 million on the last business day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2013, which amounted to $5.6 million in both the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015. The Term Facility is prepayable at par. On October 6, 2015, the Company completed its IPO and used the net proceeds therefrom to repay $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the Term Facility. On February 1, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. amended and restated the ABL Facility as described above. In connection with the closing of this amendment, Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed $200.0 million under the ABL Facility and used the proceeds to repay $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of loans under the Term Facility, bringing the total payment amount to $428.6 million during the nine months ended March 26, 2016.

As of March 26, 2016, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $308.3 million with unamortized original issue discount of $1.0 million. Original issue discount is being amortized as additional interest expense. Deferred financing costs on the Term Facility, which is included in Other intangible assets, net, is also being amortized as additional interest expense. The nine months ended March 26, 2016 includes $5.5 million of accelerated amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs because of the repayment of $223.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness mentioned above. Additionally, the Company recognized a $5.8 million loss on extinguishment within interest expense during the third quarter of fiscal 2016, related to the write-off of unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs on the Term Facility, because of the repayment of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness mentioned above.

Interest expense related to the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount for the Term Facility was as follows:

(In millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016		Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Deferred financing costs amortization	$	12.5	$	3.4
Original issue discount amortization		1.7		0.4
Total amortization included in interest expense	$	14.2	$	3.8

The ABL Facility and the Term Facility contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $153.2 million of restricted payment capacity available under such debt agreements, as of March 26, 2016.

Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note

In connection with an acquisition, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued a $6.0 million interest only, unsecured subordinated promissory note on December 21, 2012, bearing an interest rate of 3.5%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The $6.0 million principal is due in a lump sum in December 2017. All amounts outstanding under this promissory note become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company or PFGC, which includes the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of PFGC. This promissory note was initially recorded at its fair value of $4.2 million. The difference between the principal and the initial fair value of the promissory note is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the promissory note, which approximates the effective yield method. For the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, interest expense included $0.3 million related to this amortization. As of March 26, 2016, the carrying value of the promissory note was $5.4 million.

7.    Debt

The Company is a holding company and conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, which have incurred or guaranteed indebtedness as described below.

Debt consisted of the following:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014
ABL	$	665.7		$	679.6
Term Facility		734.4			741.3
Promissory Note		5.1			4.7
Long-term debt		1,405.2			1,425.6
Capital and finance lease obligations		37.3			33.9
Total debt		1,442.5			1,459.5
Less: current installments		(12.9	)		(10.5	)
Total debt, excluding current installments	$	1,429.6		$	1,449.0

ABL Facility

PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an Asset Based Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (the “ABL Facility”) on May 23, 2008 which was amended and restated on May 8, 2012. The ABL Facility is secured by the majority of the tangible assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries. Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the ABL Facility, which is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries). Availability for loans and letters of credit under the ABL Facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders.

An amendment in May 2012 increased the size of the ABL Facility from $1.1 billion to $1.4 billion, lowered the interest rate grid for the LIBOR-based pricing option discussed below, and extended the maturity from May 2014 to May 2017. In addition, the May 2012 amendment expanded the borrowing base with respect to owned real estate and added transportation equipment as eligible assets in the borrowing base. Other provisions of the amendments included changes with respect to covenant calculations, restricted payments, and reporting requirements.

PFGC amended its ABL Facility in May 2013 to allow for the payment of a $220 million dividend, the exclusion of the dividend from the fixed charge coverage ratio calculation, and an increase in the amount of second lien debt that can be incurred.

PFGC amended its ABL Facility in February 2015 to include changes with respect to the borrowing base related to owned real properties and transportation equipment, to increase the indebtedness basket for financing the construction, repair, acquisition or improvement of fixed assets, and to amend certain conditions for the incurrence of additional indebtedness.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%. As of June 27, 2015, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $665.7 million. There were also $102.5 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility, and excess availability was $631.8 million, net of $19.7 million of lenders’ reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions. The average interest rate for the ABL facility was 1.94% at June 27, 2015. As of June 28, 2014, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $679.6 million. There were also $108.7 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility, and excess availability was $587.8 million, net of $19.9 million of lenders’ reserves, subject to compliance with customary borrowing conditions.

The ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if excess availability falls below (a) the greater of (i) $130.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days or (b) 7.5% of the revolving credit facility amount at any time. The ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGC’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or specified payments, and dispose of assets. The ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreement may be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under such agreement available under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.

Term Loan Facility

Performance Food Group, Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement providing for the Term Facility on May 14, 2013. Performance Food Group, Inc. borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million under the Term Facility that is jointly and severally guaranteed by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Performance Food Group, Inc. Net proceeds to Performance Food Group, Inc. were $746.3 million. The proceeds from the Term Facility were used to redeem the then outstanding Senior Notes in full; to pay the fees, premiums, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Term Facility and the ABL amendment discussed above; and to pay the $220 million dividend referenced above. A portion of the Term Facility was considered a modification of the Senior Notes.

The Term Facility matures in November 2019 and bears interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its “prime lending rate,” (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association (or any successor thereto). The applicable margin for the term loans under the Term Facility may be reduced subject to attaining a certain total net leverage ratio. The applicable margin for borrowings will be 5.25% for loans based on a LIBOR rate and 4.25% for loans based on the base rate, as of June 27, 2015. The LIBOR rate for term loans is subject to a 1.00% floor and the base rate for term loans is subject to a floor of 2.00%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears in the case of Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period (but no less frequently than quarterly) in the case of the LIBOR loans. Performance Food Group, Inc. can incur additional loans under the Term Facility with the aggregate amount of the incremental loans not exceeding the sum of (i) $140.0 million plus (ii) additional amounts so long as the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio for PFGC does not exceed 5.90:1.00 and so long as the proceeds are not used to finance restricted payments that include any dividend or distribution payments. PFGC is required to repay an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of $750 million on the last business day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2013. The Term Facility is prepayable at par. As of June 27, 2015, aggregate borrowings outstanding were $736.9 million with unamortized original issue discount of $2.5 million. Original issue discount is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-lined basis over the life of the Term Facility, which approximates the effective yield method. For fiscal 2015 and 2014, interest expense included $0.6 million related to the amortization of original issue discount.

The ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $98.0 million of restricted payment capacity available under such debt agreements, as of June 27, 2015.

Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note

In connection with an acquisition, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued a $6.0 million interest only, unsecured subordinated promissory note on December 21, 2012, bearing an interest rate of 3.5%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The $6.0 million principal is due in a lump sum in December 2017. All amounts outstanding under this promissory note become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company or PFGC, which includes the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of PFGC. This promissory note was initially recorded at its fair value of $4.2 million. The difference between the principal and the initial fair value of the promissory note is being amortized as additional interest expense on a straight-lined basis over the life of the promissory note, which approximates the effective yield method. For fiscal 2015 and 2014, interest expense included $0.4 million related to this amortization. As of June 27, 2015, the carrying value of the promissory note was $5.1 million.

Fiscal year maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations, are as follows:

(In millions)
2016	$	9.4
2017		673.2
2018		13.5
2019		7.5
2020		705.0
Total long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations	$	1,408.6

Capital and Finance Lease Obligations

Performance Food Group, Inc. is a party to facility leases at two Performance Foodservice distribution facilities and several equipment leases that are accounted for as capital leases in accordance with FASB ASC 840-30, Leases—Capital Leases. The charge to income resulting from amortization of these leases is included with depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The gross and net book values on the balance sheet as of June 27, 2015 were $43.5 million and $29.3 million, respectively. The gross and net book values on the balance sheet as of June 28, 2014 were $40.5 million and $29.8 million, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital lease obligations were as follows as of June 27, 2015:

(In millions)	Capital Leases
2016	$	5.9
2017		4.7
2018		4.7
2019		4.6
2020		3.0
Thereafter		33.4
Total future minimum lease payments		56.3
Less: interest		22.3
Present value of future minimum lease payments	$	34.0

During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. sold and simultaneously leased back a Vistar distribution facility for a period of two years. As a result of continuing involvement with the property, this transaction did not meet the criteria to qualify as a sale-leaseback. In accordance with FASB ASC 840-40, Leases—Sale Leaseback Transactions, the building and related assets subject to the lease continue to be reflected on the Company’s balance sheet and depreciated over their remaining useful lives. The proceeds received from the sale of the building are recorded as financing lease obligations. At the end of the lease term, the net book value of the assets subject to the lease and the corresponding financing obligation will be reversed. As of June 27, 2015, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable finance lease obligations were $0.4 million for fiscal 2016.

XML

Payment of Dividends

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Equity [Abstract]

Payment of Dividends

8.    Payment of Dividends

On May 14, 2013, Performance Food Group Company paid a $220 million, or $2.53 per share, dividend to its Class A and Class B shareholders.

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

6.    Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates and diesel fuel costs. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and payments related to the Company’s investments, borrowings, and diesel fuel purchases.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are both designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction occurs. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. Since the Company has a substantial portion of its debt in variable-rate instruments, it accomplishes this objective with interest rate swaps. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. All of the Company’s interest rate swaps were initially designated as cash flow hedges. During the third quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company changed its selected interest rate for the Term Facility from the LIBOR option to the Base Rate option. The forecasted transactions in the Company’s interest rate swap hedging relationships for the Term Facility were designated as the future interest payments at the LIBOR option rate. Given the change in the selected rate for the Term Facility, the Company determined that the forecasted LIBOR interest payments were no longer probable of occurring and dedesignated two of its interest rate swaps.

As of March 26, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. had five interest rate swaps with a combined $750 million notional amount. The following table summarizes the outstanding Swap Agreements as of March 26, 2016 (in millions):

Effective Date	Maturity Date	Notional Amount	Fixed Rate Swapped
Designated as hedging instruments
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017	200.0	1.52%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017	100.0	1.52%
August 9, 2013	August 9, 2018	200.0	1.51%
Not designated as hedging instruments
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016	150.0	1.47%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016	100.0	1.47%

The tables below present the effect of the interest rate swaps designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated statement of operations for the nine-month periods ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015:

(in millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016			Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, pre-tax	$	4.8		$	5.7
Tax expense (benefit)		(1.9	)		(2.2	)
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, after-tax	$	2.9		$	3.5
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income, pre-tax	$	(5.6	)	$	(6.0	)
Tax (expense) benefit		2.2			2.4
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income, after-tax	$	(3.4	)	$	(3.6	)

The location of loss reclassified from other comprehensive income into income, as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt, is interest expense. The Company recorded no ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps during the three and nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015. During the twelve months ending March 31, 2017, the Company estimates that an additional $4.4 million will be reclassified to earnings as an increase to interest expense.

Hedges of Forecasted Diesel Fuel Purchases

From time to time, Performance Food Group, Inc. enters into costless collar arrangements to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for its forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. As of March 26, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. was a party to seven such arrangements, with an aggregate 12.0 million gallon original notional amount, of which an aggregate 9.8 million gallon notional amount was remaining. The remaining 9.8 million gallon forecasted purchases of diesel fuel are expected to be made between April 1, 2016 and December 31, 2017.

The fuel collar instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments and included in Other, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The Company recorded $0.5 million in unrealized losses and $3.4 million in expense for cash settlements related to these fuel collars for the nine-month period ending March 26, 2016, compared to $2.9 million in unrealized losses and $0.5 million in expense for cash settlements related to these fuel collars for the nine-month period ending March 28, 2015.

The Company does not currently have a payable or receivable related to cash collateral for its derivatives, and therefore it has not established an accounting policy for offsetting the fair value of its derivatives against such balances. The table below presents the fair value of the derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheet as of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015:

(in millions)	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value as of March 26, 2016		Fair Value as of June 27, 2015
Assets
Derivatives designated as hedges:
Interest rate swaps	Other assets	$	—	$	0.2
Total assets			—		0.2
Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedges:
Interest rate swaps	Current derivative liabilities	$	4.1	$	6.1
Interest rate swaps	Long-term derivative liabilities		2.0		1.3
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Interest rate swaps	Current derivative liabilities	$	0.3	$	—
Diesel fuel collars	Current derivative liabilities		2.2		1.7
Total liabilities		$	8.6	$	9.1

All of the Company’s derivative contracts are subject to a master netting arrangement with the respective counterparties that provide for the net settlement of all derivative contracts in the event of default or upon the occurrence of certain termination events. Upon exercise of termination rights by the non-defaulting party (i) all transactions are terminated, (ii) all transactions are valued and the positive value or “in the money” transactions are netted against the negative value or “out of the money” transactions, and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount.

The Company has elected to present the derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the balance sheet on a gross basis for periods ended March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015. The tables below present the derivative assets and liability balance, before and after the effects of offsetting, as of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015:

	March 26, 2016						June 27, 2015
(In millions)	Gross Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Subject to Netting Agreements		Net Amounts		Gross Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Subject to Netting Agreements		Net Amounts
Total asset derivatives:	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.2	$	—
Total liability derivatives:		8.6		—		8.6		9.1		0.2		8.9

The derivative instruments are the only assets or liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fuel collars are exchange-traded commodities and their fair value is derived from valuation models based on certain assumptions regarding market conditions, some of which may be unobservable. Based on the lack of significance of these unobservable inputs, the Company has concluded that these instruments represent Level 2 on the hierarchy. The fair values of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements are determined using a valuation model with several inputs and assumptions, some of which may be unobservable. A specific unobservable input used by the Company in determining the fair value of its interest rate swaps is an estimation of both the unsecured borrowing spread to LIBOR for the Company as well as that of the derivative counterparties. Based on the lack of significance of this estimated spread component to the overall value of the Company’s interest rate swaps, the Company has concluded that these swaps represent Level 2 on the hierarchy.

There have been no transfers between levels in the hierarchy from June 27, 2015 to March 26, 2016.

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that provide that if the Company either defaults or is capable of being declared in default on any of its indebtedness, the Company can also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of March 26, 2016, and June 27, 2015, the aggregate fair value amount of derivative instruments that contain contingent features was $8.6 million and $8.9 million, respectively. As of March 26, 2016, the Company has not been required to post any collateral related to these agreements. If the Company breached any of these provisions, it would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $8.6 million.

9.    Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates and diesel fuel costs. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and payments related to the Company’s investments, borrowings, and diesel fuel purchases.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are both designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction occurs. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. Since the Company has a substantial portion of its debt in variable-rate instruments, it accomplishes this objective with interest rate swaps. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. All of the Company’s interest rate swaps are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges.

Amounts reported in other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. During the twelve months ending July 2, 2016, the Company estimates that an additional $6.6 million will be reclassified to earnings as an increase to interest expense.

As of June 27, 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. had five interest rate swaps with a combined $750 million notional amount that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. The following table summarizes the outstanding Swap Agreements as of June 27, 2015 (in millions):

Effective Date	Maturity Date	Notional Amount		Fixed Rate Swapped
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017	$	200.0		1.52	%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017		100.0		1.52	%
August 9, 2013	August 9, 2018		200.0		1.51	%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016		150.0		1.47	%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016		100.0		1.47	%

Hedges of Forecasted Diesel Fuel Purchases

From time to time, Performance Food Group, Inc. enters into costless collar arrangements to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows expected to be paid for forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. As of June 27, 2015, Performance Food Group, Inc. was a party to three such arrangements, with a 9.0 million gallon original notional amount in total, and a 5.4 million gallon notional amount remaining as of June 27, 2015. The remaining 5.4 million gallon forecasted purchases of diesel fuel are expected to be made between July 1, 2015 and June 30, 2016.

Subsequent to June 27, 2015, the Company entered into two additional costless collar arrangements with a 4.2 million combined gallon notional amount. The additional 4.2 million gallon forecasted purchases of diesel fuel are expected to be made between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016.

The fuel collar instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments and included in Other, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The Company recorded $1.8 million in unrealized losses and $1.2 million in expense for cash settlements related to these fuel collars for fiscal 2015, compared to $0.1 million in unrealized gains and no cash settlements for fiscal 2014 and $0.6 million in unrealized gains and no cash settlements for fiscal 2013.

The Company does not currently have a payable or receivable related to cash collateral for its derivatives, and therefore it has not established an accounting policy for offsetting the fair value of its derivatives against such balances. The table below presents the fair value of the derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheet as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014:

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
(in millions)
	Asset Derivatives						Liability Derivatives
	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014			As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014
	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-20:
Interest rate swaps	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	—	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	—	Current derivative liabilities	$	6.1	Current derivative liabilities	$	7.1
Interest rate swaps	Other assets		0.2	Other assets		0.9	Long- term derivative liabilities		1.3	Long-term derivative liabilities		3.0
Total		$	0.2		$	0.9		$	7.4		$	10.1
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-20:
Diesel fuel collars	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	—	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	0.1	Current derivative liabilities	$	1.7	Current derivative liabilities	$	—
Diesel fuel collars	Other assets		—	Other assets		—	Long- term derivative liabilities		—	Long-term derivative liabilities		—
Total		$	—		$	0.1		$	1.7		$	—

All of the Company’s derivative contracts are subject to a master netting arrangement with the respective counterparties that provide for the net settlement of all derivative contracts in the event of default or upon the occurrence of certain termination events. Upon exercise of termination rights by the non-defaulting party (i) all transactions are terminated, (ii) all transactions are valued and the positive value or “in the money” transactions are netted against the negative value or “out of the money” transactions, and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount.

The Company has elected to present the derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the balance sheet on a gross basis for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014. The tables below presents the derivative assets and liability balance by type of financial instrument, before and after the effects of offsetting, as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014:

	As of June 27, 2015
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	0.2	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.2	$	—	$	—
Diesel fuel collars:		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	0.2	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.2	$	—	$	—

	As of June 27, 2015
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	7.4	$	—	$	7.4	$	0.2	$	—	$	7.2
Diesel fuel collars:		1.7		—		1.7		—		—		1.7
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	9.1	$	—	$	9.1	$	0.2	$	—	$	8.9

	As of June 28, 2014
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	0.9	$	—	$	0.9	$	0.9	$	—	$	—
Diesel fuel collars:		0.1		—		0.1		—		—		0.1
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	1.0	$	—	$	1.0	$	0.9	$	—	$	0.1

	As of June 28, 2014
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	10.1	$	—	$	10.1	$	0.9	$	—	$	9.2
Diesel fuel collars:		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	10.1	$	—	$	10.1	$	0.9	$	—	$	9.2

The tables below present the effect of the derivative financial instruments designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014:

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 27, 2015 (in millions)
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects		Location of Loss Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)		Amount of (Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)			Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)		Amount of Gain/ (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
Interest Rate Swaps	$	6.8		Interest expense	$	(8.0	)		Other, net	$	—

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 28, 2014 (in millions)
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects		Location of Loss Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)		Amount of (Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)			Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)		Amount of Gain/ (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
Interest Rate Swaps	$	8.8		Interest expense	$	(6.6	)		Other, net	$	—

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 29, 2013 (in millions)
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects		Location of Loss Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)		Amount of (Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)			Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)		Amount of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
Interest Rate Swaps	$	5.2		Interest expense	$	(11.1	)		Other, net	$	—

The derivative instruments are the only assets or liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fuel collars are exchange-traded commodities and their fair value is derived from valuation models based on certain assumptions regarding market conditions, some of which may be unobservable. Based on the lack of significance of these unobservable inputs, the Company has concluded that these instruments represent Level 2 on the hierarchy. The fair values of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements are determined using a valuation model with several inputs and assumptions, some of which may be unobservable. A specific unobservable input used by the Company in determining the fair value of its interest rate swaps is an estimation of both the unsecured borrowing spread to LIBOR for the Company as well as that of the derivative counterparties. Based on the lack of significance of this estimated spread component to the overall value of the Company’s interest rate swaps, the Company has concluded that these swaps represent Level 2 on the hierarchy.

There have been no transfers between levels in the hierarchy from June 28, 2014 to June 27, 2015.

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that provide that if the Company either defaults or is capable of being declared in default on any of its indebtedness, the Company can also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of June 27, 2015, and June 28, 2014, the aggregate fair value amount of derivative instruments that contain contingent features was $8.9 million and $9.1 million, respectively. As of June 27, 2015, the Company has not been required to post any collateral related to these agreements. If the Company breached any of these provisions, it would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $8.9 million.

XML

Insurance Program Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Insurance [Abstract]

Insurance Program Liabilities

10.    Insurance Program Liabilities

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability, workers’ compensation, and group medical insurance. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations. A summary of the activity in all types of deductible liabilities appears below:

(In millions)
Balance at June 30, 2012	$	69.5
Charged to costs and expenses		123.6
Payments		(114.9	)
Net balance at June 29, 2013		78.2
Charged to costs and expenses		119.7
Payments		(115.1	)
Net balance at June 28, 2014		82.8
Charged to costs and expenses		127.6
Payments		(126.4	)
Net balance at June 27, 2015	$	84.0

XML

Fair Value Measurement

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurement

7.    Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1—Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

• Level 2—Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

• Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which there are little or no market data, which include management’s own assumption about the risk assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, outstanding checks in excess of deposits, trade accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair values because of the relatively short maturities of those instruments. The derivative liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of long-term debt, which has a carrying value of $1,179.6 million and $1,405.2 million, is $1,181.1 million and $1,406.0 million at March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015, respectively, and is determined by reviewing current market pricing related to comparable debt issued at the time of the balance sheet date, and is considered a Level 2 measurement.

The Company is required by its insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for its workers’ compensation and liability claims. The Company has chosen to satisfy these collateral requirements by depositing funds in insurance trusts or by issuing letters of credit. All amounts in restricted cash at March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015 represent funds deposited in insurance trusts, and $10.2 million and $10.2 million, respectively, represent Level 1 fair value measurements.

11.    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, outstanding checks in excess of deposits, trade accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair values because of the relatively short maturities of those instruments. The derivative liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of long-term debt, which has a carrying value of $1,405.2 million and $1,425.6 million, is $1,406.0 million and $1,436.0 million at June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively, and is determined by reviewing current market pricing related to comparable debt issued at the time of the balance sheet date, and is considered a Level 2 measurement.

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Leases [Abstract]

Leases

12.    Leases

Subsidiaries of the Company lease various warehouse and office facilities and certain equipment under long-term operating lease agreements that expire at various dates. Rent expense for operating leases include any rent increases, rent holidays, or landlord concessions on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of June 27, 2015, subsidiaries of the Company are obligated under non-cancelable operating lease agreements to make future minimum lease payments as follows:

(In millions)
2016	$	83.8
2017		74.6
2018		66.9
2019		57.4
2020		47.3
Thereafter		75.9
Total minimum lease payments	$	405.9

Rent expense for operating leases was $97.0 million for fiscal 2015, $91.1 million for the fiscal 2014, and $87.8 million for fiscal 2013. A subsidiary of the Company has posted letters of credit as collateral supporting certain leases. These letters of credit are included in the total outstanding letters of credit under the ABL Facility as discussed in Note 7 Debt.

Subsidiaries of the Company have residual value guarantees to its lessors under certain of its operating leases. These guarantees are discussed in Note 15 Commitments and Contingencies. These residual value guarantees are not included in the above table of future minimum lease payments.

A subsidiary of the Company is a party to several capital leases. See Note 7 Debt for discussion of these leases.

XML

Income Taxes

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

8.    Income Taxes

The determination of the Company’s overall effective tax rate requires significant judgment, the use of estimates, and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. The effective tax rate reflects the income earned and taxed in various United States federal and state jurisdictions. Tax law changes, increases and decreases in temporary and permanent differences between book and tax items, tax credits, and the Company’s change in income in each jurisdiction all affect the overall effective tax rate.

The Company’s effective tax rate was 40.6% for the nine months ending March 26, 2016 and 43.1% for the nine months ending March 28, 2015. The effective tax rate varied from the 35% statutory rate primarily because of state taxes, federal credits, and non-deductible expenses.

As of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015, the Company had net deferred tax assets of $36.2 million and $36.8 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of $117.9 million and $119.6 million, respectively. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company records a liability for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-25, Income Taxes—General—Recognition. As of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015, the Company had approximately $0.8 million and $0.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. It is reasonably possible that a decrease of approximately $0.3 million in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months because of statute of limitations expirations, that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

It is the Company’s practice to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal tax benefit) was accrued for interest related to uncertain tax positions as of March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015. Net interest expense of less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal tax benefit) was recognized in tax expense for the nine months ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015.

13.    Income Taxes

Income tax expense for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 consisted of the following:

(In millions)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Current income tax expense:
Federal	$	40.7		$	12.8		$	16.1
State		5.5			3.3			1.0
Total current income tax expense		46.2			16.1			17.1
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal		(7.5	)		(1.6	)		(8.1	)
State		1.4			0.2			2.1
Total deferred income tax benefit		(6.1	)		(1.4	)		(6.0	)
Total income tax expense, net	$	40.1		$	14.7		$	11.1

The Company’s effective income tax rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 is 41.5%, 48.7%, and 56.9%, respectively. Actual income tax benefit differs from the amount computed by applying the applicable U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 35% to earnings before income taxes as follows:

(In millions)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Federal income tax expense computed at statutory rate	$	33.8		$	10.6		$	6.8
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit		4.2			2.0			1.9
Non-deductible expenses		2.2			2.4			2.3
Tax credits		(0.3	)		(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Provision to return		0.2			—			—
Change in uncertain tax positions		0.2			(0.4	)		0.1
Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(0.2	)		0.2			—
Other, net		—			—			0.1
Total income tax expense, net	$	40.1		$	14.7		$	11.1

Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carry-forwards. Temporary differences and carry-forwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015		As of June 28, 2014
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	3.7	$	3.7
Inventories		4.5		4.3
Accrued employee benefits		8.4		5.2
Self-insurance reserves		3.5		4.5
Net operating loss carry-forwards		6.1		8.1
Stock options		2.5		2.1
Deferred rent		1.2		1.5
Other comprehensive income		2.9		3.6
Other assets		4.0		5.7
Total gross deferred tax assets		36.8		38.7
Less: Valuation allowance		—		0.3
Total net deferred tax assets		36.8		38.4
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant, and equipment		66.2		74.1
Basis difference in intangible assets		46.1		44.0
Prepaid expenses		7.3		6.0
Other		—		2.3
Total deferred tax liabilities		119.6		126.4
Total net deferred income tax liability	$	82.8	$	88.0

The state income tax credit carry-forwards expire in years 2022 through 2029. The state net operating loss carry-forwards expire in years 2015 through 2035. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that all remaining deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company records a liability for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-25, Income Taxes—General—Recognition. The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits:

(In millions)
Balance as of June 30, 2012	$	6.0
Increases due to current year positions		0.3
Expiration of statutes of limitations		(0.5	)
Balance as of June 29, 2013 Increases due to current year positions		5.8 0.4
Expiration of statutes of limitations		(5.5	)
Balance as of June 28, 2014		0.7
Increases due to current year positions		0.2
Expiration of statutes of limitations		—
Balance as of June 27, 2015	$	0.9

Included in the balance as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, is $0.9 million ($0.6 million net of federal tax benefit) and $0.6 million ($0.4 million net of federal tax benefit), respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits that could affect the effective tax rate for continuing operations. The balance in unrecognized tax benefits relates primarily to state tax issues.

As of June 27, 2015, substantially all federal, state and local, and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2007. It is reasonably possible that a decrease of $0.3 million in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months because of statute of limitations expirations, $0.3 million of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

It is the Company’s practice to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal tax benefit) was accrued for interest related to uncertain tax positions as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014. Net interest expense of less than $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of federal benefit), income of $0.7 million ($0.4 million net of federal benefit) and expense of $0.3 million ($0.2 million net of federal benefit) was recognized in tax expense for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

XML

Retirement Plans

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Postemployment Benefits [Abstract]

Retirement Plans

14.    Retirement Plans

Employee Savings Plans

The Company sponsors the Performance Food Group Employee Savings Plan (the “PFG Savings Plan”). The PFG Savings Plan consists of two components: a defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees (the “401(k) Plan”) and a profit sharing plan. Under the latter, the Company can make a discretionary contribution in a given year, although there is no requirement to do so, and no such contribution was made in fiscal years 2015 or 2014. As of January 1, 2009 the 401(k) plan merged with the Self-Directed Tax Advantaged Retirement (STAR) Plan of PFGC, Inc. (the “STAR Plan”). Employees participating in the 401(k) Plan may elect to contribute between 1% and 50% of their qualified compensation, up to a maximum dollar amount as specified by the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. In fiscal 2015, the Company matched 100% of the first 3.5% of the employee contributions, resulting in matching contributions of $14.2 million for fiscal 2015, $13.2 million for fiscal 2014, and $12.6 million for fiscal 2013. Associates eligible for the annual STAR Plan contribution (an annual amount based on the employee’s salary and years of service) as of December 31, 2008 were grandfathered for that contribution under the merged PFG Savings Plan. STAR Plan contributions made by the Company were $4.0 million for fiscal 2015, $3.8 million for fiscal 2014, and $3.8 million for fiscal 2013, for total retirement plan contributions of $18.2 million for fiscal 2015, $17.0 million for fiscal 2014, and $16.4 million for fiscal 2013.

Multiemployer Pension Plans

The risks of participating in multiemployer pension plans are different from single-employer pension plans in the following aspects:

• Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

• If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

• If the Company chooses to stop participating in its multiemployer plans, the Company may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

The Company currently participates in the United Food & Commercial Workers International Union-Industry Pension Fund that is administered by the United Food and Commercial Workers Union representing some of the Company’s employees. The Employer Identification Number and the plan number for this pension fund are 51-6055922 and 001, respectively. As of July 1, 2013, the plan’s funded percentage was 108.9%. The collective bargaining agreement requiring contribution to the plan will expire on April 24, 2025. The Company made contributions of $0.1 million to this plan for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013.

Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

In addition to the contributions to the defined benefit pension plans described above, the Company also contributes to two multiemployer health and welfare plans based on obligations arising under collective bargaining agreements covering union-represented employees. The Company made contributions of $0.9 million, $0.9 million, and $0.7 million to these plans for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

9.    Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Obligations

The Company had outstanding contracts and purchase orders for capital projects totaling $10.7 million at March 26, 2016. Amounts due under these contracts were not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of March 26, 2016.

Withdrawn Multiemployer Pension Plans

Until May 2013, Performance Food Group, Inc. participated in the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States Pension Fund”), a multiemployer pension plan administered by the Teamsters Union, pursuant to which Performance Food Group, Inc. was required to make contributions on behalf of certain union employees. The Central States Pension Fund is underfunded and is in critical status as determined by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. In connection with the recent renegotiation of the collective bargaining agreement that had previously required the Company’s participation in the Central States Pension Fund, the Company negotiated the termination of its participation in the Central States Pension Fund and the Company has withdrawn. The withdrawal liability was increased by $2.8 million during the second quarter of fiscal 2015 to the Company’s total estimated withdrawal liability of $6.9 million. The Company has made total payments for voluntary withdrawal of this plan in the amount of $1.0 million. As of March 26, 2016, the estimated outstanding withdrawal liability totaled $5.9 million.

Guarantees

Subsidiaries of the Company have entered into numerous operating leases, including leases of buildings, equipment, tractors, and trailers. Certain of the leases for tractors, trailers, and other vehicles and equipment provide for residual value guarantees to the lessors. Circumstances that would require the subsidiary to perform under the guarantees include either (1) default on the leases with the leased assets being sold for less than the specified residual values in the lease agreements, or (2) decisions not to purchase the assets at the end of the lease terms combined with the sale of the assets, with sales proceeds less than the residual value of the leased assets specified in the lease agreements. Residual value guarantees under these operating lease agreements typically range between 5% and 25% of the value of the leased assets at inception of the lease. These leases have original terms ranging from 5 to 7 years and expiration dates ranging from 2016 to 2023. As of March 26, 2016, the undiscounted maximum amount of potential future payments for lease guarantees totaled $22.3 million, which would be mitigated by the fair value of the leased assets at lease expiration. The assessment as to whether it is probable that subsidiaries of the Company will be required to make payments under the terms of the guarantees is based upon their actual and expected loss experience. Consistent with the requirements of FASB ASC 460-10-50, Guarantees-Overall-Disclosure, the Company has recorded $0.2 million of the potential future guarantee payments on its consolidated balance sheet as of March 26, 2016.

The Company participates in a purchasing alliance that was formed to obtain better pricing, to expand product options, to reduce internal costs, and to achieve greater inventory turnover. The Company has entered into several agreements to guarantee a portion of the trade payables for such purchasing alliance to their various suppliers as an inducement for these suppliers to extend additional trade credit to the purchasing alliance. In the event of default by the purchasing alliance of their respective trade payables obligations, these suppliers may proceed directly against the Company to collect their trade payables. The terms of these guarantees have expiration dates throughout 2016. As of March 26, 2016, the undiscounted maximum amount of potential payments covered by these guarantees totaled $24.6 million. The Company believes that the likelihood of payment under these guarantees is remote and that any fair value attributable to these guarantees is immaterial; therefore, no liability has been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In addition, the Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to: (i) certain real estate leases under which subsidiaries of the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities and other claims arising from their use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors, and employees under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship; and (iii) customer agreements under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers for certain claims brought against them with respect to the supplied products.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations and, therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Litigation

The Company is engaged in various legal proceedings that have arisen but have not been fully adjudicated. The likelihood of loss for these legal proceedings, based on definitions within contingency accounting literature, ranges from remote to reasonably possible to probable. When losses are probable and reasonably estimable, they have been accrued. Based on estimates of the range of potential losses associated with these matters, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company. However, the final results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and, if the Company failed to prevail in one or more of these legal matters, and the associated realized losses were to exceed the Company’s current estimates of the range of potential losses, the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations could be materially adversely affected in future periods.

Sales Tax Liabilities

The Company’s sales and use tax filings are subject to customary audits by authorities in the jurisdictions where it conducts business in the United States, which may result in assessments of additional taxes.

15.    Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Obligations

The Company had outstanding contracts and purchase orders for capital projects totaling $14.7 million at June 27, 2015. Amounts due under these contracts were not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of June 27, 2015.

Withdrawn Multiemployer Pension Plans

Until May 2013, Performance Food Group, Inc. participated in the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States Pension Fund”), a multiemployer pension plan administered by the Teamsters Union, pursuant to which Performance Food Group, Inc. was required to make contributions on behalf of certain union employees. The Central States Pension Fund is underfunded and is in critical status. In connection with the recent renegotiation of the collective bargaining agreement that had previously required the Company’s participation in the Central States Pension Fund, the Company negotiated the termination of its participation in the Central States Pension Fund and the Company has withdrawn. The Company currently estimates that its withdrawal liability is $6.9 million. The Company had previously recorded an initial estimated withdrawal liability of $3.7 million during fiscal 2013 and has increased the estimated withdrawal liability by $0.4 million during fiscal 2014. The withdrawal liability was increased by $2.8 million during fiscal 2015. The Company has made total payments for voluntary withdrawal of this plan in the amount of $0.8 million. As of June 27, 2015, the estimated withdrawal liability totaled $6.1 million.

Guarantees

Subsidiaries of the Company have entered into numerous operating leases, including leases of buildings, equipment, tractors, and trailers. Certain of the leases for tractors, trailers, and other vehicles and equipment, provide for residual value guarantees to the lessors. Circumstances that would require the subsidiary to perform under the guarantees include either (1) default on the leases with the leased assets being sold for less than the specified residual values in the lease agreements, or (2) decisions not to purchase the assets at the end of the lease terms combined with the sale of the assets, with sales proceeds less than the residual value of the leased assets specified in the lease agreements. Residual value guarantees under these operating lease agreements typically range between 5% and 25% of the value of the leased assets at inception of the lease. These leases have original terms ranging from 5 to 7 years and expiration dates ranging from 2015 to 2022. As of June 27, 2015, the undiscounted maximum amount of potential future payments for lease guarantees totaled $20.6 million, which would be mitigated by the fair value of the leased assets at lease expiration. The assessment as to whether it is probable that subsidiaries of the Company will be required to make payments under the terms of the guarantees is based upon their actual and expected loss experience. Consistent with the requirements of FASB ASC 460-10-50, Guarantees-Overall-Disclosure, the Company has recorded $0.2 million of the potential future guarantee payments on its consolidated balance sheet as of June 27, 2015.

In addition, the Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to: (i) certain real estate leases under which subsidiaries of the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities and other claims arising from their use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors, and employees under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship; and (iii) customer agreements under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers for certain claims brought against them with respect to the supplied products.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations and, therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Litigation

The Company is a party to various claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course and conduct of its business. The Company has insurance policies covering certain potential losses where such coverage is cost effective. As discussed, below the Company has accrued an aggregate of $5,100,000 of anticipated settlement costs with respect to certain pending claims. For matters not specifically discussed below, although the outcomes of the claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings to which the Company is a party are not determinable at this time, in the Company’s opinion, any additional liability that the Company might incur upon the resolution of the claims and lawsuits beyond the amounts already accrued is not expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Investigation. In March 2009, the Baltimore Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) Field Office served the Company with company-wide (excluding, however, the Company’s Vistar and Roma Foodservice operations) subpoenas relating to alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, seeking certain information from January 1, 2004 to a specified date in the first fiscal quarter of 2009. In August 2009, the EEOC moved to enforce the subpoenas in federal court in Maryland, and the Company opposed the motion. In February 2010, the court ruled that the subpoena related to the Equal Pay Act investigation was enforceable company-wide, but on a narrower scope of data than the original subpoena sought (the court ruled that the subpoena was applicable to the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions of the Company’s Broadline distribution centers only and not to the Customized distribution centers). The Company cooperated with the EEOC on the production of information. In September 2011, the EEOC notified the Company that the EEOC was terminating the investigation into alleged violations of the Equal Pay Act. In Determinations issued in September 2012 by the EEOC with respect to the charges on which the EEOC had based its company-wide investigation, the EEOC concluded that the Company engaged in a pattern of denying hiring and promotion to a class of female applicants and employees into certain positions within the transportation, logistics, and warehouse functions within the Company’s Broadline division. In June 2013, the EEOC filed suit in federal court in Baltimore against the Company. The litigation concerns two issues: (i) whether the Company unlawfully engaged in an ongoing pattern and practice of failing to hire female applicants into operations positions; and (ii) whether the Company unlawfully failed to promote one of the three individuals who filed charges with the EEOC because of her being female. The parties are engaged in discovery. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself. An estimate of potential loss, if any, cannot be determined at the time.

Laumea v. Performance Food Group, Inc. In May 2014, a former employee of the Company’s Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the San Bernardino County, California Superior Court against the Company. In September 2014, the Plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. There are different counts for which the putative classes differ. The first class is proposed to be all former and current employees employed by the Company in California in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2010 to the present (the “California Class”). With respect to the California Class, the lawsuit alleges that the Company (i) failed to pay overtime as required by California statute, (ii) failed to provide meal periods and to pay compensation for such meal periods, (iii) failed to provide accurate itemized wage statements, and (iv) that the Company engaged in unfair trade practices by failing to pay overtime or to provide meal periods or pay compensation in lieu thereof . The lawsuit further alleges Plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. The second putative class is proposed to be all members of the California Class who separated from employment at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011 (the “California Subclass”). With respect to the California Subclass, the lawsuit alleges that the Company failed to pay all compensation due upon termination of employment and within the period due. The third putative class is proposed to be all current or former employees employed by the Company in the United States in non-exempt positions at any time during the period beginning May 30, 2011 to the present (the “Nationwide Class”). With respect to the Nationwide Class, the lawsuit alleges the Company willfully failed to pay overtime compensation required under the Fair Labor Standards Act.

The Company engaged in mediation in June 2015, subject to the limitation that the interests of the Nationwide Class would not be mediated except to the extent members of the Nationwide Class worked in California during the applicable period, and the plaintiff agreed. The mediator proposed the parties settle the lawsuit on the basis of a settlement fund of $1,350,000, on a claims-made basis with a floor of 60% payout net of attorney fees, administrative fees and enhancements. In July 2015, the Company indicated its non-binding agreement to the mediator’s proposal, subject to negotiation of a mutually agreeable settlement. The plaintiff also indicated its agreement to the mediator’s proposal. Therefore, this amount was accrued in June 2015. Should the parties fail to negotiate a mutually acceptable agreement, the Company intends to continue to vigorously defend itself.

Perez v. Performance Food Group, Inc., et al. In April 2015, a former employee of the Company’s Performance Foodservice—Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against the Company. The Company removed the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. In June 2015, the plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. The lawsuit alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all hourly employees in California (excluding drivers) that the Company failed to provide second meal periods and to pay compensation for such meal periods. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees in California (excluding drivers) who earned non-discretionary compensation that the Company failed to pay all overtime wages due, and to pay all premium wages for missed meal periods, by failing to include all compensation required in the regular rate of pay calculation, and failed to pay wages for all time worked. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees in California (excluding drivers) that the Company failed to pay out vested vacation time in the form of paid holidays. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of a proposed class of all employees described above that the Company (i) failed to provide accurate itemized wage statements; (ii) failed to pay all compensation due upon termination of employment and within the period due; and (iii) that the Companyengaged in unfair trade practices. Each of the proposed classes for the preceding claims are for the time period beginning April 20, 2011. The lawsuit further alleges on behalf of all hourly employees of the Company in the United States (excluding drivers) in non-exempt positions, that the Company failed to pay appropriate overtime compensation pursuant to the Company’s compensation policy, and to keep records required under the Fair Labor Standards Act, for the period beginning April 20, 2012. Finally, the lawsuit alleges plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act. In July 2015, the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss or Strike the Complaint. The court has not ruled on this motion yet.

The Company believes that the exposure created by this lawsuit, if any, is largely duplicative of the exposure, if any, created by the Laumea litigation described above, and that settlement of the Laumea litigation will compromise all but one of the claims of the Perez litigation (failure to pay out vested vacation time in the form of paid holidays). Furthermore, like the Laumea litigation, the Perez litigation includes a nationwide Fair Labor Standards Act cause of action. Because compromise of that claim in the Laumea litigation would be limited to California employees, the same claim in the Perez litigation would not be compromised for non-California employees in the Perez litigation. The Company is currently assessing its options regarding defense of this case.

Contreras v. Performance Food Group, Inc., et al. In June 2014, a former employee of the Company’s Roma of Southern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against the Company. The putative class is proposed to be all drivers employed in any of the Company’s California locations at any time during the period beginning June 17, 2010 to the present. In August 2014, the Plaintiff filed a first amended complaint. The lawsuit alleges that the Company engaged in unfair trade practices and that the Company, with respect to the putative class, failed to (i) provide timely off-duty meal and rest breaks and to pay compensation for such breaks as required by California law, (ii) pay compensation for all hours worked and to pay a minimum wage for such hours, (iii) provide accurate itemized wage statements, (iv) pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment, and (v) pay compensation in timely fashion. The lawsuit further alleges that the plaintiff is entitled to penalties and attorney fees pursuant to the California Private Attorney General Act and that failure to provide meal and rest breaks and to pay a minimum wage for all hours worked constitute unfair business practices.

The Company engaged in mediation in June 2015, The mediator proposed the parties settle the lawsuit on the basis of a fully paid settlement fund of $3,750,000. In July 2015, the Company indicated its non-binding agreement to the mediator’s proposal, subject to negotiation of a mutually agreeable settlement. The plaintiff also indicated its agreement to the mediator’s proposal. Therefore, this amount was accrued in June 2015. Should the parties fail to negotiate a mutually acceptable agreement, the Company intends to continue to vigorously defend itself.

Vengris v. Performance Food Group, Inc. In May 2015, an employee of the Company’s Performance Foodservice—Northern California distribution center filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Alameda County, California Superior Court against the Company. In July 2015, the Company removed the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The putative class is proposed to be all current and former drivers employed in any of the Company’s, its subsidiaries’ or affiliated companies’ California locations for the period of May 2, 2011. The lawsuit alleges that the Company (i) engaged in wage theft or time shaving by auto-deducting thirty minutes from class members’ work days even if the class members worked during some or all of such meal periods; (ii) failed to pay class members for all time worked when class members worked during first or second meal periods; (iii) failed to pay premium wages to class members for missed meal periods; (iv) failed to provide class members the opportunity to take rest breaks of 10 minutes every four hours and failed to pay premium wage for such missed rest breaks; (v) provided inaccurate wage statements to the class members by failing to account for all hours worked; (vi) failed to pay all compensation within the period due at the time of termination of employment; and (vii) engaged in unlawful, unfair, fraudulent and deceptive business practices by failing to itemize and keep accurate time records and by failing to pay the class members in a lawful manner. In July 2015, the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss or Strike the Complaint. The court has not ruled on this motion yet.

The Company believes that the exposure created by this lawsuit, if any, is duplicative of the exposure, if any, created by the Contreras litigation described above, and that settlement of the Contreras litigation will compromise the claims of the members of the putative class in Vengris. The Company is currently assessing its options regarding defense of this case.

Sales Tax Liabilities

The Company’s sales and use tax filings are subject to customary audits by authorities in the jurisdictions where it conducts business in the United States, which may result in assessments of additional taxes.

XML

Related Party Transactions

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

10.    Related Party Transactions

Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement

The Company is a party to an advisory fee agreement pursuant to which affiliates of The Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management provide certain strategic and structuring advice and certain monitoring, advising, and consulting services to the Company. The advisory fee agreement provides for the payment by the Company of certain fees and the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses. The annual advisory fee is the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the advisory fee agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year. The payments under this agreement totaled $5.0 million and $4.6 million, for the nine-month periods ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, respectively.

Under its terms, this agreement will terminate no later than the second anniversary of the closing date of the IPO, which was October 6, 2015.

Other

The Company leases a distribution facility from an entity owned by an officer of a subsidiary of the Company. The lease generally provides that the Company will bear the cost of property taxes. Total rent and taxes paid to the officer’s company totaled $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the nine-month periods ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015.

The Company does business with certain other affiliates of The Blackstone Group. In the nine-month period ended March 26, 2016, the Company recorded sales of $26.0 million to certain of these affiliate companies. In the nine-month period ended March 26, 2016, the Company recorded no purchases from affiliate companies. In the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, the Company recorded sales of $27.5 million to certain of these affiliate companies. In the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, the Company recorded purchases of $2.0 million from certain of these affiliate companies. The Company does not conduct a material amount of business with affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management.

As of March 26, 2016, an affiliate of The Blackstone Group held $16.8 million of the outstanding $308.3 million Term Facility. The Company paid approximately $0.8 million in interest related to the nine-month period ended March 26, 2016 to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Facility. The Company paid approximately $1.2 million in interest related to the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015 to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Facility. See Note 5, Debt, for a discussion of the Term Facility.

16.    Related-Party Transactions

Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement

The Company is a party to a transaction and advisory fee agreement pursuant to which affiliates of The Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management provide management advice and counsel for the development of the Company’s long-term strategic plans and other management, administrative, and operating activities. The transaction and advisory fee agreement generally provides for the payment by the Company of certain transaction fees, annual advisory fees, and the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses. The annual advisory fee is the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the transaction and advisory fee agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year. For fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, such payments to affiliates of the principal shareholders totaled $4.7 million, $4.2 million, and $4.2 million, respectively. The Company also paid $0.9 million in advisory expenses to the sponsors in December 2012 related to the completion of the FRF acquisition.

At any time in connection with or in anticipation of a change of control of Performance Food Group Company, a sale of all or substantially all of Performance Food Group Company’s assets or an initial public offering of common equity of Performance Food Group Company or its successor, the Advisors may elect to receive, in consideration of the termination of the transaction and advisory fee agreement, a single lump sum cash payment calculated as set forth in the agreement.

Other

The Company leases a distribution facility from an entity owned by an officer of the Company. The lease generally provides that the Company will bear the cost of property taxes. Total rent and taxes paid to the officer’s company totaled $0.5 million for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013.

The Company does business with certain other affiliates of The Blackstone Group. In fiscal 2015, the Company recorded sales of $34.8 million to certain of these affiliate companies compared to sales of $35.0 million for fiscal 2014 and $40.1 million for fiscal 2013. The Company also recorded purchases of $2.7 million from certain of these affiliate companies in fiscal 2015 compared to purchases of $1.8 million for fiscal 2014 and $2.9 million for fiscal 2013. The Company does not conduct a material amount of business with affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management.

As of June 27, 2015, an affiliate of The Blackstone Group held $15.2 million of the outstanding $736.9 million Term Facility. The Company paid approximately $1.5 million, $2.0 million and $0.2 million in interest related to fiscal 2015, 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively, to this affiliate pursuant to the terms of the Term Facility. See Note 7 Debt for a discussion of the Term Facility.

Affiliates of The Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management had held $218.1 million of the $500 million Senior Notes that were redeemed on May 14, 2013. The Company paid approximately $4.4 million in redemption premiums and $20.9 million in interest related to fiscal 2013 to these affiliates pursuant to the terms of the Senior Notes.

XML

Earnings Per Share

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

11.    Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased with the proceeds from the exercise of stock options under the treasury stock method.

For the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, the Company’s calculation of weighted-average number of common shares includes Class A and Class B common stock. All shares of Class A and Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, preferences, and privileges in respect to dividends.

For the nine-month periods ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted EPS computations is as follows:

($ in millions, except share and per share amounts)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016		Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Numerator:
Net income	$	39.1	$	22.3
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		95,230,548		86,874,101
Dilutive effect of share-based awards		1,519,763		790,614
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding		96,750,311		87,664,715
Basic earnings per share	$	0.41	$	0.26
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.40	$	0.25

17.    Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased with the proceeds from the exercise of stock options under the treasury stock method.

The Company’s calculation of weighted-average number of common shares includes Class A and Class B common stock. All shares of Class A and Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to the same rights, preferences, and privileges in respect of dividends.

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted EPS computations is as follows:

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015		For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014		For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Numerator:
Net Income	$	56.5	$	15.5	$	8.4
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		86,874,727		86,868,452		86,864,606
Dilutive effect of share-based awards		738,971		664,872		593,924
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding		87,613,698		87,533,324		87,458,530
Basic earnings per share	$	0.65	$	0.18	$	0.10
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.64	$	0.18	$	0.10

On August 28, 2015, the Company effected a 0.485-for-one reverse stock split to stockholders of record as of August 28, 2015. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock.

XML

Stock Compensation

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock Compensation

12.    Stock Compensation

Performance Food Group Company provides compensation benefits to employees and non-employee directors not employed by our Sponsors under several share based payment arrangements.

The Performance Food Group Company 2007 Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”)

The 2007 Option Plan allows for the granting of awards to current and future employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company or its affiliates in the form of nonqualified options. The 2007 Option Plan is designed to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company by providing employees and consultants who are or will be involved in the Company’s growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging them to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2007 Option Plan are determined by the Board of Directors. There are 6,445,982 shares of common stock reserved for issuances under the 2007 Option Plan.

Each of the employee awards under the 2007 Option Plan is divided into three equal portions. Tranche I options are subject to time vesting. Tranche II and Tranche III options are subject to both time and performance vesting, including performance criteria based on the internal rate of return and sponsor cash inflows as outlined in the 2007 Option Plan. Prior to the amendment discussed below, the Company’s assessment of the performance criteria indicated that satisfaction of the performance criteria was not probable and therefore, no compensation expense had been recognized on Tranche II and Tranche III options.

The 2007 Option Plan had repurchase rights that generally allowed the Company to repurchase shares, at the current fair value following a participant’s retirement or a participant’s termination of employment by the Company other than for “cause” and at the lower of the original exercise price or current fair value following any termination of employment by the Company for “cause,” resignation of the participant, or in the event a participant resigns because of retirement and subsequently breaches the non-competition or non-solicitation covenant within one year of such participant’s termination. Because of the existence of the repurchase rights, the weighted average service period had exceeded the contractual term of the options. However, the repurchase option feature of this plan terminated upon the date of our IPO. Therefore, the Company’s management determined that the requisite service period should be reduced from 10.7 years to the 5 year service vesting period. As a result, compensation costs of $3.8 million were recorded in the nine-month period of fiscal 2016 related to this change for Tranche I awards.

On July 30, 2015, the Company approved amendments to the 2007 Option Plan to modify the vesting terms of all of the Tranche II and Tranche III options granted pursuant to the 2007 Option Plan. These options will continue to vest based on a combination of time and performance vesting conditions. The time-based vesting condition did not change and will continue to be satisfied with respect to 20% of the shares underlying these options annually, based on the participant’s continued employment with the Company. The performance-based vesting condition was reduced to reflect changes in the macro-economic conditions following the 2008 recession.

In addition, as part of the amendments to the 2007 Option Plan, the Company further evaluated its outstanding options, and in light of the concern that the Tranche II and III options had performance targets that may not be met before the expiration of such options, individuals holding these unvested time and performance-vesting options were allowed the right to exercise such options into restricted shares of the Company’s common stock and to receive a new grant of time and performance-vesting options. On September 30, 2015, 3.73 million options were exchanged for 2.27 million restricted shares and 1.46 million new options. In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company separately granted approximately 134,000 new option awards under the 2007 Option Plan.

Based on management’s assessment of the probability associated with the underlying conditions of the amended Tranche II and III awards, the Company believes that, following the amendments, there is a reasonable possibility that the performance targets could be met. The Company engaged an unrelated specialist to assist in the process of determining the fair value based measure of the modified award. Based on management’s evaluation, the estimate of the possible future compensation expense is approximately $40 million of which approximately $25 million is being recognized over the next four years. The remaining $15 million of compensation expense will be recognized when the Company concludes that it is probable that certain performance conditions will be met.

In total, compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2007 Option Plan was $11.0 million for the nine-month period ended March 26, 2016, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The total compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2007 Option Plan was $0.9 million for the nine-month period ended March 28, 2015, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The total unrecognized compensation cost the Company has concluded that is probable under the 2007 Option Plan is $20.8 million as of March 26, 2016.

The Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Incentive Plan”)

In July 2015, the Company approved the 2015 Incentive Plan. The 2015 Incentive Plan allows for the granting of awards to current employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company. Similar to the 2007 Option Plan, the 2015 Incentive Plan is designed to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company by providing employees and consultants who are or will be involved in the Company’s growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging them to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2015 Option Plan are determined by the Board of Directors.

There are 4,850,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2015 Incentive Plan, including non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, and other equity based or cash-based awards. In connection with the IPO, the Company granted approximately 144,000 time-vesting options, 525,000 shares of time-vesting restricted stock, and 144,000 shares of performance-vesting restricted stock to employees. In addition, the Company granted approximately 20,000 restricted stock units to certain directors. There are also approximately 268,000 restricted stock units outstanding under the 2015 Plan granted to another executive. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2015 Incentive Plan was $2.6 million for the nine-month period ended March 26, 2016, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. Total unrecognized compensation cost for all awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan is $14.7 million as of March 26, 2016.

18.    Stock Compensation

The Performance Food Group Company 2007 Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”) allows for the granting of awards to current and future employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors, of the Company or its affiliates in the form of nonqualified options. The 2007 Option Plan is designed to promote long-term growth and profitability of the Company by providing employees and consultants who are or will be involved in the Company’s growth with an opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging them to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2007 Option Plan are determined by the Board of Directors. All current awards have a contractual term of ten years.

The 2007 Option Plan has repurchase rights that generally allow the Company to repurchase shares, at the current fair value following a participant’s retirement or a participant’s termination of employment by the Company other than for “cause” and at the lower of the original exercise price or current fair value following any termination of employment by the Company for “cause,” resignation of the participant, or in the event a participant resigns due to retirement and subsequently breaches the non-competition or non-solicitation covenant within one year of such participant’s termination. There are 6,445,982 shares of Class B non-voting stock reserved for issuance under the 2007 Option Plan and 367,183 options available for issuance as of June 27, 2015.

Each of the employee awards under the 2007 Option Plan is divided into three equal portions, with each such portion exercisable for one-third of the grant. Tranche I options are subject to time vesting. Tranche II and Tranche III options are both time and performance vesting, including performance criteria based on the internal rate of return and sponsor cash inflows as outlined in the 2007 Option Plan. The Company’s assessment of the performance criteria indicate that satisfaction of the performance criteria is not probable and therefore, no compensation expense has been recognized to date on Tranche II and Tranche III options.

The Tranche I compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2007 Incentive Plan was $1.0 million, $0.7 million and $1.1 million for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively, and it is included within operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. These costs relate to the service condition component of the awards and are being recognized on a straight-line basis. The Company recorded no tax benefit nor incurred an impact on its cash flows related to compensation cost on share-based payment arrangements for the year ended June 27, 2015. The total remaining unrecognized compensation cost was $4.9 million as of June 27, 2015 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 10.7 years. Because of the existence of the repurchase rights, the weighted average service period exceeds the contractual term of the options.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 was $4.27, $3.40, and $2.37, respectively. The weighted average fair value of all outstanding options granted for the life of the Plan was $5.40. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used with the following weighted average assumptions:

	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Risk-free interest rate		2.11	%		2.76	%		1.74	%
Dividend yield		4.13	%		4.88	%		2.83	%
Expected volatility factor		37.00	%		38.00	%		29.70	%
Expected option term (in years)		10			10			10

The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The Company assumed a dividend yield for all current year grants based on the historical payment of its dividend over prior fiscal years. Expected volatility is based on the expected volatilities of comparable peer companies that are publicly traded for similar option terms. The expected term represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected option term for the 2007 Option Plan is the contractual term since the weighted average requisite service period exceeds the contractual term.

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 is as follows:

	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price(1)
Options outstanding as of June 30, 2012		5,693,051		$	6.72
Options granted		271,600		$	12.43
Options exercised		(1,213	)	$	7.67
Options forfeited		(145,291	)	$	7.40
Options outstanding as of June 29, 2013		5,818,147		$	6.97
Options granted		172,239		$	14.04
Options exercised		(8,439	)	$	7.07
Options forfeited		(169,704	)	$	8.12
Options outstanding as of June 28, 2014		5,812,243		$	7.15
Options granted		353,794		$	16.76
Options exercised		(4,850	)	$	7.67
Options forfeited		(100,777	)	$	10.43
Options outstanding as of June 27, 2015		6,060,410		$	7.67

(1) Weighted average exercise price has been adjusted retroactively to reflect the reduction in the exercise price for dividends paid subsequent to grant date.

There were 2.1 million options vested or expected to vest as of June 27, 2015 at a weighted average price of $7.67 per share. There were 1.8 million options exercisable as of June 27, 2015 at a weighted average price of $6.78 per share. The remaining contractual life of the options outstanding as of June 27, 2015 was 4.20 years.

Subsequent to June 27, 2015, the Company approved amendments to the 2007 Stock Option Plan to modify the vesting terms of all of the time and performance-vesting options granted pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan. These time and performance vesting options will continue to vest based on a combination of time and performance vesting conditions. The time-based vesting condition did not change and will continue to be satisfied with respect to 20% of the shares underlying these options annually, based on the participant’s continued employment with the company. The performance-based vesting condition was reduced to reflect changes in the food industry environment since the plan was adopted. In addition as part of the amendments to the 2007 Stock Option Plan, the Company further evaluated our outstanding options and in light of the fact that certain grants of options have performance targets that may not be met before the expiration of such options, individuals holding unvested time and performance-vesting options will be allowed the right to exercise such options into restricted shares of our common stock and receive a new grant of time and performance-vesting options to purchase shares of our common stock.

Based on management’s assessment of probability associated with the underlying conditions of the awards, the Company believes that, following the amendments, there is a reasonable possibility that the performance targets could be met. Therefore, the Company engaged an unrelated specialist to assist in the process of determining the fair value based measure of the modified award. Based on management’s initial evaluation, the preliminary estimate of the possible future compensation expense is approximately $40 million. The expense will be recognized in the next four years when the Company concludes that it is probable that the performance metrics will be met.

On August 28, 2015, the Company effected a 0.485-for-one reverse stock split to stockholders of record as of August 28, 2015. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock.

XML

Segment Information

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information

14.    Segment Information

The Company has three reportable segments, as defined by ASC 280 Segment Reporting, related to disclosures about segments of an enterprise. The Performance Foodservice segment markets and distributes food and food-related products to Street restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional “food-away-from-home” locations. The PFG Customized segment principally serves the family and casual dining channel but also serves fine dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurant chains. The Vistar segment distributes candy, snack, beverage, and other products to customers in the vending, office coffee services, theater, retail, and other channels. Intersegment sales represent sales between the segments and are eliminated in consolidation. Management evaluates the performance of each operating segment based on various operating and financial metrics, including total sales and EBITDA. For PFG Customized, EBITDA includes certain allocated corporate charges that are included in operating expenses. The allocated corporate charges are determined based on a percentage of total sales. This percentage is reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure that the segment is allocated a reasonable rate of corporate expenses based on its use of corporate services.

Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of the Company’s internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.

(In millions)	Performance Foodservice		PFG Customized		Vistar		Corporate & All Other			Eliminations			Consolidated
For the nine months ended March 26, 2016
Net external sales	$	6,977.9	$	2,799.7	$	1,942.6	$	11.7		$	—		$	11,731.9
Inter-segment sales		5.5		0.4		2.0		147.1			(155.0	)		—
Total sales		6,983.4		2,800.1		1,944.6		158.8			(155.0	)		11,731.9
EBITDA		206.9		26.2		83.7		(98.9	)		—			217.9
Depreciation and amortization		46.2		11.5		12.8		15.7			—			86.2
Capital expenditures		30.9		5.5		9.1		22.5			—			68.0
For the nine months ended March 28, 2015
Net external sales	$	6,704.2	$	2,783.3	$	1,786.3	$	11.8		$	—		$	11,285.6
Inter-segment sales		4.7		0.6		2.0		128.0			(135.3	)		—
Total sales		6,708.9		2,783.9		1,788.3		139.8			(135.3	)		11,285.6
EBITDA		172.6		25.6		79.2		(82.0	)		—			195.4
Depreciation and amortization		49.7		11.7		12.2		18.1			—			91.7
Capital expenditures		26.5		6.3		6.7		24.2			—			63.7

Total assets by reportable segment, excluding intercompany receivables between segments, are as follows:

(In millions)	As of March 26, 2016		As of June 27, 2015
Performance Foodservice	$	1,945.2	$	1,915.7
PFG Customized		649.5		649.8
Vistar		600.0		539.2
Corporate & All Other		245.4		286.2
Total assets	$	3,440.1	$	3,390.9

19.    Segment Information

The Company has three reportable segments, as defined by ASC 280 Segment Reporting, related to disclosures about segments of an enterprise. The Performance Foodservice segment markets and distributes food and food-related products to Street restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional “food-away-from-home” locations. The PFG Customized segment principally serves the family and casual dining channel but also serves fine dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurant chains. The Vistar segment distributes candy, snack, beverage, and other products to customers in the vending, office coffee services, theater, retail, and other channels. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates. Intersegment sales represent sales between the segments, which are eliminated in consolidation. Management evaluates the performance of each operating segment based on various operating and financial metrics, including total sales and EBITDA. For PFG Customized, EBITDA includes certain allocated corporate charges that are included in operating expenses. The allocated corporate charges are determined based on a percentage of total sales. This percentage is reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure that the segment is allocated a reasonable rate of corporate expenses based on their use of corporate services.

Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of the Company’s internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.

(In millions)	PFS		PFG Customized		Vistar		Corporate & All Other			Eliminations			Consolidated
For fiscal year ended June 27, 2015
Net external sales	$	9,078.2	$	3,752.2	$	2,423.4	$	16.2		$	—		$	15,270.0
Inter-segment sales		6.8		0.7		2.7		175.4			(185.6	)		—
Total sales		9,085.0		3,752.9		2,426.1		191.6			(185.6	)		15,270.0
EBITDA		254.2		36.5		105.5		(92.6	)		—			303.6
Depreciation and amortization		65.8		16.4		15.7		23.4			—			121.3
Capital expenditures		41.8		7.8		14.5		34.5			—			98.6
For fiscal year ended June 28, 2014
Net external sales	$	8,098.3	$	3,300.5	$	2,266.4	$	20.5		$	—		$	13,685.7
Inter-segment sales		5.5		0.5		2.6		137.0			(145.6	)		—
Total sales		8,103.8		3,301.0		2,269.0		157.5			(145.6	)		13,685.7
EBITDA		207.5		37.5		88.3		(84.3	)		—			249.0
Depreciation and amortization		81.7		15.1		13.8		22.1			—			132.7
Capital expenditures		38.8		12.2		20.7		18.9			—			90.6
For fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Net external sales	$	7,498.7	$	3,162.8	$	2,138.7	$	26.3		$	—		$	12,826.5
Inter-segment sales		5.6		1.6		2.4		119.6			(129.2	)		—
Total sales		7,504.3		3,164.4		2,141.1		145.9			(129.2	)		12,826.5
EBITDA		173.9		37.3		81.4		(59.2	)		—			233.4
Depreciation and amortization		74.7		15.0		13.9		16.4			—			120.0
Capital expenditures		27.3		4.9		13.0		21.3			—			66.5

Total assets by reportable segment, excluding intercompany receivables between segments, are as follows:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015		As of June 28, 2014
PFS	$	1,915.7	$	1,853.6
PFG Customized		649.8		641.0
Vistar		539.2		501.3
Corporate & All Other		286.2		243.9
Total assets	$	3,390.9	$	3,239.8

The sales mix for the Company’s principal product and service categories is as follows:

(In millions)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015		For the fiscal year ended June 28,2014		For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Center of the plate	$	5,023.3	$	4,226.4	$	3,894.8
Canned and dry groceries		2,072.5		1,953.3		1,889.9
Frozen foods		1,950.4		1,795.4		1,724.3
Refrigerated and dairy products		2,039.0		1,803.6		1,611.5
Paper products and cleaning supplies		1,160.0		1,046.5		979.6
Beverage		1,159.0		1,065.1		1,045.2
Candy		648.5		601.3		552.5
Snack		523.0		518.6		505.1
Produce		469.4		449.2		410.8
Theater and concession		131.0		128.6		120.8
Merchandising and other services		93.9		97.7		92.0
Total	$	15,270.0	$	13,685.7	$	12,826.5

XML

Subsequent Events

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

15.    Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events through May 4, 2016, the date that the financial statements were available to be issued. Any items noted have been properly reflected or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes above.

20.    Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events through August 28, 2015, the date that the financial statements were available to be issued. Any items noted have been properly reflected or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes above.

XML

Schedule 1 - Registrant's Condensed Financial Statements

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Only Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule 1 - Registrant's Condensed Financial Statements

SCHEDULE 1 – Registrant’s Condensed Financial Statements

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

Parent Company Only

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in millions except share data)	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash	$	–		$	–
Prepaid offering costs		2.9			–
Income tax receivable		6.6			4.9
Total current assets		9.5			4.9
Investment in wholly owned subsidiary		511.8			444.9
Total assets	$	521.3		$	449.8
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Intercompany payable		28.3			20.6
Total liabilities		28.3			20.6
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity:
Common Stock
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 86,860,562 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014		0.9			0.9
Class B: $0.01 par value per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 18,388 and 13,538 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively		–			–
Additional paid-in capital		594.4			588.3
Accumulated deficit		(102.3	)		(160.0	)
Total shareholders’ equity		493.0			429.2
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	521.3		$	449.8

Share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock.

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

Parent Company Only

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

($ in millions)	Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Operating expenses		$4.9			$4.5			$4.5
Operating loss		(4.9	)		(4.5	)		(4.5	)
Income tax (benefit) expense		(1.8	)		(1.6	)		(1.6	)
Loss before equity in net income of subsidiary		(3.1	)		(2.9	)		(2.9	)
Equity in net income of subsidiary, net of tax		59.6			18.4			11.3
Net income		56.5			15.5			8.4
Other comprehensive (loss) income		1.2			(2.2	)		5.4
Total comprehensive income		$    57.7			$    13.3			$    13.8

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY

Parent Company Only

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

($ in millions)	Fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			Fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			Fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	56.5		$	15.5		$	8.4
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities
Equity in net income of subsidiary		(59.6	)		(18.4	)		(11.3	)
Dividend received from subsidiary (return on capital)		–			–			26.6
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Prepaid offering costs		(2.9	)		–			–
Intercompany payables		7.7			4.4			4.5
Income tax receivable		(1.7	)		(1.6	)		(1.6	)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		–			(0.1	)		26.6
Cash flows from investing activities:
Dividend received from subsidiary (return of capital)		–			–			193.4
Net cash provided by investing activities		–			–			193.4
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		–			0.1			–
Dividend paid to shareholders		–			–			(220.0	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		–			0.1			(220.0	)
Net (decrease) increase in cash		–			–			–
Cash, beginning of period		–			–			–
Cash, end of period	$	–		$	–		$	–

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

Notes to Condensed Parent Company Only Financial Statements

1. Description of Performance Food Group Company

Performance Food Group Company (the “Parent”) was incorporated in Delaware on July 23, 2002 to effect the purchase of all the outstanding equity interests of PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”). The Parent has no significant operations or significant assets or liabilities other than its investment in PFGC. Accordingly, the Parent is dependent upon distributions from PFGC to fund its obligations. However, under the terms of PFGC’s various debt agreements, PFGC’s ability to pay dividends or lend to the Parent is restricted, except that PFGC may pay specified amounts to the Parent to fund the payment of the Parent’s franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes, and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence.

2. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed financial statements (parent company only) include the accounts of the Parent and its investment in PFGC, Inc. accounted for in accordance with the equity method, and do not present the financial statements of the Parent and its subsidiary on a consolidated basis. These parent company only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Performance Food Group Company consolidated financial statements. The Parent is included in the consolidated federal and certain unitary, consolidated and combined state income tax returns with its subsidiaries. The Parent’s tax balances reflect its share of such filings, except for fiscal 2012, which also includes an expense related to provision to return adjustments primarily for net operating losses on a consolidated basis.

3. Dividends from Subsidiaries

The Parent received dividends (defined as a restricted payment in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) in the amount of $220 million from PFGC, Inc. on May 14, 2013, which has been reflected as a reduction to investment in wholly owned subsidiary in the accompanying condensed financial statements. On the same date, the Parent declared dividends of $220 million to its Class A and Class B shareholders. This dividend has also been reflected as a return of capital in the accompanying condensed financial statements.

XML

Basis of Presentation

9 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

2.    Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company, without audit, with the exception of the June 27, 2015 consolidated balance sheet, which was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198654), as amended (the “Registration Statement”). The financial statements include consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity, and consolidated statements of cash flows. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring adjustments, except as otherwise disclosed, necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for all periods presented have been made.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for inventories, impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets, acquisition accounting, reserves for claims and recoveries under insurance programs, vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, bonus accruals, depreciation, amortization, determination of useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

The results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year. Therefore these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto included in the Registration Statement. Certain footnote disclosures included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to applicable rules and regulations for interim financial statements.

XML

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

9 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Accounting Changes and Error Corrections [Abstract]

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

3.    Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This Update is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue that represents the transfer of promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net). The amendments to Topic 606 in ASU 2016-08 are intended to improve the operability and understandability of the implementation guidance on principle versus agent considerations.

Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for adoption of Topic 606. Topic 606, as amended by ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral of the Effective Date, is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact the new standard will have on its future financial statements, but does not believe the impact will be material. The Company plans to implement the new standard using the modified retrospective approach.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This update requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. This Update is to be applied on a retrospective basis and represents a change in accounting principle. The Company plans to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and does not believe it will have a material impact on its financial statements at the date of adoption.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This Update requires an entity to measure most inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. When evidence exists that the net realizable value of inventory is lower than its cost, the difference shall be recognized as a loss in earnings in the period in which it occurs. This Update is effective for public companies prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15, Interest—Imputation of Interest. This Update clarifies the guidance set forth in FASB ASU 2015-03, which required that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability rather than as an asset. This Update clarifies that debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements could continue to be presented as an asset and be subsequently amortized over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the arrangement. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company plans to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and does not believe this Update will have an impact on its financial statements at the date of adoption.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations: Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. This Update requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined, including the cumulative effect of the change in provisional amount as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. This Update requires that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This Update is to be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not yet been made available for issuance. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. This Update requires a company to classify deferred tax liabilities and assets as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. For public entities, this Update is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within those annual periods. The Company plans to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and does not believe it will have a material impact on its financial statements at the date of adoption.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The ASU is a comprehensive new lease accounting model that requires companies to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. For public entities, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Companies are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented in its financial statements using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this ASU on its future financial statements and believes that it will have a material impact on its future financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships. The amendments in this Update clarify that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument under Topic 815 does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. An entity has an option to apply the amendments in this Update on either a prospective basis or a modified retrospective basis. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815):Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments. The amendments in this Update clarify the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts. An entity performing the assessment under the amendments in this Update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision sequence. The amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. An entity should apply the amendments in this Update on a modified retrospective basis to existing debt instruments as of the beginning of the fiscal year for which the amendments are effective. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The Update includes provisions intended to simplify several aspects of how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements. Such provisions include recognizing income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, allowing an employer to withhold shares in an amount up to the employee’s maximum individual tax rate without resulting in liability classification of the award, allowing entities to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur, and changes to the classification of tax-related cash flows resulting from share-based payments and cash payments made to taxing authorities on the employee’s behalf on the statement of cash flows. The amendments to this Update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.

XML

Other, net

9 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Other Income and Expenses [Abstract]

Other, net

13.    Other, net

Other, net on the consolidated statement of operations primarily includes the change in fair value gains or loss and cash settlements pertaining to our derivatives on forecasted diesel fuel purchases, along with other non-operating income or expense items. Other, net consisted of the following:

(In millions)	For the nine months ended March 26, 2016			For the nine months ended March 28, 2015
Change in fair value loss on derivatives for forecasted diesel fuel purchased	$	0.5		$	2.9
Cash settlements on derivatives for forecasted diesel fuel purchases		3.4			0.5
Other income		(0.2	)		(0.2	)
Other, net	$	3.7		$	3.2

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates (Policies)

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for inventories, impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets, acquisition accounting, reserves for claims and recoveries under insurance programs, vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, bonus accruals, depreciation, amortization, determination of useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, and income taxes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash

Cash

The Company maintains its cash primarily in institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At times, the Company’s cash balance may be in amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limits.

Restricted Cash

Restricted Cash

The Company is required by its insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for its workers’ compensation and liability claims. The Company has chosen to satisfy these collateral requirements by depositing funds in trusts or by issuing letters of credit. All amounts in restricted cash at June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014 represent funds deposited in insurance trusts, and $10.2 million and $5.1 million, respectively, represent Level 1 fair value measurements.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are recorded at the invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Accounts receivable also includes other receivables primarily related to various rebate and promotional incentives with the Company’s suppliers. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for doubtful accounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The Company regularly analyzes its significant customer accounts, and when it becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, such as bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position, the Company records a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount it reasonably believes is collectible. The Company also records reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers change, the Company’s estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted. As of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables was approximately $11.0 million and $10.3 million, respectively, and $5.0 million and $4.4 million, respectively related to other receivables. The Company recorded $6.6 million, $9.1 million, and $6.1 million in provision for doubtful accounts in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories

The Company’s inventories consist primarily of food and non-food products. The Company values inventories primarily at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. At June 27, 2015, the Company’s inventory balance of $882.6 million consists primarily of finished goods, $812.3 million of which was valued at FIFO. As of June 27, 2015, $70.3 million of the inventory balance was valued at last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. At June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $5.5 million and $3.8 million, respectively. Costs in inventory include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product to the Company’s warehouses and are net of certain consideration received from vendors in the amount of $16.8 million and $14.2 million as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, respectively. The Company adjusts its inventory balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions. As of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the Company had adjusted its inventories by approximately $6.2 million and $6.6 million, respectively.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, including capital lease assets, is calculated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 39 years, and is included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.

Certain internal and external costs related to the development of internal use software are capitalized within property, plant, and equipment during the application development stage.

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. The difference between the net book value of the asset and proceeds from disposition is recognized as a gain or loss. Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while costs of betterments and renewals are capitalized.

Assets Held for Sale

Assets Held for Sale

The Company classifies assets as held for sale and ceases depreciating the assets when there is a plan for disposal of assets and those assets meet the held for sale criteria as defined in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360-10-35, Property, Plant and Equipment—Subsequent Measurement—Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. As of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014, the Company had approximately $0 and $0.9 million, respectively, of assets classified as held for sale. The June 28, 2014 amount relates to a vacant facility at one of the Company’s Performance Foodservice locations. The Company sold this property in September 2014 for approximately $1.9 million in net proceeds.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company, including intangible assets with definite lives, are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the projected, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group. Based on the Company’s assessments, no impairment losses were recorded in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, or fiscal 2013.

Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets

Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company’s financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of cost of an acquired entity over the amounts specifically assigned to those tangible net assets acquired in a business combination. Other identifiable intangible assets typically include customer relationships, trade names, technology, non-compete agreements, and favorable lease assets. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangibles with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which generally range from two to eleven years. Certain assumptions, estimates, and judgments are used in determining the fair value of net assets acquired, including goodwill and other intangible assets, as well as determining the allocation of goodwill to the reporting units. Accordingly, the Company may obtain the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for the valuation of significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but that are inherently uncertain. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur that could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

The Company is required to test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more often if circumstances indicate. Indicators of goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to, significant declines in the markets and industries that buy the Company’s products, changes in the estimated future cash flows of its reporting units, changes in capital markets, and changes in its market capitalization. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s policy is to assess impairment at the end of each fiscal year.

In fiscal 2013, the Company adopted FASB Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which provides entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly referred to as “step zero”) to determine whether further quantitative analysis for impairment of goodwill is necessary. In performing step zero for the Company’s goodwill impairment test, the Company is required to make assumptions and judgments including but not limited to the following: the evaluation of macroeconomic conditions as related to the Company’s business, industry and market trends, and the overall future financial performance of its reporting units and future opportunities in the markets in which they operate. If impairment indicators are present after performing step zero, the Company would perform a quantitative impairment analysis to estimate the fair value of goodwill.

During fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, the Company performed the step zero analysis for its goodwill impairment test. As a result of the Company’s step zero analysis, no further quantitative impairment test was deemed necessary for fiscal 2015 or fiscal 2014. There were no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, or fiscal 2013.

Insurance Program

Insurance Program

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers and subject to certain limitations and exclusions. The Company also maintains self-funded group medical insurance. The Company accrues its estimated liability for these deductibles, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The estimated short-term portion of these accruals is included in Accrued expenses on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) is defined as all changes in equity during each period except for those resulting from net income (loss) and investments by or distributions to shareholders. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists primarily of gains or losses from derivative financial instruments that are designated in a hedging relationship. For derivative instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings during the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of a product when it is considered realized or realizable and earned. The Company determines these requirements to be met when the product has been delivered to the customer, the price is fixed and determinable, and there is reasonable assurance of collection of the sales proceeds. The Company recognizes revenues net of applicable sales tax. Sales returns are recorded as reductions of sales.

Revenue is accounted for in accordance with ASC 605-45, which addresses reporting revenue either on a gross basis as a principal or a net basis as an agent depending upon the nature of the sales transactions. The Company recognizes revenue on a gross basis when the Company determines the sale meets the conditions of ASC 605-45, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” The Company weighs the following factors in making its determination:

• who is the primary obligor to provide the product or services desired by our customers;

• who has discretion in supplier selection;

• who has latitude in establishing price;

• who retains credit risk; and

• who bears inventory risk.

When the Company determines that it does not meet the criteria for gross revenue recognition under ASC 605-45 on the basis of these factors, the Company reports the revenue on a net basis. When there is a change to an agreement with a customer or vendor, pursuant to the Company’s revenue recognition policy, the Company reevaluates the reporting of the revenue based on the factors outlined above to determine if there has been a change in the Company’s relationship in acting as the principal or an agent.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes amounts paid to manufacturers for products sold, the cost of transportation necessary to bring the products to the Company’s facilities, plus depreciation related to processing facilities and equipment.

Operating Expenses

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses include warehouse, delivery, occupancy, insurance, depreciation, amortization, salaries and wages, and employee benefits expenses.

Other, net

Other, net

Other, net primarily includes the change in fair value gain or loss and cash settlements pertaining to our derivatives on forecasted diesel fuel purchases along with other non-operating income or expense items. For fiscal 2015, this also includes the $25.0 million termination fee in connection with the termination of the Sysco and US Foods merger discussed below.

On December 8, 2013, Sysco Corporation (“Sysco”) and US Foods, Inc. (“US Foods”), announced that they had entered into an agreement and plan of merger. On February 2, 2015, the Company reached an agreement to purchase 11 US Foods facilities relating to the proposed merger. On February 19, 2015, the Federal Trade Commission filed suit seeking an injunction to prevent the proposed merger and, on June 23, 2015, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia granted the injunction. In June 2015, the proposed merger was terminated. As a result, the Company’s agreement to purchase the facilities was also terminated and the Company received a termination fee of $25 million.

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives

The Company participates in various rebate and promotional incentives with its suppliers, primarily including volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these incentives is generally recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. However, as described below, in certain limited circumstances the consideration is recorded as a reduction of operating expenses incurred by the Company. Consideration received may be in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.

Consideration received for incentives that contain volume and growth rebates and annual and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company systematically and rationally allocates the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, the Company records the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. The Company records annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. The Company uses current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to promote and sell the supplier’s products is typically a reimbursement of marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a reduction of the Company’s operating expenses. If the amount of consideration received from the suppliers exceeds the Company’s marketing costs, any excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company follows the requirements of FASB ASC 605-50-25-10, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Recognition—Customer’s Accounting for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor and ASC 605-50-45-16, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives—Other Presentation Matters—Reseller’s Characterization of Sales Incentives Offered to Customers by Manufacturers.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales. Estimated shipping and handling costs incurred by the Company of $718.8 million, $682.4 million, and $638.2 million are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013, respectively.

Share Based Compensation

Share Based Compensation

The Company participates in the 2007 Performance Food Group Company Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”) and follows the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718-10-25, Compensation—Stock Compensation—Overall—Recognition. This guidance requires that all stock-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial statements. For the time-vested grants under this plan, compensation expense is calculated and recorded based on the fair value of the awards of Performance Food Group Company that are granted. The fair value of the stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Compensation cost is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for the awards expected to vest. For those options that have a performance condition, compensation expense is based upon the number of shares expected to vest after assessing the probability that the performance criteria will be met. Since the Company is not publicly traded, the Company annually obtains a contemporaneous equity valuation performed by an unrelated specialist as defined by the AICPA Practice Aid “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation” to assist in the Company’s valuation of stock option grants. The fair value was estimated using a composite of the discounted cash flow model and the guideline public company approach to determine the underlying enterprise value. We recognize compensation expense for awards over the vesting period, adjusted for any changes in our probability assessment.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company follows FASB ASC 740-10, Income Taxes—Overall, which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Future tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law, and closings of statutes of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

As required by FASB ASC 815-20, Derivatives and Hedging—Hedging—General, the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting, and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. The Company primarily uses derivative contracts to hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows. A portion of these derivatives is designated and qualify as cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under FASB ASC 815-20. In the event that the Company does not apply the provisions of hedge accounting, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, and any changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains or losses and included in Other expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. See Note 9 Derivatives and Hedging Activities for additional information on the Company’s use of derivative instruments.

The Company discloses derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with FASB ASC 815-10-50, Derivatives and Hedging—Overall—Disclosure. FASB ASC 815-10-50 sets forth the disclosure requirements with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB ASC 815-20, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. FASB ASC 815-10-50 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1—Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

• Level 2—Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

• Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which there are little or no market data, which include management’s own assumption about the risk assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company’s derivative instruments are carried at fair value and are evaluated in accordance with this hierarchy.

Contingent Liabilities

Contingent Liabilities

The Company records a liability related to contingencies when a loss is considered to be probable and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. This estimate would include legal fees, if applicable.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This Update is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue that represents the transfer of promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net). The amendments to Topic 606 in ASU 2016-08 are intended to improve the operability and understandability of the implementation guidance on principle versus agent considerations.

Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for adoption of Topic 606. Topic 606, as amended by ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral of the Effective Date, is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact the new standard will have on its future financial statements, but does not believe the impact will be material. The Company plans to implement the new standard using the modified retrospective approach.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This update requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. This Update is to be applied on a retrospective basis and represents a change in accounting principle. The Company plans to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and does not believe it will have a material impact on its financial statements at the date of adoption.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This Update requires an entity to measure most inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. When evidence exists that the net realizable value of inventory is lower than its cost, the difference shall be recognized as a loss in earnings in the period in which it occurs. This Update is effective for public companies prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15, Interest—Imputation of Interest. This Update clarifies the guidance set forth in FASB ASU 2015-03, which required that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability rather than as an asset. This Update clarifies that debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements could continue to be presented as an asset and be subsequently amortized over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the arrangement. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company plans to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and does not believe this Update will have an impact on its financial statements at the date of adoption.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations: Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments. This Update requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined, including the cumulative effect of the change in provisional amount as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. This Update requires that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This Update is to be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not yet been made available for issuance. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. This Update requires a company to classify deferred tax liabilities and assets as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. For public entities, this Update is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within those annual periods. The Company plans to early adopt this Update during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and does not believe it will have a material impact on its financial statements at the date of adoption.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The ASU is a comprehensive new lease accounting model that requires companies to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. For public entities, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Companies are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented in its financial statements using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this ASU on its future financial statements and believes that it will have a material impact on its future financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships. The amendments in this Update clarify that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument under Topic 815 does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. An entity has an option to apply the amendments in this Update on either a prospective basis or a modified retrospective basis. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815):Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments. The amendments in this Update clarify the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts. An entity performing the assessment under the amendments in this Update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision sequence. The amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. An entity should apply the amendments in this Update on a modified retrospective basis to existing debt instruments as of the beginning of the fiscal year for which the amendments are effective. The Company does not believe this Update will have a material impact on its future financial statements at the date of adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The Update includes provisions intended to simplify several aspects of how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements. Such provisions include recognizing income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, allowing an employer to withhold shares in an amount up to the employee’s maximum individual tax rate without resulting in liability classification of the award, allowing entities to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur, and changes to the classification of tax-related cash flows resulting from share-based payments and cash payments made to taxing authorities on the employee’s behalf on the statement of cash flows. The amendments to this Update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This Update is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for adoption of this Update. This Update, as amended with FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral of the Effective Date, is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company has not yet evaluated which transition approach to use or the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period. This Update requires that a performance target that affects vesting and could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition under the existing guidance in Topic 718. Companies may use either a prospective or retrospective approach for adoption of this Update. This Update is not effective until annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet evaluated which approach to use or the impact this Update will have on its future financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-15, Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This Update requires that, in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period, an entity’s management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This Update is not effective until annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and for annual and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company has adopted this Update which did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This update requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. For public entities, this Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. This update is to be applied on a retrospective basis and represents a change in accounting principle. The Company has not fully evaluated the impact on its financial statement disclosures but does not believe it will be material.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-05, Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. This Update provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software licenses element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. It is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. This Update may be adopted either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date or retrospectively. The Company has not fully evaluated the impact on its financial statement disclosures but does not believe it will be material.

In May 2015, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115. This Update amends various SEC paragraphs included in the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification to reflect the issuance of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115, or SAB 115. SAB 115 rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletins series and brings existing guidance into conformity with ASU No. 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting, which provides an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. The Company has adopted the amendments in this Update, effective May 8, 2015, as the amendments in the update are effective upon issuance. The adoption did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:

(In millions)	Performance Foodservice			PFG Customized		Vistar		Other		Total
Balance as of June 29, 2013	$	407.4		$	166.5	$	52.7	$	39.2	$	665.8
Acquisitions—current year		—			—		0.3		—		0.3
Adjustments related to prior acquisitions		(2.2	)		—		—		—		(2.2	)
Balance as of June 28, 2014		405.2			166.5		53.0		39.2		663.9
Acquisitions—current year		0.1			—		—		—		0.1
Balance as of June 27, 2015	$	405.3		$	166.5	$	53.0	$	39.2	$	664.0

Schedule of Intangible Assets by Major Category

The following table presents the Company’s intangible assets by major category as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014:

	As of June 27, 2015							As of June 28, 2014
(In millions)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net		Range of Lives
Intangible assets with definite lives:
Customer relationships	$	379.9	$	(293.9	)	$	86.0	$	379.8	$	(265.9	)	$	113.9		4 – 11 years
Trade names and trademarks		90.9		(68.4	)		22.5		90.9		(56.4	)		34.5		4 – 9 years
Deferred financing costs		79.6		(51.6	)		28.0		79.6		(42.8	)		36.8		Debt term
Non-compete		11.9		(9.0	)		2.9		11.9		(7.3	)		4.6		2 – 5 years
Leases		12.5		(4.6	)		7.9		12.5		(4.0	)		8.5		Lease term
Technology		26.1		(26.0	)		0.1		26.1		(22.6	)		3.5		5 – 7 years
Total intangible assets with definite lives	$	600.9	$	(453.5	)	$	147.4	$	600.8	$	(399.0	)	$	201.8
Intangible assets with indefinite lives:
Goodwill	$	664.0	$	—		$	664.0	$	663.9	$	—		$	663.9		Indefinite
Trade names		39.5		—			39.5		39.5		—			39.5		Indefinite
Total intangible assets with indefinite lives	$	703.5	$	—		$	703.5	$	703.4	$	—		$	703.4

Estimated Future Amortization Expense on Intangible Assets

For the next five fiscal periods and thereafter, the estimated future amortization expense on intangible assets with definite lives are as follows:

(In millions)
2016	$	45.8
2017		34.1
2018		18.1
2019		17.0
2020		10.5
Thereafter		21.9
Total amortization expense	$	147.4

XML

Property, Plant, and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Summary of Property Plant and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014 consisted of the following:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014			Range of Lives
Buildings and building improvements	$	402.8		$	388.5			10 – 39 years
Land		40.1			37.7			—
Transportation equipment		78.0			69.2			2 – 10 years
Warehouse and plant equipment		171.3			156.3			3 – 20 years
Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures		171.8			151.9			2 – 10 years
Leasehold improvements		82.5			61.7			Lease term(1)
Construction-in-process		44.2			30.1
		990.7			895.4
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(396.0	)		(325.5	)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	594.7		$	569.9

(1) Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term.

XML

Debt (Tables)

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Schedule of Debt

Debt consisted of the following:

(In millions)	As of March 26, 2016			As of June 27, 2015
ABL	$	866.9		$	665.7
Term Facility		307.3			734.4
Promissory Note		5.4			5.1
Long-term debt		1,179.6			1,405.2
Capital and finance lease obligations		34.5			37.3
Total debt		1,214.1			1,442.5
Less: current installments		(11.8	)		(12.9	)
Total debt, excluding current installments	$	1,202.3		$	1,429.6

Debt consisted of the following:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014
ABL	$	665.7		$	679.6
Term Facility		734.4			741.3
Promissory Note		5.1			4.7
Long-term debt		1,405.2			1,425.6
Capital and finance lease obligations		37.3			33.9
Total debt		1,442.5			1,459.5
Less: current installments		(12.9	)		(10.5	)
Total debt, excluding current installments	$	1,429.6		$	1,449.0

Schedule of Fiscal Year Maturities of Long-Term Debt, Excluding Capital and Finance Lease Obligations

Fiscal year maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations, are as follows:

(In millions)
2016	$	9.4
2017		673.2
2018		13.5
2019		7.5
2020		705.0
Total long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations	$	1,408.6

Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments under Non-cancelable Capital Lease Obligations

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital lease obligations were as follows as of June 27, 2015:

(In millions)	Capital Leases
2016	$	5.9
2017		4.7
2018		4.7
2019		4.6
2020		3.0
Thereafter		33.4
Total future minimum lease payments		56.3
Less: interest		22.3
Present value of future minimum lease payments	$	34.0

ABL Facility [Member]

Schedule of Debt

The following table summarizes outstanding borrowings, availability, and the average interest rate under the ABL Facility:

(Dollars in millions)	As of March 26, 2016			As of June 27, 2015
Aggregate borrowings	$	866.9		$	665.7
Letters of credit		97.7			102.5
Excess availability, net of lenders’ reserves of $19.0 and $19.7		615.1			631.8
Average interest rate		2.06	%		1.94	%

Term Loan Facility [Member]

Interest Expense Related to Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Original Issue Discount

Interest expense related to the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount for the Term Facility was as follows:

(In millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016		Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Deferred financing costs amortization	$	12.5	$	3.4
Original issue discount amortization		1.7		0.4
Total amortization included in interest expense	$	14.2	$	3.8

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Tables)

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Outstanding Swap Agreements

The following table summarizes the outstanding Swap Agreements as of March 26, 2016 (in millions):

Effective Date	Maturity Date	Notional Amount	Fixed Rate Swapped
Designated as hedging instruments
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017	200.0	1.52%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017	100.0	1.52%
August 9, 2013	August 9, 2018	200.0	1.51%
Not designated as hedging instruments
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016	150.0	1.47%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016	100.0	1.47%

hedges of interest rate risk. The following table summarizes the outstanding Swap Agreements as of June 27, 2015 (in millions):

Effective Date	Maturity Date	Notional Amount		Fixed Rate Swapped
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017	$	200.0		1.52	%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2017		100.0		1.52	%
August 9, 2013	August 9, 2018		200.0		1.51	%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016		150.0		1.47	%
June 30, 2014	June 30, 2016		100.0		1.47	%

Summary of Fair Value of Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company does not currently have a payable or receivable related to cash collateral for its derivatives, and therefore it has not established an accounting policy for offsetting the fair value of its derivatives against such balances. The table below presents the fair value of the derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheet as of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015:

(in millions)	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value as of March 26, 2016		Fair Value as of June 27, 2015
Assets
Derivatives designated as hedges:
Interest rate swaps	Other assets	$	—	$	0.2
Total assets			—		0.2
Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedges:
Interest rate swaps	Current derivative liabilities	$	4.1	$	6.1
Interest rate swaps	Long-term derivative liabilities		2.0		1.3
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Interest rate swaps	Current derivative liabilities	$	0.3	$	—
Diesel fuel collars	Current derivative liabilities		2.2		1.7
Total liabilities		$	8.6	$	9.1

balances. The table below presents the fair value of the derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheet as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014:

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
(in millions)
	Asset Derivatives						Liability Derivatives
	As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014			As of June 27, 2015			As of June 28, 2014
	Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location	Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-20:
Interest rate swaps	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	—	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	—	Current derivative liabilities	$	6.1	Current derivative liabilities	$	7.1
Interest rate swaps	Other assets		0.2	Other assets		0.9	Long- term derivative liabilities		1.3	Long-term derivative liabilities		3.0
Total		$	0.2		$	0.9		$	7.4		$	10.1
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-20:
Diesel fuel collars	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	—	Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	0.1	Current derivative liabilities	$	1.7	Current derivative liabilities	$	—
Diesel fuel collars	Other assets		—	Other assets		—	Long- term derivative liabilities		—	Long-term derivative liabilities		—
Total		$	—		$	0.1		$	1.7		$	—

Summary of Derivative Assets and Liability Balance by Type of Financial Instrument Before and After Effects of Offsetting

2014. The tables below presents the derivative assets and liability balance by type of financial instrument, before and after the effects of offsetting, as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014:

	As of June 27, 2015
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	0.2	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.2	$	—	$	—
Diesel fuel collars:		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	0.2	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.2	$	—	$	—

	As of June 27, 2015
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	7.4	$	—	$	7.4	$	0.2	$	—	$	7.2
Diesel fuel collars:		1.7		—		1.7		—		—		1.7
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	9.1	$	—	$	9.1	$	0.2	$	—	$	8.9

	As of June 28, 2014
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	0.9	$	—	$	0.9	$	0.9	$	—	$	—
Diesel fuel collars:		0.1		—		0.1		—		—		0.1
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	1.0	$	—	$	1.0	$	0.9	$	—	$	0.1

	As of June 28, 2014
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)							Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Pledged		Net Amounts
Interest rate swaps:	$	10.1	$	—	$	10.1	$	0.9	$	—	$	9.2
Diesel fuel collars:		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total derivatives, subject to a master netting arrangement	$	10.1	$	—	$	10.1	$	0.9	$	—	$	9.2

Effect of Interest Rate Swaps Designated in Hedging Relationships on Consolidated Statement of Operations

The tables below present the effect of the interest rate swaps designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated statement of operations for the nine-month periods ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015:

(in millions)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016			Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, pre-tax	$	4.8		$	5.7
Tax expense (benefit)		(1.9	)		(2.2	)
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, after-tax	$	2.9		$	3.5
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income, pre-tax	$	(5.6	)	$	(6.0	)
Tax (expense) benefit		2.2			2.4
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income, after-tax	$	(3.4	)	$	(3.6	)

The tables below present the effect of the derivative financial instruments designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014:

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 27, 2015 (in millions)
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects		Location of Loss Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)		Amount of (Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)			Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)		Amount of Gain/ (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
Interest Rate Swaps	$	6.8		Interest expense	$	(8.0	)		Other, net	$	—

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 28, 2014 (in millions)
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects		Location of Loss Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)		Amount of (Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)			Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)		Amount of Gain/ (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
Interest Rate Swaps	$	8.8		Interest expense	$	(6.6	)		Other, net	$	—

Tabular Disclosure of the Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended June 29, 2013 (in millions)
Derivatives in FASB ASC 815-20 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects		Location of Loss Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)		Amount of (Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)			Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)		Amount of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
Interest Rate Swaps	$	5.2		Interest expense	$	(11.1	)		Other, net	$	—

Summary of Derivative Assets and Liability Balance by Type of Financial Instrument Before and After Effects of Offsetting

The tables below present the derivative assets and liability balance, before and after the effects of offsetting, as of March 26, 2016 and June 27, 2015:

	March 26, 2016						June 27, 2015
(In millions)	Gross Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Subject to Netting Agreements		Net Amounts		Gross Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Subject to Netting Agreements		Net Amounts
Total asset derivatives:	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.2	$	—
Total liability derivatives:		8.6		—		8.6		9.1		0.2		8.9

XML

Insurance Program Liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Insurance [Abstract]

Summary of Activity in All Types of Deductible Insurance Program Liabilities

third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations. A summary of the activity in all types of deductible liabilities appears below:

(In millions)
Balance at June 30, 2012	$	69.5
Charged to costs and expenses		123.6
Payments		(114.9	)
Net balance at June 29, 2013		78.2
Charged to costs and expenses		119.7
Payments		(115.1	)
Net balance at June 28, 2014		82.8
Charged to costs and expenses		127.6
Payments		(126.4	)
Net balance at June 27, 2015	$	84.0

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Leases [Abstract]

Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments Under Operating Agreement

term. As of June 27, 2015, subsidiaries of the Company are obligated under non-cancelable operating lease agreements to make future minimum lease payments as follows:

(In millions)
2016	$	83.8
2017		74.6
2018		66.9
2019		57.4
2020		47.3
Thereafter		75.9
Total minimum lease payments	$	405.9

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 consisted of the following:

(In millions)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Current income tax expense:
Federal	$	40.7		$	12.8		$	16.1
State		5.5			3.3			1.0
Total current income tax expense		46.2			16.1			17.1
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal		(7.5	)		(1.6	)		(8.1	)
State		1.4			0.2			2.1
Total deferred income tax benefit		(6.1	)		(1.4	)		(6.0	)
Total income tax expense, net	$	40.1		$	14.7		$	11.1

Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate from Continuing Operation

Actual income tax benefit differs from the amount computed by applying the applicable U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 35% to earnings before income taxes as follows:

(In millions)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Federal income tax expense computed at statutory rate	$	33.8		$	10.6		$	6.8
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit		4.2			2.0			1.9
Non-deductible expenses		2.2			2.4			2.3
Tax credits		(0.3	)		(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Provision to return		0.2			—			—
Change in uncertain tax positions		0.2			(0.4	)		0.1
Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(0.2	)		0.2			—
Other, net		—			—			0.1
Total income tax expense, net	$	40.1		$	14.7		$	11.1

Schedule of Significant Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Temporary differences and carry-forwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015		As of June 28, 2014
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	3.7	$	3.7
Inventories		4.5		4.3
Accrued employee benefits		8.4		5.2
Self-insurance reserves		3.5		4.5
Net operating loss carry-forwards		6.1		8.1
Stock options		2.5		2.1
Deferred rent		1.2		1.5
Other comprehensive income		2.9		3.6
Other assets		4.0		5.7
Total gross deferred tax assets		36.8		38.7
Less: Valuation allowance		—		0.3
Total net deferred tax assets		36.8		38.4
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant, and equipment		66.2		74.1
Basis difference in intangible assets		46.1		44.0
Prepaid expenses		7.3		6.0
Other		—		2.3
Total deferred tax liabilities		119.6		126.4
Total net deferred income tax liability	$	82.8	$	88.0

Summary of Activity Related to Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits:

(In millions)
Balance as of June 30, 2012	$	6.0
Increases due to current year positions		0.3
Expiration of statutes of limitations		(0.5	)
Balance as of June 29, 2013 Increases due to current year positions		5.8 0.4
Expiration of statutes of limitations		(5.5	)
Balance as of June 28, 2014		0.7
Increases due to current year positions		0.2
Expiration of statutes of limitations		—
Balance as of June 27, 2015	$	0.9

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule of Reconciliation of Numerators and Denominators for Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share Computations

For the nine-month periods ended March 26, 2016 and March 28, 2015, a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted EPS computations is as follows:

($ in millions, except share and per share amounts)	Nine months ended March 26, 2016		Nine months ended March 28, 2015
Numerator:
Net income	$	39.1	$	22.3
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		95,230,548		86,874,101
Dilutive effect of share-based awards		1,519,763		790,614
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding		96,750,311		87,664,715
Basic earnings per share	$	0.41	$	0.26
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.40	$	0.25

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted EPS computations is as follows:

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015		For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014		For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Numerator:
Net Income	$	56.5	$	15.5	$	8.4
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		86,874,727		86,868,452		86,864,606
Dilutive effect of share-based awards		738,971		664,872		593,924
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding		87,613,698		87,533,324		87,458,530
Basic earnings per share	$	0.65	$	0.18	$	0.10
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.64	$	0.18	$	0.10

XML

Stock Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 27, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Summary of Weighted Average Assumptions

 The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used with the following weighted average assumptions:

	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015			For the fiscal year ended June 28, 2014			For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Risk-free interest rate		2.11	%		2.76	%		1.74	%
Dividend yield		4.13	%		4.88	%		2.83	%
Expected volatility factor		37.00	%		38.00	%		29.70	%
Expected option term (in years)		10			10			10

Summary of Company's Stock Option Activity

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013 is as follows:

	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price(1)
Options outstanding as of June 30, 2012		5,693,051		$	6.72
Options granted		271,600		$	12.43
Options exercised		(1,213	)	$	7.67
Options forfeited		(145,291	)	$	7.40
Options outstanding as of June 29, 2013		5,818,147		$	6.97
Options granted		172,239		$	14.04
Options exercised		(8,439	)	$	7.07
Options forfeited		(169,704	)	$	8.12
Options outstanding as of June 28, 2014		5,812,243		$	7.15
Options granted		353,794		$	16.76
Options exercised		(4,850	)	$	7.67
Options forfeited		(100,777	)	$	10.43
Options outstanding as of June 27, 2015		6,060,410		$	7.67

(1) Weighted average exercise price has been adjusted retroactively to reflect the reduction in the exercise price for dividends paid subsequent to grant date.

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

9 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Jun. 27, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of Segment Reporting Information, by Segment

Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of the Company’s internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.

(In millions)	Performance Foodservice		PFG Customized		Vistar		Corporate & All Other			Eliminations			Consolidated
For the nine months ended March 26, 2016
Net external sales	$	6,977.9	$	2,799.7	$	1,942.6	$	11.7		$	—		$	11,731.9
Inter-segment sales		5.5		0.4		2.0		147.1			(155.0	)		—
Total sales		6,983.4		2,800.1		1,944.6		158.8			(155.0	)		11,731.9
EBITDA		206.9		26.2		83.7		(98.9	)		—			217.9
Depreciation and amortization		46.2		11.5		12.8		15.7			—			86.2
Capital expenditures		30.9		5.5		9.1		22.5			—			68.0
For the nine months ended March 28, 2015
Net external sales	$	6,704.2	$	2,783.3	$	1,786.3	$	11.8		$	—		$	11,285.6
Inter-segment sales		4.7		0.6		2.0		128.0			(135.3	)		—
Total sales		6,708.9		2,783.9		1,788.3		139.8			(135.3	)		11,285.6
EBITDA		172.6		25.6		79.2		(82.0	)		—			195.4
Depreciation and amortization		49.7		11.7		12.2		18.1			—			91.7
Capital expenditures		26.5		6.3		6.7		24.2			—			63.7

Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of the Company’s internal logistics unit responsible for managing and allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.

(In millions)	PFS		PFG Customized		Vistar		Corporate & All Other			Eliminations			Consolidated
For fiscal year ended June 27, 2015
Net external sales	$	9,078.2	$	3,752.2	$	2,423.4	$	16.2		$	—		$	15,270.0
Inter-segment sales		6.8		0.7		2.7		175.4			(185.6	)		—
Total sales		9,085.0		3,752.9		2,426.1		191.6			(185.6	)		15,270.0
EBITDA		254.2		36.5		105.5		(92.6	)		—			303.6
Depreciation and amortization		65.8		16.4		15.7		23.4			—			121.3
Capital expenditures		41.8		7.8		14.5		34.5			—			98.6

Summary Assets by Reportable Segment , Excluding Intercompany Receivables

Total assets by reportable segment, excluding intercompany receivables between segments, are as follows:

(In millions)	As of March 26, 2016		As of June 27, 2015
Performance Foodservice	$	1,945.2	$	1,915.7
PFG Customized		649.5		649.8
Vistar		600.0		539.2
Corporate & All Other		245.4		286.2
Total assets	$	3,440.1	$	3,390.9

Total assets by reportable segment, excluding intercompany receivables between segments, are as follows:

(In millions)	As of June 27, 2015		As of June 28, 2014
PFS	$	1,915.7	$	1,853.6
PFG Customized		649.8		641.0
Vistar		539.2		501.3
Corporate & All Other		286.2		243.9
Total assets	$	3,390.9	$	3,239.8

Summary Sales Mix for Principal Product and Service Categories

The sales mix for the Company’s principal product and service categories is as follows:

(In millions)	For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2015		For the fiscal year ended June 28,2014		For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013
Center of the plate	$	5,023.3	$	4,226.4	$	3,894.8
Canned and dry groceries		2,072.5		1,953.3		1,889.9
Frozen foods		1,950.4		1,795.4		1,724.3
Refrigerated and dairy products		2,039.0		1,803.6		1,611.5
Paper products and cleaning supplies		1,160.0		1,046.5		979.6
Beverage		1,159.0		1,065.1		1,045.2
Candy		648.5		601.3		552.5
Snack		523.0		518.6		505.1
Produce		469.4		449.2		410.8
Theater and concession		131.0		128.6		120.8
Merchandising and other services		93.9		97.7		92.0
Total	$	15,270.0	$	13,685.7	$	12,826.5

XML

Other, net (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Mar. 26, 2016

Other Income and Expenses [Abstract]

Schedule of Other NonOperating Income Expense

Other, net on the consolidated statement of operations primarily includes the change in fair value gains or loss and cash settlements pertaining to our derivatives on forecasted diesel fuel purchases, along with other non-operating income or expense items. Other, net consisted of the following:

(In millions)	For the nine months ended March 26, 2016			For the nine months ended March 28, 2015
Change in fair value loss on derivatives for forecasted diesel fuel purchased	$	0.5		$	2.9
Cash settlements on derivatives for forecasted diesel fuel purchases		3.4			0.5
Other income		(0.2	)		(0.2	)
Other, net	$	3.7		$	3.2

XML

Description of Business - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015 Restaurant Segments DistributionCenters Location Product
Organization And Basis Of Presentation [Line Items]
Number of distribution centers | DistributionCenters	68
Number of operating segments | Segments	3
Minimum [Member]
Organization And Basis Of Presentation [Line Items]
Number of branded food and food-related products | Product	150,000
Number of customer locations | Location	150,000
Performance Foodservice [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Organization And Basis Of Presentation [Line Items]
Number of branded food and food-related products | Product	125,000
Number of customer locations | Location	85,000
PFG Customized [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Organization And Basis Of Presentation [Line Items]
Number of restaurant locations | Restaurant	5,000
Vistar [Member]
Organization And Basis Of Presentation [Line Items]
Number of customer locations | Location	60,000
Number of products | Product	20,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates - Additional Information (Detail)	1 Months Ended	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2014 USD ($)	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($)	Mar. 28, 2015 USD ($)	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($)	Jun. 28, 2014 USD ($)	Jun. 29, 2013 USD ($)	Feb. 02, 2015 Facilities
Schedule Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Funds deposited in insurance trusts		$ 20,200,000		$ 20,200,000	$ 15,100,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts related to receivables		20,600,000		16,000,000	14,700,000
Provision for doubtful accounts		8,000,000	$ 6,300,000	6,600,000	9,100,000	$ 6,100,000
Inventories, net		899,100,000		882,600,000	849,000,000
Inventories at first in first out cost				812,300,000
Inventories at last in first out cost				70,300,000
Inventory reserve				5,500,000	3,800,000
Accounts receivables				16,800,000	14,200,000
Adjusted inventories				$ 6,200,000	6,600,000
Estimated useful lives of assets				Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, including capital lease assets, is calculated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 39 years
Assets held for sale				$ 0	900,000
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale	$ 1,900,000	700,000	$ 1,000,000	1,500,000	2,600,000	1,500,000
Impairment losses				0	0	0
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets				0	0	0
Estimated shipping and handling costs				718,800,000	682,400,000	$ 638,200,000
Sysco and US Foods Merger [Member]
Schedule Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Termination fee				25,000,000
Number of facilities purchased | Facilities							11
Proceeds from merger termination				$ 25,000,000
Minimum [Member]
Schedule Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives of assets				2 years
Intangible assets estimated useful life				2 years
Maximum [Member]
Schedule Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives of assets				39 years
Intangible assets estimated useful life				11 years
Fair Value Inputs Level 1 [Member]
Schedule Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Funds deposited in insurance trusts		$ 10,200,000		$ 10,200,000	5,100,000
Trade Receivables [Member]
Schedule Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Allowance for doubtful accounts related to receivables				11,000,000	10,300,000
Other Receivables [Member]
Schedule Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Allowance for doubtful accounts related to receivables				$ 5,000,000	$ 4,400,000

XML

Business Combinations - Additional Information (Detail) $ in Millions		3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 21, 2012 USD ($) State Customer Entity	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($)	Jun. 28, 2014 USD ($)	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) Business	Mar. 28, 2015 USD ($)	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($)	Jun. 28, 2014 USD ($)	Jun. 29, 2013 USD ($)
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Business acquisition cash consideration		$ 0.4	$ 0.9
Goodwill		$ 664.0	$ 663.9	$ 676.2		$ 664.0	$ 663.9	$ 665.8
Business combination, goodwill increased during period				12.2
Payment for acquisition				$ 40.2	$ 0.4	$ 0.4	0.9	86.0
Number of acquisitions | Business				2
Fox River Foods, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Business acquisition cash consideration	$ 95.0
Date of acquisition	Dec. 21, 2012
Number of real estate entities acquired | Entity	3
Cost of acquired entity	$ 99.2
Number of customers | Customer	7,000
Number of state which entity operates | State	7
Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment	$ 27.1
Cash acquired	10.5
Working capital and other	36.5
Goodwill	5.7
Business combination, goodwill increased during period							$ (2.2)
Reported Value Measurement [Member] | Fox River Foods, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Business acquisition , promissory note issued	4.2
Estimate of Fair Value Measurement [Member] | Fox River Foods, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Business acquisition , promissory note issued	6.0
Operating Expense [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Costs associated with acquisition								$ 1.0
Customer Relationships and Trade Names [Member] | Fox River Foods, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Identifiable intangible assets recognized	$ 19.4

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	$ 663.9	$ 665.8
Acquisitions-current year	0.1	0.3
Adjustments related to prior acquisitions		(2.2)
Goodwill, Ending Balance	664.0	663.9
Performance Foodservice [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	405.2	407.4
Acquisitions-current year	0.1
Adjustments related to prior acquisitions		(2.2)
Goodwill, Ending Balance	405.3	405.2
PFG Customized [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	166.5	166.5
Goodwill, Ending Balance	166.5	166.5
Vistar [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	53.0	52.7
Acquisitions-current year		0.3
Goodwill, Ending Balance	53.0	53.0
Other [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	39.2	39.2
Goodwill, Ending Balance	$ 39.2	$ 39.2

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Schedule of Intangible Assets by Major Category (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives, Gross Carrying Amount	$ 600.9		$ 600.8
Intangible assets with definite lives, Accumulated Amortization	(453.5)		(399.0)
Intangible assets with definite lives, Net	147.4		201.8
Goodwill	664.0	$ 676.2	663.9	$ 665.8
Trade names	39.5		39.5
Total intangible assets with indefinite lives	703.5		703.4
Customer Relationships [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives, Gross Carrying Amount	379.9		379.8
Intangible assets with definite lives, Accumulated Amortization	(293.9)		(265.9)
Intangible assets with definite lives, Net	$ 86.0		113.9
Customer Relationships [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives	4 years
Customer Relationships [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives	11 years
Trade Names and Trademarks [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives, Gross Carrying Amount	$ 90.9		90.9
Intangible assets with definite lives, Accumulated Amortization	(68.4)		(56.4)
Intangible assets with definite lives, Net	$ 22.5		34.5
Trade Names and Trademarks [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives	4 years
Trade Names and Trademarks [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives	9 years
Deferred Financing Costs [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives, Gross Carrying Amount	$ 79.6		79.6
Intangible assets with definite lives, Accumulated Amortization	(51.6)		(42.8)
Intangible assets with definite lives, Net	$ 28.0		36.8
Deferred financing costs, range of lives	Debt term
Non-Compete [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives, Gross Carrying Amount	$ 11.9		11.9
Intangible assets with definite lives, Accumulated Amortization	(9.0)		(7.3)
Intangible assets with definite lives, Net	$ 2.9		4.6
Non-Compete [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives	2 years
Non-Compete [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives	5 years
Leases [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives, Gross Carrying Amount	$ 12.5		12.5
Intangible assets with definite lives, Accumulated Amortization	(4.6)		(4.0)
Intangible assets with definite lives, Net	$ 7.9		8.5
Leases, range of lives	Lease term
Technology [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives, Gross Carrying Amount	$ 26.1		26.1
Intangible assets with definite lives, Accumulated Amortization	(26.0)		(22.6)
Intangible assets with definite lives, Net	$ 0.1		$ 3.5
Technology [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives	5 years
Technology [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets with definite lives	7 years

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Intangible assets and deferred financing costs amortization	$ 54.5	$ 68.6	$ 70.2

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Estimated Future Amortization Expense on Intangible Assets (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net, Amortization Expense, Fiscal Year Maturity [Abstract]
2016	$ 45.8
2017	34.1
2018	18.1
2019	17.0
2020	10.5
Thereafter	21.9
Intangible assets with definite lives, Net	$ 147.4	$ 201.8

XML

Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk - Additional Information (Detail) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($) Customer	Jun. 28, 2014 Customer	Jun. 29, 2013 Customer
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Trade accounts receivable | $	$ 842.7
Accounts receivable, and other receivables due | $	$ 90.9
Accounts Receivable [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk, number of customers | Customer	1	0	0
Concentration risk percentage	10.80%	10.00%	10.00%
Sales Revenue, Net [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk, number of customers | Customer	0	0	0
Concentration risk percentage	10.00%	10.00%	10.00%

XML

Property, Plant, and Equipment - Summary of Property Plant and Equipment (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 28, 2014
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	$ 990.7		$ 895.4
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(396.0)		(325.5)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$ 594.7	$ 604.3	569.9
Property, plant and equipment, Range of Lives	Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, including capital lease assets, is calculated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 39 years
Building and Building Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	$ 402.8		388.5
Land [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	40.1		37.7
Transportation Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	78.0		69.2
Office Equipment, Furniture, and Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	171.8		151.9
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	82.5		61.7
Construction-in-Process [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	44.2		30.1
Warehouse and Plant Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	$ 171.3		$ 156.3
Minimum [Member] | Building and Building Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, Range of Lives	P10Y
Minimum [Member] | Transportation Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, Range of Lives	P2Y
Minimum [Member] | Office Equipment, Furniture, and Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, Range of Lives	P2Y
Minimum [Member] | Warehouse and Plant Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, Range of Lives	P3Y
Maximum [Member] | Building and Building Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, Range of Lives	P39Y
Maximum [Member] | Transportation Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, Range of Lives	P10Y
Maximum [Member] | Office Equipment, Furniture, and Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, Range of Lives	P10Y
Maximum [Member] | Warehouse and Plant Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, Range of Lives	P20Y

XML

Property, Plant, and Equipment - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]
Depreciation expense	$ 58.3	$ 57.1	$ 76.3	$ 73.5	$ 58.7

XML

Debt - Schedule of Debt (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	$ 1,179.6	$ 1,405.2	$ 1,425.6
Capital and finance lease obligations	34.5	37.3	33.9
Total debt	1,214.1	1,442.5	1,459.5
Total debt	1,214.1	1,442.5	1,459.5
Less: current installments	(11.8)	(12.9)	(10.5)
Total debt, excluding current installments	1,202.3	1,429.6	1,449.0
ABL Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	866.9	665.7	679.6
Term Loan Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	307.3	734.4	741.3
Promissory Note [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	$ 5.4	$ 5.1	$ 4.7

XML

Debt - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($)					1 Months Ended		3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Feb. 01, 2016	Oct. 06, 2015	May. 14, 2013	Dec. 21, 2012	May. 31, 2013	May. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt							$ 1,179,600,000	$ 1,179,600,000		$ 1,405,200,000	$ 1,425,600,000
Cash paid for debt modification								5,600,000
Payments on Term Facility								428,600,000	$ 5,600,000	7,500,000	5,600,000
Credit facility, outstanding amount										$ 1,408,600,000
Loss on extinguishment related to the write-off of unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs												$ (2,000,000)
Vistar [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Sale leased back period										2 years
ABL Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity	$ 1,600,000,000					$ 1,100,000,000	1,400,000,000	$ 1,400,000,000
Credit facility, maturity period	2021-02					2014-05		2017-05
Payment of dividends					$ 220,000,000
Debt instrument description of variable rate								(a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread		(a) the Base Rate (defined as the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread
Credit facility, outstanding amount										$ 665,700,000	679,600,000
Letters of credit outstanding amount							97,700,000	$ 97,700,000		102,500,000	108,700,000
Excess availability, amount										631,800,000	587,800,000
Debt amount reserve by lender										$ 19,700,000	19,900,000
Credit facility, covenant term								The greater of (i) $130.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days.		(a) the greater of (i) $130.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving credit facility amount for five consecutive business days or (b) 7.5% of the revolving credit facility amount at any time
Committed amount to be maintained under the covenant							$ 130,000,000	$ 130,000,000		$ 130,000,000
Covenant borrowing base, percentage							10.00%	10.00%		10.00%
Revolver commitment percentage										7.50%
Long-term debt							$ 866,900,000	$ 866,900,000		$ 665,700,000	679,600,000
Deferred financing costs	$ 6,600,000
Cash paid for debt modification								$ 5,600,000
Net borrowings under ABL Facility	200,000,000
ABL Facility [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Credit facility, commitment fee percentage								0.25%		0.25%
ABL Facility [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Credit facility, commitment fee percentage								0.375%		0.375%
ABL Facility [Member] | Weighted Average [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument average interest rate										1.94%
ABL Facility [Member] | Federal Funds Effective Swap Rate [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Basis spread on variable rate								0.50%		0.50%
ABL Facility [Member] | London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Basis spread on variable rate								1.00%		1.00%
ABL Facility [Member] | Amendment [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity						$ 1,400,000,000
Credit facility, maturity period						2017-05
Term Loan Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Payment of dividends								$ 220,000,000		$ 220,000,000
Debt instrument description of variable rate								At a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a Base Rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its "prime lending rate," (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers' Association (or any successor thereto).
Credit facility, outstanding amount										$ 736,900,000
Credit facility, agreement date								May 14, 2013		May 14, 2013
Debt instruments face amount							750,000,000	$ 750,000,000		$ 750,000,000
Net proceeds from term loan facility			$ 746,300,000
Debt instrument description										At a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest published by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch, as its "prime lending rate," (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (3) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the service selected by Credit Suisse (AG), Cayman Islands Branch that has been nominated by the British Bankers' Association (or any successor thereto)
Debt instruments additional borrowings							1.400	$ 1.400		$ 140,000,000
Debt instrument leverage ratio								590.00%		590.00%
Term loan facility outstanding percentage								0.25%		0.25%
Unamortized original issue discount							1,000,000	$ 1,000,000		$ 2,500,000
Original issue discount amortization								1,700,000	400,000	600,000	600,000
Long-term debt							307,300,000	307,300,000		734,400,000	741,300,000
Payments on Term Facility	$ 200,000,000							428,600,000
Periodic principal payment								5,600,000	5,600,000
Credit facility, outstanding amount							308,300,000	308,300,000		$ 736,900,000
Accelerated the amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs								$ 5,500,000
Loss on extinguishment related to the write-off of unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs							(5,800,000)
Term Loan Facility [Member] | IPO [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Payments on Term Facility		$ 223,000,000
Term Loan Facility [Member] | Reduction for Total Net Leverage [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Net Leverage ratio								0.25%
Term Loan Facility [Member] | For Total Net Leverage lower 4.25x [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument applicable margin rate								5.00%
Net Leverage ratio								425.00%
Term Loan Facility [Member] | Federal Funds Effective Swap Rate [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Basis spread on variable rate								0.50%		0.50%
Term Loan Facility [Member] | London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Basis spread on variable rate								1.00%		1.00%
Debt instrument applicable margin rate								5.00%		5.25%
Debt instrument floor rate								1.00%		1.00%
Term Loan Facility [Member] | Base Rate [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument applicable margin rate								4.00%		4.25%
Debt instrument floor rate								2.00%		2.00%
ABL Facility and Term Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt covenant restrictive amount							153,200,000	$ 153,200,000		$ 98,000,000
Unsecured Subordinated Promissory Note [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instruments face amount				$ 6,000,000
Original issue discount amortization								$ 300,000	$ 300,000	$ 400,000	400,000
Debt instruments amount, interest rate				3.50%
Debt instruments interest payment term								Quarterly		Quarterly
Debt instruments due date								2017-12		2017-12
Initial fair value of promissory note related to acquisition				$ 4,200,000
Long-term debt							$ 5,400,000	$ 5,400,000		$ 5,100,000
Capital and Finance Lease Obligations [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Capital lease obligation depreciation expense, gross										43,500,000	40,500,000
Capital lease obligation depreciation expense, net										29,300,000	$ 29,800,000
Finance Lease Obligations [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Future minimum lease payments										$ 400,000

XML

Debt -Schedule of Fiscal Year Maturities of Long-Term Debt, Excluding Capital and Finance Lease Obligations (Detail) $ in Millions	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($)
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
2016	$ 9.4
2017	673.2
2018	13.5
2019	7.5
2020	705.0
Total long-term debt, excluding capital and finance lease obligations	$ 1,408.6

XML

Debt - Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments under Non-cancelable Capital Lease Obligations (Detail) $ in Millions	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($)
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
2016	$ 5.9
2017	4.7
2018	4.7
2019	4.6
2020	3.0
Thereafter	33.4
Total future minimum lease payments	56.3
Less: interest	22.3
Present value of future minimum lease payments	$ 34.0

XML

Payment of Dividends - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions		12 Months Ended
	May. 14, 2013	Jun. 29, 2013
Equity [Line Items]
Dividends declared per common share		$ 2.53
Common Class A and Class B [Member]
Equity [Line Items]
Payment of dividends	$ 220
Dividends declared per common share	$ 2.53

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities - Additional Information (Detail)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended					21 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) Interest_Rate_Swaps	Mar. 28, 2015 USD ($)	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) Interest_Rate_Swaps gal	Mar. 28, 2015 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2016 gal	Jun. 30, 2016 gal	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($) Interest_Rate_Swaps gal	Jun. 28, 2014 USD ($)	Jun. 29, 2013 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2017 gal
Derivative [Line Items]
Reclassification earnings to interest expense			$ 4,400,000				$ 6,600,000
Non-monetary notional amount volume | gal			12,000,000				9,000,000
Non-monetary remaining notional amount | gal							5,400,000
Non-monetary combined gallon notional amount | gal							4,200,000
Unrealized gain (losses) on derivative instruments			$ (500,000)	$ (2,900,000)			$ (1,800,000)	$ 100,000	$ 600,000
Expense for cash settlements in derivative instruments			3,400,000	500,000			1,200,000	0	$ 0
Aggregate fair value amount of derivative instruments	$ 8,600,000		8,600,000				8,900,000	$ 9,100,000
Collateral posted relating to credit risk related contingent features							0
Termination value of derivatives	8,600,000		8,600,000				8,900,000
Ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps	$ 0	$ 0	0	0
Other, Net [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Unrealized gain (losses) on derivative instruments			$ (500,000)	$ (2,900,000)			$ (1,800,000)
Interest Rate Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Number of interest rate swaps | Interest_Rate_Swaps	5		5				5
Notional amount	$ 750,000,000		$ 750,000,000				$ 750,000,000
Number of interest rate swaps | Interest_Rate_Swaps	2		2
Scenario Forecast [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Non-monetary notional amount volume | gal					4,200,000	5,400,000				9,800,000

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities - Schedule of Outstanding Swap Agreements (Detail) - USD ($)	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015
Interest Rate Swap Agreement One [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Effective Date	Jun. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014
Maturity Date	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017
Notional amount	$ 200,000,000	$ 200,000,000
Fixed Rate Swapped	1.52%	1.52%
Interest Rate Swap Agreement Two [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Effective Date	Jun. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014
Maturity Date	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017
Notional amount	$ 100,000,000	$ 100,000,000
Fixed Rate Swapped	1.52%	1.52%
Interest Rate Swap Agreement Three [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Effective Date	Aug. 09, 2013	Aug. 09, 2013
Maturity Date	Aug. 09, 2018	Aug. 09, 2018
Notional amount	$ 200,000,000	$ 200,000,000
Fixed Rate Swapped	1.51%	1.51%
Interest Rate Swap Agreement Four [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Effective Date	Jun. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014
Maturity Date	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016
Notional amount	$ 150,000,000	$ 150,000,000
Fixed Rate Swapped	1.47%	1.47%
Interest Rate Swap Agreement Five [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Effective Date	Jun. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014
Maturity Date	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016
Notional amount	$ 100,000,000	$ 100,000,000
Fixed Rate Swapped	1.47%	1.47%

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities - Summary of Fair Value of Derivative Financial Instruments (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives Fair Value		$ 0.2	$ 1.0
Liability Derivatives Fair Value	$ 8.6	9.1	10.1
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives Fair Value		0.2	0.9
Liability Derivatives Fair Value		7.4	10.1
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives Fair Value			0.1
Liability Derivatives Fair Value		1.7
Interest Rate Swaps [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives Fair Value		0.2	0.9
Liability Derivatives Fair Value		7.4	10.1
Diesel Fuel Collars [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives Fair Value			0.1
Liability Derivatives Fair Value		1.7
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets [Member] | Diesel Fuel Collars [Member] | Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives Fair Value			0.1
Other Assets [Member] | Interest Rate Swaps [Member] | Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives Fair Value		0.2	0.9
Derivative liabilities [Member] | Interest Rate Swaps [Member] | Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Liability Derivatives Fair Value	4.1	6.1	7.1
Derivative liabilities [Member] | Interest Rate Swaps [Member] | Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Liability Derivatives Fair Value	0.3
Derivative liabilities [Member] | Diesel Fuel Collars [Member] | Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Liability Derivatives Fair Value	2.2	1.7
Long-Term Derivative Liabilities [Member] | Interest Rate Swaps [Member] | Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Liability Derivatives Fair Value	$ 2.0	$ 1.3	$ 3.0

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities - Summary of Derivative Assets and Liability Balance by Type of Financial Instrument Before and After Effects of Offsetting (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Derivative [Line Items]
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		$ 0.2	$ 1.0
Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, Assets		0.0	0.0
Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		0.2	1.0
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet - Financial Instruments, Assets		0.2	0.9
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet - Cash Collateral Pledged, Assets		0.0	0.0
Net Amounts			0.1
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities	$ 8.6	9.1	10.1
Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, Liabilities		0.0	0.0
Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		9.1	10.1
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet - Financial Instruments, Liabilities		0.2	0.9
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet - Cash Collateral Pledged, Liabilities		0.0	0.0
Net Amounts	$ 8.6	8.9	9.2
Interest Rate Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets		0.2	0.9
Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, Assets		0.0	0.0
Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		0.2	0.9
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet - Financial Instruments, Assets		0.2	0.9
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet - Cash Collateral Pledged, Assets		0.0	0.0
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		7.4	10.1
Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, Liabilities		0.0	0.0
Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		7.4	10.1
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet - Financial Instruments, Liabilities		0.2	0.9
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet - Cash Collateral Pledged, Liabilities		0.0	0.0
Net Amounts		7.2	9.2
Diesel Fuel Collars [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets			0.1
Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, Assets		0.0	0.0
Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet			0.1
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet - Cash Collateral Pledged, Assets		0.0	0.0
Net Amounts			0.1
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities		1.7
Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, Liabilities		0.0	0.0
Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet		1.7
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet - Cash Collateral Pledged, Liabilities		0.0	$ 0.0
Net Amounts		$ 1.7

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities - Effect of Interest Rate Swaps Designated in Hedging Relationships on Consolidated Statement of Operations (Detail) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Amount of Gain/ (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Tax expense (benefit)					$ (2,300,000)	$ (4,000,000)	$ (900,000)
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, after-tax			2,900,000	3,500,000	3,700,000	6,200,000	1,400,000
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income, pre-tax					(8,000,000)	(6,600,000)	(11,100,000)
Tax (expense) benefit					3,100,000	2,600,000	4,300,000
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income, after-tax			(3,400,000)	(3,600,000)	(4,900,000)	(4,000,000)	(6,800,000)
Cash Flow Hedging [Member] | Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member] | Interest Rate Swaps [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Amount of Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion), including all tax effects					6,800,000	8,800,000	5,200,000
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, pre-tax			4,800,000	5,700,000
Tax expense (benefit)			(1,900,000)	(2,200,000)
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, after-tax			2,900,000	3,500,000
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income, pre-tax			(5,600,000)	(6,000,000)
Tax (expense) benefit			2,200,000	2,400,000
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income, after-tax			$ (3,400,000)	$ (3,600,000)
Cash Flow Hedging [Member] | Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member] | Interest Rate Swaps [Member] | Interest Expense [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Amount of (Loss) Gain Reclassified from OCI into Income (Effective Portion)					(8,000,000)	(6,600,000)	(11,100,000)
Cash Flow Hedging [Member] | Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815-20 [Member] | Interest Rate Swaps [Member] | Other Net [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Amount of Gain/ (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Cumulative Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)					$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Insurance Program Liabilities - Summary of Activity in All Types of Deductible Insurance Program Liabilities (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Insurance Liabilities [Abstract]
Beginning balance	$ 82.8	$ 78.2	$ 69.5
Charged to costs and expenses	127.6	119.7	123.6
Payments	(126.4)	(115.1)	(114.9)
Ending Balance	$ 84.0	$ 82.8	$ 78.2

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Long-term debt, carrying value	$ 1,179.6	$ 1,405.2	$ 1,425.6
Funds deposited in insurance trusts	20.2	20.2	15.1
Fair Value Inputs Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Long-term debt, carrying value	1,179.6	1,405.2	1,425.6
Fair value of long term debt	1,181.1	1,406.0	1,436.0
Fair Value Inputs Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Funds deposited in insurance trusts	$ 10.2	$ 10.2	$ 5.1

XML

Leases - Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments Under Operating Agreement (Detail) $ in Millions	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($)
Operating Leases, Future Minimum Payments Due, Fiscal Year Maturity [Abstract]
2016	$ 83.8
2017	74.6
2018	66.9
2019	57.4
2020	47.3
Thereafter	75.9
Total minimum lease payments	$ 405.9

XML

Leases - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Operating Costs and Expenses [Abstract]
Rent expenses for operating lease	$ 97.0	$ 91.1	$ 87.8

XML

Income Taxes - Schedule of Income Tax Expense (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Current income tax expense:
Federal			$ 40.7	$ 12.8	$ 16.1
State			5.5	3.3	1.0
Total current income tax expense			46.2	16.1	17.1
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
Federal			(7.5)	(1.6)	(8.1)
State			1.4	0.2	2.1
Total deferred income tax benefit	$ (1.4)	$ (2.6)	(6.1)	(1.4)	(6.0)
Total income tax expense, net	$ 26.7	$ 16.8	$ 40.1	$ 14.7	$ 11.1

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($)	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Effective income tax rate	40.60%	43.10%	41.50%	48.70%	56.90%
U.S. federal corporate income tax rate	35.00%		35.00%
Unrecognized tax benefits	$ 800,000		$ 900,000	$ 600,000
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits	300,000		300,000	5,500,000	$ 500,000
Net interest (expense) benefit				700,000	300,000
Net deferred tax assets	36,200,000		36,800,000	38,400,000
Net deferred tax liabilities	117,900,000		119,600,000	126,400,000
Domestic Tax Authority [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Unrecognized tax benefits			$ 600,000	400,000
Net interest (expense) benefit				400,000	$ 200,000
Minimum [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
State income tax credit carry-forwards expiry			2022
State net operating loss carry-forwards expire			2015
Maximum [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
State income tax credit carry-forwards expiry			2029
State net operating loss carry-forwards expire			2035
Interest related to uncertain tax positions	100,000	$ 100,000	$ 100,000	100,000
Net interest (expense) benefit	100,000	100,000	100,000
Maximum [Member] | Domestic Tax Authority [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Interest related to uncertain tax positions	100,000	100,000	100,000	$ 100,000
Net interest (expense) benefit	$ 100,000	$ 100,000	$ 100,000

XML

Income Taxes - Schedule Effective Income Tax Rate from Continuing Operation (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation, Amount [Abstract]
Federal income tax expense computed at statutory rate			$ 33.8	$ 10.6	$ 6.8
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit			4.2	2.0	1.9
Non-deductible expenses			2.2	2.4	2.3
Tax credits			(0.3)	(0.1)	(0.1)
Provision to return			0.2
Change in uncertain tax positions			0.2	(0.4)	0.1
Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets			(0.2)	0.2
Other, net					0.1
Total income tax expense, net	$ 26.7	$ 16.8	$ 40.1	$ 14.7	$ 11.1

XML

Income Taxes - Schedule of Significant Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts		$ 3.7	$ 3.7
Inventories		4.5	4.3
Accrued employee benefits		8.4	5.2
Self-insurance reserves		3.5	4.5
Net operating loss carry-forwards		6.1	8.1
Stock options		2.5	2.1
Deferred rent		1.2	1.5
Other comprehensive income		2.9	3.6
Other assets		4.0	5.7
Total gross deferred tax assets		36.8	38.7
Less: Valuation allowance			0.3
Total net deferred tax assets	$ 36.2	36.8	38.4
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant, and equipment		66.2	74.1
Basis difference in intangible assets		46.1	44.0
Prepaid expenses		7.3	6.0
Other			2.3
Total deferred tax liabilities	$ 117.9	119.6	126.4
Total net deferred income tax liability		$ 82.8	$ 88.0

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of Activity Related to Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Excluding Amounts Pertaining to Examined Tax Returns [Roll Forward]
beginning balance	$ 0.9	$ 0.7	$ 5.8	$ 6.0
Increases due to current year positions		0.2	0.4	0.3
Expiration of statutes of limitations	$ (0.3)	(0.3)	(5.5)	(0.5)
Ending balance		$ 0.9	$ 0.7	$ 5.8

XML

Retirement Plan - Additional Information (Detail) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($) Plans	Jun. 28, 2014 USD ($)	Jun. 29, 2013 USD ($)
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Retirement contribution		$ 18.2	$ 17.0	$ 16.4
Multiemployer pension plan percentage		108.90%
Contribution plan expired		Apr. 24, 2025
Employer Identification Number	516055922
Plan Number	001
Number of multiemployer health and welfare plan | Plans		2
Multiemployer Pension Plans [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Contribution plan		$ 0.1	0.1	0.1
Other Postretirement Benefit Plans [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Contribution plan		$ 0.9	0.9	0.7
401 (k) Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Employees participating for internal revenue code, maximum		50.00%
Employees participating for internal revenue code, minimum		1.00%
Employees matching contribution		100.00%
Employees first contribution		3.50%
Retirement contribution		$ 14.2	13.2	12.6
STAR Plan Contribution [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Retirement contribution		$ 4.0	$ 3.8	$ 3.8

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 26, 2015	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Outstanding contracts and purchase orders for capital projects		$ 10,700,000	$ 14,700,000
Undiscounted maximum amount for guarantees		22,300,000	20,600,000
Future guarantee annual payments		$ 200,000	200,000
Accrued Litigation settlement Cost			5,100,000
Laumea v. Performance Food Group, Inc [Member]
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Accrued Litigation settlement Cost			$ 1,350,000
Legal fees payout percentage			60.00%
Contreras v. Performance Food Group, Inc [Member]
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Accrued Litigation settlement Cost			$ 3,750,000
Minimum [Member]
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Operating lease agreements range		5.00%	5.00%
Operating lease expiration term		5 years	5 years
Operating lease expiration dates		2016	2015
Maximum [Member]
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Operating lease agreements range		25.00%	25.00%
Operating lease expiration term		7 years	7 years
Operating lease expiration dates		2023	2022
Trade Payables Guarantee [Member]
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Undiscounted maximum amount for guarantees		$ 24,600,000
Guarantees expiration dates		2016
Multiemployer Pension Plans [Member]
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Multiemployer plans, withdrawal obligation	$ 2,800,000		$ 2,800,000	$ 400,000	$ 3,700,000
Voluntary withdrawal payment on liability or obligation		$ 1,000,000	800,000
Estimated withdrawal liability	$ 6,900,000		6,900,000
Multiemployer Pension Plans [Member] | Current Period Estimates [Member]
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Multiemployer plans, withdrawal obligation		$ 5,900,000	$ 6,100,000

XML

Related-Party Transactions - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($)	1 Months Ended	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Credit facility, outstanding amount				$ 1,408,600,000
Term Loan Facility [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Credit facility, outstanding amount		$ 308,300,000		$ 736,900,000
Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Description of related party transaction advisory fee payable		The annual advisory fee is the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of the Company's consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the advisory fee agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year.		The annual advisory fee is the greater of $2.5 million or 1.5% of the Company's consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the transaction and advisory fee agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year.
Minimum EBITDA amount required for payment		$ 2,500,000		$ 2,500,000
Percentage of EBITDA amount required for payment of annual advisory fee		1.50%		1.50%
Annual payment and reimbursements to affiliates		$ 5,000,000
Related-party interest expense						$ 20,900,000
Notes payable held redeemed by related party				$ 218,100,000
Senior notes redeemed by related party				500,000,000
Redemption premium paid				$ 4,400,000
Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management [Member] | Senior Notes [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Date of redemption of Senior notes held by related party				May 14, 2013
Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Annual payment and reimbursements to affiliates			$ 4,600,000
Majority Shareholder [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Annual payment and reimbursements to affiliates	$ 900,000			$ 4,700,000	$ 4,200,000	4,200,000
Officer [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Lease rental to related parties and property taxes paid		400,000	300,000	500,000	500,000	500,000
Blackstone Group [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Sales to related parties		26,000,000	27,500,000	34,800,000	35,000,000	40,100,000
Purchases from related party		0	2,000,000	2,700,000	1,800,000	2,900,000
Term facility outstanding held by related party		16,800,000		15,200,000
Related-party interest expense		$ 800,000	$ 1,200,000	$ 1,500,000	$ 2,000,000	$ 200,000

XML

Earnings Per Share - Schedule of Reconciliation of Numerators and Denominators for Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share Computations (Detail) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Numerator:
Net Income	$ 39.1	$ 22.3	$ 56.5	$ 15.5	$ 8.4
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	95,230,548	86,874,101	86,874,727	86,868,452	86,864,606
Dilutive effect of share-based awards	1,519,763	790,614	738,971	664,872	593,924
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding	96,750,311	87,664,715	87,613,698	87,533,324	87,458,530
Basic earnings per share	$ 0.41	$ 0.26	$ 0.65	$ 0.18	$ 0.10
Diluted earnings per share	$ 0.40	$ 0.25	$ 0.64	$ 0.18	$ 0.10

XML

Earnings Per Share - Additional Information (Detail)	Aug. 28, 2015
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Reverse stock split	0.485-for-one
Reverse stock split conversion ratio	0.485

XML

Stock Compensation - Additional Information (Detail)				3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015 shares	Aug. 28, 2015	Jul. 30, 2015	Dec. 26, 2015 shares	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) Tranche shares	Mar. 28, 2015 USD ($)	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($) Tranche $ / shares shares	Jun. 28, 2014 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Jun. 29, 2013 USD ($) $ / shares shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock compensation expense | $					$ 13,600,000	$ 900,000	$ 1,200,000	$ 700,000	$ 1,100,000
Unrecognized compensation cost | $							$ 40,000,000
Compensation expense ,period for recognition							4 years
Reverse stock split		0.485-for-one
Reverse stock split conversion ratio		0.485
Share-based compensation, options exchanged | shares	3,730,000
Share-based compensation, options granted | shares	1,460,000						353,794	172,239	271,600
Restricted Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares granted | shares | shares	2,270,000				525,000
Time-vesting options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation, options granted | shares					144,000
Performance Vesting Restricted Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares granted | shares | shares					144,000
2007 Option Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Contractual term of awards							10 years
Term of repurchase right following a participants retirement or termination of employment					1 year		1 year
Number of Tranches | Tranche					3		3
Stock compensation expense | $					$ 11,000,000	$ 900,000
Tax benefit related to compensation cost | $							$ 0
Unrecognized compensation cost | $					$ 40,000,000
Requisite service period					10 years 8 months 12 days		10 years 8 months 12 days
Weighted average fair value of options granted | $ / shares							$ 4.27	$ 3.40	$ 2.37
Weighted average fair value of all outstanding options granted for the life of the Plan | $ / shares							$ 5.40
Options vested or expected to vest , number of shares | shares							2,100,000
Options vested or expected to vest, weighted average price | $ / shares							$ 7.67
Options vested or expected to vest, number of shares exercisable | shares							1,800,000
Options vested or expected to vest, exercisable, weighted average exercise price | $ / shares							$ 6.78
Options vested or expected to vest, weighted average remaining contractual term							4 years 2 months 12 days
Award vesting period					5 years
Share-based compensation arrangement by share-based payment award accelerated compensation cost | $					$ 3,800,000
Share-based compensation, options granted | shares				134,000
Unrecognized compensation cost | $					20,800,000
2007 Option Plan [Member] | To Be Recognized in the Next 4 Years [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Unrecognized compensation cost | $					25,000,000
2007 Option Plan [Member] | To Be Recognized When Probable [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Unrecognized compensation cost | $					$ 15,000,000
2007 Option Plan [Member] | Tranche 1 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock compensation expense | $							$ 1,000,000	$ 700,000	$ 1,100,000
Unrecognized compensation cost | $							$ 4,900,000
2007 Option Plan [Member] | Time Based Vesting [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation arrangement by Share-based payment award, annual award vesting rights			20.00%				20.00%
2007 Option Plan [Member] | Common Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock reserved for issuance | shares					6,445,982		6,445,982
Stock option available for issuance | shares							367,183
2015 Incentive Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock reserved for issuance | shares					4,850,000
Stock compensation expense | $					$ 2,600,000
Unrecognized compensation cost | $					$ 14,700,000
2015 Incentive Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Outstanding shares | shares					268,000
2015 Incentive Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) | Director [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares granted | shares | shares					20,000

XML

Stock Compensation - Summary of Weighted Average Assumptions (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]
Risk-free interest rate	2.11%	2.76%	1.74%
Dividend yield	4.13%	4.88%	2.83%
Expected volatility factor	37.00%	38.00%	29.70%
Expected option term (in years)	10 years	10 years	10 years

XML

Stock Compensation - Summary of Company's Stock Option Activity (Detail) - $ / shares		12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]
Number of Options, outstanding, Beginning Balance		5,812,243	5,818,147	5,693,051
Number of Options, granted	1,460,000	353,794	172,239	271,600
Number of Options, exercised		(4,850)	(8,439)	(1,213)
Number of Options, forfeited		(100,777)	(169,704)	(145,291)
Number of Options, outstanding, Ending Balance		6,060,410	5,812,243	5,818,147
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Beginning balance		$ 7.15	$ 6.97	$ 6.72
Weighted Average Exercise Price, granted		16.76	14.04	12.43
Weighted Average Exercise Price, exercised		7.67	7.07	7.67
Weighted Average Exercise Price, forfeited		10.43	8.12	7.40
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Ending balance		$ 7.67	$ 7.15	$ 6.97

XML

Segment Information - Additional Information (Detail) - Segment	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Number of reportable segments	3	3

XML

Segment Information - Schedule of Segment Reporting Information, by Segment (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 11,731.9	$ 11,285.6	$ 15,270.0	$ 13,685.7	$ 12,826.5
EBITDA	217.9	195.4	303.6	249.0	233.4
Depreciation and amortization	86.2	91.7	121.3	132.7	120.0
Capital expenditures	68.0	63.7	98.6	90.6	66.5
Performance Foodservice [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	6,977.9	6,704.2	9,078.2	8,098.3	7,498.7
EBITDA	206.9	172.6	254.2	207.5	173.9
Depreciation and amortization	46.2	49.7	65.8	81.7	74.7
Capital expenditures	30.9	26.5	41.8	38.8	27.3
PFG Customized [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	2,799.7	2,783.3	3,752.2	3,300.5	3,162.8
EBITDA	26.2	25.6	36.5	37.5	37.3
Depreciation and amortization	11.5	11.7	16.4	15.1	15.0
Capital expenditures	5.5	6.3	7.8	12.2	4.9
Vistar [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	1,942.6	1,786.3	2,423.4	2,266.4	2,138.7
EBITDA	83.7	79.2	105.5	88.3	81.4
Depreciation and amortization	12.8	12.2	15.7	13.8	13.9
Capital expenditures	9.1	6.7	14.5	20.7	13.0
Corporate & All Other
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	11.7	11.8	16.2	20.5	26.3
EBITDA	(98.9)	(82.0)	(92.6)	(84.3)	(59.2)
Depreciation and amortization	15.7	18.1	23.4	22.1	16.4
Capital expenditures	22.5	24.2	34.5	18.9	21.3
Eliminations [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	(155.0)	(135.3)	(185.6)	(145.6)	(129.2)
Eliminations [Member] | Performance Foodservice [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	5.5	4.7	6.8	5.5	5.6
Eliminations [Member] | PFG Customized [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	0.4	0.6	0.7	0.5	1.6
Eliminations [Member] | Vistar [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	2.0	2.0	2.7	2.6	2.4
Eliminations [Member] | Corporate & All Other
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	147.1	128.0	175.4	137.0	119.6
Operating Segments [Member] | Performance Foodservice [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	6,983.4	6,708.9	9,085.0	8,103.8	7,504.3
Operating Segments [Member] | PFG Customized [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	2,800.1	2,783.9	3,752.9	3,301.0	3,164.4
Operating Segments [Member] | Vistar [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	1,944.6	1,788.3	2,426.1	2,269.0	2,141.1
Operating Segments [Member] | Corporate & All Other
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 158.8	$ 139.8	$ 191.6	$ 157.5	$ 145.9

XML

Segment Information - Summary Assets by Reportable Segment , Excluding Intercompany Receivables (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	$ 3,440.1	$ 3,390.9	$ 3,239.8
Performance Foodservice [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	1,945.2	1,915.7	1,853.6
PFG Customized [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	649.5	649.8	641.0
Vistar [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	600.0	539.2	501.3
Corporate & All Other
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total assets	$ 245.4	$ 286.2	$ 243.9

XML

Segment Information - Summary Sales Mix for Principal Product and Service Categories (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales	$ 11,731.9	$ 11,285.6	$ 15,270.0	$ 13,685.7	$ 12,826.5
Center of the Plate [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			5,023.3	4,226.4	3,894.8
Canned and Dry Groceries [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			2,072.5	1,953.3	1,889.9
Frozen Foods [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			1,950.4	1,795.4	1,724.3
Refrigerated and Dairy Products [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			2,039.0	1,803.6	1,611.5
Paper Products and Cleaning Supplies [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			1,160.0	1,046.5	979.6
Beverage [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			1,159.0	1,065.1	1,045.2
Candy [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			648.5	601.3	552.5
Snack [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			523.0	518.6	505.1
Produce [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			469.4	449.2	410.8
Theater and Concession [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			131.0	128.6	120.8
Merchandising and Other Services [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales			$ 93.9	$ 97.7	$ 92.0

XML

Schedule 1 - Registrant's Condensed Financial Statements - Condensed Balance Sheets (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Current assets:
Cash	$ 10.7	$ 9.2	$ 6.8	$ 5.3	$ 14.1	$ 11.1
Total current assets	1,945.1	1,900.3		1,727.3
Total assets	3,440.1	3,390.9		3,239.8
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Total liabilities	2,670.3	$ 2,897.9		$ 2,805.7
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 86,860,562 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014	1.0
Additional paid-in capital	831.2	$ 594.1		$ 592.9
Accumulated deficit	(58.4)	(97.5)		(154.0)
Total shareholders' equity	769.8	493.0	457.4	434.1	420.0	625.1
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 3,440.1	3,390.9		3,239.8
Common Stock Class A [Member]
Shareholders' equity:
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 86,860,562 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014		0.9		0.9
Total shareholders' equity		$ 0.9	$ 0.9	0.9	0.9	0.9
Common Stock Class B [Member]
Shareholders' equity:
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 86,860,562 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014
Parent Company [Member]
Current assets:
Cash		$ 0.0		0.0	$ 0.0	$ 0.0
Prepaid offering costs		2.9
Income tax receivable		6.6		4.9
Total current assets		9.5		4.9
Investment in wholly owned subsidiary		511.8		444.9
Total assets		521.3		449.8
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Intercompany payable		28.3		20.6
Total liabilities		$ 28.3		$ 20.6
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Additional paid-in capital		$ 594.4		$ 588.3
Accumulated deficit		(102.3)		(160.0)
Total shareholders' equity		493.0		429.2
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity		521.3		449.8
Parent Company [Member] | Common Stock Class A [Member]
Shareholders' equity:
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 86,860,562 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014		$ 0.9		$ 0.9
Parent Company [Member] | Common Stock Class B [Member]
Shareholders' equity:
Class A: $0.01 par value per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 86,860,562 shares issued and outstanding as of June 27, 2015 and June 28, 2014

XML

Schedule 1 - Registrant's Condensed Financial Statements - Condensed Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (Detail) - $ / shares	Mar. 26, 2016	Aug. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Condensed Balance Sheet Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	1,000,000,000		0
Common stock, shares issued	99,731,319		0
Common stock, shares outstanding	99,731,319		0
Common Stock Class A [Member]
Condensed Balance Sheet Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01		$ 0.01		$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	0		250,000,000		250,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	0		86,860,562		86,860,562
Common stock, shares outstanding	0		86,860,562	86,860,562	86,860,562	86,860,562	86,860,562
Common Stock Class B [Member]
Condensed Balance Sheet Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01		$ 0.01		$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	0		25,000,000		25,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	0		18,388		13,538
Common stock, shares outstanding	0		18,388	13,538	13,538	5,099	3,886
Parent Company [Member] | Common Stock Class A [Member]
Condensed Balance Sheet Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Common stock, par value			$ 0.01		$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized			250,000,000		250,000,000
Common stock, shares issued			86,860,562		86,860,562
Common stock, shares outstanding			86,860,562		86,860,562
Parent Company [Member] | Common Stock Class B [Member]
Condensed Balance Sheet Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Common stock, par value			$ 0.01		$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized			25,000,000		25,000,000
Common stock, shares issued			18,388		13,538
Common stock, shares outstanding			18,388		13,538

XML

Schedule 1 - Registrant's Condensed Financial Statements - Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Condensed Statement of Income Captions [Line Items]
Operating expenses	$ 1,313.3	$ 1,251.4	$ 1,688.2	$ 1,581.6	$ 1,468.0
Operating loss	135.4	106.9	160.1	115.6	114.7
Income tax (benefit) expense	26.7	16.8	40.1	14.7	11.1
Net income	39.1	22.3	56.5	15.5	8.4
Other comprehensive (loss) income	0.5	0.1	1.2	(2.2)	5.4
Total comprehensive income	$ 39.6	$ 22.4	57.7	13.3	13.8
Parent Company [Member]
Condensed Statement of Income Captions [Line Items]
Operating expenses			4.9	4.5	4.5
Operating loss			(4.9)	(4.5)	(4.5)
Income tax (benefit) expense			(1.8)	(1.6)	(1.6)
Loss before equity in net income of subsidiary			(3.1)	(2.9)	(2.9)
Equity in net income of subsidiary, net of tax			59.6	18.4	11.3
Net income			56.5	15.5	8.4
Other comprehensive (loss) income			1.2	(2.2)	5.4
Total comprehensive income			$ 57.7	$ 13.3	$ 13.8

XML

Schedule 1 - Registrant's Condensed Financial Statements - Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions		9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	May. 14, 2013	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net Income		$ 39.1	$ 22.3	$ 56.5	$ 15.5	$ 8.4
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		117.6	28.4	127.4	119.7	140.7
Cash flows from investing activities:
Net cash provided by investing activities		(107.5)	(66.3)	(100.7)	(93.4)	(150.0)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		0.1			0.1
Dividend paid to shareholders						(220.0)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(8.6)	39.4	(22.8)	(35.1)	12.3
Cash, beginning of period		9.2	5.3	5.3	14.1	11.1
Cash, end of period		10.7	6.8	9.2	5.3	14.1
Parent Company [Member]
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net Income				56.5	15.5	8.4
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities
Equity in net income of subsidiary				(59.6)	(18.4)	(11.3)
Dividend received from subsidiary (return on capital)						26.6
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Prepaid offering costs				(2.9)
Intercompany payables				7.7	4.4	4.5
Income tax receivable				(1.7)	(1.6)	(1.6)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities					(0.1)	26.6
Cash flows from investing activities:
Dividend received from subsidiary (return of capital)	$ 220.0					193.4
Net cash provided by investing activities						193.4
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from exercise of stock options					0.1
Dividend paid to shareholders						(220.0)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities					0.1	(220.0)
Net (decrease) increase in cash				0.0	0.0	0.0
Cash, beginning of period		$ 0.0	$ 0.0	0.0	0.0	0.0
Cash, end of period				$ 0.0	$ 0.0	$ 0.0

XML

Schedule 1 - Registrant's Condensed Financial Statements - Description of Performance Food Group Company - Additional Information (Detail)	9 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2016
Parent Company [Member]
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Date of incorporation	Jul. 23, 2002

XML

Schedule 1 - Registrant's Condensed Financial Statements - Dividends from Subsidiaries - Additional Information (Detail) - Parent Company [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions		12 Months Ended
	May. 14, 2013	Jun. 29, 2013
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Dividends received from subsidiaries	$ 220.0	$ 193.4
Dividends declared	$ 220.0

XML

Summary of Business Activities - Additional Information (Detail) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions				9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Feb. 01, 2016 USD ($)	Oct. 06, 2015 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Aug. 28, 2015 $ / shares	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Mar. 28, 2015 USD ($)	Jun. 27, 2015 USD ($) $ / shares	Jun. 28, 2014 USD ($)
Business Description [Line Items]
Reverse stock split			0.485-for-one
Reverse stock split conversion ratio			0.485
Common stock, par value | $ / shares			$ 0.01	$ 0.01		$ 0.01
Payments on Term Facility				$ 428.6	$ 5.6	$ 7.5	$ 5.6
IPO [Member]
Business Description [Line Items]
Underwriter discount, per share | $ / shares		$ 1.045
Underwriter discount, amount		$ 13.4
Accrued offering expense		5.8
Payment for stock issuance cost				3.0
Term Loan Facility [Member]
Business Description [Line Items]
Payments on Term Facility	$ 200.0			$ 428.6
Term Loan Facility [Member] | IPO [Member]
Business Description [Line Items]
Payments on Term Facility		223.0
Common Stock [Member]
Business Description [Line Items]
Issuance of common shares | shares				12,777,325
Proceeds from issuance of public offering, gross		$ 242.8
Common Stock [Member] | IPO [Member]
Business Description [Line Items]
Issuance of common shares | shares		16,675,000
Issuance of common shares, price per share | $ / shares		$ 19.00
Issuance of common shares net of underwriter discount, price per share | $ / shares		$ 17.955
Issuance of common shares | shares		3,897,675
Common Stock [Member] | IPO [Member] | Parent Company [Member]
Business Description [Line Items]
Issuance of common shares | shares		12,777,325

XML

Summary of Outstanding Borrowings, Availability, and Average Interest Rate under ABL Facility (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Aggregate borrowings	$ 1,179.6	$ 1,405.2	$ 1,425.6
ABL Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Aggregate borrowings	866.9	665.7	679.6
Letters of credit	97.7	102.5	$ 108.7
Excess availability, net of lenders' reserves of $19.0 and $19.7	$ 615.1	$ 631.8
Average interest rate	2.06%	1.94%

XML

Summary of Outstanding Borrowings, Availability, and Average Interest Rate under ABL Facility (Parenthetical) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Mar. 26, 2016	Jun. 27, 2015
ABL Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt amount reserve by lender	$ 19.0	$ 19.7

XML

Debt - Amortization Included in Interest Expense (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Deferred financing costs amortization	$ 17.8	$ 7.7	$ 10.3	$ 10.2	$ 8.9
Term Loan Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Deferred financing costs amortization	12.5	3.4
Original issue discount amortization	1.7	0.4	$ 0.6	$ 0.6
Total amortization included in interest expense	$ 14.2	$ 3.8

XML

Other, net - Schedule of Other Non Operating Income Expense (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 28, 2015	Jun. 27, 2015	Jun. 28, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]
Change in fair value loss on derivatives for forecasted diesel fuel purchased	$ 0.5	$ 2.9	$ 1.8	$ (0.1)	$ (0.6)
Cash settlements on derivatives for forecasted diesel fuel purchases	3.4	0.5
Other income	(0.2)	(0.2)
Other, net	$ 3.7	$ 3.2	$ (22.2)	$ (0.7)	$ (0.7)